PF 3109 
.M2 
Copy 1 



LIBRAE OF CONGRESS 



V 003 225 069 5, 



©py 



* 



I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. I 
< # 



| UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. J 



A, 



H. xU AMMHEIMER'S 

STUDY OF GERMAN SIMPLIFIED 

OR 

SYSTEMATIC AND PRACTICAL 

GERMAN GRAMMAR 




+- 



SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED 
| Price bound 3 Shillings = 4 Francs = IThlr.] 



/ 



/ 



Z i 




< x 



\ 
-\ 

V 

1 

\ 

\ 




v 






^s. 



I" •> 

v -» • 



I 



• \ 



V 1 



\ 



i 



\ 






*.v 



\ \ 
\ 



j h 

v 
\ 



V 



THE 

STUDY OF GERMAN 

SIMPLIFIED 

IN A^ 

NEW SYSTEMATIC AND PRACTICAL 

GRAMMAR 

ACCORDING TO THE SYSTEMS OP OLLENDORF AND D R . AHN 

y by 

H. MANNHEIMER, 

rOllMERLY PROFESSOR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN SEVERAL FRENCH AND 
EN«LI8H INSTITUTIONS AT BRUSSELS, NOW PROF OF MODERN LANGUAGES AT BONK, 

AUTHOR OF "THE PERFECT SPEAKER." 

If 

ii , 



xw 



Motto; Example teaches more than precept. — 

The desired end must be reached by the 
shortest and most comfortable way. 



THE SECOND EDITION 

CAREFULLY REVISED, GREATLY ENLARGED AND IMPROVED. 



BONN. 

PUBLISHED BY W. SULZBACH. 

LONDON: WILLIAMS <SC NORGATE. 

18 5 3. 



9T 






Entered according to Act of Congress, In the year 1853 by 
H. Mannheimer § O. 
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for 
the State of Ohio. 



By the same Author: 

I. 

"The Perfect Speaker" 

or a complete Manual of the Idioms and Difficulties of the German 

and English languages. 

II. 
Modern German and English Dialogues. 

III. 
To be published immediately: 

A Key to the Second Edition of: "The Study of German 
si mplified." 



Jt^f" Mr. Ma n u h e i me r would be most happy to give lessons accor- 
A\r\{r to his own method, particularly to Governesses and Tutors. 



I 



ADVERTISEMENT 



TO THB 

SECOND, NEWLY REVISED AND IMPROVED EDITION. 



•When the Author, about two years ago, first published his German 
Grammar, he did not for a moment venture to think that it would 
be so soon out of print, especially as there are so many others (and of 
these, some undoubtedly good) now in vogue before the public. He has 
the satisfaction of thinking (from the manner in which this Grammar 
has found its way into many schools , not only on the Continent 
but also in England 6c America), that the system adopted perfectly 
answers the aim he had in view, viz.: to enable the Learner 
to reach the desired end by the shortest and most 
comfortable way. 

From his own experience the Author has found, that his pupils, 
after having carefully studied the First Part (which took them 
about 4 months) were generally able, not only to sustain a con- 
versation in tolerably good German style, and to read many of 
the easier Classics, even Schiller, but also to write some small 
Compositions, which certainly showed that tbey had begun to 
think in the language. — Under these circumstances he has 
been induced to divide his Grammar into two parts; the first 
of which he now offers to his friends and the Public. 

In comparing the work in its present shape with its first issue, it will 
easily be discovered, that it is not only a new edition with some im- 
provements, but a work quite newly revised and worked through in all 
its parts ; the Author having availed himself of many of the sug- 
gestions both of his Colleagues and Pupils; and having from his 
own experience found that nothing but constant practice both in 
reading and writing will overcome those "S tumbling 
stones" so frequently complained of, even by those foreigners 
who have made a long study in this language, the Author has 
taken particular care to enlarge many of those exercises relating 
to construction. Besides these improvements, nearly every exercise 
has been increased by many sentences belonging either to ordi- 
nary conversation, or to our best classical writers. 



— IV — 

The Author having experienced that many of his pupils who had 
not studied Latin, found much difficulty in many grammatical terms 
(such as Dative df Accusative, Apposition, Passive 
Voice etc.) has endeavoured to give such definitions of them, 
as will enable the pupil (however small his grammatical knowledge 
may be)easily to understand and apply them. Sentences and Idioms 
as well as entirely new chapters have also been added to 
illustrate the theoretical rules, the government of prepositions, 
verbs & the construction, and especially on the formation 
and derivation of one word from another. — Particular care has 
been taken to avoid those errors and misprints so frequently met 
with in English books, printed on the Continent, and the Author 
takes this opportunity of expressing his warmest thanks to those 
of his Pupils, who have so kindly assisted him in making this 
work as perfect, and as free from all errors of the press as pos- 
sible. The trifling increase of the price of this First Part, which 
is considerably larger than the whole former edition (2 nd part in- 
cluded), will be found reasonable. 

The Second Part, already in the press, will contain not only the 
whole German Syntax, and some rules not contained in the first 
part, but also a Key, or Manual of German Composition, 
particularly Letter-writing, to which also will be annexed a 
German Reader, containing a good Selection from our best 
Classics, with biographical and other useful notes adapted to the 
Grammar. — A Key to the exercises will be shortly published 
for the use of those persons who may wish to study German 
without a Master. 

The Author trusts that this present work will meet with the 
same success his first edition & "Perfect Speaker" have already 
done. His only satisfaction will be in having contributed his mite 
towards facilitating the study of his native tongue, and he hopes 
his intention will be fully realized in 

"The Study of German simplified." 

BONN, January 1853. 



PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 

JLhe following work is an attempt to supply a want of something 
which should combine the excellences of several similar works 
already in use, with certain new features. It owes its origin to 
the difficulties encountered by the Author during au experience of 
several years as an instructor of German — his native tongue — 
both in various French and English schools in Brussels, and to 
private pupils. The plan upon which the work is constructed is 
the simplest possible, combining theoretical rules with examples 
both in German and in English, and employing in all cases sen- 
tences, which are in constant use iu the daily affairs of life, or 
are drawn from the works of Classical writers — interwoven with 
Anectodes and Proverbs most in use, which are the spirit of the 
Nation — and proceeding step by step from the simplest to the 
most difficult contractions and forms of the language. Still he has 
carefully avoided giving in the outset numberless different forms 
of similar expressions, knowing from his own experience in stu- 
dying French and English that such exercises only tend to retard 
and dicourage the Learner. The great object is to teach the pupil 
to talk German; for when he has once acquired the power ot 
conversing upon ordinary topics, he will find but little difficulty 
in using larger theoretical grammars and the Lexicon, and will 
never fail of finding sufficient inducements thereto. „Ce n'est que 
le premier pas qui coute." "It is the first step which costs" says 
theFrenchProverbjand theAuthor's wish is to raake this first step easy, 
by furnishing the Student with a methodical and well devised key. 
It is fair to suppose that no person will begin the study of 
a foreign language until he is well, or at least to some extent, 
versed in the grammar and construction of his own. On this ac- 
count, and because so many of the Syntactical rules of English 
and German are the same, many pages of those definitions and 
rules are omitted, which may be found iu any French, English or 
German Grammar. There is more frequently in a work of this 
kind an attempt to do too much than not to do enough ; it is hoped 
that when the pupil has reached the end of this little manual, he 
will find on the one hand no material points omitted, while, on 
the other, he will not have been overburdened with intricacies of 
construction, and an accumulation of rules at the beginning. 



— VI — 

As this work does not pretend to be one of those perfect 
machines by which a foreigner can become master of the German 
language unasisted by oral instruction, some h i n ts as to the Author's 
method of using it, may be of advantage. The great difficulties 
attending the acquirement of correct pronunciation and a proper 
use of emphasis can only be overcome by the help of the living 
instructor, and the first step to be taken after a thorough study 
of the first two chapters, is for the Teacher to read distinctly to 
the pupil the phrases of the lesson, requiring him to repeat the 
same until he can read them as correctly and fluently as is to be 
expected from a beginner. At the second lesson the pupil should 
be required to have learned the short list of words given, to be 
able to read and translate the German phrases into English, and 
the English into German. The sentences given will also be found 
capable of being varied into many ways, as into an affirmative, 
negative or interrogative form, so that the ear of the pupil begins 
at once to become familiar with the sound of the language, as well 
as with the meaning of words and the construction of simple sen- 
tences. As he goes on from lesson to lesson the rules and obser- 
vations should be carefully attended to, and the illustrations of 
them in the German sentences particularly noticed, as these sen- 
tences are intended to serve as models in the construction of the 
translations of the English phrases. 

As soon as possible after commencing, the pupil should add to 
each lesson an irregular verb out of the table at the end of the 
book, in which the Teacher should thoroughly exercise him, 
especially in those which are used as auxiliaries. How soon it 
may be best for the pupil to begin the study of the "Reader" 
must be left to the discretion of the Teacher, but this should not 
be deferred longer than is necessary, as the careful perusal of 
some short fable or tale will give the best opportunity for the 
stud^ of the grammatical structure of the language in the language 
itself, and for noting the use of those rules which he has learned 
in his Grammar. 



CONTENTS.*) 



Page 

Chap. I. The German Alphabet 1<*2 

The simple vowels. The Diphthongs. The Consonants . 3 
Chap. II. Of Accent. Of the use of Capital letters. German 

Abbreviations 4<£5 

Exerc ise 

1 A 2. The Verb to lie, fetn 6 

3 dfc 4. The definite Article 7 

5 & 6. Demonstrative Pronouns. Predicative and Attributive 

Adjectives 8 

7 A 8. The indefinite Article 9 

Possessive Pronouns ............ 10 

9 & 10. The Verb fcaben, to liave 12 

11 df 12. The Verb tpet&eit, to become, to be (shall, will) . . 13 

Silt rendered with fonteru, or aber . 15 

13 dfe 14. Interrogative Pronouns. The use of toe* and to etcher . 15 

15 dfc 16. Nominative and Genitive 16&17 

Off rendered with the Genit. or with tton 17 

Construction of the Partic. Past 17 

17 dc 18. Dative and Accusative 18 

19 <k 20. Declension of the indefinite Article 20 

21 & 22. Declension of Adjectives preceded by the delinite 

Article, or demonstr. Pronoun 21 

Declension of Adjectives preceded by the indefinite 

Article, or a possessive Pronoun 22 

23 & 24. Construction of the Partic. past and the Infin. ... 25 

25 & 26. Relative Pronouns (Construction) 27 

27 & 28. Declension of the Determinative Prou. (berjenige) . . 29 

29 & 30. Formation of Adject, ending in Cf or ertt .... 31 

Words ending in el, ev, C!t are masculine .... 32 

31,32dt33.Comparison * 33 

tote t as — as ^ aU, than 36 

*) A complete Alphabetical Index will be added to the Second 
Part. 



— VIII — 

Exercise Page 

34. Absolute Possessive Pronouns 37 

Weak Declension, taking in the Gen. Sing, eu ... 38 

35. Declension of the Demonstr. Pronouns 40 

86 <S 37. Adjectives taken substantively 41 

38 & 39. Diminutives 43 

40. Strong Declension, ending in Gen. Sing, in e$ or 3 . 46 
Plural of Nouns, ending in el, en, ev ...... 46 

41. Plural of relative, demonstr. and p oss e ss. Pron. 48 
42 & 43. Declension of femin. Nouns 49 

Two or more Nouns in Apposition 51 

44 <fc 45. Plural of the Weak Declension 52 

The English of not rendered in German ..... 54 

46,47&48.Plural of Nouns ending in e 55 

49,50&51. Declension of Nouns, taking in the PI. er 58 

52 & 53. Declension of Nouns, taking in the Genit. Sing. e§ 

or $, and Noni. PI. ett 61 

54 dfc 55. Cardinal Numbers 64 

Nouns denot. weight, measure etc. remain in the Sing. 65 

56 <SC 57. Declension of Adjectives without an Article .... 68 

The English particle some, omitted in German. . . 69 

58,59dr60.Cardinal Numbers . . * 70 

61 & 62. Preter-Perfect tense 74 

63 6c 64. Preter-Imperfect tense 77 

Construction if the Sentence begins with al$ .... 78 

The Inversion 78 

65 dfc 66. Subjunctive mood 80 

worsen and Qetoorfcett 82 

67 & 68. Conjugation of Regular Verbs 83 

Verbs which do not take the augment ge 85 

Passive voice 86 

§9 & 70. The Infinitive taken substantively 87 

Substantives transformed into Verbs 87 

Substantives and Adv. requiring JU before the Verb 88 

The Infinitive is used without JU . 88#89 

71 & 72. First and Past Future tense 92 

73 & 74. Perfect tense of the regular Conjugation 94 

®af| requires the Verb at the end 95 

75 A 76. Imperfect tense of the regular Conjugation. ... 07 



IX 



Exercise Page 

77 dt 78. Personal Pronouns declined 100 

79 die 80. Neuter Verbs conjugated with fetn 105 

81 dt 82. Reflective Verbs 107 

83, 84 A 85. Compound separable Verbs Ill 

Conjugation of Verbs compounded with mt0 . . 113 

Expressions treated like separable Verbs . . . . 115 

86 dt 87. Impersonal Verbs 118 

88 <SC 89. Prepositions with the Accusative 122 

Contractions of Prepositions with relative and de- 
monstrative Pronouns 124 

90 4c 91. Prepositions with the Dat ive 127 

92 dt 93. The use of the Indicative and Subjunctive . . . 132ff 

94 dt 95. Conjugation of irregular Verbs I. Class . . . 137 

96 & 97. The Verbs burfen, fonnen, (ajfen, mogen jc. . . . » 140 

98 — 102. Prepositions which govern the Dative and Accusative 150 

103 <Sc 104. Verbs and Adjectives governing the Dative . . 163 

105 dt 106. Participle present, its use 167 

II. Class of irregular verbs changing the primitive 
vowel into O .... 169 

107 dt 108. The Past Participle, Passive Voice 173 

III. Class of irregular Verbs (Imperf. i or ie) . . 174 
109 dt 110. Imperative 177 

IV. Class of irregular Verbs (Imperf. a or a) . . 178 
111 dt 112. Of Construction 182ff 

V. Class of irreg. Verbs (Imperf. a, P. P. It or 0) 185 

113 dt 114. 93eten, bieten, bitten, ©ebct, gebet, ©cbot 188 

115 df 116. Compound separable Verbs 190 

117 <* 118. Conjunctions 192 

119 dt 120. Prepositions with the Genitive 19C 

121 dt 122. Verbs and Adjectives governing the Genitive . 201 
123 dt 1 24. Derivative Verbs 206 

Verbs joined with Prepositions (Idioms) . . . • 212 
125. Formation of Substantives, Adjectives, Adverbs 

and Interjections 220ff 

Adverbs 229dt230 

Compound Nouns and Adjectives 231 

Interjections 233 

Alliterations and Assonances 234 



— x — 

APPENDIX. 

Page 

I. List of Nouus belonging to the Weak Declension . . 235 

II. List of Nouns taking c in the Nominative Plural . . 235 

III. List of Nouns which take CV in the Plural 237 

IV. Nouns of different Gen ders andForms, but the same 

Signification . . 238 

V. Nouns of the same F or m, but different Sig n if ication, 

according to the different Genders . . . , . 238 
VI. Substantives, which have in different meanings 

d ifferent Forms of the Plural 239 

VII. Nouns admitting no Plural in German, but both numbers 

in English 240 

VIII. Nouns which are used only in the Plural in German 240 

IX. Table of Declensions 241 

X. Declension of Proper Names 242 

XI. Adjectives which govern the Dative 243 

XII. Verbs which require thePerson in the A cc usati v e, 

govern the thing (if mentioned) in the Genitive . 244 

XIII. List of reflective Verbs which have the Person in the 

Accusative, and require the Thing in the Genitive 244 

XIV. Verbs with the Dative case ♦ . 244 

XV. Impersonal Verbs connected with the Dative . . . 245 
XVI. Verbs with the Person in the Accusative . .. , 246 

XVII. List of Verbs, which govern the Accusative in English, 

and the Dative in German 247 

XVIII List of Verbs, which are conjugated with fetttf to lie, 

in German, and with to Have, fyabcn in English 248 
XIX. List of Verbs which are Reflective in German, but 

not in English 248 

Tables of Conjugations 251ff 

Alphabetical List of the irregular Verbs .... 264 

Comparative Table of the different German Coins . . . 270 



- 



THE SOUNDS OF THE GERMAN TONGUE. 



CHAPTER I* 

THE ALPHABET. 

There are in German , as in English, twenty six letters, namely. 
The Figures. Hand-writing. Equivalent. Pronunciation. 



Capitals, small 


Capitals, small letters. Name. In the English words. German. 


21 


a 


^ ^ 


a ah grant,aunt 


. 8tmt. 


SB 


b 


J£ ^ 


b bay, beh 1)a}l 


S5ab. 


© 


c 


o^-' -O 


c tsay, tseh 5 

/Cent 


( Centner, 
/©obett. 


&b 


*•) 


-9? -/ 


ch tseh-hah choir 


(£&or. 


S> 


6 


~& J> 


d day, deh door 


©om. 


® 


e 


/ - 


e ey,ayoreh end 


tgnbe. 


Is 


f 


t-*£ -^ 


f ef father 


gfarbe. 


® 


8 


^ ^ 


g gay, gai god 


©ott. 


« 


& 


f / 


h hah hand 


j&anb. 


3 


i 


^ -r 


i ee in 


in. 



*) d), as a soft guttural in the words: id), mid), kid), Wtid); 
and as a strong and harsh guttural in the words: ad), 
mad)ttl, lacfyett, Sftadj}?/ ft as no corresponding sound in English. 
fy before $ is pronounced like fe, as in Od)6 (ox), £>acf)8, guchS. 






The Figures. Hand-writing. Equivalent. Pronunciation. 



Capitals, small Capitals, small letters, 
letters. 

3 « J 1 / 


J 
k 


Name. 

yot 
kah 


n the English words. German. 

Jellow jjcber. 
king gmb. 


« I 


££ -I 


1 


el 


lamb 


£aub. 


*8R nt 


m^ ~~ 


m 


era 


man 


SKann. 


5fc n 


<7L ^ 


n 


en 


name 


Sfcome. 


43 o 


W - 








Object 


j©l?etm. 


* * 


f T 


P 


pay, peh 


paper 


papier. 


43 4 


tie — 


q 

r 


koo ' 
err 


queen 

rose 


Suint. 
SWofe. 


« f(«) ^^^ej 
<5t ft 0V jl ' 


8 

St 


ess 
ess-tay 


Side 
Stable 


@eite. 

®tan. 


% t 


e </ . 


t 


tay, teh 


toll 


Sottfcnb. 


U u 


«£ ^ 


u 


00 


foil 


uub. 


as » 


<^ i 


V 


faw, fow 


Vast 


SSOQCI. 


SB u» 


00 — 


w 


way, veil 


Wind 


28inb. 


3E & 




X 


ix, iks 


mixt 


SEantippe. 


8 9 


f # 


y 


ypsilon 


hyssop 


2Jf»P- 


3 3 


^ ^ 


z 


tsett 


Czar 


SJutfer. 



NB. In writing do not forget to put the mark (w) over the small 
letter -**-? aud the sign (») over -•**-'/ -^z *-**" and 



— 3 — 

I. THE SIMPLE VOWELS/ 

1) A vowel followed by two consonants is always short ; 
but standing before one consonant, or at the end of a syllable, 
it is long. The double vowols aa, et, OV, which are not to 
be regarded as diphthongs, have the same sound as the single, 
only they are long. 

2) The three vowels a, V, It, are softened to a (and pro- 
nounced like ai in hair or maid), ©(pronounced nearly like ir 
in bird) and \\ , for which there is no equivalent in English, 
being pronounced like the French u in fut, rue. This softness 
is called Umlaut. 

II. THE DIPHTHONGS. 

Figures. Pronunciation. 

Engl, words. Germ, words. 

mi, 3ltl like ou in house §ail$, ^llige. 

et |®t 

at jtU 

ett j <£tt 

at! > 3ltt like oi or oy in hoy, toil, gcttte, Saitme. 
Jor2Iett 

Remark 1. e after t is never pronounced in German, and it 
requires much attention from the beginner not to confound 
te, pronounced like ee in tree, with et, pronounced like 
i in side, it = ee. ti = f. (In this case the last letter 
is pronounced in the Engl. way. @etfe, soapj $mg, war. 

Remark 2. t) has in German always the same sound as i in 
skm, and with t , as a diphthong, the same as et (et))/ 
and sounds like y in fly. The capital g) does not occur 
in any German word. 

m. THE CONSONANTS. 

As most of the German letters, and particularly the conso- 
nants, are pronounced as in English; and as it is impossible to 



like t in mine ttin, ®i$, $atfer. 



— 4 — 

give by description the real German sound of those which de- 
viate therefrom, (for the pronunciation of any living language is 
not to be learned but by imitation) we refrain here from any 
further observation on this point, and request the pupil to hear 
them in their purity, from the mouth of his teacher who should 
be a Native. 

Remark 1. $g, I) is always aspirated^ except in the middle 
of a word after a vowel, where it is not pronounced, and 
only serves to lengthen the vowel that precedes or follows 
it. Ex.23a))tt, feofyn , $tn\) , \\swn. NB. A double con- 
sonant is always short. 
Remark 2. There are in German seven double consonants: 
cf (f f) , d) (ch preceded by n , c , tt is pronounced from 
the throat, ex. ©acb , Sod)), fd) (sh in shilling), f£ (fs), 
ff (ss), $ (st), £ (tz). (B and $ before it, and ty 
before f must be heard, as finale = (^e)nabc; fpfjlm == 
($e)falm. 
Remark 3. Attention is to be given not to confound the 
following letters : 

c e, h b h, f f, n u, tn \v, rj, J> l), & q, f t, » 9. 

ce bdhfsnu mw rx hy, gq, k t, vy, 
AUBVNRCEWMGSITDOQ. 



CHAPTER II. 

I. OF ACCENT. 

The German accentuation conforms nearly to the same 
rules as the English , and is therefore regulated in a great 
measure by etymology and emphasis, so that where other rea- 
sons do not forbid , the accent dwells with the greatest force on 
the root of the word. The terminations usually have either no 
accent at all, or a vety weak one. For instance in the word 



(Scrfccfctiflfeit the root recfct lias the stress of the voice, and is 
better heard than either of the other S3 T lIal)les. 

In compound words the accent is always given to the 

Mrst part of the compound , as that represents the principal 

Idea , and serves to moderate the following : as SJflltfcenlJKUtS, 

dove-house, 4£>rtit§tnube , house-dove (pigeon), ^$aM§»arer, 

.house-father, SJflterbciuS, father-house. 

JI. OF THE USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS. 
The Germans begin every noun with a capital letter, also 
every other word taken substantively, and the second person of 
pronouns in addressing any one: as @tc , you , ^i)t , your, 
JJ|biien, to you. In all other cases apply the same rules as in 
English 5 except the pronoun id), I , which is always written 
with a small i, unless it begins a sentence. 



The Pupil is advised by the author to turn to the end of 
his work and read the Chapter of Derivation 



GERMAN ABBREVIATIONS. 

<i. q. D. am angefitfyrten Drtc. on ob. ober, or. 

I he quoted place. $rof. ^vofeffov, Pfr. 

Slum. Slnmcrfang, remark. Cc. Setae, His. 

be3gf. (befgl.) bcSgleufrea, the same. far. fpridj, pronounce. 
t. ft. ba$ fyeifjt. i.e. vizj namely, ®r. Seiner, of His. 
b. i. ta$ tjl. that is (to say.) @. Sette, page. 

b.SR. btefe£ 2ftonat&, of this month, f. ftef)e, see. 
it. Softer, Dr. Doctor. £§. Xtyiti part. 

pro. (Saer, Your. Xhix,, XijaUv, dollar. 

f.folgenbe(<Seite),the folIowing(page)u, anb, (&) and. 
f. bie folgenben (Seiten) (pages.) u.f. ro.,jc, unb fo ioeiter, and so on. 
£t. £err, Mr. a. f. f., unb fo ferner, and so further. 

$. or tfafe. tfapftel, Chapter, a. bvgl. anb betgteicfien, and the like. 

1 lk6, read, a. a.m. anb anberc mefyr, and others. 

I. 3. laufenben Sautes , a. c. in »gt., aergleidje, compare. 

the present year. 33. 23et*S, verse, 

m. ©. 0la$fdjrift, P. S. j. S3, jam 93eifpiet j f. i. 

9ir. SRumtner, Nro. Number. j. (f. $um (frempel ' for instance* 



3* Hi 


i, I 


am. 


fcu Gift 


, thou art 


" 1 

n« f. 




he 


ft, 


she 
it 


man J 




one 


hiterr. 


35in 


i#? 



PART I. 
l 

THE VERB to he, fciit. 

©ir finb, we are 
\\\)X feib , ye or you are. 
I <§ie finb, you are. 



is fie finb , they are. 



Am I ? Negat. 3$ bin nity. I am not. 
Interr. negat. 23iu . id? nidjt? Am I not? Imper.&mn <Sie, be! 

gut, good (well adv.) fd)cn, handsome, beau- jUifjtg, diligent, indus- 
frcfe, angry J Qaughty . tiful - trious, assiduous. 

unatttg, ) ljubfd), pretty ,fi^e, nice, n a djlaftg, negligent. 

faul, idle, lazy. Jjdfltd), ugly. nid)t, not. 

garjiig, nasty. tietn, no. \a, yes. 

3c£ bin gut. S)u bift fleiftg. @t tfi nacfclfifjig. Sie ift 
fcfcon. (50 ijt gut. ©tub anv bOfe? ©eib i§v fleijHg? <2te 
{tub ntc^t out. <5ie ijt ntcf?t I)ajjlt$. 3ft e3 nicfct gut? ©eib 
i$t nicfct faul? 23in i$ ni#t fleijHg? 3a, @ie ftnb fleifjig. 
3ft w ttac^Iagtg? Dlein, er. ift fletgig. 3ft er garjtig? 3a, er 
tp garfttg. 9Zctu, er ijt m#t garfiig ; er ijt $itfcf$, 

2. 

I am diligent. Thou art naughty. He is not good. Is it 
pretty? She is ugly. Is she ugly? No, she is pretty. You are 



— 7 



diligent. They are not industrious. Are they negligent ? No, they 
are idle. Are we not good ? No , you are not.*) They are 
not ugly. Are they lazy? Yes, they are.*) No, they are not. 



THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, ba3 beftimmeube ©efcbjec£t$* 

wort. 
Masc. Der Cater, the father, ber 9)ioub, the moon. 
Femin. bte gutter, the mother, bie ©onue, the sun. 
Neut. ba$ ^iub, the child. bag <§cfctff, the ship. 

Beit f. the time. $au2 n. the house. grW * t f " | the fmit - 

Dbfi n, ' 

Qcborfam, obedient, fug, sweet. (tight. 

grcg, tall, great, big, breit , j broad cu ^ c ' (narrow, 

large. ftett , (wide. febr, very. 

flciu, little, small. 

Observ. I. The terminations of the definite article (in the No- 
minative Singular) m. #er, f. *e , n. *3 must be well 
observed, 

Observ. 2. All Nouns begin with Capitals. 

Der Cater tfi a,ut. Die Gutter ift gut. Da$ £inb ift 91U 
Der Cater ift grog. Die gutter ift mcfjt fletu. §a$ ^inb ift 
flefymfam. 5)ie grucfyt ift fug. Der Sftonb ift flein, Die (Sonne 
ift grog. Da3 (Scfciff tfi breit. 3f* ber Cater ^nt? 3ft bag 
^tub gei;ovfam ? DJetn , e3 ift ntctyt getyorfam. 3j* ote gru$t 
iticbj fug ? 3a, fie ift fe^r fug. Da$_,fttub ift mcfjt fe^r fieigtg. 
60 ift grog. @te ift ntc$t flein. @3 ift fe^r enge. Die £eit 
ocrgefyt fel)r fc^netf (passes very quickly). 



The father is tall. The mother is good. The child is 
obedient. Is the father good ? Yes , he is very good. Is the 



*) Supply the word good. In German the whole sentence is repeated. 



mother handsome V The house is small. The sun is very great. 
Is the moon small V The child is handsome. Is the child 
naughty? No , the child is very good. The ship is not very 
wide. Is it not very wide ? Yes, it is. No , it is not. Is it 
not very narrow ? No, it is wide. 

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS , | i « w e i f e n b e g u tm»iU x. 

This , biejVf / btefe , btefe$. 
That, jeiuv , jme, jene^. 

This father, fcicfer S3flter. ter Qiite Q3nter.*) biejYr gure QJutev.') 
This mother, btefe SRutter. bic gutc gutter, btefe Qittc OJhtttev. 
This child, btefeS .£inb. ba$ gutc #inb. jeueS gute $?hib. 

S^ann, m. maa. flitjj, prudent, clever, fa 1 f c^> , false. 

Srau, f. woman. f»eife, wise. fromm, pious. 

Ropier, n. paper. fdjfedjt, bud. manner, ?e, seS, some, 

£unb, m. dog. fdjluarj, black. many a. 

jtafce, f. cat. toeij, white. jrtev, -e, ?e3, every. 

?t?fert?, a. horse. run?, round. aber, but. see page 15. 

£ut, m. hat, bonnet, hen, faithful. unD, and. 

Obs. 1. The adjective which follows its noun remains unalter- 
ed , but when it precedes the noun , and is itself pre- 
ceded by the definite article or aoy other particle of the 
same class , it receives the sign e. In the former case 
it is called the Predicative , in the latter the Attributive 
Adjective. 

Obs. 2. As many adjectives as precede the noun have all the 
same termination as the first. 



*) The words biefer, this; jefeer, each, every; maitdjer, many a, 
some; ttelefyer, which, show the terminations of the Gender 
like the definite article, and require the Adjective which follows 
tbein, to take the termination c in the Nomiuative Singular. 



— 9 — 

£>er o,ute ©cite* ift wetfe. 5)tefe gute Sautter ift Huo,. 3)a3 
flute ^inb ift geborfam. S)iefer ffuge SDtamt tft froriim. 3ene 
ffitfje grau ift fefcon. SMefeS ^nptct tft fc|c f4)ierf}t. ©tefeS 
grope JpauS ift ntcfct febon. 3e»^ fretit c ^pwub ift fd;it>ar§. $)ie* 
fed grojje $ferb ift rceifj. 2)iefer luube «^ut ift febroarg. SflaiufceS 
luetic papier tft fc^feitt. ajjeutcber fluge 3ft a mi ift uicbt frouim. 
3ebe3 p c ^'G e ^i"& *ff ^eife. Tiefer Heine ititb fcl^tvarje Jpuiib 
ifi tveit. 3ft biefeS grope $au& fttjon? 9iein, bicfed flrojje 
JpnuS tft ntc&t fel;r fet)ou. liefer ajojje Jpuno ift tieu itnb jene 
fleine flafce tft falfcfy. £)iefer grojje, fescue uub fluge 2Jiamt ift 
fel;r fleijjio,. 

6. 

This dog is faithful. That*) house is large. This black 
dog is faithful, but that white cat is false. This tall man is 
wise 5 but that clever woman is bad. That round hat is not 
black. Some bad paper is white. That wise man is not good. 
Is that good child obedient? Is that prudent woman handsome? 
This obedient child is very good ; but that handsome woman 
is not very wise. That white dog is not handsome, but (nber) 
faithful. This white and large paper is very good. Is that little 
cat not very false ? Yes, it is (fie).**) That round blact hat 
is not very handsome. That white cat is very false. 

7. 

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE, nicfjt bejHmmenbe* ®z* 
f d) I e cb t $ ro o r t. 

Masc. (kin attaint, a man. (in gutet? -Jttann. 
Neut. (Sin aJiabcbeu, a girl, eiu gute^ SftfibcfceH. 
Fern. (Sine grau, a woman, eiue ijute grau. 



*) If there be no opposition the Germans use in preference, tiefci, 
biefe, biefe*. 
**) The pronoun must always agree with its nouu. 



— 10 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS , beftfeangetgenbe gihmortcr. 



your 



3Jcein, meine. mein, my. 

beirt, beine, bein, thy. 

fetn, feine, fetii, his. 

if)x, if)re, ifjr, her. 

mifcr, unfere, unfer, our. 

ener, eure, euer, 

3$*, 36re, 3^*) 

ifjr, tf)re, il)r, their. 

Setter, m.j „„„ . 
\ cousin. 

Safe, f. S 

Sfcidjte, f. niece. 
Jtnabe, m. bo v. 
Xante, f. aunt. 
Dfteim, in. uncle. 
33rut>er, m. brother. 



fffttin guter Setter, 
beitie (jute dlityte. 
fetn guter Of)eim. 
i§re gute Xante. 
unfer guteS JJiub. 
eure gute Sautter. 
3tyr guter ^nabe. 
t^r fd)one$ £au3. 

(£d)toe jter, f. sister. reid), rich. 
<So6n, m. son. arm, poor. 



Softer, f. daughter. angenehm, agreeable. 

toertfryoil, valuable. Ue&enSttmrtng, amiable. 

fletjjig, diligent, assi- alt, old. 

duous. fetn, no; not a. 

fdjtoad), weak. aud), also. 

Obs. 1. The Indefinite Article, as well as the seven following 
words mem, bein , fetn (tfyr) , unfer, ener, tfyr, nub fetn, 
do not indicate the Gender. 

Obs. 2. The Nominative of the masculine and neuter of the 
indefinite article are always alike. 

(Sin SKnitn t(i gre§. (Sine grou ift fc^ix>ac^. (Sin Stinb tjt 
flein. Sftein guter 2>ater tft fromm. 5)cetu guter unb frommer 
SSater tft fe^r flcigtg. 3ft 3^e gute unb fronune Strutter m$t 
fe$r fleijug ? SQleine gnte Sautter tft fefyr fleifng unb fromm. 
<Setn guteS ^inb ift ge^orfnm. 3fi bein gnter SBrubec autf) fefjr 
fleijHg ? 9?ein, mein fauler ^ruber tft fefyr nac^Iajjig, aber meine 
flet§tge ©c&wefier tft fe$r liebenStvurbtg. $Jltin Hefner unb 
fd?n>at$er Jpinib tft tvett. (Sin gute$ nnb fleijjigeS ^inb ift ange* 
netym, abet etn fauleS unb nnc$la§tge3 ^tnb tft niefct liebenS* 



*) In German the Third Person plural is used instead of the 2nd. 
as the person of Politeness or Address. 



— 11 — 

wiirbig. 3J?ein guter ©erter ifi etit flei§iger «Dtoun. SRctne 
tteben&mtrbige 9W#te ift eitt cmgene^meS Sttdbcfccn. 3ft 3#re 
fleijjige ©cjweflcr cin flngeS Sftcibcfcen ? ©ein gtogcr <Sofm ift 
fein gntcr ^nnbe 5 abet fcinc (jute Softer ijr ein fletjjiges SSJMbc&en. 
2J?eine fteine, obcr teid)e £cutte if* cine angeneOme great. 3ft 
bctn reic^cv 23etter ein gnrer 9ttann? 9D?ein guter better ift ein 
fe^r fleijjiger unb reiser SRarnt. (&in guteg , getyorfameS nnb 
fleigtgc^ $inb ift fefyr UebenSrourbig. 

8. 

Observ. If the Adjective Attributive, that is, which precedes its 
noun, has the Article Indefinite or one of the Posses- 
sive Pronouns mein, bein, fein k. or lent, before it, this 
Adjective relating to a mascul. noun takes the termi- 
nation of the article, viz, in the masc. CV, in the fe- 
min. e and in the neuter e$. 

Obs. 2. Never add the signs of the Gender to one of those seven 
words themselves, if they are Adjective pronouns. Not 
uieiitec 93ater , but mein 93ater 5 not beineS ftinb , but 
bein &inb.*) 

A dog is faithful. A faithful dog is valuable. A mother 
is good. A good mother is pious. My good father is an 
industrious and prudent man. His little boy is obedient. Her 
obedient child is amiable. Our good sister is a handsome girl. 
Her diligent son is not a good boy. Is not a prudent and 
industrious woman very agreeable ? That bad and idle boy is very 
naughty, but this diligent girl is very amiable. His old uncle 
is a very rich man. This great (supply and) black dog is very 
handsome, but that white horse is very ugly. My old but rich 
uncle is a good and industrious man; but my pious and agree- 

*) The Nomin. of the Mascul. and Neuter of the Iodef. Article 
are always alike. 



— (2 — 

able aunt is not very rich. This idle man is very poor , but 
that industrious woman is very rich. 

9. 

THE VERB I) cib en, to have*) 

3$ fyabe, I have. Sfitr fyabeia, we have. 

bit §all, thou hast. i[;c l)cibt, ) 

[you have. 

Cr ' 1ie ' lt;ot he ' she ' 'has. @ie & flbeM ' 

e*, man > it, one ' ftc §flbetl, they have.' 

Interr. Jjpabe ity '? Have I? Negal. 3$ f)abe nicfcr. I have not. 

Inter r.neg. <§abt itt) md?t ? Have I not? Imper. S^abnx 

vSie! have ! 

©arten, m. garden. id) fyafre Unrec&t , I am fhoridjt, foolish. 

23ud), 13. book. wrong. nufjucf), useful. 

§efcer, f. pen. weber — nod), neither immer, always. 

33erm6o,nt, n. fortune. — nor. oiel , {much. 

@elD, n. money, enttttefcer — ofeev, either mele, i many. 

@ulb, u. gold. — or. J»o? where? 

Sftagfc, f. maid-servant. Fehter, neither. tter? who? 

id) ijabe Dted)t, I am right. 

Observ. 1. The Accusative of the Feminine and Neuter is 

always the same as the Nominative. 
Observ. 2. The Accusative of the Masculine changes bet* 

into ben, and ein into etnen. 

3d) f)abe eiu migltcfceS £5ucb. £>u j^aft oiel ©elb. (Sr t;at 
eut gropes Sjermogen. 25fi fyaben ein fc^oued ^Pferb. #abt 3l;r 
einc gute gcbet ? dUin, \mt fyabm feme gitte gebev. 2Bo t)aben 
<2te 3^ c roet§e$ ^ptev? ^k\^ veicbe SHcum fyat tin jlcijjigeS 
unfc ge^orfiinieS ^iub j aber eiue tydjjlufye nub nfi$fd§ia.e 9DZcia.t. 
i£at jene grau cine gcoge £oa)ter ? ©ie f)ut weber due gvc^c 



*) <£>aben as an Active Veritas well as every other Active Verb (i.e. 
such a Verb rs must have an Object, to complete its full sense) 
always requires the Accusative[(Ohjective Case). The Verb fftn 
is always followed by the Nominative case. 



^ocfcter, nod; ?tu fliojjeiS ^erm'ojjcu. ©iji bu nicljt veid)? SHetit, 
icb fyabe feitt glides ^evmtfa,en. Jpabe ia) iiidjt 9if$t? 9tmi, 
«5ie fyaben Unrest. Jpar biefer flmje tlTJnnn u.icljt inimer ^C e ct? t ? 
differ roetje iftanu fyat immev 3iecJ)t , aber jeues ttyiniffcte jiiitb 
§at trnmei" Umec&t. $)tefe fhuje uub fleipt<]e gran ift fef)v retcfy 
nub jeueS Qitte uuD fcfctfiie 2Jiab$eu fetyc liebensnnubia,. 

I have no fortune. Thou hast a pretty book. He has 
no good pen. Has she not a useful book ? Yes , he has. 
They have a wise mother. That handsome child has a pious 
sister. Has every good woman an amiable daughter? That 
good and pious mother has a very amiable, diligent and hand- 
some daughter. Has your uncle a nice house ? No, he has 
neither a handsome house, nor a large (eiueu grojjen) garden. 
Has this woman a little child ? No, she has no child. Am I 
right? No, you are not right, you are wrong. Are you not 
wrong? No, I am always right. Is that industrious man not 
right? This foolish boy is always wrong, but his obedient 
sister is always right. There it is (Da ruibeu Ste es). He is 
a good man and has a large fortune. My brother is not rich, 
neither am I (uuD t$ and; nid;t), Where is my black dog? 
I have neither your black dog nor your white cat. 

11. 
THE VERB hk r ben, to become, to grow, to be (shall., will.) 

34> tuetbe, I become, grow, shall. £Oiv merbeu, we become, grow, 

shall, 
bu nmjt, thou becomest, growest, \%x rocvbet , you become , grow, 

wilt. will. 

tx roub , he becomes , grows, fie lucrfce u , they become , grow, 

will. will. 

Inlerr. 20?vbe i$? Do I become? Negated) wctfcc nidjr. I do 



u 



not become , grow, Inlerr. negat. JBeibe tcfr nitt)t ? 
Do I not become, grow ? (Shall I not?) Imper. $Bcv* 
ben <&ie! become! 

frfnei&en, to write.' bejfrafen, to punish. gebordjeu, to obey. 

geben, to go. bejfraft, punished. gettebt, loved, liked. 

loben, to praise. fprecfyen, to speak. geacbtet, esteemed. 

gelubt, praised. gefprocfyen, spoken. gefcbdfct, estimated. 

9lr$t, m. physician. I am to have, idj toerbc oeradjtet, despised. 

SJl it ftf er, m. musician. befommen. beHagt, complained (of), 

^a ufmann,m.merchant. I am to be, id) toevfee gefjcipt, hated. 

Die Jlinber, the children, fein (werben.) ^olbat, m. soldier. 

Observ. 1 . Serben , to become , to be , is also used as an 
auxiliary verb; it forms the future in the active voice 
and is employed throughout the passive voice ; 

a) if roerben is followed by the Infinit. , it forms the Fu- 
ture ; as, t$ roerbe loben, / shall praise. 

b) if followed by the Partic. past, it forms the Passive 
Voice ; as, icfy rccrbe getobr, / am praised. 

c) if followed by an Adject, or Subst., it is a realVerb, meaning 
to become > grow , and has always the Nom. after it. 

Observ. 2. Shall -and will as xiuxiliaries for the Future are 
always rendered with roevben, and never with fallen and 
roollcu, unless they imply obligation or will, 

Observ. 3. Most of the partic. past in German have the syl- 
lable $e prefixed. 

3d? roetbe fcfcreiben. $>u rcirft ret$. (St roirb tin 2lr$t. 
@tc rcirb gelobt. $)ie faulen ^inber roetben beftraft. (§3 roirb 
snel gefproc^en. $3tr rocrben gefyeu. 3#r roetbet gefyor^en. $)tefe$ 
fletjHge ^tub roirb fel)r geliebt. (Sin tl)6ita;ter 2Koun rcirb ntd^t 
geadjtet. ^euer fllttcfltd?e Q3citer tvivb fetyt $ef$a£t. SBirb bicfe 
flup.e gran nid?t geliebt? ©iefes l)a§tirf)c nub faille Sftdfccfceu 
wirb weber genrfjtct nod) fleltebt , foubcni »eind>tct nub beffeigt. 
Stib bcin 5Svubcr Soffcflt ? 9U\\\ , tx ivivb webev Solbat, hoc^ 



— 15 — 

%r, fimbern SDhiftfev. SSirb betn better Statfvmn ? @r nmb 
webev tfaufmmui, no$ ©olbat, foubeni Slvgt. 

12. 

Observ. Uw/, is rendered with fonbent after a negative phrase; 
(if the phrase beginning with it, expresses a contradiction) 
in all other cases it is usually rendered with after. 

I am praised. Thou art loved. He grows rich. She will 
go. He becomes a soldier.*) We shall write. You are esteemed. 
They are not loved. A sweet fruit is much liked. A good 
mother is very much esteemed. Is that obedient boy not very 
much liked? He is not very much liked, but despised. This 
ugly and black dog becomes hated. That naughty boy becomes 
very idle. Is that foolish man hated and despised? That 
clever woman is not very much liked. Is that physician your 
brother ? No, he is neither my brother, nor my cousin. I am 
to have a very nice, useful book. He is to be a merchant. 



13- 

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS , f x a g e n b e g u x « o x t e r. 
? J who? 2Sa$? what? 



srn.Trf^,. * >& 9 which? 2Da3 fur? \ 

2Belc$evve,*eei? ffi J,' what sort, kind? 

what? SBelcty etn? ) 

too? where? gufriebcn, content. ©ebulb, f. patience. 

.ftavt, Charles. 3ufriebentyeit, f. content- gebulbtg, patient. 
SRatie, Mary. ment. toacfet, |good, noble, 

£ouife, Louisa. (Stiicf , n. happiness, bra» , I (brave.) 
fiungtig , hungry. luck. ft, so, such. 

burfhg, thirsty. glucf(tc§, happy, lucky, fo etn, such a. 

Observ. 3Ser ? is commonly used alone ; welder ? usually with 
a noun expressed or understood. 



) @ein and toerben, as real verbs, require the Nomin. after them. 



— 16 — 

SBtfcfcn (what) Stan iff immcr gliicflid) ? Sfrldie grew 
if) tinnier cpit? gBc-Icfced fttnt i(t immer Qefcerfam ? SBcr t)at 
tinnier ©ebulb ? SBelebcr fthcrbe iff fcimcjrig ? ©cldeS fDiabcbcn- 
ift burjiifl? SBd fjaben Sic 3tyt Jcpnea S3ncb ? SSo ift ber fjute 
&arl ? 23o ift tie fleijjifle Sftcirie ? 2Ba3 fitr etn faaueS $inb 
fciefe SOiUtfef bat! 2Bcr ift retell? 23er ift iinnier jufricbeu ? 
ffielefce Qli'icHtde ©fritter hat fo etn flei§ige§ mib Hebrtign>iitbigel 
20?cibden? 2Ba§ fiir eiii gregefi @HM wir i)olcn ! 5Dclcbc3 
grcjjc ©I fief metne Sebrcefrer Ijeit ! 

14. 

What (roelcfcev) man is always content? What child is 
always happy ? What mother is good and pious ?> Which house 
is large and handsome? Who is always lucky? What child 
is thirsty? Who is hungry? What dog is faithful? What a 
good child Mary is ! What a great boy Charles is ! Who is 

2 3 1 

always right ? What happiness to have patience I*) What happy 
father has such an obedient and diligent child? Where is 
Charles ? Is he a good boy ? What a good and wise father 
this man is ! What great luck my rich aunt has ! 

15. 

NOMINATIVE, SSeiffall. GENITIVE, aBBe#faH. ") 

Masculine. Neuter. 

N. ber Setter, the father. bo§ flinb, the child. 

i the father's. (the child's. 

G. be$ Stater*, _ , \, bc$ ffinbe*, e A .... 
c of the father. | of the child. 



*) Turn : PatieDce to have ($u fyafcett.) 
**) The Nominative is the Subject of the sentence, answering the 
question: who? h>et ortoaS? The Genitive is the Possessive case; 
answering the question: toefien? whose? 



Feminine. 
N. tie 9K utter, the mother. 
G. bet gutter, the mother's, 
of the mother. 
Sreutib, ra. friend. 33ebiente, m. man-ser- gvun, green. 

$.burm, m. tower* ■ vant. gelb, yellow. 

Mixtijc, f. Church. (Genit. tt§ 53ebientett.)blau, blue. 

garbc, f. colour. SBlatt, n., leaf. rotlj, red. 

Jhagen, m. collar. Bleip, m. application, nett, ntw. 

dtod, m. coat. ci rbeitfam, laborious^ X?t>cr), high. 

%utf), n. cloth. industrious. gefefien, seen. 

23etragen,n. behaviour, (obenStourbig , praise- (fct)eit, to see.) 
conduct. worthy, laudable. fo — ftie, as — as. 

3)er ©ofm beg fDicmueS ift geljorfcim. 3)o3 Q3ud) beS fluibeS 
ift mi^fitf). £>ie £cd)ter btcfer grnu ift fel)r ciibettfom. SDie 
garbe biefeS trcuen £uube3 tft f*wor§. T)ct3 .SUetb bc§ SDfnbefcenS 
ift fdjon. £)te SSJiogb nieiner £cmte ift fo fletjug, rate bcr SSebieute 
nmne« DfjeimS. 3ft boa 33ud) btefcS fltnbeS mifelitf) ? £>n£ 
33etrogen btefeS 3Jiamie$ tft ittc&t fcfyt IpbeuSreitvbtg. Seines 
gmrnbeS @d)mefter tft eiu IiebntS.uiirbigeS 9ftcibd)eu. SQelcfceS 
Stinh tft ber @o$n btefeS S3ater8? $)er Styurm biefer ^trcue tft 
fef)t fyocf). 2Me garbe btefeS 33i<ttte3 tft anln. 3ft btefeS tfletb 
gtittt ober gelb ? Q$ tft roeber grim uod) a,elb, fonbcrn Matt. 
£)er ^ragen meineS $c(fe3 ij* fe^r fc^n?orj. 

16. 

Observ. 1. Instead of bet ,£>ut meineS gteunbeS we say aIso y 
meiueS greunbeS £ut. 

Observ. 2. The Engl, word of is rendered with the Germ. 

Genitive when it is preceded by a substantive, but with 

*>on and the Dative, if preceded by a verb. Ex. The 

colour of the dog. £)te garbe be3 .£>unbeg. I speak 
of the dog, id) fprecfre i>ou bem £unbe. 

Observ. 3. Place the Partic, past at the end of the sentence* 



— 18 — 

The behaviour of my friend is laudable. The colour of 
that cloth is green. The child of that woman is obedient. 
The dog of my friend is faithful. My brother's hat is hand- 
some. Is not the tower of that church very high? The dili- 
gent servant of my uncle is an old man , and the maid-servant 
of my aunt is a poor girl. Where is the father of that girl? 
What child is the son of that woman? Charles is the brother 
of my friend; and Mary (is) the aunt of my servant. The 
application of that girl is very great. Who is this little boy? 
He is the son of that man. Have you seen my new yellow 
dress? I have neither seen your blue, nor your yellow dress, 
but I have seen the new coat of my diligent brother. 

17. 

DATIVE, SBtntfall and ACCUSATIVE , aSBeitfoII*) 
Masculine. Neuter. 

D. bent better, to or for the father, bem 5?mbe, to or for the child. 
A. ben ©nter , the father. baS $inb, the child. 

Feminine. 
D. bet Gutter, to or for the mother. 
A. bie flutter, the mother. 
JBilb, n. picture, image, bie JUeiber, (pi.) clothes, (faufen, to buy.) 

likeness. £ud), n. cloth* fd)enfte, } presented. 

©djneiber, m. tailor. brad)teet? Did he bring? gefefeenft, > 
©cfcveiner, m. joiner, lobte , j praised# (««&# f<*)enfte, gave.) 



(carpenter.) cabinet- getobt, ' . Brad)te, j broughL 

maker. (loben, to praise.) gebradjt, ' 

gac&er, m. fan. faufte, j bought . tetngen, to bring. 

*Jtad)bat, m. neighbour, gefauft, I 



*) The Dative is the Person or the Thing for whose advantage or 
disadvantage the action is going on ; (French: regime indirect)* 
it answers the question : toem? to or for whom ? 

The Accusative is the Object (or the completion) of the Active 
verb, French: regime direct) it answers the question totn or 
ttmS? whom? 



£)« $cter fc^eiifte bem £inbe fin 33ncfc. £)ie TOuttcr fcvad?te 
btm 93arer boo $itb beg Dljeimg. $)er ©ctyneibet bra^te bet 
TOwtter ein ^leib. Statute bet <5$reiner ben ©cfcranf? 5fteine 
Sanre fanfte bem 23ater (for) ben $ut nnb bev SDlutter ben ga<$er. 
2Ber fauffe btefem $inbe ein ^feib ? Sfteine gute 2Bntrer Tobte 
ben ©o$n biefer gran. $et 23atet btefed 5tinbcg tobte bie 
fletfjtge Softer beg JD$eim0, nnb bie grew (wife) beg 9?ac$barg 
fdjenfte bem <Sol)ne beg <S$netberg ben £nnb ifyrer £ocf)ter. 
Set if* bet grennb biefeg 2ftanneg? £emti# ift ber greunfe 
meiueg iftacfcbarS. Set fanfte btefem flnten $inbe bag fefjime 
58nd>? glmalte fanfte bem <5ol)ne meineg grennbeg biefeg fctyone 
§S UC ^ _ £er @(^laf (sieep) t(i bag 93Ub beg £obed (death). 

18. 

Observ. i. If the Genitive takes e$ the Dat. then takes e, 
but if the Genit. takes only § the Dat. remains un- 
altered. 

Observ. 2. The Dative always precedes the Accusative. 

Observ. 3. The Demonstr. Pronouns biefer, jener and all those 
words which have the same terminations, are declined 
like the Definite Article ber, bie, bag. 

The brother of the neighbour presented that woman with 
the beautiful picture of the aunt. Turn: presented to that woman 
the beautiful picture. The father of that friend bought a dress 
for the mother of that child. The joiner brought to the aunt 
the chest of drawers. The tailor brought the clothes. Who 
bought this useful book? My rich uncle bought the brother 
(Dat.) the hat and the sister the dress. Who brought a book 
to this child ? The good mother of that child brought to 
the daughter of the aunt the dog of my neighbour. Have 
you the child's fine cloth? I have it not. I have neither the 
child's clothes, nor the girl's bonnet; but the sister's book. My 



— 20 — 

good mother bought for that good (noble) child a very useful 
book. 

19. 

DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 

Masculine Neuter Feminine 

N. cm $omg, a king, ein ©lag, a glass, etne ©fame, a flower. 
G. eine$jlomg(e)$,ofa — etneS ©lcife3,ofa — enter 33fame, of a — 
D. einem «ftontge, to a — einem ©Icife, to a — enter ©fame, to a — 
A. einen $ontg, a king, ein ©tag, a glass, etne S3htme, a flower. 

Observ. 1. The same Declension takes place with all the words 
in the same class with the article indef.; viz. metn, betn, 
fein, i^r, unfer, eiter, iff unb !ein. 

Observ. 2. All Femin. substantives remain unaltered in the 
sing., either with the definite or the indefinite article. 

^rott, m. throne. ©ttten Sftorgen, good bur dj fid) tig , transpa- 

SGBaffcr, n. water. morning. rent, (liter, through- 

em ©lag SBaffet, a glass dhtten %a$, good day, seeing.) 

of water. (good bye.) beiltg, holy, sacred. 

ein $funb 53rob, a pound @uten SlDent> r good getoofmltcfc, usually. 

of bread. evening. icfy f a !)» * saw - 

Slmolio, Amelia. ©ute^lac^t, good night, id) toimfdje, I wish (for), 

out of, au$ (governs toofylrierfjenb, odorife- ober, or. 

the Dat.) rous (liter, well- SSein, m. wine. 

SBetten <§ie? will you smelling.) 33ier, n. beer. 

have? 

(St tft ein $omg. 2)tefe$ tft ein fcpneS ©Io$. 2Netne 
@$tveftet J)ot etne roo^lriecfcenbe ©fame. $er £§von etneS ®$* 
nig3 ift Jjetlig. 3Me garbe eineS ©lafeS tft gew<tynli# bnt$ftc$* 
tig ) afcer bie (gorbe) eineS ©latteS ifi gen?oi)ttlt# grim. ®in 
£ontg ift ntcfct immer gludlid;. 3$ W* «»««» JWwffl 8 e M™- 
3n biefem ©lafe if* ©offer, £aben ©te ein ©ia$ SBnffer? 
Soflen ©ie ein ©to* 5Betn ober em ©las ©ter? 3* nnmfcfce 



— 21 — 

webev ein ©Ia$ ©ein , 110$ cin @Ia3 93itv, foubeni ein ©las 
©offer. SDtcfer SWann rjot etnen £unb. SDiefeS flei§t3 e OTabc^en 
fyat cinen ©arten. SDicin $ater faufte du £attS. 3$ nmnfc&e 
30neit (to you) etnen guten SWorflen, eineu guten &benb. — (§ht 
fcfconeS ^iett> fc&miicft (adorns) etnen fcfctfnen tffirpet (body). 



20. 

He is my father. Amelia is my sister. His uncle is a 
brother of our king. He is not a king.*) Is this man his 
brother? He is not his brother, but his cousin. Is your mother 
not my aunt? Yes, she is. I saw a flower out of his garden. 
In (in Dat.) my garden is a beautiful flower. Has he a glass 
of beer ? No , he has no beer ; but he has a glass of wine. 
Has that poor man no money? He bought a pound of bread. 
I saw your brother , your sister and your aunt. My father 
bought a horse, a dog and a cat. Good bye, Sir (mem «£>err.) 
A life (Seben n.) of pleasure (be3 23ergnugen3 n.) is an enemy 
(getnb, m.) to health (ber ©efitnbl;ett f.) and fortune. 



DECLENSION OF 
THE DEFINITE 



the beautiful tree 

™* tber fdjone 33aum 

I btefer fdjimc 23aum 

£""• • i be$ fdjonett 23aumeg 
of { 

< biefe$fc66nett33aume6 



21* 

THE ADJECTIVE PRECEDED BY 
ARTICLE, OR DEMONSTRATIVE 
PRONOUN. 



**• . bcm fdjonen 93aume 

I biefemfd)8nett23aume 
^' I ben fdjonett 23aum 
ibiefen fcfyonen 93aum 



the beautiful flower 

bte fcfycne 931ume 
jene fdjone 53tume 
ber fdjimett 53lume 
jencr fdjimett 33lume 
ber fc^onett 53tumc 
jener jdhimett 23 lume 
bie fdjone 53lume 
jene fcfyone 931ume 



the beautiful field 

bag fdjone %dt 
bicfeg fchone $e(b 
be3 fdjonen ftelbes 
jeneS fcfyonett SelbeS 
bem fc&onett Selbe 
biefem fdjoncn ftetbe 
bag fcfyone ftelb 
jenes fc&one §efb 



*) Not a = no; turn: he is no king. 



— 22 



DECLENSION OP THE ADJECTIVE PRECEDED BY THE 
INDEFINITE ARTICLE OR A POSSESSIVE PRONOUN, 



N. 

G. 
D. 

A. 

% 
G. 
D. 

A. 



Masculine 
a good man 

I em gutcr SWann 
mem gutcr SRann 



Feminine 
a good woman 

einc gutc %xau 
feine gutc Stan 



of 



to 



I etneS gutcn SftanneS einer gutcit %xau 

jmeineSgutcnSflanueS fetner guten $rau 

einem gutett SJianne einer gutcn grau 

meinem guten Sftanne feiner gutcn $rau 

einc gutc %vau 

feine gutc §rau 

Feminine 
tie (d)6nc ffilume 
eine fd)one SBlume 



eiuen gutcn Sftann 
meinen gutctt 2ftann 

Masculine 

ber fd)6nc Skum 
tin fdjcner: JBanm 



of 



to 



be$ fctycnen 33aume3 ber fdjonen ©lurne 
eineS fd)oncn53aume0 einer fd)6nctt 33lume 
bent fdjonen 93aume ber fd)onen 23tume 
einem fdjcnen 23aume einer frijoncn ©lume 
Un fd)cncn 93aum bie fd)one SSlume 
etnen fcfjcucn S3oum eine fd)cne SSIunic 



Neuter 
a good child 

ein gutcS .ftinb 
unfer gutcS $inb 
eineS gutcn Jtinbea 
unfveS gutcn tfinbee 
einem gutcn Jttube 
unfrem gutcn .ftinbe 
ein gutcS Stinb 
unfer guteS ^inb 

Neuter 
ba6 fcfjone f^clb 
ein fdjoneS $elb 
be$ fd)6ncn ftelbes 
cineS fdjoncn $etbe£ 
bem fd)cnen Selbe 
einem fdjonen §elbe 
bag fd)onc Selb 
ein fd)one$ §elb 



GENERAL RULES FOR THE AGREEMENT OP THE ADJECTIVE 
WITH THE NOUN. 

1) The attributive adjective (that is which precedes its noun) al- 
ways agrees with it in gender, number and case. This agree- 
ment depends on the preceding article or any particle which 
is in the same category with it. If the article give already 
the sign of the gender, (namely set in mascuL, «c in fem. and 
sC$ if neut.) the adjective receives only sc, but if the article 
decide not the gender, the adjective receives the sign set, *C or sc$» 

2) For this reason, after the definite article ber, bie, ba6, as well 
as after the following words: biefer, this-, jener, that; ber? 
fel&e, berjenige, he; h>eld)er, who, which; alter, all; einiger, 
some; etlidjer, any; toeniger, few etc., the adjective receives 
only *Cj but 

3) After the indefin. article ein, eine, ein, and the possessive pro- 



— 23 — 



nouns , mem, bein, fein, unfet, euev, iljr, and the negative 
particle fein, the adjective takes tt in raascul.^ e in fem.,-C$ 
in neut. (NB. mein, bein ic. never take the signs of Gender; not 
twiner 33oter, but mein 33ater.) 

4) This is only the case in the nom. mascul. and iiom. and accus. 
sing, of the fern, and neut. (because they are always the same), 
but in all other cases, either with the preceding defin. or in- 
defiu. article, the adject, takes ctl. 

5) Adjectives when compared follow the same rule as the Positive, 
as bet jungete <So1)n, ber jungjie <Bof)n, the younger son> the youn- 
gest son. See Exercise 31. 

The following Examples will make this rule more clear: 



ber gute 9$atex, the good father 

fciefet gute SBater, this 

tie gute Sftutter, the good mother 

fene gute Sautter, that 

ba$ gute .ftinb, the good child 
jenc$ gute ilinb, that 



ein guter SSater, a good father 

mein guter SBatex, my 

cine gute SSluttex, a good mother 

feine gute SJiutter, his • 

cin guteS itinb, a good child 
unfix guteS Stint, our 



9tad)&at, ni., neighbour 
SSogel, m., bird 
Xufye, f., tulip 
Snfeft, u., insect 
23iene, f., bee 
Stoxn, n. corn 



tijcuev, lieb, dear 
emjtg, active 
fiefyr, stands 
(fiefien, to stand) 
itf) ge&e, I go 
(gefjen, to go) 



frudjt&ar, fruitful, fertile ex fauft, he buy 
gelb, n. field 



fliegt, flies 
(jiiegen, to fly) 
foldjer,— e,— e3 « 

(old)en(Acc.masc) ' £ 
auf, on, upon (Dat. if a 
rest., Ace. if in mo- 
tion*) 



lauft er? does he buy? in, in, into (the same 
difference*) 



2)ec fd)ime 53aum in meinem fltogen ©arten f)at ewe fiijje 
gruc^t. 2)te grudjt be3 fc&oueu $aume5 tft fug. 2luf bem fc£o* 
nen Saume fte^t ein fc^t5ncc *8oa,ef. £>iefet fc^dne l&oget fliegt 
auf ben fyofyen 55aum. (Sine £ufpe ift einc fc&one Slume. 5)ie 
gar&e biefer fcjpuen S3fome ift augene^ui. Slttf bev fc§6nen Slume 

*) Ex. : £)a<3 93ud) tiegt auf bem £ifd)e (Dat.) T/te book lies on the table. 
Sege bag 33ud) auf belt %i{d) (Ace.) Lay the book on the table. 
3d) bin in bem ©arten (Dat.) I am in the garden. 
3d) gefce in bett@avten (Ace.) 1 am going into the garden. 



24 



i$ cin Snfcft. $)tefe emfige 2Stene fliegt auf jene fcfcoue 35lume. 
3)a3 frucfctbare gelb l)at etn guteS ^orn. 2)a3 gute Stoxn beS 
fuiel)tbaren gelbeS ift tfyeuer. 2luf (in)* ) biefem fcfconen gelbe tft eiu 
grojjet 23aum. $auft btefer. vetcfye Sftami etn groge^ gelb? 3$ 
gt^e auf baS fc&fine gelb m cin eg flei§igen ^acfcbarS. ©elcfyer. 
©arten l;at eiueu foId?en fct)6nen S3aum? £)er gro§e ©atten meined 
retdjen $Ka$bai3 i;nt fetnen fcfconen 5Saum. $at bet Heine ©ofyn 
metneS Ueben greunbeS ctncn fc&onen nnb grofjen (Morten? (St 
tyat roeber einen f$onen nnb grojjen ©avten, noc& etn grogc6 nnb 
fruc^tbaveg gelb. — ©ran (gray), Renter, grennb, ift otte £fyeorie 
unb griin be3 SebenS gblbner 35aum. — ©tftfje. Sin fdjoner. 
£ob (death) ift ba6 (Snbc (end) eineS fcfyonen SebenS (life). 

22. 
Observ. Instead of bnnfele (from dark, bnnfel) we say bet- 
ter bltttfle, without the first e. See Exercise 31. Obs. 3. 
That fine tree stands in (auf) a large field. On that beau- 
tiful tree is a nice fruit. In this fine garden is a handsome bird. 
My rich uncle has a large garden. The colour of this fine 
tulip is very beautiful. In this great garden stands a large and 
fruitful tree. Is the good corn of that fruitful field dear? The 
dark colour of that little insect is not fine. I am going**) into 
the fine garden of my good and diligent neighbour. Where is 
the black and faithful dog of my industrious (and) handsome 
sister? He is in the large garden of my good (and) rich aunt. 
This little bird stands on the great tree of the large garden of 
my old rich neighbour. That good child had (l)atte) a strawhat 
(©trof^ut, m.) on his head. ($opf, m.) 



*) 9luf, liter, upon, is rendered here with in. 
**) I am going, id? gebe. 



— 25 ^ 



23. 

CONSTRUCTION OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST. 
Stttttelwoit bet 33ergattgen^eit. 



gelentt, learnt. 
lernen, to learn. 



aerfaufen, to sell. 
bejrtblt, paid. 



auStoenbig lernen , to bejafilen, to pay. 



©pte^cn Sie? Do you 

speak? 
franjijjtfd), French. 
ettglifd), English, 
beutfd), German. 
foojltd), polite. 
linbojlid?, unpolite. 
^of, m. court, yard. 
nur, only. 
fd)ou, | 
bereft*, IMready. 



learn by heart. r-erloren, lost. 

gelebrt, taught. uerlteren, to lose. 

lebren, to teach. 8fftl<bt, sought, 

gefcljen, seen. fudpen , to seek , to 
feben, to see. search, look for. 

gefunben, found. Styfel, m. apple. 

finben, to find. SBrief, m. letter. 

vevfailft, sold. <Sptad)e, f. language. 

Observ. The Participle past as well as the Infinitive is se- 
parated from the auxiliary verb and put at the end of 
the sentence. « 

3$ ^obe bentfflmg gefe^en. £aft ©u metn S3ncb gefnnben? 
#at er ni$t baS ©elb be$al)lt? (gjfc J)aben eineu 23rief gefc&rie* 
ben. 28o fyabt 3D 1 ' ©ww ^ uc ^ uerloren? $abtn <5te mcin fc^d* 
neS $leib gefe^en? SKcin 93ot« ^at ctuen fe^r grojj en (long) 8rief 
gef^neben. £at 3^ veic^er 9?a$bar ben fc^onen ©artcn meineS 
olten grennbeS gefanft? (Sr f)at roeber feinen fd?onen (barren, 
nocb fein neueS Jpauei, fonbetn fetn u)eure3 ^ferb gefanft. 9JU-tn 
33tubcr l)at bte bentfdpe (gpvn^e gelevnt. 3fletn jungetet IBrubet 
fyat meiuer dlteni (elder) ©<$roeftet bte franco jifc&e ©pradbe geleljrt. 
SBerben @ie bte engltfcbe ©pracbe lernen? 5Dtib beine fletgige 
©cbroefter beinem fletnen 53ruber bte bentfebe (Spracbe tefjren? SSirD 
beine gnte gutter metnem veiefcen Or)etm einen tyoftidjen 53rief fcf)reU 
ien? $3em (for whom) fyat bein SSatcr einen £ut gefanft? @r Jjat 
mebet metnem fleijHgen 23tnber , nod) meinet liebenoitmrbigen 
©djroeftev einen Jput gefanft ; abet et rotrb metnem guten better 
etn ltu^ltc^e-g Q3n$ fanfem ©precjjen <3ie (Sngltfcfj? 9ltin, tefc 



— 26 — 

fpredje mebcr <§uglif$, nod) $ran$ofi[cl}, foiibcui nur §entja). £er* 
nen @ie siel auSrcenbig? 3$ lernc fefyv otel austoenbig. Jpabcn 
@ie ben Ijeljen (high) %f)urm jener fdjonen .fttrche gefefyen? 2)er 
2f?nun jener ^irc&e ift roeber ljo#, nccf) ift bie ^ivcfce fefjr grof. 

2/1. 

I have found a book. Have you seen the black dog? 
Has he not bought a nice book ? We have sought *) our good 
horse. Have you bought the large garden of ray rich neigh- 
bour? My pious mother has written a long (gro§) letter to my 
amiable rich aunt. Has your rich cousin bought the large house 
of my old neighbour? He has neither bought the fine garden 
of my good neighbour nor the large house of my rich aunt; 
but he has bought the dear horse of my uncle. Have you seen 
my father's house? I have neither seen your father's house 
nor your neighbour's beautiful garden. My good sister has 
taught my diligent brother the German language. Will your 
good father teach my idle son the English language? He will 
not teach your idle sister either (not either = neither) the Ger- 
man or the English: but my diligent brother has already (fc^on) 
learnt the French language. Has my dear friend gone**) into 
(Ace.) your fine garden or into your new house ? He has gone 
neither into (Ace.) my large garden nor into my new house; 
but he will go up to (cmf) (Ace) the high tower of that large 
church. Do you speak German? I speak it a little (etu SBenig). 
You ought to learn (fottten lernen) this well by heart. 



*) A nice distinction is to be made between: gefttdjt, sought; Vd 

fucfyt, besought (begged for) and »evfud)t, tried, 
**) He has gone, cr ifi gcgangen. 



— 27 — 

25. 

KELATIVE PRONOUNS, be$ief;eube gfiwfiiter. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

who } 
N. SBelefcer,*) bet ,; , that, roelcfce, bie roelcbeS, ba$. 
which \ 

rcelc&eS i beffen whose j 

G> mriftcn I of which t bwen ' bw " t ^ e "' be ff cn - 

D. roelc&em, bent to whom roelcjer, bet roelcfyem, bein. 

A. roelc^en, ben whom. roelc^e, bie rcelcfcee, bag. 

9tegenfd)trm,m.umbrella. 2Beltgefd)td)te, f. history tt)oblu)attg, benevolent 
23leijlift, m. pencil. of the world. SBofolt&at, f. benefit, 

'^tn^evfjut, m. thimble. ©erttfjt, n. judgment. kindness. 

®efd?macf, m. taste. 2ant>,n. land, country. 

Observ. In the phrases, beginning: with a relative pronoun the 
participle past is put before its auxiliary at the end. 

3$ fyabe einen £unb, roelctyer fefjr flein ift. 2Siv ^abett etnc 
£ante, teelc&e it\)t fronrnt unb gut tfh Wltin SSatcr ^at eiu %m$ 
gcfauft, roel^eS fel)c fc&du ift. £aben <Ste ben ^egeufcfn'rm ge* 
fe(?eu, welc^en i# gefauft l)abc? £aft bu ben gingeifyut gefun> 
ben, roeldjeu beine ©cfjroejiei: ttetloren l)at ? Sic 5«^n ba$ fdjone 
$ferb gefefjen, roeldjeS 3(? r reiser Dufel gefauft §at. 20o ift ber 
351eiftift, ben bu gefunben fynfi? fflltin gutec Srubev fyax ben 
f^warjcn 9?egenfc&irm gefuc&t, roelcfen mein nac^ld^igei: 53ruber 
uerfomt fyat. 3)lein Setter, roelcOem icfj bie beutfc&e ©prac^e ge- 
Ufyt l)a&e, ift feljr. fleijjig. SfteineS 9latf)bax$ (S^roefter, roeldjei: 
ic^ einen gmgerlntt gefauft l;nbe, ift fef>r liebenSrourbig. $)iefe3 
tkint 5?inb, melcjem i$ ein f$one3 33u$ gefc&enft fyabt, ift fefyr 
gef)orfam. 2>iefer fcjone 8aum, beffen gw$t feljr fug ift, ift fefyr 



*) Instead of toeldjer, — e, — e3, we use sometimes tt>a$, what; 
as, wmirf i#A«£ J A#«;e £oW yow, merfen <&te, tttaS id) 3foneri ge- 
fagt fyabe. 

Whoever, whichever = Jt>ev unmet aucf) ; whatever = toaS immes 
or toa$ aud). 



— 28 — 

fiucjtbor. 5>iefe 33luuic, bercn gaibe rcetjj ift, t ft fejr fcjou, 3>ie? 
fer ifrtobe, beffeu gutter fcjr ujoljlt&atijj ijt , Jot tie beuifd)e 
(gprodje gelentt. — S)ie ©eltgefcbicjte ift bo£ 5Belta,evtc&t. — ©Iticf* 
Itc^j tfi bo3 £anb, roelcJeS gute ©efefce Jot. (laws.) 

Observ. 1. You can say either, ber ©orten, \veld)en id? f)e* 
fouft Jobe, or bev ©orten, &en id? gefauft Jabe. 

Observ. 2. Before and after every relative phrase a comma, 
is to be put. 

Observ. 3. In German the relative pron. is never omitted.") 

I have an umbrella, which is very beautiful. We have a 
brother , who is very tall. You have a sister , who is not so 
tall as my brother? His son has a book, which is very useful. 
The garden, which your rich uncle has bought is very large. 
The dog which your brother has sold is very faithful. I have 
seen the house which your father has bought. Have you found 
the thimble , that your diligent sister lost. Have you seen the 
apple, which I found in my nice garden? My sister, to whom 
I taught the German language, is very clever. The son of my 
neighbour, to whom the good daughter of my clever friend has 
taught the English language , is a very diligent boy. Is not 
this child, for whom (fur with the Accus. or if the Dative, with- 
out fvir) I have bought a useful book, very obedient? I have 
seen the mother, whose daughter is very handsome. This tree, 
the fruit of which is very sweet, is very old. This flower, the 
colour of which is very handsome, is to be found*) in my large 
garden. Who is the man, whose child is so obedient and whose 
wife is so happy? I am the father for whose daughter the son 
of my neighbour has bought a very useful and handsome book. 
The book **) I bought is very useful , but also very dear. 



*) ftntoct'ttutn; literally toivb gefunben. 
■**) The book 1 bought, must be rendered; the book which I bought. 



29 



The fruit of that forbidden (mbotenen) tree whose mortal taste 
(tobtlidjer ©enujj) brought death (Xob m.) into the world (ciuf 
tie 533elt bra$te) — is very rare. The beautiful jewels (bie 
f$onen ^uroelen) he had, he could (turn fonnte er) not sell. — 
Happy (is) the man, who obeys (gefyorcr)t Dat.) the laws of vir- 
tue (ben ©efefcen ber Xugenb). 

DETERMINATIVE (relative-demonstrative) PRONOUNS, 
$3eftimmenbe giuroorter. 

Singular 

Masculine. Feminine 

N. betjenige, ber, he who. fciejenige, bie, she who. 

G. be^jenigen, bejfen, of him who. bevjenigeu, beven, of her — 

D. bemjenigen, bem, to him who. berjenigen, ter, to her — 

A. benjenigen, ben, him who. biejenige, bie, her who. 

Neuter. 
N. basjenige, ba3, that which. 
G. besjenigen, beffen, of that — 
D. bemjenigen, bem, to that — - 
A. baSjenige, bag, that which. 

SinguL and Plural. Plural (for all three Genders) 

N. roer, he who, they — N. biejenigen, bie, those who, which. 
G. roefjen, of him who. G. berjenigen, beren, of those who — 
D. mem, to him who. D. benjenigen, benen, to those who — 
A. roen, him who. A. biejenigen, bie, those who, which. 

Observ. 1. Instead of these determinative pronouns , we use 
sometimes the definite article^ the declension of which 
is nearly the same, with the exception of the Genitive 
which is for masculine and neuter in the Singular b e ff en , 
of him who j or of that which , and of the feminine 
sing, beren, of her who. The plural of all genders is 
thus: Nom. bie, Gen. beven, Dat. benen, Ace. bie. 



— 30 — 

Observ. 2. The Declension of the Plural of these words, as 
well as that of the Definite Article with an Adjective, 
is always like the feminine Singular, except the Dat. 
Plural, which always terminates every word (the Ar- 
ticle, Adjective as well as the Noun) in \\. 

Observ. 3. Like these words are declined: berfelbe, btefelbe, 
baSfelbe, thesame, and folder, folcfce, folct)e3,swc#. 

SBer*, he who,she who, Jet) (er, m, fault, blunder, ratfyen, to advise. 

they who. lebr, lives. Qejagt, said. 

tugenbt)aft, virtuous. leben, to live. faQen, to say. 

Sugenb, f. virtue. mad)t, makes. mid), me (Ace. of id), I), 

aufmerffam, attentive. madjert, to make. bereft, double, twice. 

Slufmerffamfett, f. atten- fut)ten, to feel. fdjneU, quickly, soon. 

tion. 

©erjenige, welder jufricben if}, ift glucflic^. ^iejenijje grau, 
iv>eld?e tugenbt)aft ifi, ift ac&tungSnnubig. £>a3fenige $tnb, rocl* 
ct;e$ aufmerffam ift, tvirb gelobt. £)erjenige, welder mice) ouf 
meine ger)ler aufmerffam macr)t, ift meiu greuub. Set) liebc bag* 
jenige $inb, roelct)e$ fleijHg "»& aufmerffam ift, ab& id) ^affe 
baSjemge, roelct)e$ unaufmcrffam unb ttac^lagig ift. SWetn S3atec 
faitft bemfenigen cm fc^^ned 23uct), welc^cr. fleijjtg ift. 2$elcl)e**) grau 
fyat ba$ gefagt? ©tefenige, beren <Bo^n ber greuub meineS £3ru* 
ber^ ift. 5Der nicbt i)oren rottl, mujj fu^fen. 2Ber gut lebr, lebt 
lauge. 28et* fct)nelT gibt, gibt boppelr. SBer lauge lebt, fyat ml 
ttfafj&tn (experienced). 20em (to him) uict)t gu tatt)en tfi, 
bem iji auct) nicr)t $u fjelfen (help). ***) — f/2Belcr)e£ ifi ba3 
beftc SDWtel (the best means) tugenbt)aft $u roerben ?" fragte 3>e- 
maub (asked somebody) ben ©ofrate$. r/SBemt man ftcr) bemut)t 



*) This particle which relates to all Genders and Numbers must 

not be confounded with the Interrogative Pronoun roet? who? 

**) The Declension of the Intern Pronoun is the same as' that 

of the Determinative one. 
***) Who will not listen to advice, must take the consequences. 



— 31 — 

(if one endeavours), anttvortete (answered) ev, bnS ju fein, wn$ 
won fc&etnen will." (one wishes to appear.) 

28. 

given, gegeben. country, 8cutb, n. @egenb, f. 



gefunb. 



to give, geben. healthy 

answerable, verflnrroortlid?. wholesome 

generally, fttrotynlity. much, <>iel, 93iele3. 

many, vitU. 

He, to whom much is given, is answerable for much. He 
who is not content is not rich. That man, who is prudent, is 
not always wise. That woman, who has an obedient child, is 
happy. That child, who is obedient and diligent, will be prais- 
ed. Who is the man, who bought this child that useful book? 
It is he , who presented to my sister a thimble. He , who is 
poor, is not always unhappy; but he, who is not content, is poor. 
I love that man who is wise. He, who is wise, is happy. They 
must hunger in frost, that (rcer) will not work in heat (^tfce). *) 
They that live in the country are generally very healthy. He 
that came in with you was (mtt 31)nen l;erehtfam, war) my rich 
uncle. — It is a blessing for those, (ein ©lud fur biejenigen) who 
experience it. ■ — He knows not how to fear (fiirctyret 91i$t$3, who 
dares to die (ju fkrben fi$ getrcmr). 

29. 

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. 

Substantive. Adjective, 

©olb, n. gold. golben, golden or gold, 

©ilber, n, silver. pl&ern, silver, 

^upfer, n. copper. fupfern, copper, made of copper. 

fupfcrtg, coppery. 
_ fupferi^it, copperlike. 

*) Turn: He who not in the heat (#tfce f.) work will (atMtett 
toiU), must (mup) in frost (.Rait* f.) hunger (ftungern). 



32 



Substantive. 
SWefftng, n. brass. 
3inn, n. tin. 
(St fen, n. iron. 



Adjective* 
mefftngeii, made of brass, 
giunern, made of tin. 
eifern, iron. 



(Sifenbcit)n, f. railway, railroad, deceit, oaken ((Sicf)e, f. oak). 

©ta1)I, m. steel. ftafylern, made of steel. 

Obs. 1. Metals are generally neuter (with few exceptions). 



Ijotjig, woody. 

f)ol$td)t, woodlike. 
Jtette, f. chain. 
53ed)et,m. gobelet,tum 

bier. 
<Sd)ale, f. cup. 
.Reffel, m. kettle. 
Soffel, m. spoon. 
©djufiet, f. dish. 
©djiuffel, m. key. 



(Setbe, f. silk. 

fetben, made of silk. 
£ifcft, m. table. 
Seller, m. plate. 
©abet, f* fork. 
Sfteffer, n. knife. 
gebermeffer, n, penknife. 
@d)oop, m. lap, bosom. 
(Srbe, f. earth. 
ebel, noble. 



«&olj, n. wood. 

bol^em, wooden. 
SEBolle, f. wool. 

toollcn, woollen. 
Setter, n. leather. 

lebern, leather. 
3iegenleber, n. kid. 
«§anbfd)uh, m. glove. 

pl.^anbfd)u§e,gloves. 
King, m. ring. 
UBr, f. watch. 

Obs. 2. Words ending in el, ttl and tt are generally 
masculine (with many exceptions). 
3$ §ctbe cinen golbenen OJtng unb etne fiH>enielU)r. Stteine 
@$roe'(ier fyat meinein 23ruber einen golbenen $tng unb etne ftlberne 
Uf?r gefnuft. £ctben ©ie mem ftlbenteS TOeffcr unb meinen fllbernen 
Soffel nic§t gefe^en ? 3DZetn 53ater roirb meiner £ante etne ftlbeme 
SfyciU obet einen golbenen Q3ecr)er faufeit. So {ft ber fupferne 
$effel, roelc&rn Seine SKntter gefauft Ijat? (St tft anf bent fcol* 
gernen £tf$e, rceldjen ber ©djreiner gebracfct §at. Jpaft bu bein 
ftlbemee 30?e[fer gefnnben, roelcfceS tn oerloren fyaji? 3$ l)abc 
roeber ein fUberneS SJtejfet oetloren, nod) etne golbene ©abel Qe* 
fnnben; aber meine <S$roefter fyat tl)ren ftlbernen giuger^ut ocr* 
loren, roelcfcen il)t (for her) metn 23ater gefauft fyat. £>iefer S^fpfcl 
ifi feI)tf>oi$ic§tj er tft bafyer (therefore) niefct flitr. 3ft btefer fHhiQ 
fnpfetn ober eifern? 2Bo ftnb meine*) lebemen #anbfcfml)e, 



*) In the plural the pronouns take the termination of the defio. 
article in the plural bte, which see Exercise 27, Obs 2. 



-~ 33 — 

roelcfce ic$ auf tax etc^enett £tfd) Qelegt (put) fca6e? 3$ Ijate 
meber betne lebernen £anbfc&it$e, nod) ben eia)enen £ifc& gtfe> 
fyen. 3$ Ijabe emeu fefyt [crimen, golbenen Ufyrfctyluftel, roelcfcen 
mix (to me) mem guter 53atet gefc^enft I)at. — 3»n bem ©cijoojje bet 
(5'tbe finbet man ©ofb, ©ilber, ^upfer, Stmt, (Sifen unb anbete 
eble unb uneble HTJetalTe (precious and base metals) 

30. 

I have bought a wooden table and a copper kettle. Have 
you found your gold watch which you lost? I have found 
neither my gold watch , nor the silver thimble , which my sister 
has lost. Have you not seen the silver knife and (the silver) 
fork of my mother ? My father will present a gold ring and a 
silver watch to my sister. Where is the golden plate , which 
my sister has bought? It (et) is on the wooden table. Have 
you seen the silver thumbler and the gold cup of your rich aunt? 
She has neither a golden tumbler nor a silver cup. My sister 
has lost her gold ring and her silver thimble. Is this kettle 
made of copper or iron ? It (er) is neither made of copper nor 
of iron, but of brass. What gloves have you bought? I have 
bought kid and silk gloves, which (roeldpe) are very nice. Have 
you not seen my good steel-pen ? No , I have not. What is 
steel? Steel is prepared (juberetteteS) iron. Where is the beau- 
tiful key of my watch? I have not seen it (tf)U). 

31. 

COMPARISON, ©teigenuto.. 
Positive. Comparative. Superlative, 

fdjon, handsome. fcjimer, handsomer. (f$5nft, handsomest. 

I am fc^onften (adv.) 
Heiti, little. Heine*, less. fleinfi, am Heinfiett, 

least, 
flit, old. altet, older, elder. altefi, oldest, eldest, 

fdjlec^t, bad, f$Ie<$tet, worse. fd)Ie<$tefl, worst. 



34 



Obs. 1. By some Adjectives the radical vowels <t, 0/ tt are 
softened into it , , tt when the comparison takes place. 

Obs. 2. All those Adjectives which are formed from Nouns by 
addition of one of the syllables ig, ltdj, $aft, fam, 
bar , felig, do not soften their vowel (See Chapter x. 
on Derivation). 

Observ. 3. Words ending in el, like ebel, noble; ettef, vain, 
drop the first c, when compared, as comp. ebler, eitler. 
(not ebeler, eireler.) 

Observ. 4. In comparisons of qualities (but only in this case) 
we use as an exception in German the word ntefyr, more, 
as the English do ; as , er tft me^r glucfft<$ , aU weife, 
or @r l)at me^r <$litcf al$ SBerjrcntb, he is more 
lucky than wise. 

Observ. 5. The Superlative is always to be regarded as attri- 
butive Adject, and must therefore agree with its noun ; 
as er tft ber ©erftanbtgjre (i. e. SJiomt) t>ort Slflen, he is 

the mOSt prudent man Of all. See Exercise 35. 

Observ. 6. The following Adjectives are Irregular in the for- 
mation of their Comparative and Superlative. 

Posit. Comp. Super!. 

soon, ball?, e&er, sooner. e&eji (am e&eften), soonest, 

willingly, gem. lieber, more willingly. licbfi (am (tcbfien), most willing- 
good, gut. fceffer, better. fceji (am beften), best. [!y. 
high, fiodj. fcober, higher. fecctjji (am fcccbflen), highest, 
near, nabe. nafjer, nearer, next, nadjjl(amnacf)ften),nearest,next. 
much, iJtct. mefir, more. meift (am meiften), most. 
Slttfgabe, f. task, theme. tapfer, brave, courageous, felten, rare, seldom. 
©ottfrteb, Godfrey. Slbenjetb, Adelaide, tettt, pure, roavum? why? 
fuhit, bold. roeil*), because. obg(eid)*), though. 
fo — rote, as — as. jemetjr — beflo mer)r,tlte more— the more, 
nicftt fo — rote, not so — as. mebt — ai$, more — than. 



*) Requires the same constr. as there!, pron. roeltfjev. See Exerc. 25, 



— 15 — 

$lclu Sfeifti'ft tft $ut ', btefer tjt beffer unb ber meiuer 
€dnoefter tft ber befte. Wltim Slnfgafee tft fcb(ecr;t; bie Sfortge 
ifi f^Iedter unb bte 3t)re§ ©rubers GMtfrieb ifi bie fd;led?tefte. 
SBaruni tfi bas ©olb tourer, old baS Sttber ? ©eil eg bag fcl* 
tenfte inib retnfte 3D? eta II tft. S)ein ©ruber til grogcr , <\U i#. 
fefine ®<fcroefter tft md)t fo grog, roie 3)u. 3§r feib gufitebencr 
unb glucHicber, al6 mctn reiser Dr/eim; aber metnc £ante ift bie 
a, I ft cf lid; fie unfrer gaugen $am<lie (whole family). £)ic $od?tcr 
meiiieg ^ocfebarS tft fo flttg unb a/febteft rote meine ©crjroefter; 
obgfeicb btefe jteijjtger ijt, al$ Re. fOccin ©uct) tft niifcttcfyer, aU 
bn£, welches £)u gefnuft t)afJ. 2J?e in better tyat oiel ©elb, meine 
Xante fyat mefyr j aber metu reiser Dfyeim l)at am me tfi en .*) 2ftetn 
(Garten ift uatyer $u (to) meiueiu «§aufe, ctl^ ber meinec betters; 
ober ber meines SftadjbarS ifi ber nacfciie. ^BelcfjeS Sucr; ifr nfij^ 
ltdjer, baS metneS 53ruber3 ober baejeuige, roeld?e$ £)u gefauft 
$nft?— (5r tft mer)r fujm, al5 tapfer. 3»e mefcr ic£ e$ betrac&te, 
(look at) befto nter)r liebe t$ e$ (I like it). 

$enntbter, n. rein-deer, nett, new; fdjtoer, heavy, difficult. 

£)inte, f. ink. fprcbe, hard, brittle, lauft, ruus. 

(?rnft, Ernest, munter, gay. fytnnt, spins. 

33tei, n. lead. fojibar, precious. fiet$, continually'. 

Stamant, m. diamond, §art, tender. vev(c$en, to hurt. 
fdjnell, quick. 

Hermann fchreibt febim; (sntft fcf?reibt feboner unb 2ftatr;itbe 
fd?reibt am f<$onjien. S)a3 $enntfyter lauft fdmefler, aU em $ferb. 
Jllte 5)inte ift f$roar$er, at§ ncue. ©laS tft fprober, aU (Stabf. 
— 3)ie Softer ift fo munter, roie bie SWutter. 3Me SDlagb fpiiutt 
fo fein, roie bie «§flu3frau. — $)er reicfjfte !D2auit ift m<tt ftetS 



*J We can say with equal propriety: er tjt ber reidjjte and am reiaV 
jtenuntet ben Jtaufleutcn ; he is the richest amongst the merchants. 
But we must say: fte i)t bie fdjonjte son ben ©cfjwefteni and not 
iira fttyfajien von u\, she is the handsomest of the sisters. 

3 



— 36 -— 

bet glitcfli^fre. tcv fltojjft f&anm ift nicfct immcr ber fniflfbovfte- 
— 3)a3 bilker ift nicbt fo f$n?ev nne pif«i, ba$ @elb ift f$tor« 
m of3 93 lei nnb bie $fntina iff ba§ febrcevfte 9D?etau\ £te« nfi$* 
liitfie 93MalI ift bs3 @ifen. 3>a8 ©ilber ift foftbor , abet bac* 
(5-ifen ift fofUarer nub bcr £>iamant ijr am feftbavftcn. — 2Bir 
vetlefccu oft am meiften, btc tvir am jatteften liebeiu £>as teinfie 
SSajfcr faflt au£ ben SDoIfen (falls from the clouds). — (Sine 
fcfcone SDceufffeenfeele (human soul) ftrtben ift ©enmni (gain); em 
"fc^oitetef (Scwinn ift fie ettyalten (to preserve it) luib ber fdjonfte 
unb fcbiuevfie, bie fc&on uevloren war, ju retten (to save). % @» 
t>. Jperber. — „®er i}t bet 3?ei$fte", rowbe (5Ieniitfye$ Qeftngt. — 
,,$>erjenit]f, n>eld?et an gkgierben (desires) bei ?krmfte ift", war 
bie Slntroort beS SFeifen. — 

St. 

Observ. 1. After a comparison in the same proposition we use 

rote, as; but after the comparative. a\$, than. 
Observ. 2. Bat, is always rendered with abet, if the subject is 

repeated, though the foregoing phrase be negative, 
work, SSerf, n. Slr&eit f. Croesus, (Srofug. strong, fkrf. 

sand, ©anb, m. Job, #iob. weighty, getoidjtig. 

fool, X$or, m. 0tarr, m. nightingale, Cladhtu both, beibe. 

(Gen. bc6 £boren, 9tax* gall, f. fair, fdjon, fclonb. 

ven). grove, #ain, ra. eloquent, berebt. 

wrath, 3orn, m. creation, ©djopfuug, f. of men, ber SWenfdjen. 

moor, 2)M)r, m. perfect, sollfommen. 

My task is long; your brother's is longer, and that of my 
sister Amelia is the longest. The pencil of my sister Adelaide 
is better than that of my brother Godfrey; but that of my cou- 
sin is the best. My sister is as old as you ; but she is older 
than my cousin. I am younger than my sister ; but she is the 
youngest girl of our family. This woman is richer than we are, 
but my aunt is the richest lady of your family. My brother is 
very diligent; your sister is still more diligent and my cousin 
is the most diligent boy. My watch is good, your gold watch 




— 37 



is better, and that of my neighbour is the best. My cousin's 
uncle has much money; my friend's aunt has more; but my 
lather has the most. My black dog is handsome, that of my 
friend is handsomer, but that of my neighbour is the handso- 
mest and the most faithful, (which) I ever (jc) saw (fab). 

His work is perfect, his brother's more perfect, but his fa- 
ther's the most perfect. — A stone is heavy , and the sand 
weighty; but a fools wrath is heavier than both. — He is 
blacker than a moor and as rich as Croesus. — This poor man 

13 4 2 

is as patient as Job. — Hardly any woman was*) so fair' as 
she. — The song of the nightingale is the sweetest (an<jene§m) 
in the grove. — He is the strongest of his brothers , but not 
the wisest. — A man (tOUnfct)) is the noblest work of creation. 
Cicero was the most eloquent of men (bcv gvojjte ^ebner). 

34. 

ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS, abfetutc, 

beftjjaujeigcnbe g it r vo c r t er. 

Singular 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

N. mine, ber meintge,**) tie mcinige (mrfue) bag meintge (meine*) 

(meiner) 
G. of mine, bcs metnujett be* mehrigett (meiner) be6 meintgett (meineft) 

(meinee) 
I), to mine, bem metnigett ber metnigett (meiner) bem meintgett (meinem) 

(mcinem) 
A. mine, ben meinigett bic mcinige (meine) ba$ meintge (meineS) 
(meinett) 



*) Turn : Hardly was any woman etc. fa tun mar trgenb ettte ftxau JC 
**) If ber meintge, betnige, feinige are used as Substantives, they are 
written with Capital letters ; as, gieb 3fbem ba<3 ©eintge, give 
to every one what is his. 



— ai — 

Plural (for all three Genders). 
N. mine, tie meinigett (meine) 
6. of mine, ber nteinigeit (meiwer) 
D. to mine, ten mcinigett (meinrtl) 
A. mine, fete meintgen (meine) 



In the same manner are declined : 
t«i beinije, beiner, thine, bet - unfrige, unfer, ours, 
bcr fetitige, feiner, his. ber eurige, eiter, yours, 
ber tfjrfge, ihr, hers. bcr ihrtge, ibr, theirs. (ber3hrige, 3hr, yours.) 

Observ. 1. Every adjective taken substantively and preceded 
by the definite article is declined like these absolute 
possessive pronouns; as ber ^tlu^f, the prudent one, Gen. 
te6 tflugc 11 ; Fern, bie flluge, G. bcr $litflen \ Neut. bu$ 
.fthtge, G. bes fihifleti. Plural bie j?iugeu, the prudent \ 

Observ. 2. If the Genit. sing, take ell or it, all other cases, 
either of the sing, or plural (except the Nom. singular) 
are the same. This kind of Declension is called the 
weak Declension (frfmmc^e $)cflmatioit), in opposition to 
the other, called the strong Declension, ftnrfe $)eflina* 
Hon, the Genit. of which always ends in e$ or $. 

Observ. 3. To the weak Declension belong many German 
substantives and particularly 

a) monosyllable masculine Nouns, as ber 2lhn, ancestor j ber 93dr, 
bear; bcr £h>ift, the Christian; ber $mf, finch; fturjt,*) prince; ber 
@raf, the count; ber£elb, hero; ber «£err, master; ber £irt, shepherd, 
herdsman; ber Sumfc, scamp, black guard; ber SMenfcfi, human being; 
ber aftofir, moor; ber 9larr, fool; ber Dd}£, ox; $rinj,*) prince; ber 
©pafc, sparrow; ber £6or, fool. NB. ber Unterthan, the subject, ber 
9lers?, nerve, and a few others are rather doubtful, and sometimes 
declined after the strong Declension. 

b) Masculine nouns of two and more syllables ending in e, as 



*) £>cr %ixtft r applies to a reigning prince; ber $rinj is the son 
of a sovereign. 



_ 39 _ 

ttt Slffc, monkey; 93cite, messenger ; 2>racfie, dragon; fir&e, heir; Ztiwc, 
lion (See Appendix). 

c) Names of masculine persons, beginning with the prefix gc: 
as, tec ®efdljrte, companion; ©eljulfe, assistant; ©enofie, fellow, 
comrade; ©efelle, partner; ©efpiele , play-fellow. 

d) Names of people ending in e, as Per -^reupc, the Prussian; 
9ht|~e, Russian; Sitrfe, Turk; gnmjofe, Frenchman. 

e) Many words taken from other languages ending in c, t, ft, 
if, a rd>, graph, frat, o.g, nom, fi>Vfy h\« as, J?er 9lbuofat, lawyer; 
(£(epljant, elephant; £tubenr, student; *poet, poet; hornet, comet; -|$f)an* 
iaji , phantastical man; Leonard), monarch; (Seocjralpf) , geographer; 
Sbeolocj, divine; Sljironom, astronomer; ^ttofojplj, philosopher. 

f) A few masc. words ending in e and CV, as bet 33auer, pea- 
sant; better, cousin; @e»attev, godfather (which are sometimes also 
declined after the strong Declension.) 

g) Many feminine nouns belong with regard to their plural to 
this weak declension, (their singular always remaining unaltered.) 
Observ. 4. An adjective taken substantively and preceded by 

the indefinite article , terminates in the Nomin. of the 
masc. in ev , in the femin. in e and in the neuter in 
e$, the other cases always in eit, like the pronoun poss. 
We must therefore say: 
WEAK DECLENSION. STKOXtt DECLENSION. 

Singular. Plural. 

bcr53ebiente, the servant. ein33ebtenter,a servant. Me Q3ebientest,theservauts 
fees $3ebientetl, of the « etne3 33ebientet!, of a » ber Sebienten, of the » 
bem33ebientett,tothe » eiuem33ebientcn, to a » ten 33ebieuten, to the » 
ten 33ebieuteit, the » eiuen Q3ebieuteu a » tic Q3ebieitten, the » 

3tmmer, u. room. jjejiem 9lbenb, yesterday that dog of mine, mem 

(grauenjimmer, n. female eveniug. <£>unb. 

person). Jtorb, m. basket. those hands of yours, 

93rieftafdje, f. pocket- that house of yours, Sfyte «§dnbe. 
book. (letter-case.) 36t <6au$. effen, to eat. 

gegefjen, eaten. 
SDieiu 33ater ift fo ftttg rote bev 3$rfge'. 3fH' 3?cgcnfdjinu 
iii litest fo groti n?ic bev mruttge. 3ft ba3'*) 3&* £ut? 9U\\\, 



*) bne, that, is here not referring to any Gender and may be used 



— 4Q — 

e$ ift ni$t ber mciuigc , feuberii bev 3brifl*. £w Sebn mrtn-cS 
greunbeg tft fhlgct, aI3 bcr mifutje. SMetii ©flier bat feiu Jpd'tt8 
nub an$ ba3 5Deuuge smfanft. 3Keinc Sdnvefter bat i^tcn ?lpfel 
itnb auc^ ben SDetittgen gegcffnt. A^aft bit mcincn SBIttfrift cbev 
ben (Detuigen gefmtben? £tcfer if! bcr mcinta,e, afccv jencr fcer 
^ctnige. Selcbem (for whose) 2?ebtcntcn bat mein ^atcr eincn 
£nt gefauft; bem £etfftgen, obe* feem feiitigen? 51? off en (whose) 
3tmmer tft ba3; ba3 Setiruje, pber ba3 SJetnet Sebroefrei? (§5 
ift meineS. SSejfen S5rteftafd?c f? a ft T)n fcerloren ? 3$ babe bie 
meinige aerlorew; abcr meine Scbmcfiev bat ibve (etc ilnige) wk- 
beigefunbcn (found again). $u roelcbem ftoxbt finb bte ?lepfel? 
;3ll bem mtinigen. ($3 tft berfelbe fthe same), u^elcl-cn lutr 
geftevn ?lbenb faben (saw). 

N.*) biefe, these. jene, those, biefciben, the same. 

Gr. biefer, of these. ienev, of those. berfelben , of » 

D. biefett, to these. jenen, to those. benfelben, to » 

A. biefe, these. jene, those. biefelben, the » 

This is mine. I have not yours. That room is theirs; but 
this is my brother's room. Whose basket is that? This is 
Adelaides basket, but that is mine. Whose servants are those 
(biefe)? Those are the servants of the count, but these (biefe) 



for either , as., bag ift mcin S3ater, baS ift meine SJhttter, ba$ ift 
mein ittnb, that is my father, my mother, my child. 
*) All those pronouns which have the same terminations as the 
definite Article, are also declined in the same way. This is 
particularly the case with the following: all, otter, ?e, -e<5; any, 
irgenb euteS; both, bcibe; each, ieber, -e, -eS; every, every body, 
Seberman; every one, jeber, ein'Seber; few (little) toettiger; much 
(many), met, (btelc); many a, manctyei; nobody, ffttematib.; some, 
einiger, etltdjet", several, mef)re (mefyreve); such, fo(d)cv, -t, -e#. 
MB. one 

they J man, j§ declined,: N. man. (x. einctf. D. einem. A. eincn. 
people 



41 



are mine. My father is richer than jours. My mother is 
smaller than yours. Our book is more useful than yours. Hi* 
son is not so old as ours. This umbrella is handsomer than 
theirs. This pen is smaller than mine. My father has lost his 
watch; our brother has also lost his; but my sister has found 
hers. We have a bird which is smaller than yours. My father 
has sold his dog and yours. My aunt has sold her garden and 
ours. Has your sister lost her thimble and mine ? She has 
neither lost hers, nor mine. That dog of yours is not very 
handsome. Those hands of yours are not very white. 

86. 
Beautiful, fdpoitj the beautiful, baS 3d) one. 
Observ. Every Adjective taken substantively is written with 
a capital letter; but if it is not absolute (alone), and 
relating to a noun mentioned before , with a small one. 
§etnt>, in. enemy. 9Bctljre$, n. truth. Seben, u. life. 

33cfannte, in. and f. ac- 9leue6, u. novelty. leben, to live. 

quaintauce. Sirtl^um, ni. mistake, fleigen, to rise, mount. 

®eUl)Xte , m. aud f. the aevfyatren , to remain gefttegen, risen. 

learned man or woman. with. t)af„ *) that. conj. 

mftdnbig, intelligent. fd)aben, to hurt. nidjt uur — fonbern aud6, 

93ei|Mnbige, m. and f. the nu£eu, to be useful. not only — but also, 

sensible, intelligent one Ueben@ie?Doyou like? bici, three. 

3$ bin etn greuub beS Scboneu iiub cin geiub be# 4?djj* 
licfeeu. $)ev ©erecfcte tiebt baS ©ute uub t>cra$tet baS ©c&Iec&te. 
$)er 93evfjanbia,e ujtib tmmcr Qefcbafcr. 3)er ftonime SJJenfff? Itebt 
baS ©ute, nber ber fc^Iec^te ba3 $6fe. (Sin SBebienter iff iminet 
etu 'Dieueiiber (a serving man). J£>afi 3Du ctu fdjflneS ober en: 
mtfclictieS SBiut (jefauft ? S)a3 23ud), nxlcbeS id) gefauft i)abc, iff 
litest uur etn fdjflueS, foubeiu auct) etn ntyUdit4. Cieben fie meljr 
(better). bad Q3laue ober bad ©elbe? 3d) liebe to SBeijje uub 
©rune; aha mcfrt bn5 ©djiuaifce uub (Delb'e. 5)iffet 402a nit, 



*) Requires the verb at the end of the sentence. 



— 42 — 

writer etn greger ©elet)rter ift, t ft eln SJcfnnutet meine<S 93rubcr3. 
5)er @elef)rte ifr nicfet tnimet em SBeifer, fe rote bev 9^etd)e nicbt 
hunter eiu gufriebenet. ®ct)abeit faun ^ebev, aber nitfcen mu 
bet 2$eife unb ©tite. 35 et ©erecbte roivfet (works) *Med $um 
gebrn, bie grucfyt beS ©eUtofen (wicked) ifr Q]erberben (rain, per- 
dition). — £>te ftaltc (cold) iff brei ©rab (degree) geftiegeu. — 
5Ran rut)mte (they prais,ed) in 8cf fiiiQ , 3 ©ctfein (presence) 
*eu einem 23uct)e, bn§ inel SBatyreS unb 9?eue3 bartn (therein) fei. 
„9ta ©o)abe" (It is a pity), jagle Effing, „ba§ bae Safyre 
bavin nictjt neu, unb bog dUxit nicbt roaljr ifr." 



£er gretgebtge (liberal one) gtbt bait? unb otef. £te fret* 
gebtgen SDlenfcbeu ftub felten. — ©er Unbefamtieu tctcbt (easily) 
fetn Qkrtrauen fcbeuft (gives confidence) roirb bev Sdufcbuua, (dis- 
appointment) litest cutgefyen (escape)- — „2£ev ift bcr JWeicfofte'?" 
rourbe (§(eautr)e3 aefvagt , ,£ev|euige, roel^ct an ©egieiben (de- 
sires) ber SUrmfre ift", roar bie Slnrroovt beSSBetfen. — (Sin.Stotip 
maun rourbe gefragt, rote (how) er ftd) feiueu grogeu 0iet$it)um 
(large fortune) evroorbeu l)abe (gained). (5r antroorrere , gu bent 
grojjeu bin id) wit aieler geicbtigfett gefommen, aber $u bent fleu 
neu louajam (slowly) nub nut yielev ffftufyt (trouble). — £)a$ 
ftub bie SBeiftu , tie turd) 3irttyuin jur s H?at;rt)eit reifeu (travel). 
5)ie bei bent Jrvttyum (error) oerfyarren, baS pub bie barren. — 
Ofueferr. 

I like the good and the new; but the new is not always 
good, and the good is not always new. A handsome man is 
not always a sensible man ; but a just man is always a good 
one. I like blue better than yellow, but my sister likes 
white and red still better. My servant is a very diligent 
man, but that of my rich neighbour is a very lazy one. A rich 
man is not always a happy one; but the contented man is al- 
ways rich. Have you seen my nice new green dress ? Your 



_ 43 — . 

dress is neither nice nor green, but a very bad blue one. This 
man is a very clever one, but he is neither a rich nor a lucky 
one. Have you seen the long letter which I have written ? I 
have neither seen yours, nor that of your diligent sister. — Have 
compassion on (Imbe 2ftttleib mil) (Dat.) the poor; be feet (]ti) 
(guge) to the lame (Dcm Safyiimi), and eyes (2lugcn) to the blind 
(bcm TOnben). 

DIMINUTIVES, 5>evfUiuevUHvl$n)ortev. 
rer Dfen, the stove; bag Defcben, ©eflein, the little stove, 
bie Zaube, the pigeon ; t>a^ Sdubcfjcn, Tfiublcin, the little pigeon. 
bag gamm, the lamb; bag Sdmmeben, S&'tnmleiri, the little lamb, lambkin. 
bag S3uc^> , the book; bag S3uc^elcl>en, ^iidblein, the little book. 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

N i bag <£>dugcf)en bie .§dugdien bag golDene .ftettcijen bie golbenenitettcfcett 
* | ein ein golbeneg — 

G | beg -£>angcf;en$ ber&dngffyen beg golbencnitcttdjeng beryolbene.t.tiettchen 

' | eincg eineg — — 

~ i bem «£>dugd;en ben<£dugcbcn bema,olbenen.Kettc&en ben golDenen.ftettcben 

' I einem etnem — — 

A ) bag -§ditgtf)en bie £dnsd)en bag cjolbene Jtettdjen bie yolbeueu Jtetictjen 
' \ tin ein golDeneg — 

Observ. 1. In forming the Diminutives in German, we add ei- 
ther den or I ein to the root. Words ending in c or 
en drop these terminations, as Die ©locfe, the bell, boo 
(Slocfr^en, ©locfleiii, the little bell; ber &iben, the shop, 
fcaSSabcfcen, the little shop. (Words ending in c|), form 
their Diminutives by adding e 1 $ e n,) They always change 
their vowels a, o, u and iiu, into a, o, u and ciu. *) 
NB. The termination ein forms Diminutives of Adjec- 



*) The pupil is advised to form Diminutives from the following 
words , and to decline them with an adjective: bie (frau ', 
ber <£pa{j, joke; bcr SRann, man; bie Gutter; bag 3af;r, year; bie 
Sampe, lamp; bag 33i(0; bie $ahuc, flag; bie 2Hait$ , mouse; bie 
Matse, bev -Sunb jc. 



— 44 — 

tires and Verbs; as Hu$, f(uo,clu /« a^t*/ wisdom,, 
to subtilize: lacben, /o laugh, lad fin, to smile. — 
(See Chapter of Derivation at the end of t e book.) 

Obscrr. 2. Every Noun, ending in cben or letu is neuter, and 
has the Norn, plur, the same as the singular. — These 
words take only § in the Genit. Sing. (i. e. they belong- 
to the Strong Declension) all the other cases remaining 
unaltered. 

Observ. 3. With regard to adjectives preceding these Nouns, 
it is to be remarked (in addition to the ruleExerc. 21, Obs. 4.) 
that they always take in the plural en. 

NB. If the adjective is not preceded by any article or 
pronoun, this adjective take's the terminations of the 
definite Article. 

?aae, f. situation. ©tiefdjen, /,.,, . Devbluhen , to fade, 

J | billet, note. ' 

SBurm, m. worm. 93ftfet, . \ wither. 

$ffavge, f. plant. uteMid), neat, elegant, j w inf. and 

gfomme, t flame. nice. I Part P ast 

Bute, m. spark. cini^e (a few, some, "W ttn > ) t0 S<*> ««'• 

£aar, n. hair. mcfte(ir) \ several. befommen to receive, 



Oiofe, f. rose. fteljeii, to stand. J rece,ved - 

I£afd)entudb, n. hand- }Ui)t, stands. tohUtn'&it, will you. 

kerchief. ofne, without (Ace.) oerurfacbett, to cause. 

ttmtrfad)r, caused. 

Sfteiit Ofetm fat em fcfconeS unb mebltcfceS JfcauScfen qc* 
fauft. S)te Sage biefed ©artcf enS tft fef r fcf on. #aben <5te bag 
golbene Uefrcfyen gefefen, foefefed mein ©cftueftercfen Don granf* 
furt mttgebradjt fat. 3it btefem nteblicfen ©artcben ftefen otele 
frucftbate ©dumefen. 5)tefeS jtlberne ^ettcfen fabe tcf Don met* 
item better erfalten. SSoflen ©te nut memem ©cfrceftercfeu in 
bag fcfone ©cirtcbeu Qc^en , toelcf e3 fie (not e3) Don if rer Saute 
eibalten fat? ctpaben @ie ba$ fcfone ©riefefeu gefefen , lodcbcS 
man ©rbtoefievefeu gefefricben fat? 90?eine ©cfweftet bat Don 



— 45 — 

\l)xn Santc eiitige* a,i?Ibnie JRiiifjleiii erBattcn. SBad babcu Sic 
cvbaltcn ? 3cb babe cin woUcucd .ftleibcfcen, ein flolbcneS iUIjrdmt 
nub mebre flolbeue gKutgdbeii (ober 9iingeld)en) befomnieii uiib 
metue ©djroefrerdjcu baben mfd.uebene feibcne SucMetu mtb jebe3 
cin retfyeS £utd)en ubaltcii. — «£abeu @te ba$ SSriefcbeu erbof* 
ten , roelcfeed 3f?:ten (to you) nictii 23rubevci>en gefcfcricben bat ? 
3$ §abe meber eiu ^riefcbnt, nod? eiu ^iflcteben J?oh ibiu tx^aU 
tcn . __ ^ebeS Q3liim#cn, jebeS ^flanjdien, jebcS 3»Kfy i efceG SBitoii* 
rben erimtcrt tm3 (reminds tis) an bic @uie (goodness) unfereg 
@tbflpjev$ (creator). — -£}a3 cin Jpadcbett (little hook) roerbeii 
n,ufl, friimmt |tcb (crooks itself) bet ^tittn (in time). — 2Ba3 
$diiSd?*n itid>t Icrnt, Icrnt Jpancs (Jack) mmmcnnebi (never) *). 
— .Rent Jpauben faUt yen betu'em <5pauptc (head), fetn ^Slattciieii 
Son cittern 8aume, fctit SRoScben unbliibt obnc ecu 5£ttten @ette3. 

Will you see my little silk bonnet which I have received 
from my good mother ? My uncle has presented my little brother 
with**) a little gold watch and a little silver knife. What have 
you bought ? I have bought several little rings made of brass, 
a little iron hammer and a little wooden table. Have you seen 
my little silk hat and the little silver chains, (supply rod die) I 
have received from my rich cousin? No, I have neither seen 
your little silk hat, nor the leather gloves, which my benevolent 
aunt has presented to my little brother. In my little garden 
stands a very nice little flower. — A little spark has ofteu 
(oft) caused a great flame. 



*) The Engl, proverb: An old dog will learu no tricks (but not 
always true). 
**) Turn: has to my little brother a little gold natch etc. pre- 
sented. 



46 



40. 

STRONG DECLENSION, ftarfe £efl illation. 

Gen. Sing. e§ or $. 

2)tc ©djule, the school, bet Sdjulcr, the scholar, pupil. 

Plural bic (Scftuler, the scholars, pupils. 

N. bet Sdjulev, the pupil. tie ©cpler, the pupils. 

G. be3 @cbuler§, of — — bet ©c&iiler, of — — 

D. bcm ©cfciiler, to ben ©c&uleut, to — — 

A. ben Sgfi'ffr, the pupil. tie ©cfcwler, the pupils. 

Spicgcf, m.mirror,look- Spotter, m. mocker. friedjen, to creep. 

iug-glass. eitei, *) vain. fried;t, creeps. 

©d)luj]e(, in. key. geiuofynlid) , usually, gefrod)en, crept. 

Sagen, in. carriage, commonly. m t tgebvactjt , brought 

waggon. rooljlfetl, cheap. oft, often, [with him, 

Secret, m. tutor, master, (fei(, venal). (gdjmerj, m. pain. - 

teacher. tfjeuev, dear. ©d)necfe, f. snail. 

©rf)u(Uf;rer, school-ma- Sofjanu, John. greube, f. joy. 

ster. Sager, m. hunter. steie ftortfcftritte, (pi.) 

Stiiget, m. wing. 2fctgt>, f. hunt. much progress. 

2Ifc(er, m. eagle. ftijen, to sit. 

Observ. 1. Most substantives ending in el, CIl or et are of 
the Masculine Gender and their Nam. plural is the 
same as the Norn, singular; as, bet 2tblet', the eagle, 
bie Slbler, the eagles. To this class belong also the two 
feminine words gutter, mother and ^oc^ter, daughter 
pi. bie abutter, bte Softer k. 

NB. If words ending in el are feminine , they take in 
the plural it; as, bie tfugel, the bowl, pi. bie $t\\* 
gelit, the bowls; bie ^artoffef, pi. bie Jtartoffelu, 

Observ. 2. Some of them soften their vowels <l, p, u into a, 
0, ti, which a good dictionary will shew. (See Appendix.) 



*) Words ending in et, et or cm drop the first c, if they are 
altered, as, bee eit(e s JWcnfrt), not eitelc 



47 



Obaerv. 3. The Dative plur. always ends in it* 

Observ. 4. There are a few words which had formerly the en* 
ding n, but now only e, as, ber 9?nmc, the name (for- 
merly 9?amen etc.). 

Observ. 5. In compound nouns the gender depends on the last 
part of the combination (©runbroort), as bet Sefmflefyrer, 
though we say bte Settle. 

Observ. 6. If an Adjective precede the substantive without aft 
Article, it receives the terminations of the definite article. 

SDtcfev gtftrer t)nr fefyr fleijjige SefciUer. £ciben biefc gnten 
getyrer if>re fleigigcn Scbuler gelobt? $oben Sie bic f#6nen 
Spiegel gefefyen, roelcbe biefe gutter gefnuft tyaben. (Sitle SD^ab- 
fbeu fefjen gen>6l)it(icfy immer in ibre Spiegel. $)iefe fleijjtgen 
SMabcben ftnb eft in t^veii febonen ©arten. Swollen Sie bie gio* 
§en SSagen fefyeii, vot\d)c mein better son Berlin mitgebraefct l;at? 
5Die SrOTjfel ber 3i»i»»er meiueS £aufe0 ftnb fefyr grog. 2Bo ift 
inetn ,$au3fc&luffcl , ^ofynmi ? 3" biefem grojjen SScigen fl^en 
oielc OTdbcCjen. SBctrum fc^eu biefe SD^cibc^eii immer in ifcre Spie* 
gel? 2Beil fie fel;r eitel jinb. HOcIc^en Scpletn tyat ber Scljul* 
letter eiu Sob ertfyeilt (given praise)? 2>tefe fleifugcn Scpler, 
iwele^e in ber Scfcufe fefyr aufmerffam ftnb, roerben oft t>on i^ren 
gefefcicften ?eljrern gelobt. — ©comers (pain) fricdjt tvie cine 
Sc&necfe, greube $at ghlgel rme ein Sloler. — (Suien Spotter fcer* 
acbtet man. — 

Sid? im Spiegel ju befdjau'n (to behold, look) 

$ta\u\ ben Siffcn nnr erban'n. (edify) 

333irfe! nnr in feinen SSerfen (works) 

St awn ber 3ftenf$ ftcfy felbft bemerfeu (observe). 

Sflutfert. 



— 48 — 

\\\ 

PLURAL OF PRONOUNS. 
Relat. and Interr. Pronoun. Possess, and Demonstr. Pronoun. 
N. ludcfyr, who. meiitc, mine. btefe, jene, these, those, 

G-. wrldjcr, of whom, uieiuer, of — fciefcr, jeuer, of — — 
1). roefcbcn, to whom, meirten, to — bicfeit, jenen, to — — 
A. roelcbc, whom. meine, mine. biefe, jene, these, those. 

Observ. In the same way are declined all those words which 
take or represent the place of the Article; as, oiler, all; 
H.ifliicfcfr, many a etc. (See Exercise 35.) 

Will you see the pupils, who have those clever masters? 
Of*) which masters do you speak? I speak of those who are 
always pleased**) when they see, that their pupils make much 
progress. Are these handsome girls often at (in the) school ? 
These handsome and clever girls are always at school ; but those 
lazy and naughty boys (.(friabiit) are always at home, ***) they never 
do their tasks well and are always playing (fpielen thimer) in 
their beautiful little garden, which their kind mother has bought 
them (ituuTi Dat. pi). Save you seen those vain girls, who are 
always looking at themselves (fid? befel)eu) in their mirrors (glasses)? 
They are neither vain, nor do they always look at themselves 
in the glass , but I very often see them working (arbeitenb) in 
their nice little garden , which is planted (bepftongt) with the 
most beautiful roses and other odoriferous flowers and fruitful 
little trees. — The hunter takes (utmmr) the dog out hunting 
(mtt cutf tie jngb). 



*) Of is here rendered with »dtt, followed by the Dative. (Seer 
Exerc. 16. Observ. 2. 
**) toetcbe fid) unmet freuen. 
***) At home, \\\ <£cuife; I am going home, id) gebe wadj £aufe. 



49 



42. 

DECLENSION OF FEMININE NOUNS , ending in inn or e 

2)effinatien ber tv c t b ( t ct) e n 4pauptrt>(Jiter. 
£)er 92acbbar, tie 9ia$barinn ? the neighbour. 

bev gteuiiD, tie gremibuut, the friend, 

ber ©drtner, kit ©drtueriuit, the gardener* 

ber better, bic Safe, the cousin, 

ter (Sdnuager, the brother in law. bie @ct)rr;df}eumi, the sister in law. 
bev ©reenter, the grandfather, tie ©ro§mutrer, the grandmother, 
ber dhifel, grandson. bie Crnfeluut, grand-daughter. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. bie grau, 53lnme, Sftnc&bariiiu, tie grauen, 33lumeit. 

G. ber grcnt, 53Iwme, sftacfcbarinn, 

D. bur groii, 3SJiune, 9tncr;boriiui, 

A. bte grnti, tbimm, Dlacbbavimi, 

Obsorv. 1. In these examples it will be seen that all the cases 
of the singular are like the Nominative sing. , and all 
plural cases like the Nom. plural. — The same is true 
of all feminine subst., except those which make the plu- 
ral in e, as bie .gaiib, plur. bte <£anbe, Dat. plur. ben 
«£>dnbe», 

Observ. 2. Most femin. nouns make the Nom. plur. in eitj a 
few of them receive only e : as bie Sttagb, the servant; 
Plur. bie SSftdgbe ; bie 2Banb , wall; Jpanb, hand; $l(\u$, 
f. mouse, Sftditfe, mice. They usually modify the three 
vowels a, o, u. — 2)ie drummer, ruins, fragments, bie 
Sautter, £ocr)ter are exceptions to the above rule. 

Observ. 3. All feminine nouns ending in atr), ei, t)eit, ttit, 
fyaft, fctyaft, una, and inn, take ett in the Plural and 
never soften their vowel, — • 



bet 


v 


(Wflc&bflriniwii 


ben 


it 


V 


bie 


V 


tl 



— 50 



DECLENSION OF FEMININE NOUNS TAKING IN THE 
PLURAL c. 

Plural. 



Singular. 
N. btc ©tctbt, the town. city. 
G. bcr <§tnbt. 
D. bcr ©tnbt. 
A. bic ©tabr. 



bie ©table, the towns, eities, 
ber ©tcibte. 
ben ©tabtcn. 
bic ©tcibte. 



month of May. 

Xiger, m. tiger. 

9irbetr, f. work* 

^anbarbei ten, pi. needle- 
work* (singular.) 



$)er ©cingcr, singer, songster; pi. bie ©finger, the singers. 

£te ©dngerinn, (female) singer; pi. bie ©cingevtnnen, singers. 

©drrher, hi. gardener, bie SDeutfcbert , Germans. T>er ©onauflufj, the ri- 

Sugwer, m. story-teller 2)eutfd)(anb, n. Germany, ver Danube. 

(liar). ^reu^c, m. Prussian. £er 5Dtonot Wlai , the 

.tod), in. j?pd)tiirt, cook. 5 }$reufen, n. Prussia. 

©djauffcieler, m. actor. Jenifer, m. emperor. 
hamburger *)a man from^cmg, in. king. 

Hamburg. ^erjog, m. duke. 

bic ©tabt Hamburg, the $urft, m. prince. 

city of Hamburg. ^aifertbiim, n. empire. SSaebe, f. guard* 

ber (§nglcinbcr, m. Eng- Jtenigreid), mkingdom. Jfrinjt, f. art. 

lishman. «£>er$t?gtbum , n. duke- SBiffenfcfiaft, f. scieuee. 

(£"ng(anb, n. England. dom, duchy. iieben> to like. 

granfreidj, n. France. gttrftent()um, n. princi- liegen, to lie. [falsehood 

Staliener, m. Italian. pality, lugett, to lie, to tell 

3talicn, n. Italy. (Shurfurjtentbmn, n. elec- retfen, to travel. 

ber 2)eutfd;c, German. torate. ftdjer, sure, 

bie 2)eutfcr)e , German 2>ie 3nfel (5i)£ern, the groptentheila, for the 

Lady. isle of Cyprus. most part, mostly. 

2J<obuinc (gran) ©c^mtbt tft bie grennbiun metner aflutter. 
3)iefe gran ift eiue (Snglanbeiinn. $)ie (Sngldnbertnnen Iteben 
bie fdjSuen ^linfie unb 2Bifjenfrf)aften fo gnt n?te (as well as) 



*) The termination ?cr denotes that which is original or from a place. 
It is not to be confounded with ?et which forms the comparative^ 
as er ift reiser, he is richer and -er of agreement, as eitt 
teidjer SRann, a rich man. 



— 51 — 

bte beutfcben Stamen 5 nber bicfe Ikbcn niefyr bie J£>flnbarbeiteu. 
£ie tcutfd[>eu ^flcfyhmen pub geru&fculicfj gefcjicfter, aI3 bie ber 
(Snflldnber. grflulein (Miss), je&t grnu (Mrs.) Sonntng ift eine 
brittle ©angermi!. £>iefe (Sugldnbcriuu tft urciui luufcfte 0?a4* 
bnrimt. 3ft biefe gmu elite <$drtnerinn? 9Ntn, met n £> err (Sir), 
fte tft nictyi cine ©*Srruerinn , fonbern eine ©clmciberiun. (Sine 
£iigucrhm tft t>erac(}tuug3n)ert$ (contemptible). £)er gtlrjt uub tie 
gurftinu, ber 4? e W uub bie ^erjogintt, ber ©raf uub bie <$rd* 
Jinn pub in bent ©arteu ber ^omgtun. S)a3 @huf ber jl^tige 
nub ber .^ontQtniicn tji uicbt imuter beneibeuStuertfy (enviable). 
£er JDoiioitpug tui ^oniflreict) ©ftteru (Bavaria) tft tveit (far) 
flriner, nl3 ber SWfyriitfiicm. 2)n3 ®ro§r)er$oa,t{)um «£>effcu tft let 
roeitcm Heiuer, cilo baS tfoutflreicr) ©urrembcrg. $)ie ©tabte ber 
alien ©itec&en (ancient Greeks) liegeu (jrofHentr)cil3 in £tumineu;. 
SSiele ©nfllduber uub (Sugldubeviuncn reifen tin ©emitter nacf) 
SDeutjtylaub. Huf ber 3«f«I Ctypent n?dcfyft fetyr guter SUeht. — 
^unft uub 333tffeitfc^aft tjalten tfereiut (united) ben unoenveinicfjen*) 
5?ronj (wreath) bto VlubcnfenS (memory) fiber ben J^fiuptern (heads) 
ber 3$eifeu. — £ie $unjt ift laug, unb furj ifr bciS Seben. — 
£te {Religion ift bie Srflfieriun be3 9}}eufcf>en in feiuem Unglftcfe. 

Observ. Two or more nouns in Apposition**) must be put in 
the same case. 
I am your nearest neighbour. My mother and yours are 
the friends of my neighbours, the English ladies. Have you 
seen the Italian gentleman and the Italian lady, the French gentle- 
man and the French lady, who have just arrived from Germany 
(roelctje fo then eon ©eutfcfylanb angefommen ftnb)? I have 



*) that never withers; ttcrtodfen, to wither, decay. 
**) Apposition is that noun or sentence which serves to explain 
or illustrate the foregoing word. 

4 



— 52 — 

neither seen the English ladies nor the German actress? In 
great cities you can *) often see kings (&3nigc) and queens, 
princes and princesses, dukes and duchesses with their servants 
and maid-servants (^ammerfrauen) in their beautiful carriages. 
Mrs. Godfrey is the friend of these ladies. This gardener, the 
wife of my neighbour, presented to these ladies very handsome 
flowers. The subject's love is the King's surest guard. Have 
you been at (bei)**) my friend's. No, I have not (supply ba ge* 
wefeu). In the Rhine country there are (qibt c3) many washer- 
women and bleachers ($3lei$er). Our queen is a benefactress (2£o$l* 
ty&Ux) to (Gen ) the poor, and a protectress (Scfcfulfecr) of all the 
good and noble. Kings and Emperors often conclude treaties 
with each other, (macfen oft ©iwbmjfe nut rhtanber) 

44. 

PLURAL OF THE WEAK DECLENSION, ending in ett. 

StmU, m. boy. ***) £elb, m. hero. 23auer, m. peasant. 

26i»e, m. lion. 33dr, in. bear. } ©et>atter,m.god-father. 

Slfffi m. monkey j npe. Zbox, in. (Marx) fool. ( Saier, m. bavarian. 

&etr, m. master, owner, £l)or,n.gate (Gen. --e*). (NB. These three words 

gentleman. %i)uxt, f. door. are now generally 

#eer,n. army (Gen. sing. declined according to 

be* £cere*). theStrongDeclension.) 



*) Turn: can you, Fcnnen ®ie or Fcinn man jc. Rule: If the sen- 
tence does not begin with its Subject, the verb must be pla- 
ced before its pronoun. This we call Inversion. 
**) 23ei, at, is used if it is stationary -, ju, to, if a movement (to- 
wards a person)} nad), to, if a movment to a place. Ex. 3d) 
tin Bei meinem 53rubev, I am at my brother's; id) gel;e $u i&m, 
I am going to him; id) gefye nad)@ofa, I am going to Cologne. 
***) All Masculine Nouns ending in e, and all feminine, ending in 
e, el, er, be it, Fett, fd)aft, una,, inn and atf;, take it in the Plural, 
and never soften their vowel ; as t>er itnabe , the boy, pi. bie 
$na&en, the boys; t»ie 9tnuee, the army, pi. frie Slvmeen; tie ®a- 



— 53 — 

Observ. i . All the cases of these words, belonging to the weak 
declension (See Exerc. 34. Obs. 1. 2.) have eit or tt, ex- 
cepting the nom. sing. 

Observ. 2. Whether the word receive ett or it, depends upon 
euphony. — Of \£>evr the Gen. sing, is £errn (without 
e) and the Nom. plur. ^errcn. 

Observ. 3. None of the words belonging to this declension is 
softened. 

Observ. 4. No neuter noun belongs to this class. 

93etrcicjen, n. behaviour. Stiebe, in. peace. bemalen, to paint. 

©pridjtoovt, ii. proverb, ©eele, f. soul. gehort, belongs. 

XSejhlt, f. figure. Jffirper, m. body. (getjoven, to belong.) 

Otittfen, m. back. Vf^flen, to be accusto- entfkmmen, to inflame 

9Rutf)e, f. rod. med, to use. (fig. to inspire). 

3Me &ua6eu beS «£>enn ©cjdfelct (tub fer)t o/tyorfain. 
Sftetn 9]a$bar unb feiu ©cuattet {tub bie «£>erven biefeS $aufe3. 
SDa$ S3etroQc« biefe3 2)lenfa)cu tfl fel;r lobenSroertt). £>ic 
ftSniginn §at biefen gele^rteu (learned) Sftenfcfjen fe^v gelobt. 
©tneu frommcn fSKenfc^en liebe t$. ©in beutfc^eS (gpviaproort 
ftfgt : 2T2on foH (we ought not) bie $3dreul)aut (obev bie 
Jgaxit (skin) be$ 23areu) nia;t mfaufeu, bi3 (till) man fie §at.*) 
£)ie armeu SBnueru fmb oft &lMlid)tx , <\U bie retc^cu gurflcn. 
$>ie ©pracfje be* 3Deutfc$en if* eine ber fc^nnerigften (most diffi- 
cult) oon alien anbern. £>ie @cfialt (figure) ew$ Sflroen if* an* 
flenefymer unb fc^oner, clS bie eme$ $ffen. £)iejenigeu gutften, 
n?clc{)e .£>elbeu unb hint ^cren ftub, wciben fcou tt)icn Untertyar 
uen gelie&t unb gefcjafet. 2Ber roeife i$ r rebet ©albeit (speaks 
wisdom) j auf ben Oiilcfeu be3 £§oren abev gcfyort bie OZuttye. — 



bet, the fork, pi. ©abetn ; bieStbev, the vein, pi. 9lbern; feie (5'igeiu 
beit, peculiarity, pi. @igcnl;ctten; t>te ©eff Kfdjaft, the party, pi. Me 
©efellfcftaften ; bie £ofjfnung. hope, pi. tie <£>offniuujen, hopes etc. 
) The English proverb: Catch your hare before 3011 skin it. Out 
You must not couut your chickens until they are hatched* 



— 54 — 

$)m gifebe ber <grele ift bn3 wnJjre ©fiicf be$ 9ftenfd;en> — $ie 
often ©ritten nub <£>cntfc£en pjlegten tf)fen ftflrper jh bemolcn, — 
$03 ©cifpiel flvofjer SRenfdjen cntflniumt boS J&crj onter ftnabeit* 

proprietor J GigcntfnV russian, dhifte, in. eagle, Sfbler, in. (pi jic -) 
owner j mcr, m. elegant,, gefrfnimcftfott. bird, 93oc|c(, m. (p't bic 
river, 3(up, €>tnun, m. furnished, moMivt, «u3- 3&ege(.) 
sometimes,iucind)mal,oft. Qefhttet. animal, Sfyiet, n, (pi. 

ancient > native-country-, *-Stv Mc £f)iere.) 

old J terhinb, n. to make, nmrijcn. 

|@tf)laf$im-' Rhine, Slhein, m. joyful, fvcljlirf), frenNg. 

liter, n. Thames, £hemft\ f. 
bedroom / (S'd;laf^e? happiuess, ©li'tcf, n. 

) matt), n. misfortune, Uiigh'tcf, n. 

Observ The English of is sometimes not rendered at all , as 
a hundred weight (cwt.) of wool, fin 3nitncv STuflc. 

The behaviour of this boy is very laudable. These good 
boys are very obedient. Have you seen the man who is a very 
rich peasant ? The good fortune of a peasant is sometimes 
greater than that of a king. I like a wise man better than a 
clever one. The ancient Germans were great heroes. I like a 
wise man, but I despise a fool. The figure of a bear is not 
so pleasing as that of a lion. Who are the owners of this 
large garden ? That peasant and his neighbour are the proprie- 
tors of thie large house and that nice garden. The Russian 
gentleman's bedchamber is not very elegant, but that of the 
Prussian is very nicely furnished (moblirt). The Queen of Eng- 
land's native country is England. I have bought a hundredweight 
of wool, and sold a dozen silver knives. The river Thames is 
very large, but not so large as the river Rhine. The lion is 
the king of animals, and the eagle that of the birds. — Happi- 
ness (suppl bn$) makes men joyful; but misfortune makes them wise. 



— 55 — 

PLURAL OF NOUNS, ending in c. 
Singular. Plural. 
N. bnsS flcbulbigc <Se£af, the pa- bie flcbulbigcn ©u)afe, the pa- 
tient sheep. tient sheep. 
G. be$ gebulbigen <Stt)afe3. bet Qcbulbtgcu ©ctynfe. 
D. bent gebulbtgeu Sdjnfe, ben g,ebulbta,eu <Scbafeit= 
A, ba3 (jebulbifle ©c^af. bie gebulbtfleu <3d;afe. 

Obscrv. 1. Most monosyllabic Nouns take in the plural e> 
Some of them soften their vowel, particularly all feminine 
words: as bie fynut, skin, pi. bie .£niute, skins; btc ©rant, 
bride, pi. bie 23iautc, brides. 

Obscrv. 2. A List of words which take C in the plural is 
to be found in the Appendix. 

Obscrv. 3. To this class belong particularly all words ending 
in ntjj, as bo3 Jpiuberuij}, hinderance, pi. bie Jjpiubcniiffe, 

•£cd)t, m. pike. $anb,f. hand, pl.$dnt>e. ©rfjtff, n. ship. 

Sag, m. day. gup, m. foot, pi. gupc, SBaunt, m. tree. 

©an$, f. goose, pi. ©flnfe, feet. 93rief, m. letter. 

geese. £f;or, u. gate. ^utnb, m. dog. 

<§afnt, m. cock, pi. 9Ujt, m. physician, pi. @tri>bf;ut, m. strawhat. 

^ahne. Slerjte. @troIj}f;utte/f. straw hut, 

gifd), in. flsh. 3ug, ni train. pi. ©trohhiittgn. 



<£>auptjiabt,f. metropolis, fnrj toevben, to grow burnt, thin. 

capital. short. gefamjen, caught. 

($inn)i>6ner,m. inhabitant, bunfel toerbeti, to grow (faugen, to catch.) 

fteber, f. quill, pen, fea- dark. miter, (Dat. A Ace.) 

ther. nun / amongst. 

groptentfyeilS , for the j^ j beuolfert, populated. 

most part; mostly. Mb, 'soon. prangen, to make a 

lamj iveiben, to grow bicf, thick, big, large. show. 

long. ladjelub, smiling. 

2)ie 2l;oie bicfev fleineu Gtcibtc [tub $u grejj, unb bie (Sin- 

wo\)MX bcifelben fi»b fliojje £I;omt. £ie jDieufdjen , nnlctyc 6ie 



— 56 — 

in Jjeuen gio§nt Stiffen gefefyeu ffaben , ftub grtfj}tnitl;eiia ($ng- 
Tnnber. 3$ Ite^e bte gtf$e unb gonj befonbera (especially) tie 
Jpec$te. <Dte gebern bet ©ditfe toerben oft feljr teener vcrfauft; 
bte ber «g)dl)»e aber tauten ntd)ta (are good for nothing). 3)ie 
$oge roerben mm immev lander; aber balb werbeu fte fur* 
jer roerben. §ax ©fin reiser better otelcgunbe? dldn, $m <£., 
er §at roeber otele $uube, noti? oiele ^afcen, fonbem oiele $ferbe 
unb Dd)feu; er l)at aucij etmge ©cfciffe. ©te «§dute ber gifefce 
ftub nicl;f fo bid, rote bte ber £o()ne unb ©anfe. ©k #dnbe 
biefer ©omen flub fe^r roeijj unb fd;on. ©ie gifctyer bicfer <Stdbte 
lobeit tinnier fe^r otefe gff#e auf bem SWarfte. ©ie (SrabtJpam* 
burg fycit fefjr oiele fc^one £f)ore. 3m SDZouot SDfrit roerben im 
9T^etne fe^r oiele gif$e (jefqngen, roelcfje man Sftaiftfc&e lienur. 
Unter alien J^nitptftdbten ©eittftf;lanba if: feme fo gvcg unb fo 
beoolfert roie Sonbon. — ©te 33aume praugen mit Idc^elnbct 
gruc^t. — ©ie £dnbe trennt ber £©b, bie 4per§en st$t. 

Jtreuj, n. cross. 93evg,m. hill, mountain, oerbergen, to hide, con- 

$etnt>, m. enemy. SBujle, f. desert. ceal. 

ftreitnb, in. friend. <&\ml, n. play, game. trdgt, bears. 

ftveube, f. joy. 9ieue, f. repentance, rue. fcevttorbrmgen, to pro- 

SBa^r^ett, f. truth. fagen, to~tell, say. duce. 

Sei&eit, n. pi. sufferings, (ocft, allures. ftelXeit, to place. 

©ie beutfe^en Stixfyn eut^alten met;r #reu$e,-al3 bte engli* 
f$en. Unfere geinbe fagen una oft SSo^r^eitett, roelcfce unfere 
greuube oft oor una oerbergeu. — ©aa Seben bea SKcnfc^eu bringfc 
greubeu unb Seibeit, mte bie Oiofe 33littijen unb ©omen trdgt — 
&u\ fcfclecfcter 53num rotrb nieinola gute grit $ re f)erooibrtngen. — 
3u golbenen Bergen focft boa Softer (vice) ben Stinber (sinner); 
er ftnbet 9?ic§ta, ola wtfruefctbore ©uften, et'u furjea S|)tel nub — 
cine Iouge S^enc. 

Sin grember fteflte j£c$ einji auf eineit Jujj unb fagte p 






— 57 — 

einem bet UniftetyeuHu (who stood near); „icf) mttt (bet), £u 
fauufl litest fo Itingc fliif <§tnem gupe ftetyeu, t»ic i#." „greilie& 
niefct" (certainly not), cmttvortete be* 21nbeve, obe* bic ©mtfc 
fomien (know) ba$ alle." 

9J29iibud war eine Heine uub mibebeutenbe (inconsiderable) 
©tobt, ^attc abev grofje mib pradjt&ofle (magnificent) $§ove. 91(3 
^togcitc^ eiuft bortfyin fam, rief er au3 (he exclaimed): „%1)v 
attaint er uou SDtynbuS, fa)liejjet (shut) bie Sfyore, bamtt (in order 
that) eure <2tabt mefyt entlaufe!" (may not rim away). 

48* 

Europe, duropa, u. calm, rufyig. perception, G?mpjtn* 

Europeans, (£urovaer. delightful, ergflfjenb, bung, f., 2Bcu)rne()* 

West-Indians, QBejh Ijerrlid), pracfytig. mung, f. 

tnbianer; SBejHnfcier. to start, abge^en. stay, sojourn, 93cv- 

a venue, 9lnlage, f.5IUeef. to seem, fdjetnen. tveiten, n. Slufent? 

scenery, 5lu3jtdjt, f. intimacy, 93ertt*aulid)* fyalt, m. <StiUjhnb,m. 

Scenerie, f. feit. 
scene^ €ceue, f. 

Have your servants brought the goose and the fish (pi.) 
which my mother has bought? The letters which my sisters 
have written are very long. Have they sought the dogs which 
they have lost? Have you seen the pike and the fowls (£uf}' 
iter) which my servants have bought? The fruits of the trees 
in my garden are very fine. The skin of the hands and feet of 
Europeans ((Suropciev) is whiter than that of the West-Indians. 
The skins of dogs are useful. Dogs are the most faithful animals. 
The horses of my brothers are handsomer than those of my 
neighbours. The kid gloves on (an, with the Dat.) the hands 
of my brother are finer than yours. Charles has lost his gold 
rings and his canes. The avenues to this town (urn bie (Stabt) 
are delightful. The scenery of this country is the most beautiful 
I ever saw. Calm was the day, and the scene delightful. — 
How many trains start to-day (fleOeit (?cute nb) on the rail-way 
to Cologne (ttacty tftilit)? — As we grow older, the days seem 



— 58 — 

to grow shorter , and our intimacy with time ever lessens tFic 
perception of his stay.*) 

DECLENSION OF NOUNS, taking ev in the Plural. 
Singular. Plural. 

N. baS lUcib,**) the dress. tic ^ieiber, the dresses. 
G. bed £(eibc$, bev flleiber, 

D. tern tfreibe, ben jflciberii, 

A. bci3 $feib, tie ^letter. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. flitter 2)iann, good man, (jute aJMiuter, **) good men. 

G. j flUe3 jsJtomie«. autcr SDMmtcr, 

D. guicm atfnnite, guten aJMimcrit, 

A. Qutfti g)?<iiin, $tttc Maimer. 

33anb, n. pi. SBanbe*, $au$, n. pi. «§Jufer, £alt\ n. pi. £dl6er e 
ribbons. houses. calves. 

■Jtinb, d. pi. Winter, 33olF, n. people. £f)at, n. valley, 

children. ©fatt, n. leaf, Wade, ©rfjlojj, n. lock, castle, 

53ud),n. pi. £5iul)cr, books. £od), n. hole. 33otf, n. village. 

©lad, a. glass. SSknn, in. worm. 

Observ, I. All these substantives take in the nom. plur. ev, 
and soften their vowel, if possible. To this class be- 



*) Turn: 3Benn to it an SHter junetjmen, frt)eincn bie £aije fttrjet ju toev- 
ben, unD je genauet totr tie 3cit fennen lerncn, beflo tocntger meifen 
totr i&ve SDaner. 
**) To this class belong particularly mauy neuter nouns, and as 
exceptions, a few masculines; as bet @etft, the spirit; bet ©ott, 
god; ber 2etb, the body; bet SRann, the man, pi. SRanner, men; 
bet Drt, the place, pi. Oertcr andDtte; bet 2Balb, wood, forests- 
bet SBiuin, worm, pi. QButmet; bet Stormunb, guardian, tutor, pi 
ifiovmunber, guardians. 

Nfl. A complete List of the nouns belonging to this class 
will be found iu the Appendix. 



— 59 — 

long particularly all words ending in fBsnit as $er 
dUitytfyim, fortune, plur. bte fR<itf)tf)ii\\\et ; ber ^wtbum, 
mistake ; Ka3 .§?r$o<)rt;uni, dukedom. 

Observ. 2. All the cases of the plural are the same , except 
the Dat. which always ends in et It. 

Observ. 3. Adjectives, preceded by an article take in the plur. 
CIJ. If not preceded by an article, the adjective takes 
the terminations of the defin. article in the plural. 

$iif), f. cow.' ftoretle, f. trout. nod) nid)t, not yet. 

3iege, f. goat. jtar^fen, m. carp. toofjnten, lived, dwelt, 

©d)n?ein, n. pig. fdjon lancje, long ago. resided. 

Storjl, in. forest. auSijcgamjen (fein), gone genannt ivevben, to be 

33ud)e, f. beech. out. called. 

$id)tc, f. pinetree. auScjefyen, to go out. feereita, already. 

Ship, m. river. cmgefommen (fein), to 3»finen, to you. 

S3ad), m. rivulet. bave arrived. iljnen, to them. 

23 o pub tie Winter btefcr banner? £>te guteu £inbcr bie, 
fcr brazen banner ftub auSgegaitgen. §aben Sic fdjflne unb 
nufeltcjje 53uc^er gefauft? 9ieut, in) f?abe frine S3ua)er gefauft. 
£abeu ©ie 3l)re S3riefe nocfc ittrM gefe&rkbeu? 3d; ^abc fie fcb«m 
lauge Qefamebeu. SBir (jabeii. bie fcfcSncii unb Qrcgeit £dufer bie* 
fcr fdjoucn <Stabte gefffeen. ^aberi ©tc amt bie ©cblojfer bc$ 
^finiijS gefeljeu? 3$ tyabc nnber bie SrMoffcr be3 ^imtgd, nod) 
bie $alcijre (palaces) be3 &aiferd gefeOeit. JDicfe $inber Dnbeit 
ityre Jjpitte oerloren. ©ebeit (Sic bet £uifc bicfe ©Infer unb bem 
.gehuid) biefc ©tfltfe. £icje ©flume tyaben nfle il)re g-rfinen 
©latter ^crimen. DJJeiue fftatybd'tit fyaben oRe tfyre ^it^ner »er- 
fauft. .gmt ber ©dmetber niciite ^letber gebracbt? %c\, er tyat 
foroo^l 30*e ^fetber, aid ana) bie ©duber 3f?rcr HebcnSvourbtgen 
©cfcroejkr gebracbr. 2)ie ${>a,el nxrben bie S3ewo^ner ber 2£dlbet 
genannt. 3>ie alien Golfer SDeutfc&laubS isp^nttu in ©albeni. 
5)tefe ©dnber ftub fa)ouer ala jeue. 3)te vpdufer biefer ©tubte 
(tub tyi$l)er, al3 bie jener ©infer, ©aucru fyabeu ^ferbe, Oa)feji 



— 60 — 

(oxen), &\\%t, gcjcifc, ^diber, ^tegen, <Sc{nuciue, £unbe nub 
&afeen. 3« $eutf$knb Qtbt eg oiele 23erge, Scaler unb £ugcf. 
3n bem gorfie (ffialbe) flibt eg otele (Steven, ©ucjjett unb Ridden. 
•— 3u beit gftijfen unb Q3dcfcen ftubet mau £erl?te, goreflen, ,ft\ir* 
pfen unb anbere gifc^e. 

SO. 

Sinnbitb, n. symbol. ^c$tauljeit,;>. slyness, ©rujr, f. breast. 
llnfdjitlb, f. iunocence. $itcf)3 ; m. fox. wbvangen , to drive' 

3etd)en, n. sign. ©ummljjetr, f. stupidity. away, displace. 

£rauer, f. mourning. (S'fet, m. donkey, ass. fid) ttertcifjen auf, to rely, 
Gljrijienrljum, d. chris- <Sanftmuth\ f.gentleness depend upon. 

tendom. fiamm , u. (pi. hammer) vei'jjanglid), perishable, 

<£>eit>entf)itm, n. heathen- lamb. transient. 

ism, paganism. ©vumn, m. fierceness, roegen, (Gen.) on ac- 

Slltertfcimi, n. antiquity. (Jinfalt, f. simplicity. count of. 
©fanj, m. glitter. Sift, f. cunning. fierufymt, renowned, ce- 

SJana,, m. rank. <&d)lan$e, f. serpent. lebraied. [with. 

©efcutt, f. birth. Sveue, f. fidelity. abftecfyen , to contrast 

9taitb, m. edge, brim. Unjlatf), m. filth. jhtrmfeft, tempest-proof. 

(Srab, n. (pi. ©rdber) $alfd)beit, f. falseness, abveifen, to depart. 

grave, doom. 9?'ehiltd)feit, f. clean- cr tfi abgereiji, he has 

liness. departed. 

SSeifje iHeiber flub bn3 Sumbifb ber Uufcfjulb, fc§toar$e ba$ 
3dcl;en ber £rauer. — 3n (gittopa nub oteleu Sdnbem 2{fteug 
l)at bag (Sfjtiftentljum bte Ssttfykmit beg $eibtnt$um§ oerbrdngr. 
— 9ttentanb faint ftd) ottf feincu $ei$tr)um oerlaffenj beun (for) 
bic SEeicJ>t§umer ftnb oergattgltcf). — Sftandje ©tabt ift roegen 
tfyrer SIftert$ftmtt fel;r beru^mt. — ^reujjen roar fu'iljer ettt @l?ur' 
furftentfjttm, jefct ift eg eiu ftoutgretefc. — 3)et ®fan$ beg diaiu 
geg unb ber ©eburt pret auf am SRanbe beg ®rabeg. — £>ic 
©d)laitf;dt beg gucfyfeg fttdjt fe^r gegen bte 5)ummjjett beg (Sfefg 
ab (contrasts greatly), fo rote bte <Sanftmutr) beg Sammeg gegen 
ben ©vimm beg Somen unb be* Soroinn; bte (Stufaft ber Zaubt 
Qffleu bte Sifi ber ©flange; bie £rette beg £unbeg ober ber 
Unflatc) be! ©fJmeiucS gegeu bie galfc^eit unb fRtinl'ufyUlt ber 



— 61 — 

ftflfecit. — 2)ie frcue S3uip be$ fcvaoeu Cannes ollciii (ft em 
fjtuvmfcfte^ CDac^ in btefeu 3etoii. 

81. 

Your books are more useful than mine. The ribbons, which 
my sister has bought are finer than those , which you have re- 
ceived. The beautiful houses of these little towns are higher 
than those which we have seen in those large towns. Some 
dukedoms are smaller than some principalities. From whom have 
you received these glasses? Who has made these clothes? These 
men *) are already very old ; they have lost all their teeth. Where 
are your friends? All my friends are gone out. These people**) 
are veiy happy; they have a very good king, and their queen 
is the most beautiful Lady, I ever (je) saw. Kings (supply tie) 
are not always happy. All your letters have arrived. We have 
found all these nuts (9hi§, plur. Dliiffe) in the wood, which my 
rich uncle has bought. The good father has departed with (Dat.) 
all his good and diligent children. These villages are very beautiful. 
Of (9i)i! Dat) what villages do you speak? What towns have you 
seen ? Have . you given the birds, which I bought, to our neigh- 
bour's children ? No, Sir, I have not (supply fie 3(men fjCQeben). 

32. 

DECLENSION OF NOUNS, TAKING IN TPIE GEN. SING. 
e$ OR $ y AND NOM. PLUR. eit. 
Singular. Plural. 

N. bet Scfcmerj, the pain, ache. tie (gclmierjeit, 
G. be$ SctmierjeS, ***) bcr <gd?nicv$cit, 

D. bent ©rfmier£e, ben ©c^merjeit, 

A. ben <£#mer$, bie gdmicrjtftt. 



*) The word 2J?ann, when compound with words denoting a per- 
son without difference of sex, forms its plural in Scute ; as t>er 
.Jtanfmann, pi. ^aufleute, merchants; hut if applied to the male 
sex exclusively, in banner ; as bet <2taat3mann, pi. bie StaatS* 
manner, statesmen. 

**) Turn: This people is etc. it has a king He. 

***) Some Grammarians add in the Gen. Sing. c\\#, as <Sd)met$eit$~ 



— 62 



Observ. i. This class which may be regarded as an exception 
to the before mentioned Weak Declension , coutaius only the 
following Masculine and Neuter nouus, and admits, like the 
Weak Declension, no Softening in the plural; bad Sdtcje, the 
eye; bad Q3ett , bed; ber Siamant, diamond; bcr Sera, thorn; 
bad @nbe, end; ber gorft, forest; bcr ©cttatter, god-father; bcr 
Sjaim, stalk (pi. *e and *en); bad £>emb, shirt (pi. *er and -en); 
bet* Smbeer, laurel; ber Sftudfel, muscle; ber SHaji, mast; ber 
Diarbbar, neighbour; bad Di)X , ear; bcr $anh>ffcl # slipper; 
bcr ?Pfau, pea-cock; ber ©ce, lake (bic <5ec, sea); ber <£Vorn, 
spur; ber@taat, state; ber @tad)el, sting; ber ©trafyl, ray, beam; 
bev Xijxow, throne; ber Xrut^, troop, set, a body of soldiers; 
ber Ungar, Hungarian; ber Untertfyaii, subject; ber SSetter, cou- 
sin; bad SBefc, woe; ber3ierath (bie3ierbe), ornament; ber 3iii0, 
rent, interest. Also a few foreigu words, as, bcr (Sonful, the 
consul; bad Snfcfr, insect; bad (Statut, statute; bcr (Santer, chan- 
ter, clerk; ber JDoJtor, Rafter, (parson) SJteFtor, 5Profeffor ic. 

Observ. 2. The words: JBucbfhbc (formerly SBudjftokn) , ber 3Bitte 
(formerly SBiften), ber Sunfe (ftunfen), spark; ©ebanfe (©cban-- 
fen), thought; bcr ^aufe ($aufen), heap, body; ber 9iamc (9?a-- 
men), name; ber ©ante (<8ameu), seed; ©cbabe (<Sd)aben), da- 
mage, tako n$ in Xhe Genitive Singular. 

^opffdjiiierjen, head-ache, fid) errata, to catch Stopf, m. head. 
9Ingcnftf)merjen , sore- (get) a cold. 

eyes(paiu in theeyes) er[eucr)ten, to enlighten, 
Dforeiifdjmerjcn, ear-ache illuminate. 
2eibtd)mer$eii, stomach- fyeftio,, violent, vehe- 

ache. ment. 

3al;nfcf)merjen , tooth- ftarE, strong, stout, 
powerful. 
ftfjrccflid), horrible. 
Seben, n. life. 



ache. 

^aldfcibmer^en , sore- 
throat. 

Otiufcnfrf^nerjen, back- Unfdjulb, f. innocence, 
aclie. uitfdjulbij , innocent. 

(Sd)uterjcn c\n ben tfiijjeu, eilen, to hasten, 
sore feet. §ald, m neck. 



3n <2d)utben ftecfen , to 

be over head and 

ears in debt. 
9Uib, m. envy. 
fcftarf, sharp. 
©urcjer, m. citizen. 
aufijefcfjloffen, unlocked, 

opened. 
aufffbliepcn, to unlock, 

open. 
au fgldiijcn, to glitter 
jftef;en, to flow. 
bind), (Ace.) through. 



(£>aldtiKl), u. neck-cloth ) 



The word tad $exfc the heart when used metaphorically makes 
its Gen, thus, bed §CUJCtl§. 



— 63 — 

£nben 3^re 6$n)efrcru norb iminfr .ftopffcfcrncijen ? 9D?cine 
gutter nub tneine <Sd;n>eftern l)flbcn imnicv fef;r ^efttcjc 3^' 
f4>tnergcii. 2>iefe trciten Uutcrt^aueit tyoben il)veu (piten flflniQ 
Dcrloien. T)ic Slugen bed *Dicufd)cn pub btc ©ptcgel feinet ©cele. 
£ie ©trnblen bcr Sonne erleucbten bie ($rbe. £ie garbeu cined 
<Sonucuftrnf;le6 flub peben (seven-fold). £ie niitertfyqiie.it biefeS 
<2tantc3 flub ifymh $utett .ftonigc trcu. 3)a3 @nbc be3 !D2ctifcf»eu 
<mf biefcr (Srbe t ft bcr infant] ciue3 bejferen gebcud. $)er 3*er* 
rati) eitird metifrblicbeii £ergtn# ift cine uufcDuIbi^e ©ecic. 3$ 
fyabe imntcr fc^v befttge 3 fl fy"fcfymerjen unb mcinc gute', fvomme 
Sautter fcbrecflidK ?(u<]enffbnicr$cu. ©arum ci ft (with great haste) 
biefer jun^e tylami fo? ©r cilt fiber £>afS unb ,^opf ju bem 
Sirjtc, mcil cr fefyr t;cfttgc 3nbnfd)incr$cu l)at. 3)iefer arme 3ttniin 
flecft bi$ cm ben £nl*3 (fiber bie jDfyveu) in ©cfyitlben. — 5>er 
9?cib bat febarfe Jfugen. — Uujdmlb beg $ctjcu8 ift immer bie 
3icrbc ber ^iubcr. — SHibcir ift be3 33urge.r3 3icrbe (©cfyU(ei). 
— 3)fl<3 £cr$ beS Sftenfcfyen ift in ben ?luqen be3 ©cifen auf* 
gefd)lofeti, unb cr liefet (reads), roaS man i>cr tt;m (before him) 
Deibcrflcn n>ifl (will hide). — 3£o ift ctn Jgjcrg, bn3 feine Scbnicv* 
jen fpalten (split, rent)? — (Sin Sonncnftrnfyl ber 4?ojfnuna, 
fllau^t mtr an]-, cine fftjje £offnuna, fliegt burcfy mein £cr$. 

33. 

spring, grfifyltnfl m. still, nod). beast, £f;ier n. 

summer, (gommer m. tormented, Qeplagt. to attempt, wfudfjen. 

autumn, §et&jt m. mind,@emutf;n.@innm. to turn into ridicule, 
winter, SStntcr m. ©cftnnuno. f. tad)erlid) (nt) mctcfyen. 

megrim, SJfigrane, Jtopf* to give pain, ©djmer* to honor, ebren. 
flidjt f. jen \?crurfoc^en. 

Many men always have sore-eyes; and learned men have 
sometimes the head-ache. I have the head-ache, with a me- 
grim. Have your sisters still the tooth-ache? They have not 
the tooth-ache , but a violent head-ache. The rays of the sun 
are more powerful in the summer than in the winter. This 



— 64 — 

child is tormented with terrible sore eyes. The ornaments of 
good and happy states are their faithful subjects. Shew me a 
room (rceifeu ©ie nitr em gtnuner an); I want (nmnfcfje) to go 
to bed (ju 53ette 511 Qefyeu), because I have a very bad head- 
ache. — Why is your sister lying in her bed now? Because 
she has a very bad tooth-ache. In winter I very often catch a 
cold, and in the spring I always have a very violent head-ache. 
— A good nrind is unwilling (imuifc&t ni$t) to give pain ei- 
ther to man ODZcnf$fU) or beast. ■ — Though bad men attempt 
to turn virtue into ridicule , they honor it (Pc) at the bottom 
(tm ©ttinbc) of their hearts. 

CARDINAL NUMBERS, ©runbja$li»Brtcr*). 

1. tin (etn£**), one. 11. elf (cilf), eleven. ' 21. ein nub groaitjig, 

2. jtoci, two. 12. jjtt>Slf, twelve. twenty one. 

3. fcrci, three. 13. trctgel;n, thirteen. 22. jlvct unt> jlvanjig , 

4. sjicr, four. 14. sierjeljn, fourteen. twenty two. 

5. funf, five. 15. funfeefon, fifteen. 30. forei^ig, thirty. 

6. fed)*, six. 16. fecfy^ebn, sixteen. 40. totergig, forty. 

7. fteben, seven. 17. fuB(eu)gefin,seventeen50. W5»8» fift ^- 

8. cidjt, eight. 18. athtjetyn, eighteen. 60. fcdjSjig, sixty. 

0. ncun, nine. 19. nemtgeJjn, nineteen. 70. jieb(en)$tg, seventy. 

10. jeljn, ten, 20. Jfranjig, twenty. 80. acfjtjig, eighty. 

90. tteuugtg, ninety. 101. r)uubert unb einS, a 1000. taufenb, a thou- 
100. J?un*>ert, a hundred. hundred and one. sand. 

finfacf;, einfciltig, single »ielfa(ttg, abundant, a- einerlei, one and the 
simple. bundantly. same. 

gtoeifatii) (stoicfacfy) f double, mat, time. jtueterlet, twofold, of 
twofold. eiumal, once. two different sorts. 

t>veifad),threefo]d,treble, |V»etiaal, twice. breierlci, of three diffe- 

Vttlfad) it., manifold, breimal, three times etc. rent sorts, 

multiple. (thrice). vielfvlei,many, various. 

*) See "The perfect Speaker", Page 133. 
**) In counting we use ein$, if there be no particular thing men- 
tioned. 






— 65 — 

23ogen, (^apiev) m. sheet, jllaftev, u. fathom. $funb, u. pound. 

23uwb, n. bundle. £ajt, f. last (load). dlie$, n. ream. 

S)ufeenb, n. dozen. £t?tft, n. half an ounce. @d)otf, u. three score. 

(Simer, m. pail (measure) SDtann, m. man. ©titd;, n. piece, 

gap, n. cask. Sflarf, f. mark. S3ierte(, n. quarter. 

®ic$, n. glass. Drfioft, n. hogshead. Soli, m. inch, 

©vat), m. degree. $aar, n. pair. 

Observ. 1. All these nouns, denoting weipht, measure etc. 
are only used in the singular ; as a hundred foot and 
two hundred horse, fyuubcrt SOtaiin 3nfcmteric unb git»eU 
fyitnbevt SSlaun (Sattalleiie j //tree pounds of sugar > brci 
spfunb Surfer. 

Observ. 2. Exceptions to the foregoing rule are the following 
feminities (ending in c) and those words which express 
a measure of time, such as: 

3afcv, n, year. 91benb, m. evening. 2tteile, f. mile. 

QBocfte, f. week. Utadjmittao,, m. after- £affe, f. cup. 

aftonat, m. month. noon. llnje, f. ounce, 

©tunbe, f. hour, league. (Slk, f. ell, yard. £aufe, m. crowd. 

SWinute, f. minute. §tafd)e, f. bottle. $intc, f., bag 91Spcf,pint. 
SWorgeii, m. morning. 

Observ. 3. We must say: <Se$3 ©ogeti papier, *«> sAeete o/ 
paper, and not C|3 a p t e v c ^ in the Gen.; this is the case 
with all the above mentioned substantives, unless a part of a 
certain quantity or quality be meant. For this reason 
we say with the Genit. or with the preposition Don and 
theDat., fi#3 $Pfuub UcfeS &ndex8, or von ttefcnt Sutfer, 
six pounds of this sugar. 

3d; bin 17 3a&re,.8 aTioiiate unb 5 £age alt. SDieinc SMuttcr 
Ijat fed)3 groge SNeffcr, bm filbmie Soffel unb 2 SHifceub por^Enuene 
(china) teller Qefauft. $)itfe demerit ^abeu 2 ftalba unb 20,Jpuf;ner 
vevfauft. 5D?ein $ntev ift febou*) 4 3al)re in Devlin. SOieine 



*) has already been in Berlin these four years. 



— 66 — 

Smite if) fdjon frit 4 aflonaten *) fianf 5 fie l)<it felt 8 $ngen 
Dltc^ta gegefjen. QRtin ©ebienter l)c\t 6 glaf^cn SSrin, 5 @la3 
S3ier, 6 ipfnnb gfeifeb 11 11b 1 2)nfcenb 9lnf}crii aitS- ber (gtabt ge- 
bracfjr. ($in Satyr tyat 12 gjienate, eiu SWonot 30 £age unb I 
Sag nut ber 9Jn*t 24 ©tnnben. 3$ie i>iele SKcilen finb Don 
Placben nacb SJegenSburg (Aix la Chapelle, Ratisbone) ? ©te eng* 
IifcX?cii ©icilen finb t»t^l fleiner, alS tic bcutfefyen; aber bie eng* 
lifebelt <§flen finb longer, aid bie brabanter. 3Q3ie »iele GHen £ucu 
brancfjen (want) ©te git ctnem 9t\>cfe? ©eftern l;abe id? jwet 
©laS SSfetit nnb brei Xaffen $affce getrnnfen. Setyann, gcl;en Sie 
in ben na'cbften Saben (shop) nnb tyolcn (2ie (go and fetch) mix 
6 ipfiUib tffife (cheese), 3 <J3aar SBiirftc (six sausages) nnb ciu 
ITnfoenb ginfeben alien ^bcimvcin. (Die (Sicr (eggs) finb gegen* 
tcartig (at present) fe&r tljener. 3Bie inel refiet bad (a) Scbotf? $>a£ 
©#ccf foftet jefct 20 ©refefreii. 3ft«iie Sflntfer l)M gefrern 4 ©c^ocf 
fiicr nnb 6 spfnnb ©ntter anf bem Sttarffe (from the market) 
gefanft. — 3)er Sennit btefcr fftrtge £ ft inefyv aid fiebjig gufj 
tyecb. — (Sin mat etnS tji un$, nnb §cl>n ntal jcbn i ft (mnbert. 
— 5Me SKorgenfrunbse ^at @blb tin SMnnbe (mouth). — £3ebenfe 
(consider), ba§ mtr ftebjig 3a()re Qeiiiem £eben jugemeffen pnb 
(measured). 

55. 

shoe, ©djul) in. sure J , to spend, au^efren, ter* 

boot, <2tiefel m. surely j a fcfrivenben. 

shoemaker, ©djufjnicu cwt. * Bent- he spends, er gibt auS, 

d^ev m. huudredweight ^ net. &crfdjroenbet. 

when? l»ann?**) to earn j to build, batten. 

if, town, to gain ( ' chimnejr r Ramtn,n. &m. 

to maintain, erfyaltc'n. 

I have received from my uncle 3 books, a dozen pens, six 
quires of paper and three score apples. I saw a hundred ca- 



*)' These four months. 
•*) luatm, when, refers to time; tt>enn, if, is a*condition. 



— 67 — 

valry (3ft mm 9?eikvct), who have received from the peasants of 
these two villages twenty bundles of straw , ten casks of beer 
and sixty pairs of shoes. Will yon have a glass of wine? My 
aunt has given to my diligent sister twenty pens and a very 
good pen-knife. My brother is twenty, but my sister is not yet 
seven years old. How much are four times four? This book 
was printed in the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty 
two. When were you in Paris ? I have been in Brussels a 
year (suppl. fctt with the Dat). Our joiner has brought two 
tables of oak and three dozen chairs. How many leagues (Stuube) 
is it (fiub e3) from Munich to Hamburg? I know it as surely 
(id) u>ei§ C0 fo flennjj) as twice two are four. It is now a year 
since I came to Ratisbone. I bought yesterday a hundredweight 
(of) wool, two dozen knives and forks and three dozen leather 
gloves. Has the shoemaker brought my boots? Yes, hi' has. 
How many shoes has he brought? Only two pairs. — Three 
is a lucky number.*) He earns more than six shillings a day 
(tcigltcfc). — The more he earns, the more he spends. — It is 
easier to build two chimneys than to maintain one. 

gentlemen, ^etren. diversion, Untevfyal? reason, Uvfadje, f. 

being at a tavern, tun$, f. against, cjejen, Ace. 

atsftem emern 2BivH)^ proposed, frfjlug »or. to answer, antworten. 

fyattfe toaven. play, j , you need not, tgsie 

for want, cms Sftancjel. game, I ftaben nicfyt tiotfifl. 

Some gentlemen being at a tavern together, for want of 
better diversion, one proposed play : "But", said another of the 
company, "I have fourteen good reasons against gaming. — In 
the first place"**), answered he; "I have no money". — "Oh"! 
said the first,**) "if you had four hundred reasons, you need not 
name another". 



*) The German Proverb: 9Jl(er ijuten ^inae ftui) Dm. 
**) See Exercise 58. 



68 —. 



56 

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES WITHOUT ARTICLE 
Masculine, 



Plural. 

ante, nfte, foflbare 



Seine. 



Singular. 
N. Qi\kt, niter, foftbnrcr SSein. 
good, old, costly wine. 
n * \ Q ut ^/*) n I te 3, f oftbareSSBeincS. 

(x.of. ] 

( guren, nlten, foftboven SSeineS. 
D. to. gutem,**)flfrem, foftbare mSDctne. Qnten, often, foftbaren SBeinen. 
A. Qnten, alten, foftbaren SSein. Qitte, aire, foftbare Seine. 



Outer, niter, fojtbarer SOetne. 



Feminine. 

N. gnte, fiige, frifc^e 2ttilcb, 

good, sweet, fresh milk. 

G.of. guter, ffigcr, ftifcr)er 2DWd). 

D. to. guter, fujjer, frifd)er Sftilcf). 

A. gute, fiige, frtfct)e SOTtfcl^. 



ueueS, frifct)e$, roeifjeS 23rob, 
new, fresh, white bread, 
nenen, *) frtfcf}en, roeijjen SBrobeS. 
ueuem, frifdjem,**) nxijjem SBrobe. 
neucS, frifctyeS, weijjeS 33rob. 



Observ. I. According to the general rule given above, the ad- 
jective always takes the termination of the definite Ar- 
ticle, if it be not preceded by any article, pronoun or 
number (numeral adjective^). 

Observ. 2. If two or more adjectives precede the substantive 
without an article, they all take the termination of the 
first. 



£8vob, n. bread. 
Sfeifdj, n. meat. 
«ftivfd)e, f. cherry. 
$jlaumc, f. plum. 
33trne, f. pear. 
ffiaffer, n. water. 



©cmiife, n. vegetables. 
£>inte, f; ink. 
©uppe, f. soup. 
©enf, m. mustard. 
^Pfeffer, m. pepper. 
3ucfer, m. sugar. 



«§ut$utfer, loaf sugar. 
<Sal|, n. salt. 
(Sfjtg, m. vinegar, 
retn, pure, clean. 
frifd), fresh. 
Sfltnbfleifd), n. beef. 



*) For the sake of euphony we say more usually : Gen. guteti, aU 
ten, foftbaren SSeine^. 
**) In order to avoid the harshness of many tit, some Grammar- 
ians transform the m, in the Dat. Sing, of the second and 
following adjectives into tt. 



— 69 — 

3d) jiehe »or, I prefer, gefalligfl, if you please, uwnfdjen, to wish, de- 
uorgicljen, to prefer. ftoUanbifd), dutch. sire. felt, fat. 

ad;t, (edjt) genuine. @fjofolafce,f.chocolate. ©efafyttcm. companion. 

SBoIIcn Ste mir gefafligft guteS 53rob , frtfcfceS SSaffer , fi'i&e 
2Mc§ unb cicljten, ^ondiibifr^eu ^dfe bitmjeu? SBltin Sjm, fn'er 
ift, aa3 fte nntnfc&en. SDWn ditercv 33vuber Itcbt ftatfen, oltcn 
SBcin j abcr tcf> $iel)e tmmev frif<$e$, reined SSaffcv altcm, fiarfem 
SBeine uov. S3ei btefem ^aufmannc ftnbet man rnifclicfee -Bixtytx, 
Qute gebern, cngltfc^c 53leiftifte, f$roar£e £)intc nnb fefct feineS, 
nxi&eS papier. @eben ©ie mir fraftige ©uppe, qnte$, nicfct 511 fctteS 
SKiubfletfcfc unb cin n>emg ©emiife. «£>tes Cfi gutev SBcin nnb frU 
f$e3 Saffer, unb ba ift fcf)tvar$et ^affee, gtimer £t>ce, fuge 2)JU$ 
nnb umjjer 3«^r. £abeu ©ie auc^ (jute (Styofolabe? £>ie ©ait* 
nertnn l;at Souifen (or bet Souife, £)at.) tot^e^irfc^en, rcife spftouinen 
nub fe^f fc^i5ne SBlumeu gegeben. Jpabeu @ie fc&njatjen ^affee 
obet griincn £tyee getruufeu? 3>n jenem $aufe ftnbet man fe^t 
fctycne unb grejje (Spiegel, feibeue 9?ea,enf$inue, bveite, fetbene 
SSanber, filfcevne unb fcergolbete gebev* unb 53leiflift^ alter (gilt 
penholder and pencil - cases) unb fe§i; feiue , eitglifc&e 3eicljenblei* 
(Itftc (drawing pencils). — 34) §abe jmet funftgeiibte (skilled in 
arts) 2lugen, unb fceibe (both) ftnb gefunb. — ©ute bourne tra* 
gen (bear) au$ gute gvuefctc. — Sflnfclic|>e S3ud;er ftnb treue ©c* 
■fatten in bev (Stufamfcit (solitude). 

stocking, @tnhnflf,m. dancing-shoe , Xanj; manners, @itten f. 

pi. ©truutyfe. fdjulj m. amongst, untcr(D.et A.) 

linen-cloth, ?einfoant> f. hot, fceip. brown bread, ftytoar* 
stock, £al$binbe f. warm, ttarm. je<3 ©rob. 

neckcloth, #al6tu(fj u. example, ©eifytct n. a deep sense, ttefer 
pi— c. <Stnn. 

Observ. The English particle some before a substantive, is 
omitted in German ; as, give me some bread, gebeu ©ic 
mii SBvob. 



— 70 — 

White teeth are the ornament of a handsome man. Black 
hair is generally found amongst the Italian and French ladies. 
What will you have (tviiiifcben ©ic)? Will you have brown 
or white bread, coffee with or without milk, black or green tea? 
Give me, if you please, hot soup, some good vegetables and a 
piece of fat meat ? Where can one get (§a&en, fcefommen) black 
ink, white and fine paper and good steel pens ? Here is good 
and strong coffee , sweet milk and white (loaf) sugar. We are 
speaking of great towns , little villages and beautiful gardens. 
We have eaten good apples and sweet pears, and drunk good 
wine and strong beer. My mother has sent to Mary three pairs 
of leather gloves , six pairs of woollen stockings , two dozen 
pocket handkerchiefs and a basket full of red cherries. In this 
trunk are ten yards of fine linen-cloth, four silk neck cloths and 
six stocks. My brother has bought two pairs of very fine boots 
and one pair of dancing- shoes. Our old servant has bought 
good mustard and white pepper. John , give me a glass of 
water. Will you have it cold or hot? My brother Henry has 
good friends and useful books. — A deep sense often lies in a 
childish play (im finb'fdjeu <S}?tel). — Bad examples spoil good 
manners. 

ORDINAL NUMBERS, DrbniingS$o&Icii. 

1" bev evfk, *) 1 st the first. lite &et e fftc f 11 th eleventh. 

2" ber jtoette, 2 nd the second. 12** bev jtoolfte, 12 th twelfth. 

(anbeve) 13" bev bveijeljnte, 13 th thirteenth. 

3" bev britte, 3 ld the third. 19" bev neunjefynte, 19th nineteenth. 

4" bev metre, 4* h the fourth. 20" bev jtoan^igfie,**) 20th twentieth. 

5" bev funfte, 5 th the fifth. 21*e herein u. ^toanjigfle, 21st twenty first. 

6 tc bev fect)3te, 6 th the sixth. 30" bev bveiftgfte, 30th thirtieth. 

7te b ev ftefrente, 7 th the seventh. 40" ber ttievjigfte. 40th fourtieth. 

8" bev aetyte, 8*h the eighth. 50" bev fiinfjigfte, 50th fiftieth. 

9" bev neunte, 9th the ninth. 100" bev ljunbevttfe, 100th hundredth. 

10" bev jebnte, 10*h the tenth. 1000" bev taufenbfte, 1000'h thousandth. 



*) All these words are to be regarded and treated like adjectives. 
**) We form Ordinals by adding the termination te to the cardinals 
from jlvei, two, to neunjttyn, nineteen, and {U, from gtoanjig 



— 71 — 

eifieng, firstly , in the bte |>alftc, one half. £foei(, m.part, (Q?unb, in. 

first place. ein 2)iitte(, the third volume.) 
^ueitfttg, secondly, part. bft'bt'itteSbeii, the third 

btitteii3, thirdly, ein $ievtef, a quarter. part. 

Ic^tcnS, lastly. bvet93iertel, three quar- bet" gefcnte $bcil , the 
fin £alb, a half. ters. tenth part. 

58od)entage, the days of ttotgeftetn, the day be- Suit, m. July. 

the week. fore yesterday. §luguft, m. August, 

©onntag, m. Sunday.*) morgen,**) to morrow. «Se^tem6ci,m. September 
SRontag, m. Monday., ubermotgeu , the day Dftober, m. October. 
3>t(e)tt6tag,m. Tuesday. after to-morrow. 9fr)9ember,m. November 
a)2ittn)0d),m. Wednesday. Sanuar, m. January. S)egetnbei", m. December 
I$onnergtag,m.Thursday. gfebruar, m. February, bit gum 3^" Wlai, by 
ftreirag, m. Friday. SWdrj, m. March. the third of May. 

@cim$tag, m. I Satur- Stydf, m. April. bi$ $ur <£>alfte Sluguf!, 

(Sonnabenb, m. ) day. Wlai, m. May. by the middle of 

Ijzute, to-day. Sunt, m. June. August. 

Qcftem, yesterday. toie ttiel? how much ? 

SKorgcn n>Ub meine flctne ©ctyweftei &um (for the) erften 
SDcale tit bie Otitic gefyen. 2)er 83ebteitte meiiiccs xtifyen 9?a$* 
bars wo* fcfwit $um brittcit 2ftnle l)itx. Jpabeit <8ie f$ott ben 
etfteu %\)til be<3 3Bu$e$ gelefeu, n>el$c0 id) Sfyueu gepein Q e 1 1 c - 
fyen fyabe? 9icin , ttf) fyabt: c$ uo$ nid?t gelefcit; aber i$ benfe 
(I think), tcl> roerbe e3 3fynen fciS gum bvttteit 50lat $uritcffcbjcfcit 
fflnncn (to be able to send back). £Bauu gebeitfeu @ie ab$u* 
tcifcn (depart) ? %d) bcnfe bt$ jut ^cilftc Jluguft abjumfeu. £)cn 
it»ie uidftcn bc3 3)loitat3 (what day of the month) fyctbeu toW 
tyettte? £eute if* bet I4te 9ftav£. Jim crfteu flpvil fc^icft man bcit 
9?nneit, roobin tuait will, fngt ein bcutfctycS ©pvictyivovt (proverb). 
9ia<$ftcu Semilog nxvbet$mtimeiucu licbcn CSltevn (parents) unb @c* 



twenty, and so on till the last) bet crfle, first is an irregular 
formation. 
*) See "The Speaker" page 137, 
**) $>ev SJiorgen, the morning is written with a capital letter. 



72 



fcfcwijimi (brothers and sisters) unci} 2)eutfd?lanb abreiftn. Jpcute 
tft bev lefctc be3 Sonata Dftobet, unb am 6. Segember wetben 
nn'r in Slacken aufommen. 3h wclc^em Don bicfen Jpciufent mcfcnt 
3§r guierDf)eim? (Sr mo^nt in ban erften «g>aufc bet bet jvivcljc. 
@tnb ©ie. jum etften ober gum gweiten 2)cate In'er? 3$ bin fdjou 
?,mn britten Sftale Ijier getvefen. — ©eorg ber SDrtttc, tfonig son 
Gnglanb, tmtrbe geftont (crowned) ben jroei nnb jwangtajien <2ep* 
tember eintanfenb fieben fynnbert etn nnb fecf)3$t£. %aUb ber 
3»cite frarb (died) in granfveid) nm fed^ien Sluguft 1701. t)a£ 
ift ba3 (5nbe ber ac^t nnb fnufjtgften ?lufgabe, 

Slnfang, m. beginning, tcurfce erfunben, was 33ogen, m. arch. 

-Mrfyunbett, n. century. invented. ©ebaube, u. building, 

3ettmig, f. newspaper, oertnffcrt, to leave. betradjten , to regard^ 
®afifreunl>fd)aft, f. bospi- $ubitngen, to pass. consider. 

tality. 33rucfe, f. bridge. (5r$ief)wng A f. education, 

^pjdjt, f. duty. fafytt, leads. abjtattcn, to give, make. 

®efanbte,m. ambassador. 9?dc&, n. empire. rtbfydngen, to depend. 

3m 2Iufange be3 'fiebeu&e&nten 3 a ^ r 5 un ^ criS ^°^ c mcm ^ c 
erften gettungen in 3)eutf#lnub. — T)a3 papier nmvbe gegen ta$ 
(Snbe bed tnergetynren 3^5^unbert0 erfnnben. — £)ie ©aftfreunb* 
fefcaft ift bie erfte $fli#t be3 2}?enfc^en. — 5)er grnbling beginnt 
ben 21. SDcctrg nnb bauert bid gum 21. 3nni. — 3D?it bent 5ln* 
fange be6 <Sommer3 serlajfen rpir bie ^tabt nnb briugen ein Sgierrel* 
\apx anf bem Sanbe $u. — ©reSben^ bie ,§auj)tjiabt be3 $onigrei$3 
©aebfen, liegt in einer reijenben Sage anf beiben &cittn ber (SIbe, 
fiber welc&e eine ber gvopten nnb fcfconflen freinernen ©ritcfen mit 
l6©ogen, 1380 gufjlang nnb 42 gujj breir, ffifcrt, nnb 5atre(am 
©cfcluj be3 3a§rc3 1846) 3706 ©ebdnbe nnb 85,707 (Stnroor;* 
ner. — £cimicb, IV. bctracbtetc bie gnte ©rgietmng al$ eine <Sa$e, 
Don weldjer baa ©h'id bev Golfer unb ber 9ieic^e ab^cingt. 

-Die (Spartaner, beten fiuge 9t"cbcn fptiffywortlicty gerooiben 
finb, antwoiteten ben ®cfanbtcn mt ©amc3, aB biefelben in mm 



— 73 — 

lueitlduftQcu fHtU (long speech) ifjie " Sluftrclge (messages) abejefiattet 
fatten: «£)a$ (Srfie I)aben mix uercjefjen unb ba3 Sefcte fynfccu 
t»u ■•nicjt acrfianben, cben writ »ir bn3 (Svfte Dcrgcjfen fatten." 

60. 

Observ. The first 0/ April, ber crfte 2lpril. NB. of is in this 
case not translated in German. 

When will your amiable sister depart for the first time to 
Cologne? I think she will depart on the first of May. You 
are always the first at school. Who is the first and who the 
second? ' My diligent sister is always the first, but my idle 
brother is always the last. My niece was in her fourteenth year 
not very diligent, but now she is very attentive and clever. 
What part of the month is a day ? A day is the thirtieth part 
of a month, and a month the twelfth part of a year. Three is 
the sixth part of (Don) eighteen, and the seventh part of twenty 
one. What is the day of the month? To-day is the tenth of 
March; consequently (fulfllid?) to-morrow will be the eleventh, 
and the day after to-morrow the twelfth. Next Monday, the 
thirtieth (Ace.)*) of the month, we shall**) go to Germany, 
and we shall arrive on the first of the next month. What day of 
the week is to-day? To-day is Wednesday. January is the 
first month of the year, and December the last. The United 
States (meinigte ©taaten) of America in 1848 were 30 in 
number (on ber &aty). The first settlement (bie ctfte 5ftiebcrlnjfuug) 
was Virginia, the second Massachusetts, and the last Jova and 
Wisconsin. — Charles XII. liked dangers (Uebte bie©efal?ven), and 
only fought (fdmpfte) for glory (ffir ben 9?ufjm.) — Mans first 
duty is to love his fellow-creatures OUfttmenfc&en) like himself. 

*) All expressions of time, where the question locum? ivhen? 
may be applied; are put in the Accusative case. 
**) Turn: shall we. Rule: If we do not begin the sentence with 
its subject, the Inversion takes place , i, e. the verb precedes 
its subject. 



_ 74 — 

ftfc, 

PRETER- PERFECT TENSE, HIUq Settfiagettc get*.-*) 

3$ bin gemefcn, I have been. \vh ftnb gcnxfen, we have been. 
bit bift Qemefen, thou hast been. tl)r fcib $etuefcn, you have been, 
cr ift geroefen, he has been. fie ft'itb gmefen, they have been. 

halb, half. gtoei ©rittel, two thirds, fyatb brei, half past twoc 

baS.£>albe, j cin93ierte[, n. a quarter, fyal&ttier, half past three. 

btc «$alfte, ( ' tret93iei*tcl, three quar- brei SSiettef auf »ier, a 

anbevtl)alb,©neaudahalf. ters. quarter to four, 

britrefycrtb, two andahalf 3Bie yiel Ufyr? what auf roeuicvllbv, by my 
yievtebalb I « * «*J o'clock.? watch. 

brci unb eiu I)alb ) 5 § j= ein SBtertel auf brei, or genau, exactly, 
ein J&rittel, n. a third, ein 33iertel nac& jivei, 

a quarter past two. 

cicfyt Sage, a week a fortnight ago, voi ©ambffc&tff, u. > steam- 

(senuight). r>ier^ef;n Sagen. JBamfcfWt, n. i boat. 

imc»'3c1)ii Sage, a fori- some days hence, ubei ^aljrptan, m, time table; 

night. eiiUvje Sage. miuft (point) . punc- 

sor (D».t. dtAcc.) ago, a' month hence, itbev gevabe(straight) ' tually. 

(always stands be- eiuen Sftonat. ungefafyv, about, 

fore its noun). this day week, fteute yteKeicfyt, perhaps, 

some days, ago, lun ubu* acbt Xacje. ba, bout, there. 

einigen Sagen. to morrow fortnight, atlfommen, to arrive, 

eight days ago, »oi" morgen ubeu toiei^ehn abgefyen, to set out, to 

adjt Sagen. Sage. start, 

a week ago, udi enter ein fyalbtS %\i)x, six yorubev, past. 

3Bocbe. months. r/6d)ften$, at the utmost. 

(Sifenbabir; f. rail-road, 
rail-way, 






) The Perfect tense is a tense without Reference or relation 
to another tense, and therefore cannot correspond with a 
tense of Reference , as the Imperfect or Pluperfect and Past 
Future, which are always corresponding with an action going 
on at the same time (Imperfect), or just commencing, when 
another is finished (Pluperfect). (See Second Part, of Tenses) 



— 75 — 

Um rote utel Ul;r ftnb ©ie gcftern l)ier gcmefen? 3$ 6iu 
punft 3 Ut)r l)ier geivefen, aber ict) t)abe ©ie nid)t gefetpen. 9)Zcin 
©ruber £ ft um brei 33iertel auf v>tec nut bem SMiffelborfer $)ampf* 
fcOiffe angefommcn. SBoflen ©ie uiir gefatfigft fagcn , rote oiel 
iU;r e3 ift? (§3 ift gerabe Ijalb Diet (tU)r). 93ift bu bei bem 
©d)neiber geroefen? 3<^ bin anbertt)alb ©tunbcn bet bem ^auf* 
nmune geroefen. SStr pub ungcfat)r oiertel)atb ©tunben in bem 
fi'onen ©arten unferer Xante geroefen. £ier ift bev «£>err, wet* 
eber febou Dor anbertt)atb ©tunben Ijier geroefen tft. 28ie laugc 
ftnb ©ie iu3ftund)en geroefen? 3$ bin oiefleictyt im ©an$en uttr 
fec^ 3 w»b cht t;alb Sage bort geroefen. ©tub bte 4?erren ©tbxtiz 
ber ©cbdfclcr f4>on nact) ©ten abgereift? 3ft graulein ©ntmann 
noct) niefct bet meiner ©cfjroefter geroefen? ©te roirb tjeute Slbeub 
um bret $iertel auf ac^t in it ber (5tfenbat)n nact) granffurt am 
©am abreifen, 3ft 8 Ul)r*) fc&on ooruber? 3ft; faun e3 3§uen 
utc^t genau fageu. SBcmu roirb ber erfte 35aljn$ug oon ^oln an* 
fomrncn? @r rotrb jroaugig SDlinuten nact) acf)t anfommen. Sauu 
roirb ber ^act)t§ug nac!) S3erlin abgel)en? (§r roirb $et;u SJtinuten 
Dor 9 \)a\)U\ abget;en. — ^aben ©te feinen gatyrptan? «§ier ift 
er. ©etjen ©te -gefafligft, roanu **) Da3 Joiner 3)ampfftf)ijf t;eutc 
9?acl?t anfommen roivb. (§3 roirb nut etn 93tcrtel nadj ac^t an* 
fommcu uub jroanu'g Sftiuuten uact) neuu ober tyocfjftcuS tint t)alb 
jefm ivieber abget;cn. 28ie oiel Utyr t)aben ©ie? 2luf meinec 
iU;r ift e$ jejjt- gcrabc 8 Utjr. — 5)er (5t)rgeifc (ambition) ift 
immcr bie Duefle (source) oieler Ucbet geroefen. 

62. 

M r ., #ert. Young Lady j gvdulcin, ftrau JDoftovtun, 

Sir, mettt £err. Miss N. ) n. grau ^rofeffeiiun, 

Mrs., Madam, Statu Messrs., £etren. grau D&rifl.f) 

i) Are titles, on which the Germans are very particular, not to 
omit, them in addressiug a person. 



*) Ufov, means clock, watch; <£tunt)e , hour (in speaking of a 

space of time), also lesson. 
"'■■) 28a nn, when, refers to time; iveun, if, is a conditiou; the Eng- 
lish* w/t?n is generally rendered with ctU. 



— 76 — 

Obscrv. Gentleman is always translated with (Nom. Sing.) 
«&evv; Gen., Dat. and Accus. Sing, .genu, without Cj 
but in the Plural § erven is written with e. 

Have you been at Frankfort o/M. *) yet (fcjon)? yes, 
I was there a year and a half ago. Has Mr. Smith been here 
to-day? He was here an hour and a half ago. At [um (Ace.)] 
what o'clock was he here? At half past six or a quarter to 
seven. Will you have the goodness to tell me what o'clock it 
is now ? It is now half past nine, Sir. Where were you this 
afternoon at a quarter to four, when I called on you ? **) I have 
been this whole afternoon at Miss Clifton's, who arrived with 
(in it Dat.) her brother from Cologne at half past eight. Has 
she been there a long time ? She has been there only six months ; 
but she has been there twice. Have you seen Messrs. Brown 
and Clareton yet ? Yes, I have been with ***) them in Paris, 
and I saw them yesterday evening with (bet)****) Mrs.N. Here 
is a letter to (an, Ace.) Mr. C, who was here this morning at 
(um) six o'clock. Can you tell me when your master will ar- 
rive? He will perhaps (oieneicOt) arrive at half past two in the 
morning. How will he come, by coach (jtt SSagen) or by steam- 
boat (nut bem 5)aropffc&iff)? This, Sir, I cannot tell. The 
Messrs. Clark will depart to morrow week to Cologne by rail- 
way, but they will only stay perhaps a fortnight. Two thirds 
of the month are passed (|tnb ttovii&er) and I have received no 
letter from my friend in London. — The loss (SSerluft m.) of 
one single hour is irreparable (ttiteife$li$). 



*) Abbr. on the Maine. 
**) Turn: when I wished to visit you: aU td) @te fcefudjen toottte* 
***) with is here rendered with bti, followed by the Dative. 
***) with is rendered with bti, if it denotes a state or being with 
a person in his house, with nut, if it means, going with 
him into a place. (See ff the Perfect Speaker" the Preposition 
with, Ui, $u, mit u\ 



— 77 — 

PRETER-IMPERFECT TENSE, fanmocrgangene 3'ett*). 
34) war, I was. wtr waxen, we were, 

bit watfl, thou wast. i$r waret, you were, 

er wax, he was. fie waren, they were. 

PRETER-PLUPERFECT TENSE, I a n g ft o e r g a n g e n c3 c i !■•*). 

3$ war gewefen, I had been. wir waren gewefen, we had been, 
bn roar ft gewefen, thou hadst been. il;r waret gewefen, you had been, 
er war gewefen, he had been. fie waxen gewefen, they had been. 

SBorfe, f. purse. onbeved, something else, mufjten , (Imperf.) of 

©totf, Hi. stick. flritfen, to knit. muffen, to be obliged. 

9lo6r, n. cane. gefiritf't, knitted. fpielen, to play. 

unterftaltenb, amusing. ttevgnugt, pleased. 9lufcnU)att, in. sojourn, 

tvauvig, sad. frolj, glad, joyful. stay, residence. 

beibe, both, bavin, therein. tteegangen, past. 

uerlor, (Imperf.) lost, ©ulben, in. florin (sil- ttevgangene SBocfoe, last 
ai$, when. ver coin of about week, 

(alb — balb, (conj.)some- one shilling eight SRavft, m. market, 

times — sometimes. pence). 60 Kreu- berettS (fd;on), already. 

fonji (ebemals), once, zers. bereit, ready. 

(at one time, at 

another time) for-= 

merly. 



*) The Imperfect tense in German is a tense with Reference 
or relation to another action, and is always used when the 
action is conuected with another that happened at the same 
time, or in consequence of the former. It is also commonly 
in use for au historical narration, and differs essentially from 
the English, and the French defini, where it is employed to 
express an action quite past. — The English Imperf. may 
sometimes be translated with the German Perfect ; as, 1 ne- 
ver heard such a thing, id) t)abe nie bergleirt)en yebovt. 
**) The Pluperfect tense is a teuse with Reference, like the Im- 
perfect, and difTers from it in this poiut, that the former de- 
notes an action quite passed, when another action begins, 



— 78 — 

Observ. 1. If the phrase begins with the conjunction «U, when, 
or some other conjunction of this kind, or with a relative 
pronoun, etc., the verb is always put at the end of the 
phrase, and the auxiliary verb after the participle. (See 
Part. II. Conjunctions.) 

Observ. 2. After most Adverbs and (coordinating) Conjunctions 
the Inversion takes place, i.e. the verb precedes the Subject, 
This is the case in general, when we do not begin with the 
Subject, or whenever we begin the phrase with any other 
part of it but the Subject; as, ©efteitt iuat itf) in ^oln. yes- 
terday I was at Cologne. Exceptions make: unb, and; ober, 
or; fonbetn, alev, allein, but; benn, for, because; nam* 
lid), namely (viz.) and sometimes also: fotoohl — att cud), 
both — and; nid)t nut" — fonbern aud) , not only — but also. 
(See Part. II. Conjunctions.) 

©eftern wax icfj fefyr trcutrig; tdj oerlor metue gefhitfre S3orfe, 
nxldje i$ oou meiner gtttcn <Sd;tvefter gum ©efetycnf erfynlten fyabe, 
Sor aucf? ©elb barin? 9lnx itt)n <$ulben. 2U3 mein SBruber 
bet nteiuem reid)en Dfyeim nuf bent Sanbe roar, oevfor ev beiuaf^e 
jebeu £ag ctwas SliibcrcSj balb etu feibcue^ £afc$entuc& , balb 
fatten fdjouen ©tec!, roeld;eu ex t?on fciitem grettnbe gefauft, unb 
balb eitt mttcr^altenbeS 23ttd), iuelcfjeS i^m . fciuc liebeSWutrer ge* 
fc^icft l)atte. 9Jleine ©cjroejier unb id) , nrir loareu geftern fel)c 
t>evQiiugt ^ nrir tsaren mtt unfent (Sftem auf bem S3alle. So 
woven <Sic gefrern, aU id) ©ie befud>en rcoflte? 3$ war mtt 
nteiuem ©ruber ouf bem Saube. SDareu 3J)re betben ©djtvefiern 
nicfct aucfj ba? S^etn , fie roaren beibe fetyr frauf unb mufjten 
(were obliged) §u .£>aufe bleiben. 3o§cum, roo roaren @ie fo 
lange? 3$ wax bet 3^rem £cmt QSarer, ber (roelcber) mid; ju 
3t;ver fronfen Zank fdriefte. 2U3 t$ oergangeueS 3a§r in granf* 
vcid) geroefeu wax, wax i$ wtit oergmigter, al$ jefct; ify war fro^ 
1)er, ftcivfer unb gefunber, id) wax oft in Goucerten unb ouf fallen, 



Compare: 31(3 id) in bag Simmer trat, fd)rieb er. When I enter- 
ed the room, he was writing, and al£ id) in bag 3tmmet* trot, 
ftatte Ci ijefcftrieben, when I entered the room, he had done writing. 



~- 79 — 

too id) cutcfy fet)v oft mit 3forer JvauTeitt ©ajmeftev tau$te (danced), 
©tub ©ie and) oft tm £l;ecitev gewefen? 3m Renter loav id; 
uidjt oft, benn e3 war gevabe tm ©ommer , too geioofyuliefy uid)t 
oiel gefyieU rotrb. SNnc&bcm*) wix etutge £nge nitf bcm ?anbe 
getuefm roaveu, oefnnb id} mtc$ oiel beffev. — £>eutfd)lanb tyatte 
eftemofa grojje ©albcr getjabt, weldje ber 5lufeutl>alt oielcv milbeu 
$frieve gewefen roaren. 

Have you been to school to-day ? No , Sir , I have not 
been there, because (be tut) I was ill all day long. Where was 
your sister yesterday morning al eight o'clock? She was with 
(bei Dat.) my dear father, who has just arrived from Dresden. 
Last week we were with my rich aunt, who presented us with 
a very useful book which she bought for six Florins. My bro- 
ther and I were with your father. Was your aunt already gone 
(weggegcutgen) , when your uncle arrived (aufcim)? No, she 
was not yet gone. Once (at another time) our uncle was very 
rich; but now he is very poor, he has no money and no friends. 
Where were you last Monday, when we were at your house 
(bd 3l;nen)? Have you not yet been with Mr. Burn? No, Sir, 
I have not. How old were you, when you were in Germany? 
I was in my seventh year, and my good sister \^as eleven or 
twelve years old. Why did you not come last Thursday even- 
ing to the concert? Because I was very ill. Were these 
Gentlemen always so rich? No, they were not. Have you been 
to market to-day? I was there, there was (eg gab ha) much 
fruit and many flowers. — Rich as he was,**) he was never- 
theless (benitod)) not happy. — Go and see, if dinner ( s Du'ttags* 
effctt n.) is ready. It is already on the table. 



*) 9iad)t>em generally requires the Pluperfect. 
**) @o veid) er aud) ttav, fo k. 



=- 80 — 

65. 

SUBJUNCTIVE (CONJUNCTIVE), ungeroiffe 2lvt. 
34> tt>are,*)If I were, or I should, 3$ waxe flenxfen, I should, would 

would be. have been, 

bit ronreft, if thou wert, orwouldst, bit wareft geroefen ,thou wouldst, 

shouldst be. shouldst have been etc. 

ern?are,ifhewere, would,shouldbe. 3d; wave gennnbeit, or worbnt, 
mx weir en, we were, or would be. I would, or should have 
if)X rnciret ) you were, or would, become. 
©tewfiWn should be. (53 ware mir lieb, J I should like, 

fte tnciven, they were, or would, (53 rocire mir on* >I should be 

should be. Qenefym. j pleased. 

3$ \)atkf I had. icf)l)citte,iflhad, or I should or would have, 

bit Ijntteft, thou hadst. bufyottef^ifthouhad, or thou shouldsthave 
cr fyaite, he had. cr ptre, if he had, or he should have. 

wix fyntteu, we had. voix fatten, if we had, or we should have. 
t§r fatter, ye or you had. if)x letter, if you had, or you would have. 
fie gotten, they had. fteptten, if they had, or they would have. 

3d) tintrbe, I was, became, grew. 3$ nnirbe, I would, should be. 
(jeivefcn, been ; geroorben, or rcorben, become ; fiefjabt, had. 

Observ. 1. After the conjunctions tvenn, if, and oh, Whether, the 
subjunctive must always he used in German, if the verb is 
in the imperfect or pluperfect. — The German Subjunctive or 
Conjunctive which generally replaces the English Conditional, 
is used if a doubt or a state of uncertainty is expressed. 
Though it is never governed by any conjunction , nevertheless 
we find it after such } as attend verbs, implying uncer- 
tainty, as, toenn, if, oh, Whether, bap, that, bamit, in order that. 
Verbs denoting uncertainty are: beforgen, to apprehend; bitten, 
to beg; evmabnen, to exhort; fiirdjten, to fear; ftbeuten, to ap- 
pear; tofinfd)en , to vvish etc. and particularly the verbs e> 
jcifyleit, to relate; fagen , to say; bebau^ten, to pretend; nntnfd)en, 
to wish, as, ev fagte, er batte £>entftf; gelernt, he said; that he 



*) See the Tables of the Auxiliaries at the end. 



— 8i — , 

has learnt German ; er glcwbte, Dap er e3 mtv fdjon gefa^t f;affe, 
he thought, he had already told me of it. 
Observ. 2. In propositions of the conditional present, the German 
imperfect of the Subjunctive mood may be used instead; as 
id) fyatte, I had, for id) tofirbe fyaben, I would have; id) tocire, 
I were, for id) tout-fee fein, 1 would be, and the conditional 
past may be rendered by the pluperfect of the Subjunctive, 
as : id) tvcire getoefen, I had been, for id) tofir&e getoefen fein, I 
should have been. (See the tables of the Auxiliaries). 

SBctt, f. world. ' fpajieren gel)ett, to take (Strung, f. education, 

toenn, | a walk. fd)on langfl, long ago. 

o&, 1 if ' whether * veitcn, to go on horse- 2Rufie, f. trouble. 
forgfam, careful. back. SKtgef, m. wing. 

Sufi, f. desire. lieber, rather. ©Veiling, m. sparrow. 

©pogiergang, m. walk. SBetter, n. weather. Suft, f. air. 

3$ ware ttiel gliicHtc$et, wenn id? met)r greuube §atre. £>ie* 
fer junge 9Jiaun wave ber glucffictyfte SDJenfcfc bet SBelt, wenn er 
forgfamer cmf fein (Mb ware nnb metyr gfeijj tycitre. SBciren ©ie 
ui$t fe^r gufrieben, wenn ©ie fo fctele nft$!i$e Sfic&er .ptteir; 
wie £crr N.? <5$emal$ ^ a ^ e *# *>W wc^t Sufi fpagteren gu 
geljen, a!3 Jefctj tcj tyntte immer eine fc^dite unb angenefjme <$c* 
fcflfcbaft j jefct abcr wiirbe tcf) Iieber fpa ueveu rciten, wenn id) nut 
fin fcboneS unb guteS $ferb t)atte. SBeuii baS SSBettcr fc&fater 
wave, wurben wir einen ©pajicrgang auf ba3 Sanb madjen. £)iefe 
grau Ijatre einen fc^r uadjlajHgen ©of;n, abet etne fleijHge Softer. 
5DWu Dnfel wurbe fefct fcier f$one ^3ferbc t)aben, wenn er m$t 
einel fcerfauft ^atte. SQBfirbc Sftx better nidjt fciel weifer fein, menu 
er ffoijjtger ware? Q$ wfire weit beffer fur unS ©efcfywifrer, wenn 
wir no$ unfere ©Item fatten. $aUn Sie fd;on 3I)re Slufgabe 
gemac&t (written your theme)? fflcin, id) l)abe fte nod; nic£t 
gemac^t 5 aber ic^ wiirbe fie fcjou langfi gemad)t t)aben, menu id) 
beffereS papier unb fc^wargere <Dinte gefyabr \)<\{\t. ©ie wurben 
Diel artiger fein, wenn ©ie eine beffere <Sr$iel)ung get)abt Octttcn. 
%x ware fel)r ret$ gewcrben, wenn er fparfantet gewefen ware, 
©ie wurben beffer beutfdj fpredjen, wenn ©ie fleijjigcr waren. 



— 82 — - 

— $5ct M)\ex .wiivbc feme 3^<t unb 9DliU;e mlievcn, wcmt tie 
©$iifei nicfjt mtfmevffam roaren unb f rifle gortfc&vitte mculu'teiu 
Jpdtte bie ^a&e gluflel, fein ©pevling weir' in be* Suft meJ)vj 
£atte, was 3ebev uninfect, Sebev : — SSer tycitte noci? roaS?*) 

66* 



be is dead i er ift (toare) to allow, erlauben. origin, Uvfpvnng m. 
he had died I gejlovben. allowed, ertaubt. member, ©lic& u. 

visit, 93efud) m. by, burd) (Ace.) to ask, forbevn, »erioit* 

to come, fommen. by what, ivotutd)? gen (fvagen***). 

come (f.) (Part, past) ge^ (contraction of buvtf; 

fommen.**) toeldjeS.) 

Observ. ivmbeu is used if it is an auxiliary, but gcrvorben 
if a real verb. 

I had two brothers , the one was at Berlin and the other 
at Mannheim. The latter (biefev) was a very wise and indus- 
trious boy, and he would now be about twenty (supply 3at;ve 
nit), if he had not died last year. I would write a letter to 
my parents, if I had some paper and a good pen. Where ia 
my penknife ? I should not have lost it , if I had been more 
careful. Have you already written your exercise? I should 
have written it long ago, if I had not had the visit of my good 
aunt. He would have come to me, if he had had time. I would 
have become a soldier, if my father had allowed it. What has 
become of your elder brother? He has become a physician. 
Your cousin grew always richer and richer, he was very indus- 
trious and economical and was liked by every one. By what 
does one get rich? By industry (gleig m.) you will always get 
(roeiben) rich. You would be much richer, if you were more 
content; for he who is content is always rich. I would take a 



r; ' i ) Instead of ettvaS, something. 

**) [.signifies, that the verb is conjugated with the Auxiliary fei n. 
***) To ask is to be translated with frngnt , if it signifies, to ask 
a question, in all other cases with fovbmi, yrrlangcn. 



— 83 — 

walk with you , if the weather were finer , or I would go on 
horseback if I had a horse. What has become of your horse? 
I sold it for sixty florins. When did you sell it ? I sold it a 
fortnight ago. I would buy another if I had money enough. — 
ilave we not all the same origin, are we not all members of 
the same family? — Our friends would always be true, if we 
had nothing to ask from them. 

m. 

CONJUGATION OF REGULAR VERBS, f$ti>a$f, (for- 
merly u$elmajjtge) (Sonjugntt on. 
Infinitive. Imperfect. Past Participle, 

cicbtett, to esteem. id) ad)\ete, I esteemed, gencfctet, esteemed. 
loben> to praise* id) lobtc, I praised. gelebt, praised, 

fragen, to ask. id) fntflte, I asked. g'efragt> asked. 

Active voice. Passive voice. 

Pres. id) belofyue, I reward. id?*) nxrbe belobnt, I am 

rewarded. 
Imperf. id? brfol)nte, I rewarded. id) tvutb* belofynt, I was re- 
warded. 
Perf. ic§ tyabe belo^nt, I have re- id) bin belefjnt nwben, I have 

warded. been rewarded. 

Pluperf. id) fyattt belofyiir, I had icb, war. beloljitt roorbeit, I had 

rewarded. been rewarded. 

Future, id? roerbe bclol;ucn , id) vocxU belctynt wevben, I shall 

I shall reward. be rewarded. 

Past Future, id) roerbe belofynt id) rcerbe bdofjnt tvoibeu fctn, 
Ijaben, I shall have rewarded. I shall have been rewarded. 



*) A nice distinction is to be made between : id) iuetbe belofynt, / 
am (going to be) rewarded, and id) bin belobnt, I am rewarded. 
The former is the Passive present tense, and denotes, that it is 
now acted upon ; the latter is past and stationary, and the 
participle past is to be regarded as an Adjective. 

6 



_ 84 — 

The following verbs may be conjugated by writing: fcfofit* 
$en ; to estimate; uerctcfcten , to despise; fccontworten*) , to ans- 
wer; beftrafen, to punish; befc&enfen , to present (make pre- 
sents); Tenmt, to learn; marten, to wait; raiic&en, to smoke. 

fjolen, to fetch. fptelen, to play. furdjten, to fear, 

batten, to wait. bienen, to serve. $eigen, to show, 

meinen, to mean. madden, to make. fyoren, to hear.**) 

Observ. 1 . Verbs end in the infinitive in eit ; a few end in 
etn or evn. 

Observ. 2. The first pers. sing, of the present tense is 
formed by cutting off n from the infinitive, as loben , to 
praise, id? lobe, I praise; the 3rd pers. sing. pres. chan- 
ges the en into t, as loben, er lobt, he praise. 

Observ. 3. Verbs ending in eltt or etll drop the first c in 
the 1st pers. present Indicative, as: fammeln , to gather, 
collect, tcj) fcmunle, I gather, not fammeU, but we say, er. 
fomutelt, he gathers, and not fommlet. 

Observ. 4. The Participle past of regular verbs is formed 
by cutting off ett and adding t as final, and the prefix 
(augment) $e before: as lieben, geliebt. Or we can also 
say : the participle past is formed from the second person 
plural of the present Indicative, by adding to it ge. Ex. 
3^r Uebet, (liebt) you love; cieltebt, loved. 



Remark. The Accusative or Objective case in the Active be- 
comes the Nominative or Subject in the Passive voice. 
*) We say: id) beanttootte bic Stage, and idj anttootte auf bie Stage, 
1 answer the question. NB. Every verb with the prefix be is 
an active or transitive verb. 

**) The Pupil is advised to form sentences from these regular 
verbs through all tenses, and to transform them afterwards 
into the Passive voice, as: id) fyore ben ©efang, I hear the song. 
Passive: bet ©efang toirb von mix gefyott, the song is heard by me. 



— 85 — 

Observ. 5. Some verbs do not take the augment $e, they are : 

a) those which begin with one of the inseparable, un- 
accented particles : be , et!t$J , Cllt , CV , §t , \>Ct , 
wihev $er, buvcfy, fyintet K. Ex. bcretten, to pre- 
pare, bercitet. 

b) those derived from foreign languages, and terminating 
in tteit : as, fhtbiren, to study, fiubirt. 

c) In general all those which have not the tonic accent 
upon the first syllable; as fcoflettben, to finish, Ooflenbet. 

®efourt$tag,m. birth-day. Stage, f. question. tragen, to takf a let- 

9<tctmengtctg, (name-day) betnabe, almost. ter to the post. 

Saint-day. toegen (Gen.) on ac- Olertt, m. nerve. 

Sevten, holy-days. count of. aitgreifen,* to attack. 

%abat, m. tobacco. ertragen* to bear, suffer, fdjtoer, difficult, heavy. 
(Sigflrre, f. cigar. tvagen,* to carry, wear, leicbt, easy, mild. 

JDampf, m. steam. einen53rief ouf t>ic ^Soft yerbienen, to deserve. 

5Dicfcr junge 3)2 onn nnrb roegen fcinc0 gletgeS gefc&o&t unb 
geadjtet. $)ct nocfrtafjige @d;ulct i(t beftraft rootben , wetf n 
fetne WufyaU nid)t $ut gemadjt %at SSurben %tyt fTeigt^en 
<S$u?eftent t>on tr)rem gefc^tcften 8er)m befofmt? Bk tvutbeu fe^v 
beloljnt, icucv faufe ftnabc aber nmrbe beftraft. <§te rourbeu ciufy 
beloljnt roorben fetn, roenn <Sie fleigtgcr unb aufmerffamer geroefeu 
woven. 3r)r greunb ^at lange auf @tc geroarter. 2Ba3 fjaben 
@te ^eutc ouf bem SWarfre gefauft ? 3$ fyabe bret $funb Stir* 
fdjen unb cincit ®oxb soil 2Strnen gefauft. 3$ nrftrbe abet uocO 
meljr Dbft gefauft tyaben, rocnn t$ metyr ©elb bet mir gel)abt 
tyatte. 2Bte lange tyaben ©ie an biefer Slufgabe gelevnt? 3$ 
$obe betnabe btei gan&e ©tunbcn baron (on it) gelernt; fie ift 
fefjr fc$n>er. 3$ nmrbe geftern you fneiner 9ft$te ju meinem 
®eburt$tage feljr befd)enft.**) £aben 3f;re ©cfcf»tvtfter fcfcon SJjren 



*) Verbs marked with an Asterisk (*) are irregular. See the Ta- 
bles at the end. 
**) 3d; Untrfee fcefdjenft, I received presents. 



— 86 — 

SBrief bcaniuwrtttj a>ctd?en £ie i>or od?t $ogot on fie gefcfcricben 
fyoben ? 9Mn, tcfc l;abe upc^ feine Slntroort eiljalten. ©a3 f;at 
6ie biefer 9)iann gefragt ? (§r fyat nrfg flffraflt, ob tit *wm 
uieiuem Secret gelcbt -rowben fei.*) 2£ie uiele tpfunb $ataf 
^flt 3^t Sorer Qcfauft? @t fjnt tteber £abaf uocb (Sigarren 
gefauft, beim er l)at mxfc me Qctaitcbt. SQZetne gutter Iiebt ntcfct, 
bog er rond?e, benn fte fann ben SabafSrauct) nicfet errracreH. 
$)er SabafSbampf, foa,t fte, Qteife tt)re 9icmn on. — Stain \v\i 
auty »on benjemgen ocrnd;tet tuerben, roelft)e ^iemonb a(t)tet, fo 
roerben roir bei ben a^tmig^mubigen nm fo ocr)tnna,3roevtt)er fein. 

68. 

PASSIVE VOICE, Seibenbe gonn. 

Observ. i. The participle past is always placed (before its 

auxiliary) at the end of the sentence. 
Observ. 2. Sometimes the English passive voice is rendered 

in German in the Active; as, J was told, man fogte mit, 

or man bat mir QefaQt. 
Observ. 3. The preposition by in the passive voice is always 

rendered in German with p&n, followed by the Dative. 

Your letter has been answered by my amiable cousin. Did 
(t)ot) he answer all your questions? Yes; he did. My neigh- 
bour's fine horse has been sold for twenty pounds. How long 
have you been waiting for me (onf mid))? I have been waiting 
almost an hour. These bad men are feared by those good 
children. Have you also been praised by your tutor? I was always 
praised by him, when I had done my exercises well. Are these 
themes written by you ? My tutor was asked by my parents 
whether my lazy brother had written his themes. Was my 
letter answered by your father or by your mother? It was 

*) After the words fragen, erjahlen, fagfn ic. we use the Subjunctive. 



— 87 — 

answered neither by my father nor by my mother, but by my 
diligent brother, who has come home for the holy days. What 
have you been told ? I have been told, that you have not been 
very diligent, but very idle. — The selfish man (SdbfifiicJH&f) 
deserves to be despised by every body. 

69. 

THE INFINITIVE TAKEN SUBSTANTIVELY. 

Umeii , to learn; ba$ genten, learning. 

rciHjcu, to dance ; bad $att}ftl, dancing, 

pretfen, to praise; ba3 ^teifeit, praising.*) 

SUBSTANTIVES TRANSFORMED INTO VERBS. 

?Uhem, m. breath j atfjmen, to breathe. 

53ab, n. bath ; baben, to bathe, to take a bath. 

93af>n, f. path ; baljnen, to beat a path.**) 

Observ. 1. The Germans use the Infinitive taken substantively 
where the present participle in English is used: as, bad Xan- 
jen ijt cin angenehmed SSevgnugen, dancing is an agreeable pleasure. 

Observ. 2. The English Participle present as a verbal substantive 
is always rendered in German by the Infinitive with git : as, 
he departed with the purpose of never coming back; cr 
ging toeg mit bem Serfage, nte tvieber ju fommen. 



*) The Student is advised to transform the following verbs into 
Substantives, and to employ them in little sentences: effnen, 
to open; reinigen, Vwfcen, to clean; bebienen, to serve: fdjitfeii, 
to send; geljcn, to go; trinfen, to drink; fdjreibeit , to write; 
lefen, to read; red)nen , to cipher, as: bad Scfen unb 8d)reiben tfi 
tmjjltd) ; reading and writing is useful. 

**) The following nouus may be transformed into verbs, by adding 
ett: 53Utt n. leaf; ©rod n. grass; (gtfjlaf m. sleep; 3af;n m. 
tooth; £aurf) m. aspiration, breath; $aud) m. smoke; 33i(b n. 
picture; 93ett, 0. bed; 3tc( n. aim; Xbron m. throne; 2i>&tt m. 
reward; .ftujj m. kiss; Xxamw m. dream; jtno^f m. button; ^opf 
m. head; Strom m. s tream : as, fhomen, fityfen etc. 



— 88 



Observ. 3. One verb governs another in German, as well as in 
English, in the Infinitive, with the particle $u before it: as, 
J wish rather to walk than to ride., id) tounfdjte lieber ju gefyen, 
aU ju fafyven. (This form takes the place of fca#, with the 
Subjunctive; for we might also say, id? mitnfd)te lieber, fca$ id) 
gtnge, ate bafj id) fui)ve). This is particularly the case: 

a) when the subject of any action, or a design, is denoted: 
as id) freue mid), @te toieber ju fel)en, I am glad to see you 
again; — and 

b) after the following substantives and adverbs: 
Sufi, f. desire, mind. 9Sorfa§, m. purpose, toillig, willing. 
SRutf), m. courage. intention. mube, tired. 
@ifer, m. zeal, passion. leid)t, easy. &eveit, ready. 
(£ntfcfylufj,nuresolution. fd)roer, difficult. mcgltd), possible. 

Bart, hard. 

Observ. 4. Um is put before gu and the Infinitive, in order to ex- 
press a stronger intention (9lbfxd)t) ; as, um jm tycren , in order 
to hear. 

Observ. 5. The English word bid (bitten, befel)(en) requires in Ger- 
man \u before the Infinitive: as 1 bade him do it, id) bat 
it>n, es ju tl)un. 

Observ. 6. The Infinitive is used without }ti 

a) after the following verbs: 
J ) tmrfen , to be per- *) t^cren, to hear. 

mitted. 5 ) fonnen, to be able 

2 ) ^ei^en, to order. (can). 

8 ) Ijeifeit, to help. laffen, to let. 



e ) lefyren, to teach. 
7 ) lernen, to learn. 
•) mogen, to be allowed, 
to be inclined (may). 



Examples : 
') (§x barf gcfyen, he is permitted to go. 
*) @r Ijetfjt if)n fommen, he orders him to come. 

3 ) 3d) tjetfe il)m arbeiten, I assist him to work. 

4 ) @ie fiort ifyn fommen, She hears him coming. 

3 ) Jtonnen @te ft>red)en? Are you able to speak? can you speak? 
*) Sehven Sie mid) fyied)en, Teach me to speak. 

7 ) Setnen <§ie tanjen? Do you learn to dance? 

8 ) @r mag gefyen. He is allowed ,to go. 

3d) mag nid)t mefyv effcn. I do not like to eat auy more. 



— 89 — 

9 ) mwffen, to be obliged/ 1 ) fallen, to be obli- li )\v>olhn, to be wil- 
forced (must). ged , ought [to be ling (will). 

10 ) fefyen, to see. done] (shall). 

b) also, after the following verbs, when used in certain senses : 

13 ) Meiben, to remain. ,a ) fegen, to lay. veiten, to ride (go 

14 ) fafiren, to go in a ") madden, to make. on horseback.) 
coach. ,8 ) nennen , to name l9 ) tfyun, to do. 
gefjen, to go, walk. (call). 

15 ) fjaben, to have. 

Observ. 7. The English use the Infinitive after the verbs : to think, 
benfen; to know, toiffen, fennen; to imagine, benfen, gfauben ; to 
suppose, ttovauSfejjen ; to believe , gtauben ; to perceive, bemevfen. 
The Germans never admit in such a case the Infinitive, but 
form an annexed sentence as a subordinate one, beginning with 
the conjunction &af? : as, / know him to be a learned man, id) 
toetf, bap er ctn ©elefyrter iji. 



9 ) 3d) mufte e£ tljnn, I was obliged to do it. 
'*) 3Biv fe^cn if)\\ fommen, We see him coming. 
") (Bx fottte e$ tfyun, or He ought to do it. 

dx fyatU e$ tf;un foKen. He ought to have done it. 
12 ) SBoUcn <&ie nut mix gefyen? Will you go with me? 
,3 ) jt£en, tiegett, jleljen btetben, to continue lying, sitting, standing. 

Fleben bleiben, to adhere, to stick. 

Fuicnt bteiben, to remain on the knees. 

ftecfen bteiben, to stick fast, to stop short. 
14 ) fyajieren gefjen, faftven. 3d) gefye (fa^re) jeben Sflovgen (pajieten. 

I take a walk (drive out for an airing) every morning. 
,5 ) (Sx fyat gitt reben, (adjen ic. He may well talk, laugh. 

dv fyat ©elb auf 3tnfen ftefjen, He has mouey staying out on in- 
terest. 
,6 ) £)a$ Minb mup fid) jej&t fd)tafen tegen , The child must now lie 

down to sleep. 
11 ) (Sx macfite e3 toeinen. He made him, (her) cry. 
"J £)a<3 nenne id) fd)(afen. That 1 call sleeping. 
19 ) (Bx thut nid)t$ ate ftnelen , effen, tvinfen unb fyajiren gefyen u\ He 

does nothing but sleep, eat, and go out walking. 



— 90 — 

£rinfen ofme £)urft unb ejfen otyne Jpunger m tyabcn ift cm 
%ttyti, metier bet ben SReufc&en fyduflger (more common among) 
tfl, alS bet ben Xbteren. 2)a3 $einigen ber Simmer if* alle 
Sage uot^roenbig; eben fe bag Oeffnen ber genfter unb ber 
Slntren. £>a3 Semen einer ©pra$e ift great (it is true) m#r 
immer angenel)m, aber eS ift notlmxnbta,, urn gortfefjritte (pro- 
gress) in madjen. 2Bie lange r)at man gu lemen, nm gnt beutfct> 
fpred?eu §u fonneu? 3$ rofutfcfce rcd?t tttel ju fpreefcen. ©offen 
©ie 3|w 2lufgabe, ober einen 6pajierga:ig macf?eu? 3$ imuifite 
Seibetf §u tfyun, Urn 33iele3 gu leruen, fc.it man \?ie{ 3 f i f (time) 
noting, «£>aben <&k Sufi, einen S3rief 511 fc^retben? 3cb imhbc 
gem fdjreiben, roenn i$ 3d* ^qtte. 2JJeiu fletncr 23ruber will 
immer fpielcn, aber 9ftcr/t3 Iemen, @r r;at gar (not at all) feincn 
£tfer gitin Semen, Grrlauben <Ste mir gefafligfi, ^l)\mi (to you) 
einen diaty (advice) gu geben : Di'ec^t geme (willingly), £er 
IDlenfcl? lebt nicjjt urn $u ejfen, fouberu er t&t (eats) urn ju leben, 
©as Sebeu (life) ifr ber Outer WfieS nicbt (3 cb tiler). SOieiu 
grdnlein, i$ rounfe^e Sr)nen redjt roo^l m leben.— Sabelu (to 
blame) ifr letefcter, a!3 beffer mad)eu.— 2Bo <Sc£roeigen (silence) 
f$abet, ba rebe ! ©tfjroeigen unb ©enfen tvfrb DUemaubeu fvaiu 
fen. SBteber^olung (repetition) ift bie Scele bc3 SemenS. — ^arl 
ber guufte roar in feiner Sugeub unermitbet (indefatigable) , bie 
Jebenben (spracfyeu ju erleruen ; „benn,fl pflegte (used) cr eft $u 
fa gen : "%ta\m\i\ty mu§ i$ roiffen, urn mit bem ^abftc (pope), 
©panifcl? urn mit metuer Sautter (3ol)anua) , (Snglifcfc , um mit 
meiner Xante ( s D?argaretf;e opu g)orf), ^ieberldnbifcr; (dutch), um 
mit meinen greunben unb ©efpielen (play-fellows), graujoftfefj, 
um mit mir felbfr ju reben^ S)eutfcl} aber, bamit i$ eiumal ^atfer 
roerbeu !ann. — (5$ felge bem SBiffen (knowing) eiu mcifer 
©ebraucjj (use). 

<&qU e3 retcfylicfc §u bir fliepeu (flow), 
Sfteicfclie^) 2lnb,te la§ genie§eu (enjoy). 






— 91 — 

Coflcu bid) tie £oI;lcn (chough, daw) \\id)t umfdnein (to cry around), 

3Mujjt n\d)t tfnopf (button, top) auf bcm $tixfytf)uxmt fetu. 

mtfo. 



70. 

Observ. Infinitives taken substantively are neuter in German 
and have no plural. 

I wish to take a walk. Are you willing to go with me? 
I am sorry to say*), * cannot, for I have two letters to write. 
Have you anything to say to me ? No , Sir, I have nothing to 
say to you You told me (fasten mix) to come yesterday to 
tjie ball, but i had not the pleasure of seeing you there. I had 
no wish to dance. Dancing is a very pleasing amusement. 
Will you have the kindness to send me back the books, I lent 
you (supply which) ? My rich neighbour has three horses to 
sjII. Arc you not willing to buy one? I would buy one, if 
I had money enough. I have had the pleasure of seeing Mrs. 
Brown to-day. My mother gave me this book, to bring it to 
you. Will you go already? Yes, Madam, I have no time to 
lose. I know of (roeijj, fennc) a house to be sold. My sister 
has great pleasure in seeing you. In order to make much 
progress, we must (mitjfen roir) study very hard. Are you ready 
to go ? I will do every thing to oblige you. — Men (tic 2){cu* 
fcben) are born (.gebomi) to live in society. The wise Solon 
said (fagtc) : Nobody is to be called happy (glucfltd?) before 
Oov Dat.) his death CLob m.) — Grasping (gvetfeub) my boy's 
hand , I bade him farewell. — Order is the soul of life. It is 
the duty (^fltct)t) of man, to reward (oergelten) evil with good. 
To mourn without measure (iibeniinjjtg tiaueiu) is folly, not to 
mourn at all Ojor nictyt) is insensibility ((^eptbilcfujfeit). — 
To err is human (mnifd)ltclO/ to forgive divine (gottlti'V). 



*) (So ifyut mir Uifc, frajj u. 



— 92 — 

71. 

FIRST FUTURE TENSE , j u I u n f 1 1 g e 3 c i t. SECOND 
(PAST) FUTURE TENSE, gufunfttQ oergangene 3eit. 

3$ roerbe ^tew, I shall hear. 3$ nxrbe ge^drt tyaben , I shall 

bn mivfl thou wilt „ have heard, 

cr roirb » he will „ 3$ meibe gef^ort, I am heard, 

tvir roerben w we shall „ 3$ werbe gefolgt fetn,*) I shall 

ifyt roerbet w you will „ have followed, 

fie werben » they will „ 

Observ. I. The future of every German verb is formed by 
adding the auxiliary roerben to the Infinitive. 

Observ. 2. The Infinitive is usually put at the end of the 
phrase. 

gvupfitf, n. breakfast. Uxfymt, celebrated, Skrguugen mad)en , to 

frubfiutfen, to breakfast, renowned, give pleasure. 

2Jtittag(3)effen,n. dinner, au$gejeid)uet , distin- iiberpfftg, superfluous. 

gu Sftittag fpeifcn, to dine, guisbed. notb>enbig, necessary. 

Slbenbejfen, n. supper, geivip, certainly. fdjicfen, to send. 

gu 2lbenb (9ladr)t) effen, fiben, to practise, ex- gefdjt'tft, sent. 

to sup. ercise. gefd)icft, skilful, (adj.) 

befudjen, to visit. jtoeifeln, to doubt. (etf;en, to lend. 

33efud), ra. visit. erlcmben, to allow. geliefyen, lent. 

mfyredjen, to promise, bdjalten, to keep. 

tterfpvodjen, promised, befyalten, P. p. kept. 

«£ente werbc itf) baS 23ergniigen Jjaben , bet meinem Dnfet 
£it TOttag $u fpeifen. SBenn 3f)t fteigig fetn roerbet, fo ftevbe 
id) (Sitd) evlanben, mit ben ^inbern unfereg Sftacparg §u fpielen. 
sfficrben ©ie ung an$ cilaubett, in bag Concert §u ge(>en ? SBemi 
<Sie 30 r * Slnfgaben gemari)t fyaben tvetben, roerbe td) mit 3ty\cn 
cmf bag Saub geljen , roo i»it ben fdjonen ©efang bev Q3ogcl 
tyoren nmben. £iaanf (after that) roetbe t$ niit 3^ncn in bag 



*) With the Auxiliary fein, to be are generally conjugated neuter 
verbs, i. e. those which have no objective case. (NB. with many Exceptions.) 



— 93 — 

(Sonceit getyen, tvo ivtr tyntt ^Ibcnb ctnen augge^eic^neteu SJJuftfcj: 
l;oren tverben , tvelctyer nnd getvig viel SSetgmiflen ntactyen (do, 
give) tvirb, SSivb 3^re graulein <5ct)ivefter niorgen uact) $)entfct> 
lonb abtetfen? 3$ glanbe nict)t (I think not) , bap fie fct)on 
morgen abreifen tvtvb j fie §at mir Qefagt, bag fie erft [only (not 
before)] in oier$et)n £agen ba^tn a,et)en rvirb. SSenn <Ste tec$t 
fldgta, fein tverben , fo tverben <&ie balb retjt gelaufta, bentfct) 
fpredjen lenteii. ttm aber rect)r viele gortfcbritte $u macfcen (much 
progress), mujfeu <5ie ftct) unmet im <5prea)en lUcn. 3$ tverbe 
mit afle m6g,Ucr)e 9)iut)e geben (do my best). %$t tverbet nu'ibe 
fein, meine lieben ^tnbet , 3^ feflj&t Qemta, gelernt fur t)ente. — 
SDiorgen tverben tvir bad QSergnngen Oabcn , von 3^en lieben 
©Item befnct)t ju tverben. SBerben 3^ Uebendtvnrbigen ©#tve* 
fterit nnd t)ente no$ befnc^en? 34 glanbe nid)t, bag fie fjeutc 
523cfuc^c mae§en tverben ; fie tverben tvot)l (very likely) feine Sett 
t)aben.-— £>erjenia,e, tvelct)er bad Ueberfulffige fanft, tvirb balb bad 
9iott)tvenbia,e verfaufcn.— SSer tvirb $tveifetn, bag bad tvat)te @ln<J 
bed 8ebend von -bet Sngenb abl)ana,r. 

72. 

Will you go to the ball or to the concert to-day. I shall 
go to the ball, in order to have the pleasure of dancing with 
your two sisters; for I like dancing very much. My brother 
will go to the concert this evening, in order to hear the mu- 
sician, who has just arrived from Germany, and who is said to 
be (tvelctjcr — — fein fofl) a very great artist. I shall have 
the pleasure of seeing you this evening and of breakfasting 
with you to morrow morning (frtic)). If you are diligent, I will 
give you a nice gold ring or a very amusing (untcrt)altenb) 
book. Your sister will be content, when she has written her 
exercise. Will you hear this evening the celebrated musician 
who arrived yesterday from Italy? I shall certainly go there 



— 94 — 

(btffyiu). My mother will buy me to-day a pair of fine leather 
gloves. When we are in Germany, we shall have much plea- 
sure, perhaps (inefletcM) more than in England; for (ben n) living 
is much cheaper in Germany than in England. When will you 
do us (un3 ma<$en) the favour of visiting us ? I shall do my- 
self (mir) the pleasure to visit you as soon as I shall have 
time. My brothers will arrive to-morrow from Germany , and 
I think (g(auben) we shall have much company (a great society). 
Will you have the kindness to send me the book which you 
have promised me ? My young Lady , I shall have the plea- 
sure to send it to morrow, or will you allow me to bring it to 
you myself (fdbft) ? I have lent it to a friend of mine , who 
has kept it till now (jejjt). 

73. 

PRESENT TENSE OF THE REGULAR CONJUGATION. 

©egenwartige 3tit Der re#clmajjtgcu (f<$n>a$en) (Son* 

juration. 
Infinitive glauben , to believe. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

S. 1«* Prs.-c* icbglnube, Ibelieve. tfb fllaube, Imaybelieve. 

2 nd „ -cff,fibu flliiubff, thou belie vest, bit fllnubefl, thou mayst „ 

3 rd „ -et,t cr tjlaubt, he believes, er flloute, he may „ 

PI. 1 st Prs.-cit,lt n?ir gtyubeit, we believe. imr fllaubew, we may n 

2 nd „ et, t tyt glaubtt,, 



vou believe, ibr qlmibet, you may 
©tegfnuben,' 

3 rd „ en, It fie glflubcn, they believe, fie fllaitbcii, they may „ 

i) Remarks. The first p<* rson , sing-. Present of almost every 
verb, regular or irregular (with very few exceptions, as, bitv- 
fen, Fonnen, miiffen, toollen, friffen), is always formed by omit- 
ting the tt of the Iufinitive. 

2) Whether to form the 2 nd Pers. by adding eft or ft; and (he 
3 r «* by et or t, is matter of Euphony. 



— 95 — 

jweife(n*), to doubt. dnbern, to alter. toanbcrn, to wander, 

id) $toeifle, I doubt. id) dnbre, I alter. idj locmbre, I wander. 
bu jtueifelft, thou doubt- bu dnberfi, thou alterest. bu tuanbetft, thou wan- 

est. derest. 

erjweifelt, he doubts. er dnbert, he alters. er toanbert, he wanders, 

loir jloeifeln, we doubt, loir dnbern, we alter, toil roanbern> we wander. 

i\)x jtoeifelt, you doubt, tfyr dnbert, you niter. if;r roanbert, you wander, 

fie jtoeifetn, they doubt, fie dnbern, they alter, fleioanbern, they wander. 

befd)dftiijen, to occupy, ercjctjen, to delight. ^euigfeit, f, news. 

employ. toelfen, to wither, fade. 2£fl3 giebt'S SteueS ? 

erndhren, to support, wfen*, irr. to call. What is the news ? 

behaupten, to maintain, nennen*, irr. to name, ftehjer. m. fault. 

pretend. to call. £anblung, f. action. 

[£anbel, m. (trade)] 

Observ. 1. The expressions / do hear ^ I am believing etc. 
are rendered in German with the simple present tense, 
id? glaube, fyore. 

Observ. 2. When the English words do, did convey emphasis, 
the Germans add some adverb for it, such as, jn, benn, 
boc$, f. i. gcrncn ©ie bocty {tyre 2luf<ja&e ! Do learn your 
task! (entreaty), ©arum fd)rei&en <Sie benn nidjt? Why 
(then) do you not write ? (gctyreibeu ©ie ja ! be sure to 
write* 

Observ. 3. The present tense is in German often used instead 
of the future ; as, 2ftora,en reifeu nw nacfj fSien , to mor- 
row we shall depart to Vienna. 

Obsefv. 4. *D<tf?, lhat , requires thd same Construction as 
welder, roeld?e, roelctyeS, bet k. whieh } that. 



*) Verbs ending in eltt or ettt drop the first e in the l 8t pers. 
sing, present, and the second e in all other persons > as id? 
gtoetfle, not jweifele, bu jroeifeljt, not gvt»ctfefefl. 
**) The pupil is advised to conjugate the following reg. verbs ; 
tabeltt, to blame, vocmbeln, to wander, betteln, to beg alms, 



— 96 — 

3Ba3 fyoven ©ie ? 3$ t)5re ben fcjtfneu ©efang ber 836gel, 
welder mein Dt)r ergofcet. 2Bof)in getyen ©ie jefct? 3$ get)e 
§u meinem QSetter , roelctjet fo eben oon ?pari^ nngefommen ift. 
SBofytn retfen it)re ©d)roeftern ? <Ste roerben nadjften grueling 
na$ Omenta retfen. Set rnft? 60 ift mein Srnber, roelcfjer 
3t)nen cine rot$tige fXleuigfeit oon ©nglnnb bringt. Saa gtebt'3 
SfteneS? 3$ roeijj ni$t3 33efonbere3. SSomit befdjaftigen ©ie 
ftci> gevoo^nlt$ ? 3$ befct)aftige mid; (myself) geroot)nli# mit bem 
Sefen eineS untertyaltenben §3ncr)e3 ober mit ber beutf^en ©pra$e, 
bamit i^ biefelbe bctlb fpredjen fann. SDiein SftadSbar befc^afttgt 
immer inele Sente nnb ernat)rt met)r al$ §tt>au§ig gamilien. 
2Ba3 trinfen ©ie gcrooI)nlicr}, SBem ober 33ier? 3$ trinfe roeber 
SSein nodj 33ier, fonbern SBnffet:. SBann fpeifen ©ie t)ente ju 
2fttttag ? 3« meinem £cmfe tgt man gerootynlid) urn ein U$r 
$n Siftage. %aUn ©ie f$on ju 9k$t gege(fen ? S^etn , id) 
effe ^eute bei meinem Onfcl §n 2lbenb. Sflein grennb bet)anptet 
immer, er fyattt dltfyu @r mact)t fe$r oiele ge^Ier, nnb feine 
^anblnngen oerbtenen oft getabelt &n roerben. SSer ni$t §ort, 
smifj fnt)len, nnb bie Jflene fomntt oft ju fpcit. %itbt geroinnt 
%itht, nnb ein .&er$ nnt oerbient ein £er$. 2Ser nict)t arbettet, 
foil <w$ nicr)t ejfen, — ©ie roetfen fcjnefl, Ut QSInmen unferS 
8eben$, unb roir roelfen tr)nen langfam nact).— -5)ie $offming 
befeett ben Wluty, bie gnrc^t belebt bie Sr)atig?eit (activity.) 



•74. 

Parlour, <Spred)$immer cellar, teller m. noise, 8drm. m, 

n. ©afott .m landlord l ©afltotrtl). to lodge, tooljncn, 

drawing-room, 93c- inn-keeper j 2Strtlj m. to pity, bemitfeifren, be- 

fudjS? ot>et®efeUfdjaft£-- customer, jtunfce m. bauern. 

^immct n. foolish, ttjovicfrt. to do wrong, unred)t ; 

dining-room, ©peifc* sweetly, angenefjm. tuufehtt macfyen. 

jimmcv n. to fear, fuvdjten. bill, account, dtvfy; 

kitchen, J?itd)e f. least, gcringfi, fteinfi. nmuj f. 



— 97 — 

Do you hear the song of the birds? How sweetly they 
sing! Yes, I do (supply l;6rc fjit). What are you doing now? 
I am answering a letter, which I received from my friend in 
London a week ago. What are your servants doing now? 
They are cleaning the nice carriage, which my father bought of 
his friend. Do they also clean the parlour , the drawing-room 
and the kitchen? Yes, they are cleaning them now. Do you 
not answer my questions? Do not ask them*); I have no wish 
to answer every foolish question. Have you already written 
your exercise ? No , I have not ; but my sisters are writing 
theirs now. They fear the least noise. Does this inn-keeper 
serve his customers well? He makes too long bills. Who 
lodges in this large and fine house? Is your sister drawing 
or painting now? She is drawing a flower, a dog and a land- 
scape from nature (uac$ bcr 9latm geicftneii). I pity these un- 
fortunate people (sing.) What are you laughing at? (SBorat&er 
la$en). I laugh at my poor neighbour, who is always doing 
something wrong. One is happy , as soon as one thinks to be 
so (e$ $u fein). 

IMPERFECT TENSE OF THE REGULAR CONJUGATION. 

^auniDergnngene &eit ber regelmajHgen (Soniugatton, 

CHANGING cit OF THE INFINITIVE INTO U. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

x$ fpielte, I played, or did play, ify fpiclcte, I might , or would, 

should play, 
bu fpielteft, thou playedst. bu fpieleteft, thou mightst, wouldst, 

couldst play, 
cr fptelte, he played. cr fptelete, he might, could etc. 



) Turn : ask me not so much, ftagett @ie midj ntcfit fo ttief- 



— 98 — 

foit fpiefteu, we played. rcir fpieleteu, we might play. 

tyt fpieltet, you played. ifyt fpteletet / you might etc. 

fie fpielteit, they played. (te fpieleteu, they might etc\ 

SMinbefuftfpielen, to playbanfen, to thank. 2Btefe,f. meadow. 

at blindman's buff. STianf fagen, abjlattcn, to SNatte, f. meadow. 
Sftitfcbulet, school-fel- return thanks. befc&Smen , to make 

low. $)cmf, m. thanks. ashamed. 

©djacf), n. chess. benfen, to think. <sd)am, f. shame. 

©d)ad)brett, n. chess- ©cDanfe, m. thought, ©ebvaud),m. custom, use. 

board. ©uft,m. odour;, perfume. braudjen, to use (want.) 

<Sd)ac§figuren,chess-men.$reU)eit, f. freedom, li-9tbreife, f. departure. 
Stote, f. flute, berty. nbreifcn, to depart. 

.ftfdtttet, d. piano. gcfunb , wholesome, jurucffebren, to return, 

begleiteh, to accompany, healthy (sound.) i^ fefyre jim'trf, I returti. 
53egleiter, m. companion, 2Boge, f. wave. etufefyren, to put up. 

attendant. (Seller, m. sailor. id) fehre tin, 1 put up, 

33eg(eitung, f.(music) ac-9lu6flug, m. Sibfiedjer, m. er$dl)Un, to tell, 
companiment (escort), excursion. erjd^lt , told. 

Sftit item fpieltcn <5ie geftetn? 3$ fpielte mtt metnew 
SDHtfdWlern unb untetljielt mid) fei)t gut* 3Bo3 fpielteit <sie benu? 
3£it fpielteit 2?iinbeful), ©pielten ©te aucfc ©cfcacfc ? Stein, wit 
fatten fein <Sd)a#btett unb feine ©cfcacfcfiguten. SDltin $Brttber ; 
n)elcf)et tit J&eibelber^ ftubirte, war immet eiit fetyt gutet (Sdjadj* 
fpieler. 2Bar er auc^ eiit fitter SMiiflfer? D {a , et fpielte feljt 
gut QSiolin, glote unb £lai>iet. 2115 tm't unfere (Seiifiue auf bem 
8anbe befuc$ten , fpielte fie immet auf bem tf la&iete imb melit 
33ntbet begleitcte fie auf bet ©uitatte. £e3 2lbenb3 madjten reit 
gen?ofynlic£ ein ^avteufpiel. Set fpielte am beften? Sfteitt $et* 
tet; et ift dn au3ge$eicS>netet ^avtenfpielet. 3$ jie^e immet einen 
fdjonen ©efang, mtt 83egleitung irgenb eineS SDiuftfinftnunenteS, 
jebem ^artenfpiele t>ot. SSot unferer Slbretfe befd?eufte fte utrf 
2IIIe wit fcfconen, untev()altenben SBuc^ern. 5Bir banften il)t $er$* 
ltd* , fte begleitcte un3 bi3 an bie ©ifeubafyn, unb wit fetjrten 
ftofjlid? unb wgniigt uad? £aufe jutficf. €o roanbelten rait ba^in 
unter bem ©efaug bet $n>gel unb bem $)nft bet ©lumen. — 



£>at uid)t bet ©piclei oft in ciiicr einjigen ^Zac^jt, fciu Q3ennoa,en, 

feine gveil;cit mib feiite G^re oerloven. 

©ilenbe SBcgen, Seglet bev fcufte, 
SSer mit end) nxuiberte, mil cucfe fcfciffte ! 

(Settler. 



76. 

When I was last summer on a visit to my sister, who 
lives at Ostend , I took a bath every day. Do you like bath- 
ing ? I like bathing very much , I think it *) most agreeable 
and wholesome. Did you ever play there at blindman's buff? 
No, I did not like that play ; but we frequently played at chess 
or at cards. Did you play well? I played only tolerably 
[middling (niittclmngtg)], but my brother played extremely (aujjer* 
erbeutltcfy) well. My sister was always drawing a landscape 
after nature , and she did it so well, that she made me quite 
(gan J) ashamed. Who taught her to draw? It was the drawing- 
master (3et$enlel)rer) Mr.N. We also afterwards made excursions 
into the country, and saw (fafyeit) many little villages. I liked 
particularly the green meadows, where we played all day long. 
On returning home**), we put up (fefnten itoir cut) at (in) an 
inn***), near the village, and when we were shewn a room (in 
ba& gimmer fiityten), my brother begged (bat) the landlord to 
let us have his company, f) He thanked us very politely, 
sat near us (fefcte fid) ju nns), and told us very interesting 
stories, which I liked much. — A noble but confused (Dcnmrtter) 
thought, is a diamond covered (bebecft) with dust (Staitb). 



•1 Turn: I hold it for, itf) halte eg fur. 

**) als tint nad) £aufe jurucffeljrten. 

***) feljtten tr>ir in eitt 38irtftl)au3 ein. 

t) wits ©efeUfdjaft ju leifien. 



— 100 — 

77. 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS, jmf on I i ci> e giirroorter. 

I. Person. II. Person. III. Person. 

Sing. Masculine. Femenine. Neuter. 

N. 3$, I. 2>u, thou. er, be. fte f she. e$, it. 

G. memer, of me. Deincr, of thee, [finer, of him. ifover, of her. feinev, of it(its.) 

mine. thine. his. hers. 

P. miv, to me. ttv, to thee. ibm, j to him j gj ifot, to her. j "jsjihm, j to it. 1 g 1 



igi^toner. g 

A. mid), me. Did), thee. ifcn, J him ( f jte ( % ce, 



/"or </M £/*?ve genders. 



fie, 


the j. 


ihw, 


of them. 




theirs. 


ibnui 


i to them. 


fte , 


ftd), them. 


1 


(themselves.) 



Plur. 

N. trir, we. \[)x , eie, 3011. 

&. unfer, of us. euer, 3brer, of you. 
ours. yours. 

D. un$, to us. cud), 3bnen, to you. 
A. un$, us. eucij, ©ie, you. 



Observ. 1. The Germans use, instead of the 2 nd person sing, and 
the Engl, you (French vous), the third pers. plur. (Ste, as a 
mark of politeness, and it is always written with a Capital 
letter, but the first pers. sing, tdj is not written with a ca- 
pital letter, like the English J. 

Observ. 2. 3br, with a capital, is used in addressing only one per- 
son; ifir, with a small letter, means her or their. — Sbnen, 
to you (with a capital) is the Dat. of the 2 nd pers. plural of 
©if, you, as the person of the address, iftnen, to them, with 
a small letter, is the Dat. of the 3 rd pers. plural. 

Observ. 3. The English "Sir" is rendered with „mein £err", but 
if we know a gentleman's rank or title, it is always more 
polite to use these, as: ^crr SDoftor, £evt ^rofeffov ; the same, 
ftrau Obrift £. (Mrs. Colonel H.) 

In speaking to persons of their relations, if they are of 
higher rank than we , the qualifications of «$frr, Mr., %vau, 
Mrs. and ftraulein ? Miss, is added, as: 3ft 3f)V ^evv SSctter, 



— ioi — 

3t)rc gvaw Sftutttv, Store 3 ran I ein @tfnrcfter ju £cmfe? Is your 
father, mother, sister, at home? 

Observ. 4. As Inanimate objects are either niasc. , fem. or neuter, 
the pronouns ei*, fie, e§ must be used accordingly: as, 2Bo 
ift mein £ut? Where is my hit? (&v if* mcfit toter; id; hafre iljn 
hic§t gefefyen. JT£ e* «ot here, I have not seen it. 

Observ. 5. (5;$, it, when it represents an inanimate object, is only 
used in the Norn, and Aceus. sing - ., for the other cases we 
use in Gen. sing, tcffen , beffeltoen (French en), in Dat. bem, 
bemfelben, and in plur. Gen. beren, Dat. benen, benfelben ; as, Qfx 
bietet mir ©e(b an , aber tcto bebarf beffen nicbt. lie offers me 
money , but I am not in want of it. 

Observ. 6. Instead of the Gen. sing, tttetttei , , fceittev etc. the poets 
use mein, freitt, fettt : as, SSevjij* mein nid)t, forget me not. 

Observ. 7. The Gen. iittfev and euer must not be confounded with 
the Gen. of the possess, pronoun tlttferev, euvcr. 

Observ. 8. If the Genitives mein, bein, fein and ir)r are joined with 
the words Ijalbctt , Wegett and Un'Uetl , the syllable et is 
supplied ', as, meinett/alben, meinetuKijen, on account of me, for 
my sake, after the words unfet* aud cuev only t, as nnfert- 
wegen,. on account of us. 

Observ. 9. fid), self, is always used as a reflective pron. of the third 
person: as, meine Ostein freuen fid), my parents enjoy them- 
selves. 

Observ, 10. (£$ , it, is used (a) in impers. verbs: as, e$ bltftt, 
it lightens, (b) impers. refl. pronouns: e3 veuet micr) , 1 repent, 
(c) to announce the subj. or only for the sake of euphony : 
f§8 ifi ein ®ort , there is one God; but this is only the case 
in the beginning of the sentence. 

(£§, as an indefinite pronoun, is joined with all genders 
and numbers, as: (§8 ifi ein iDiann, c8 ijieineSrau; (8 ftnb £eute. 
When the indefinite e3 is the object, it is rendered in Eng- 
lish with so, as. (St fagte e8, he said so. 

Observ. 11. Instead of the third person, the following indefinite 
or distributive pronouns are often used; man*), one, they, 



*) The impers. prououu man is declined : Norn, man, one, Gen. 
etncg, of one; Dat. eiuem, to one; Ace. et'nen, one; as, ba$ mup 
(Siuem son <$erjen ivetoc tfjun, that grieves one to the heart. 



— 102 — 

people; Senumt) , somebody (Gen. 3emanbe3.. Dal, Semanfcem), 
S^temoiil) , nobody, none, neither; ein ©eUMffer, (Finet, some 
one; Sebermami, every body; ($ttt)a£, something.*) 
Observ.,12. The following verse is given to enable the student to 
fix the Accusative and Dative of the personal pronouns in 
his memory; 

Wliti), bid), \i)\\, e6, jtc, — — — — - 

33rcutcfy fits JDatb nie ! — Are the Dative never. 

SWir, biv, i&nt, ifyv, ifynen — — ____ — 

SRufjcn bajii btenen. These are Dative ever. 

beefy mi, to honour. £utniacfyer,m.hat-niaker,?ln3rcbe, r. excuse, 

wntevfydtcn, to amuse. hatter. subterfuge. 

Unterfyaftittig f. amuse- ©eibenfytit, in. silkhat. Dtncfye, f. revenge. 

ment, diversion. ^it^niCKfyerinn, f.milli- bettelarm, as poor as 

mfprecfyen*, to promise, ner, dressmaker. a beggar. 

vevfpvocfyen, promised. fcfycinen*,to seem, shine, feitbem, since. 

gefV»vod)cti/ spoken. (&cfyein,m. shine, show, (ba, toeil, since, conj.) 

•-> appearance. 

^ergemgene 2£o#e f^cibe id) fefyr »tcl SBergnugcii Qefyobt ; 
unfer Ot;eim f)a\ im§ befutfjt unb un§ fefyr fcpne ©efcjenfe init* 
gebraefct. SBolIen <&it mid) tyeute Sibenb mit cinem SBefucfye be* 
ef;ren ? 3$ faun <Sie fyeuk nidjt befuc^en , benn id) l;abe mei- 
tier £onre uerfproctjen, mit ifyx tit bctS (Songm ju ge^eu , wo id) 
mid) Qitr $u unrerfynlten !)offe. 2Bo f)nben ®ie btefen. fcfjoiien 
$ut gefauft ? 3$ f)abe it;n bei bem «£>uhnac£et gefnuft, wclc^cr 
neben 31)nen rootynt. 5Tleine ©c^roefier nmnf$t eiiteu neuen ©tro^ 
§ut $u ^aben. <5te mug ftcb cineu bet ber ^ufcmacljerinu befteflen. 
4>oben <5it t>ielletffyt aitdj etnen notfjig, fo wiU id) and) fur ©ie 
etnen befreflen? 3$ §te^e etnen febenen ©etbenfmt »or. 3fy* 
Server Ijat <Ste fetyr gelobt , er fdj>etnr fe^r jufricben mit 31;nen 



*) All these pronouns are generally used only in the Norn., the 
other cases are formed by etner, as: man lacfyt gelvofynticfy, 
toenn cinem etttaS SdcfyevlicfyeS begegnet, people generally laugh 
when something ridiculous occurs to them. 






103 



§u fciii. £abeu ©ie ba3 beutfcfye S3u$ ^efe^en , welded ct fiiv 
©i« a.efauft fyat ? 3$ 5 a & c ^ wocty nictyt oeferjen. @elfjen @ie, 
tjicr tft e$; cv l;at e3 niir fiiv Ste ^jcgcOen. SSoHen ©ie miv'3 
(e3 niir) fc&eufeu ? 3^ ^«» eg **) lien ">$•* fti&ewfcii , benn e3 
gefyort iuc(>t mir ♦ abcr id? will eS 3^ncn Iei^eu. Swollen ©te 
miv biefeh gejhicften *BeuteI fcfeenfcn? Stein-, id; fann Stynen 
bcnfelbcu (not t$u 3f?nen, euphony) nicbt fcbenfen, benn id) fyabe 
tt)n felbft (myself) gum @efcl;eltf evl;alten. 3$ gtaube, ©ic be* 
bieueu fid; itut etncr 2lu3vebe. — 2Qn3 fiimmevt bid) ber btffc 
©cbetu bet ber geredjten <§acr)e. — 3Sie arm bifi bu, rm'e UiteU 
arm gewovben, feitbem bii SWemaub HcbjJ, aU bic^ ! 

78- 

Observ. 1. As exceptions to the usual construction, iu which the 
Dat. precedes the Accusative , we say iu German, e# lit it*. 
(commonly mtv'S), e3 u)m, eS Sljnen. 

Observ. 2. Most irregular verbs have in the past participle the 
termination cit instead ofet, as, gefe^en, seen, Qefyxofycn, spoken. 

where — from? tvofycr ? riea, bie veretnigten topardou,ttev$eil)en*(Dat.) 
just now, fo eben. &merifanifdben@taaten. to beg pardon, urn 3>ev-- 

>ou were speaking, free, fvct. jetfyitmj bitten.* 

<Bte fyraefycn. slave-states, ©flatten* goodness, ©itte, f. 

European nobility, t>ev* jkaten. complaisance, (SJefcif; 

cuvovatfcfje 9(t>ef. to excuse, entfrfjulbujen. Kcjfeit f. 

United States of A me- (Ace.) coat, SJtocf, m. 

Have you seen the lady, who has just arrived from Cal- 
cutta? I have had the honour not only to see, but also to 
speak to her. Where is that young man from, with whom you 
were speaking, just now? He is from the State of Massachu- 
setts in America. From what city? From Cambridge, near 
Boston, where the University is. Are there (tjibt es>) any great 
states in America, like those of the European nobility? Not 
in the free states , but they are sometimes found in the slave 
states, Have they spoken of them? No , they have neither 



104 



spoken of them, nor of you. To {mil, Dat.) whom have you 
spoken ? I have spoken to him , not to you. Have you seen 
him ? I have neither seen him, nor her, nor them. Will you 
excuse me ? I cannot excuse you , because you are wrong. 
I beg your pardon , Madam. Will you pardon me ? Who has 
told you of it (cauou) ? My brother has. Where is my hat 
and my stick? Here they are. Here it is. Is this (ta$) 
your new coat? Yes, it is. Will you have the kindness to 
tell them this? Yes, I will with great pleasure. — We (man) 
often blame others, though we do not like to hear ourselves 
blamed. — A great many men are neither as happy nor as 
unhappy as they imagine (ficb ttorfteHen, ft$ etnbilbeu.) 

m 

NEUTER VERBS.*) 3«tr<i it fit i » c (nic&t uictge^ube) 

3 e 1 1 w? o x t e r . 

3$ bin i$m begegnet, (Dat.) I have met him. 
3$ rear i[;m begegner, I had met him. 

Observ. i. Some of the neuter verbs are conjugated with the au-> 
xiliary f e i rt , and some with I; a ben: 

With fein are conjugated iu general all those neuter 
verbs (i. e. which do not govern any case) that denote a 
motion to or from a place , or a transition (change) from 
one condition to another; as, er ift vevftifjtvunDen , he has dis^ 
appeared; Die Q3htme iji serblitbt, the flower is fated , withered. 
This is particularly the case : 

a) With all those neuter verbs which are formed by one 
of the prefixes ev, tter, ent', and such compounded with 



) Neuter verbs are such as give a complete sense by them-* 
selves, and do not require an object, on which the action 
passes over, f. i. cjefoen, to go, fctolafen, to sleep. We cauno t 
apply the question what? or whom? ions? ivenu? They 
are therefore also called lutrausitive verbs. — (It is a mat- 
ter of course that neuter verbs cannot have a Passive Voice 






-— 105 — 

local particles as: ab, off; an, on; awi, upon; and, oat, 
be i , near; butdj, through; ein, Into; fort, forth, forward; 
fyer and b/in, towards; nbcr, over; urn, about; *>ot, before; 
r>orbei, passing by; tt>eg, away; ju , towards; f. i. er ifi 
erfraiift , he has fallen sick, er ifi anSgearter, he has dege- 
nerated, ba$ $inb ifi eingefdjlafen, the child is fallen asleep; 
fte ftnb abgereifi, they have departed; roir ftnb angefommen, 
we have arrived. 

b) With Impersonal verbs , having their origin from 
neuter verbs, as, tf> if} mir nicb)t gut gegangen , I did not 
come off well; — e£ ifi urn ibn gefcbefyen, it is done with him. 

c) The following verbs are always conjug. with fein: 
begegnen, to meet; bleiben, to remain; get)en, to go; gelin* 
gen, to succeed; mifjlingen, not to succeed, to turn out 
ill; gefcfoel)en, to happen, to come to pass; fommen, to come; 
glittfen, to succeed, to prosper; loeidjen, to yield, to give 
way; as, itf) bin if)m begegnet, I have met him. 

Observ. 2. All other Neuter verbs , not belonging to one of these 
categories, are conjugated with baben: as, biiiben, to bloom; 
lacben , to laugh; liegen , to lie; fdjtafen, to sleep ; fieben, to 
stand ; fdjeinen, to shine, to seem. 

Observ. 3. The following neuter verbs are coujug. with fein, if 
they denote a motion , and the place be expressed, but with 
fyaben, if they express only motion in general, without men- 
tioning the place: etlen, to hasten; fKiefien , to flow; binfen, 
to limp, halt; jagen, to hunt; Flettern, to climb; veiten, to go 
on horseback; rinnen, to gutter, run; fegeln, febtffen , to sail; 
febroimmen, to swim; fyringen , to jump; fiofjen, to push; treiben, 
to drive, propel; roanbern, to wander; as, 3d) bin natf) Berlin 
geeilt, and tcr; i)s\H geeitt; er ifi nacb ber <£tabt geritten, and er 
bat aitd) geritten. 

atebann, thea. ieiber, alas. fasten, * to drive. 

juerfi, first, nnberfaijren, to happen to, GmiFdttfe, pi. m. purchaser 

nqcr)ber, afterwards. to befall. 9)?effe, f, fair. 

auSrettcn,* to set out einjig, only. --Papfi, pope. 

(to tajke an airing ©tutje, f. support. veicfyen^ to reach. 

on horsback). ploljlifb, suddenly, (trlaubnif, f. permission, 

33eg(eiter, m. companion, roobin, whither. 9lnfunft, f. arrival, 



■ fc 



— 106 — 

SSte iangc finb 3fyte gmtnbe gefient l)iev gtbiieben? €te 
fmb nut etntge ©tunberi fyier geblieben unb a!$bami mit bet (£i* 
fenbo^ii uad) Scrltn abgereifi. Stnb <Sie metnem gmtnbe iitefcf 
begegnet? 3d) bin tt;m fdjon gwcimal begegnet; juetft auf eiuem 
(Spajiergange uor bem Styote unb na$l)et in bent (£ou$erte. 
©tub 3&te (g$n>eftent ^eute uocf) rttcfct auSgeritten? pie ivdten 
fe^r getne au3getttten, menu fte gute $ferbe unb etuen augend)* 
iiieu ©eglettet gel)abt fatten. SBcrben ©ie etuen ©pajievgaug 
mit uiiv utac^en? 3$ bin tjeute fcfcou jwei ©tttnben Inng fpa- 
Steven geroefcn. 3f* e3 tt>al)t, ba§ 3fyv* gveunb in 91. gefuubeu 
iff? C*d tft leibev nut §u roat;t. (St ift feinem lieben S3ater balb 
gefolgt. liefer gtau ift geftent eiu gvo§e3 ttnglucf totbetfo^retu 
3fyt ein&iget ©otyn, an roelc&em jte eiue gto§e ©tfijje fyatte, ift 
plofcltcfo gefiotbeu. 2$ofjin finb biefe Jpetren gcfafyren? <3ie finb 
nad) gtauffun am 9Jktu gefafyren, urn auf bet borttgen Sfrcfle 
(Siufaufe §u madden. — (§i ift in OJont geroefeu unb fyat ben 
ipapft nic^t gefefyen. 

33telc0 reicbt' i$ meiuen lieben; ©enigeS ift mit geblieben. 

80- 

Why did your sisters not stay here any longer? They 
could not stay any longer, because they had remained already 
too long here. My father only gave them permission to 
stay a fortnight from home. When I travelled last year to 
Italy, I met your friend on the rail-road from Leghorn to Ve- 
nice (Stvorno, SJenebtg). How far did you travel? I travelled 
as far as Rome? Have you also seen the Pope there? I could 
not see him, because he died a few days before my arrival. 
How long did you stay there? I stayed there only a week. 
I should have liked very much to have stayed longer, but I was ob- 
liged (mujjtc) to go to Paris, in order to meet my uncle there, 
who is always so very kind towards (gegeu Ace.) me. There 



■ | 



107 



I had a narrow escape of falling among thieves,*) had not a po- 
liceman come to my rescue (mfr&ur «&iilfc). Butas soonas (fobeslb) 
they saw that man , they suddenly disappeared. Will you take 
a walk with me after dinner ? I shall be most happy to have 
your agreeable company. As you have been in Italy, you can 
relate to me, what remarkable things you have seen there. — How 
many great men have died before Ooi) us, and how many 
will die after (nncb) us! — Many men come and go, and that 
is the whole history of their lives. 

After dinner sit a while (tint 3l'eile). 

After supper walk a mile. 

Si- 

REFLECTIVE VERBS**), gu fit ef fut;re nbe 3ett»M cr. 
Present tense. 
3d) fteue mid;, I rejoice. lutv freueu unS, we rejoice, 

bu f v e it e ft bid;, thou rejoicest ir;r freuet nut, you rejoice, 
cv fveitet (fveut) ficft, he rejoices, fie frcucii ftclj, they rejoice. 

Imperfect. 
3$ fmtte mtcl\ I rejoiced. rmr freutcn m\&, we rejoiced. 

Perfect. 
3 eft l)abc mtcb ejefreut, I have mix ijabtn un3 flefveur, we have 
rejoiced. rejoiced. 

Pluperfect. 
3er; fyatte mieft (jefreut, I had rotr fatten uuS tjefieut, we had 
rejoiced. rejoiced. 

Future. 
3d; nwbe mid; freueit, I shall mir wetbcit unS fieuen, we shall 
rejoice. rejoice. 

*) 3d) toarc freinahc miter, ©tebc geratljcii. 
**) Reflective verbs are those whose subject and object are 
the same person , or when the action returns back to the sub^ 
ject from which it proceeds, 



• 



108 



Past Future. 
3<fc roerbe mttfi gcfveut (jcibeu, wtv roerben mid gefrent $ afee.it>. 
I shall have rejoiced. we shall have rejoiced. 

Imperative. 
gveite bicb, rejoice; freite er (fie) fief), he, (she) may rejoice, etc. 
Conjugate in the same way: 

fid) argettt, to be vexed, fid) be^elfeix*, to be con- ftd) evbcirmen, (Gen.) to 
to take offence. tented. pi^y> have mercy. 

fid) aupent, to intimate, fid) bemu()en, to trouble fid) gtdmen, to grieve. 

|td) bebanfen, to thank. one's self. fid) fdj&meit , to be 

ftd) bebenfen*,to considered) befintten*, to reflect. ashamed. 

fid) bejtnben*, to find \id) beiuetben* t» sue for. fid) uuterfteben*, to dare, 
one's self. fid) eiittyalten*, to abstain, venture. 

fid) begeben*, (Gen.) to fid) entfd)Uepen , to re- fid) toibevfeljen, to re- 
resign, solve. sist. 

Observ. I. Most reflective verbs require the Accusative; a few 
only the Dative of the pronoun ; as. Pres. id) fd)metrf)(e mil - , I 
flatter myself; bu fd)meid)eljt biv, thou flatterest thyself; ev fdjmeu 
d)eit fid), he flatters himself j i»ir frt)meid)eln un$ , we flatter our- 
selves etc. 

Imperf. 3d) fd)metd)elte mir, I flattered myself. 
Perf. 3d; babe mil* gefd)meid)elt, 1 have flattered myself, 
Plusperf. 3d) fjatte mir gefd)meid)elt, I had flattered myself. 
Future. 3d) icerbe mir fd)meicbeln, I shall flatter myself. 
Futur past. 3d) toerbe mir gefd)meid)elt f;aben, 1 shall have flat- 
tered myself. 
In the same way are conjugated: fid) Denfen , to imagine, fid) 
ijetrauen, to dare, fid) evbitten*, to beg of, and a few others. 

Observ. 2. All reflective verbs are conjugated with haben. 
fid) erfunbtgen, to in- \i(i) fiumnovn (uni), to too mir, wherewith. 

form, inquire. care for, to meddle bavin, therein (in it), 

fid) irren, to mistake. with. ttemimmt, (from »evnef)= 

^id) iiben, to exercise fid) oen>oUfouimiien,to im- men) hears. 

one's self, to practise, prove, to get perfect, nutbe, tired. 



* NB. Those verbs marked with an asterisk * are irregular, and 
must be looked for in the List at the end. 



*.♦ 



109 



Observ, 3. The reciprocal expression: one another, is rendered in 
German srom times with fief) alone, as cuefe .ftinfrer liefren ftcf), 
these children love one another; and sometimes with eiiianber, 
as: ttn'r ivollen finer PcS ant>ern %a[t tragen , we will hear each 
other's burden. 

Observ. 4. The Germans use sometimes the reflective form instead 
of the passive in English, as: \)a$ $3ucf) hat ftdj gefunben, the book 
has been found. 

©ie'gefyt e$ 3f)nen, «§*" $<• ? 3$ tofc 3&n«H W &** 
finbe micb, @ott fei Danf, ftf>r ioof)l. QBie befinben ftd) 30re 
gtaulein ©cfcroeftent, ftnb fie nod) tmmer nnwot;!? 3$ banfe 
3()nen, £err 9c\ , fie befinben ftcb ^eitte tt\x>a$ fceffer. 3d) freitc 
mitt) fef)r, biefeS §u boren ($n oernefjmen). SSanim cirgert ftd) 
toiefer aftenfefe fo fefyr? (*r divert fid? baniber, weil fetn <So(;n fief) 
ibm nnberfefct f)at. £ter ift ber ^>err, melcfcer fid) fefcon fo oft 
mid) 3&n*n erfiutfctqte. SBoffen <Ste it;m fogen, bag er ftd) ge> 
fcifligft herein bemuse, ©efcen ©te fid? (je fcifligft, uub fctgen ©te 
mir, ob fie fic^ meiner nod) immer erinnern. 3$ glanbe, ©te 
irren fid?, benn id) faun micb nicbt ertnneni, bag id) fd)on fiu^et 
bie (Sfyre gefycibt fyabe, ©ie ju fefyen. £3ebenfen ©ie fid) einmat 
rcdjt, uub ©ie werbeu fid) ertimeni, bafj mil mi3 fdjon inefjrere 
(mebje) fDlah in ©ten begegnet fine. %t%t erinnere id) mid? 
beffen toieber ganj gnt. 33 3*H' £err 23nter jtt Jpanfe? 9Mn, 
£err 3DJ. , er ift fo eben an3gegangen. ffiomit befdjdftigen ©ie 
jtd) getx>6()nlid)? 3$ befebdftige mid) am meiften mit ber bent* 
fdjen ©prache. 3$ "be mtcf) immer im ©predjen. ©nd?en ©ie 
hue, ftd) immer mtfft barin $n oerooflfominnen, bamt toerben ©tc 
fid) immer metyr frenen, fie gelernt gu §aben. 3 e we&r mem fid) 
nbt, befto mefyt gortfe^rttte tvirb man mad) en. — (Sin gnter 
2)ieufd) fient fid) immer, roeiw er oon Unbent ©ntcS oeruimmr, 



— no _ 
82. 

to take exercise, fid) lo take care, fief) in fluently, gclciuftg. 

^etoegung macfyen. 9td)t nebmen. aflairs, (garfjen, 5Mmje, 

to apply one's self (to) to meddle, fid) mifd}en. concerns, ^IttQelegen^ 

|td) befctyaftigen (nitt), I am sorry, eS tfyut mir fyeitcn, f. 

fid) ttubmen. leiD. to excuse one's self, 

to inquire, fid) erhtnfci* indisposed, umvobt. fid) entfd)utt>igen. 

gen (nad)). comfortable, toefyt, be* to bear, ertvagen.* 
to get well, toofjl, ge- fyagltd). rogue, ©d)uvfe m., <&\>i§'~ 

funb toerben. too, 311 fefyr, §u. bube m. 

to tire, eimiiben. correctly, rid)tig. own, ©igeutfyum n. 

How do you do this morning, and how is your lady 
&)*t S'Vnit @cmal;Iin)? I am quite well, thank you, but Mrs. 
N. is not very well. How do your father and mother do? 
They are a little indisposed. I am sorry to hear that. And 
how are you? I hope you are well. I do not find myself 
quite comfortable. I am very sorry for it. What is the mat- 
ter (toa§ fetjlf 3fynen)? I have a very bad head-ache. I think 
you are not well, because you apply yourself too much to study. 
We can never apply ourselves too much. I was so much vexed 
yesterday, that it made me quite ill. Did any one inquire after 
me? Your friend inquired after you yesterday, he brought you 
some good news, at which you will certainly rejoice. I hope 
soon to have the pleasure of taking an airing on horse- 
back with you. You must take more exercise, and then you 
will soon get well. If I were in your place (an 31)va ©telle) 
I would take a long walk every day. Let us go into the gar- 
den, but let us take care not to tire ourselves. If you wish to 
get well, you must not vex yourself any more. Do you apply 
yourself much to the study of the German language ? Yes, I do. 
It amuses me very much to hear those little children speaking 
it fluently and correctly. Your brother always meddles with 
affairs that do not concern him. — To excuse in one's self the 
faults w 7 hich one cannot bear in others, is to like better to be 



1 tl 



foolish one's self, than to see others so. — Nobody can flatter 
himself, he shall live till to morrow. — When rogues fall out 
(ftd) gnufcii, fttcitcn), honest men come by their own. — When every 
one takes cares of himself, care is taken of all (finb Me UcvfoTflt). 

83. 

COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERBS, jitfamitieiiQefefrte, 
t v e rut b a t e 3 e i * ro 8 *'t c r. 
rtttffyoveit, to cease, to discontinue, to leave off. 
Indicative. 

3d) here auf, 1 cease. 

id) fyovte auf, I ceased. 

id) Ijahe aufgefyovt, I have ceased 

id) fyatte flttfgefyort, I had ceased. 

id) toerbe aufboren, I shall cease. 

id) mevbc aufgefyovt fyaben, I shall 

have ceased. 
Imperative. fycrc auf, cease. 



Subjunctive. 

(bafj, tveit ic.) id) auftjore, (that) 
(because) I cease, 
or id) fyore, bu Ijoreft, er t)ove auf w. 
(bajj, U>eit)id) autyorte, (that,because) 

I ceased, 
or id) borete auf, I should cease, 
(bap, toeil) id) aufgefyevt fjattc, that, 
(because) I had ceased, 
or id) fytitte aufgef)6rt, I should have 
ceased etc. 
fid) au§$etcf?nen, to distinguish one's self, 
fid) au^ujcidmat, to be distinguished. 



3d) jeidjue mid) attS, 
Du $eid)nefi bid) auS, 
et $eid)uet ftd) auS, 
fte geic^net ftcb auS, 
tt>iv_ geid)ncn unS auS, 
tfyr geid)uet eud) au£, 
(©ie jetcfineu ftd) auS.) 
ftc geidjnen fid) auS, 
3d) jeidjnete mid) auS, 
3d) feabe mid) auSgejetdjnet, 
3d) fjatte mid) au6ge$eid)nct, 
3d) toetbe mid) aui3$eid)nen, 



I distinguish myself. 

thou distinguishest thyself. 

he distinguishes himself. 

she distinguishes herself. 

we distinguish ourselves. 

you distinguish yourselves (your 

self), 
they distinguish themselves. 
I distinguished myself. 
I have distinguished myself. 
I had distinguished myself. 
I shall distinguish myself. 



3d) luevbe mid) auggegeidjnet baton, I shall have distinguished myself 
3etd)nc bid) au$, distinguish thyself. 

3cid)nen @ie ftd) au$, distinguish yourself. 



— 112 — 

Observ. 1. All those verbs which are compoundetl with prepositions 
or other particles*) are separable in the present and imperfect 
tenses (Indicative as well as Subjunctive) aud in the Imperative 
mood. — The augment qc in the Past participle, and $ll in the 
Infinitive, are then put between the particle and the verb: as* 
auf^uhoren, aufgehort; id) hove auf, id) fiorte auf; aiiseitrauen, to 
confide to; an^umtvaueu , antievtraHt (without 9c ou account of 
the prefix »er) id) yertraue on, id) vertrattte aw. 

Observ. 2. But if the sentence begin with one of those words 
which always require the past participle at the end (as there!., 
pron. lt>e(cr;er jc. aud the conjunctions, ba, bafj, tnbem, fobatb, ivann, 
Weil K.) the separation does not take place; as, fobalb id) ouf= 
fteX;e, (not id) ftebe auf) as soon as 1 arise. 

Observ. 3. Verbs compounded with the particles burcb, through; 
fytnter, behind; iiber, over; um, around; unter , under; Boll, full; 
toieDei , again, are separable, if these particles have the tonic 
accent, and inseparable if the stress is laid on the verb. Example: 
uberfefeen, to translate; id) uberfeije, J translate; id) Babe tiberfefct, 
I have translated; iibet'fejjen, to leap over; id) fe|e iiber, I leap 
over; ubergefe^t, leaped over. See Syntax. 



*) Particles are those words which are invariable, such 
as: ab, off; an, on; auf, upon, up; attS, out of; bet, by; ba, 
there; ein, in, into; fort, forth, forward; gleicb, like; heim, home; 
fyer (motion towards)^ fyin (motion from the person who speaks)^ 
and all compounds of r)er unb r)in, Ijerab, l)eran , berauf, herein, 
hinetn, r/hmnteru\; log, loose; mil, with $ nad), after; nieber, down; 
ob, on, upon; »or, before; loeg, away; toieber, again; gu, to; f. i. 
ablaufen, to run off, to expire; aitrufen , to implore; auSgefyen, 
to go out; obltegen, to be incumbent (to be obliged). Sometimes 
there are two particles joined together, as, yorbetgefyen, to pass 
by; »orf)erfagen, to foretel ; r)eraili>fommen, to come out. 
NB. Those verbs which are derivatives, and not compounds^ re- 
main inseparable* This is the case with all those verbs which 
are formed by one of the following unaccented prefixes: be, 
em!p, ent, er, ge, yer (oerab, Bemad) , yerun) ooll, iniber, jer; as be- 
retten, to prepare; bereiret, prepared; yerttadjlapigen, to neglect; 
yernad)lafjigt, neglected; yoUbvtttgen, to complete; BoUbrac^t, com- 
pleted. (The participle past has never in this case ge put before it.) 



— 113 — 

Observ. 4. Verbs compounded with mt$ are separable, if this mifj 
has (he principal aceeut; as nttf*tiMien , to be dissonant, mijjge- 
tent 5 iitif|greif?n; to miss, mistake, mif gegxiffen ', mifiavten, to de- 
generate, niijsgeavtet; mif*bieten, to under-bid; mtf?gefyeii , to go 
amiss j mtffcbaubeln, to act amiss, to transgress (but miffxittbeln, 
Jo ill-treat, to abuse, is inseparable, as, et bat ifjn mifjbanbel', he 
has ill-treated him. — All other verbs compounded with ttttf?, 
where the principal accent is on the verb, remain inseparable; 
the gu then goes before the whole, word, and the augment ge is 
left out in the following verbs: mi$f<l(Ien, to displease, dislike; 
migltngeit f., to go amiss, fail; mipratfjen, to miscarry, fail (mifj- 
Mtfyen, to dissuade from, is separable); mifjfennen, not to kuow, 
to misapprehend; as, eg mijjfdHt mtr, I dislike; e£ mi^ftel tart, I 
disliked; eg f)at mix mijjfaUen , I have disliked. The following 
verbs compounded with mijji make exceptions from the rule, and 
admit the qc before the past participle, where mtfj has then the 
stress: mijjfHtttgeir* to disapprove, idj mtfjbiu'ige, gemipbittigt; mife 
bvrtudjen, to abuse, misuse, id) imlbvduefje, gemtfibvaurfjt; mip 
trnsien, to distrust, suspect, id) mi^traite, gemi^tvaut; in the same 
way are conjugated: mijjfcetiten, to misinterpret; mifjgbttlten, to 
envy, grudge; miftetten, to mislead. 

The verbs mi^befyagen, to be inconvenient ; mtjgbelteben, to dis- 
like; mtflgeMveit, to abort, miscarry; mt$tterftel;en, to misunder- 
stand are inseparable, and admit no gc ; mifjbeliebt; mijjtterftanbett jc. 

Observ. 5. Verbs compounded with any noun or adjective^ as friiljs 
jlutfen, to breakfast; niutfjmcipen, to presume; f)atiM)aben , to 
handle, to manage; tt>al)rfagen , to prophesy, even though the 
accent is on the first part of the compound, are not separable. 
The same is the case with all those compounded with linfcev 
(which has never the accent), as, linberfaljren , to happen, to 
befall; tmbeifejjen, to resist, oppose; tinberfpredjen, to contradict; 
tt)it>erftefyen, to resist, withstand, and the word offenbaten, to re- 
veal, to manifest, id) eff enbare , offenbatt; the word, fltttfoorten, 
to answer, is inseparable, but takes ge before its participle past ; 
id) ailtworte, geantwovtet. 



— 114 - 

fliifgcben* f. j t0 rise atlfmadjeit, j ^ Qpen fcetfteben* I). (Dat.) to 

awf jteljen* f. j cffitcn i assist. 

lllttevgeljen* f. to set, gumadjen, /, , . ftUftetjen* , t). to behove, 

> to snui« 
to go to ruin. fdjltefjen* \ befit. 

guviicffcOitfen, to dis- fid) ivvcn, to mistake, fid) evivavmen, to warm 

miss, send back. commit au error. one's self. 

juriicf fummen ,* to come fid) hmnbevn, to wonder, uitgemeirt, uncommonly. 

back. fidjbeeilen, to make haste. fvifcb, fresh. 

Itacfybenfen* to reflect, fid) attfleiben, to dress tief, deep, 
tlttttheilen, to commu- one's self. <2d)nee, snow. 

nicate. fid) au^fleiben i to uu- bevuntftampfen, to stamp, 

flbfabren*, to set out, ftdj au^jie^cn i dress. to beat about. 

to depart. ftd) niebevlegen, j to go »eifu*$roeife f by way of 

fid> fveuen, to be glad., ju93ette gefyen* j to bed. trial, experimentally. 

to rejoice. ftd) etratten, to catch cold. bamit, in order that. 

SBcirnt gef)t tie Sonne in biefem SDionate auf? Sie get)t 
^eutc tint fe*3 Ul;v auf itnb nm fteben ttl)r nntev. Stet)en Sic 
bod) anf, unb Heiben Ste ftcO on, bte Sonne ift f*ou tange auf* 
gegangen. 34? fte^e geroot)nli* auf, toann bte Sonne aufgeljt nnb 
lege mi* niebev matin fie untevget)t. §3eeilen Sie ftd), nnb gie^en 
Sie ft* c\u$ , nm tu3 33ert $u gel)en, bie Sonne ift f*on lange 
untergegangen. Srel)en Sie oon t^rem SSette auf, e3 ftel)r ^i)ncn 
nt*t $u, fo lange im 53ette $u bleiben. SBatum ftet)t %t)xt S*v»e* 
fiet no* ni*t auf? 2Qeit fte Franf ift ; fte fjat ft* f*ou feit 6 
Ufjv niebevgele#t. 20enn ©te biefelbe (not fte) J)eute no* befu* 
*en voevben, voivb fte ft* ungemein frenen. Senn t* mi* ni*t 
trie, fo l;abe i* bte (5l)ie, i&errn @olbf*mib $u fpre*en. Sie 
ivvcn ft* ni*r. SSie beftnben Ste ft*? SSte fyaben Sic ft* 
beftutben, feitbem i* Sie gum le&ten SQJale in granffurt gefefyen 
ijabe? 3* befnttb mid), ©ott fei 3)anf, iinmer fet;v vool)I. Unb 
@ie, mem £evv, vote get)t eg 3!f) u ™? 3* banfe 3*?nen , fc^v 
(|ur. 3* fveite mi* unenbli*, Ste micbev vc*r tuol;l $u fcfjen. 
$)Ja*en Sie, gefafltgft, bte £t)itve jn , nnb offnen Sie Iicbev bag 
genftev, banitt fvif*e $«ft l;evein fomme. Sftein SBvnbev ti)eifte 



— 115 — 

uiir flejiern etue jcl;r aiigcite^me dlatyiifyt mir, nxl$e mid) unge* 
niein erfreute. 3ft 3fyt Sebieurer nod? mdjt top ber ©tabt gii* 
rucfgefommen? (§r ift fc&ou feit f)alb ad)t Ul)i auSgegatigen unb 
bis jefct nod? mcfot juritcfgt'fommen. SWetn ©ruber, welder btefen 
aJiorgeu fcfeou urn 5 tl§r aufjtaub, fufyr t;eute $Jlitta$ m'it bem 
Sampfboet nad? gonbon aft: SSonu wtrb er roieber prucffiJui* 
men? 23tefleid?t am britteu SRat. — $)ie «fttnber freueu ficfc fiber 
beu ticfett Scbnee unb ftampfeu bnritt oevfucbSroeife Return unb 
evfalren fid), urn ftcfc na<^r)er ju eimarmeu. % $.9f tester. 

©ammt unb (Seibe tofeben ba3 geuer in ber ^itefce au$ 
(put out). — griify cuf uub fpnt uieber brtngt berlorue ©liter 
wieber. — 21rbcif, SKajjigfeit unb dinh fc^liegt bem ?Ir$t bie 
Sljfue ju. 

"The following expressions are treated like compound sepa- 
rable verbs: 
9ld)i gefcen, to pay at- in'S SSerf fe$en, to ac- unig geben brtngen, to 

tention. complish. murder. 

£>anf abjktten, to return ju SWittag cffen, to dine. Sotge tragen, to take 

thanks. @ef)6r geben, to listen, care. 

(5'efaljr laufen, to risk. to obey. %xo§ bieten, to defy. 

<£mlfe tetften, i to succour, ju ©runbe gefyen, to Dtatfj geben, to advise. 
gu £ulfe (to come to perish. ju %i)e'd toerben , to 

fommen (assistance. $u ©tanbe bringen, to obtain. 
©efettfdjaft Ietften, to accomplish. um 0tatb fragen, to 

keep company. consult. 



wbtnblidj, obliging. eibaucn, to edify. 93avfcfjaft, f. ready 

•§odj$ett, f. wedding. dlattyavi$, n. towu-hall. money, cash. 

betroofyneit, to be pre- atltoefenb, present. aufyc^cn,* f. to be spent. 

sent at, to assist, abtoefenb, absent. abtragen,* to paj r . 

©otte^bienft, m. divine Sftufye, f. trouble, pain, btirdjfommen, * to 

service. ©efafyt, f. danger. come off. 

^vebigt, f. sermon. fltiSjiefyen,* to endure, ttohlbeijattcn, safe, in 
©eifWdjev, clergyman. to suffer, good condition. 

8 



116 



aitlamjen, f. to arrive, ©ehaudj, m, use, VfvhangnijjtJoU, fatal. 

jurtiif tveten,* f. to step (custom). liacfyabmen, to imitate. 

back. bembfturjen , to preci- fyer^orbringen , * to 

abfjcingen,* to depend. pitate, to fall down. produce. 

£§euerfrer greuub ! 3$ ftatte 3§uen permit meiueu f;crj* 
lic^fteir uub oerbiubti(bfteu £)anf fur basi fcfcoue ©efc^enf ob, m\* 
4?cd _ ©tc mtv gefteru 511 uberf#icfeu bie @ute fatten. — £abeu 
©ie bee .£>ocr)$eit 3^rcr liebenSuntrbigeu 9tic^te beigewofmt? 3$ 
rciinfc&te cinntfil bem ©orteSbtcnjie in ber bjefigeu beutfc&en .tirefce 
bei$un>ot)nen, uin micb on bcr $rebigt be$ ©eiftlid*en $u eibaueu. 
~ iDcr geffrige S3aH auf rem 9?or&t)aufe (@tabtr)aufe) foil fetyt 
gleinjeub auSgefaflen (geroefeu) feiu. SDaren aucb tnele grembeu 
auvoefenb? SSie Icinge waren @ie sou 3$rem ©eburtSorte ah* 
ivefeub ? <&k l;abeu rofifyrfcfceiulicb auf 31)rer #Jdje oiele 5ftiir)e 
uub ©efafyren auSgeftaubeu. ®Uu\t gauge $3avfcbaft roar aufge- 
gaugeu, beun id* r)ntte fin grofjeg Capitol abgutragen, uub fcatte 
miv nteiu greuub niefcj in meinet dlofy beigefranben , fo n>dre ict) 
roafyrfctyeinlidj nic^t fo glutflicb. burefcgefommeu. (Sublid? bin tct) 
roofylbefyalteu uub gefuub ju «£>aufe angelaugr. 93or meiriem «£>aufe 
begeguete nur meiu greuub, welder mid? freuttblicf> beroiflfomiure 
uub l)er$lic$ umarmte. — ©ie eilt mit auSgebreiteteu Slrnieu 
auf tl)n $u uub ixitt mit ©ct)retfeu gurucf. — £)a3 ©liicf be$ 
§Hter3 t)ougt oon bem guten ©ebraudje ber 3ugeub ah, — £)ie 
©onue get)t miter, tyerabfturjr*) ein oert)augui§oofler £ag. © pil- 
fer, dlafyuafymen erniebrigt eineu SWann fcon ^opf. — §llle$, 
roaS bie (Srbe f-er&otbriugt, fer)rt in it)ren ©ct)oojj (lap) jurflcf, 
uub voirb ber ^eim (germ, shoot) eiuer nmtn grud*tbarfeit (fer- 
tility). 2)a3 £er$ geb,t auf im voarmeu ©rraf)l ber ©onue, uub 
mu erroacf-t in ber erfiorbeneu S3iuft bie £cffuuug roiebcr uub 
bie SebeuSluft (joy of life). ©cbiller.— 2113 3cmnnb bem $lato 
erjafylte, bag gemijfc Seure it)m 33ofe$ uad;rebeteu, fagte er: »/2Ba3 
faun ict) ba anbereS tt;uu, ale fo leben, bafj sftiemanb ifyuen glaubt." 



*) Licence of the Poet, not to separate the verb. 



-r- 117 — 

castle, lock, ^cfylc§ n. castles in the air, £uftfcf?loffev 

to build, baueu. casles of pleasure, Suftf ctyloffer. 

This morning the sun has risen beautifully. When the 
sun rises, I shall arise. As soon as I arise, I go and open 
the windows. Good morning, Sir, how do you do this mor- 
ning? I hope you are well; I am glad to see you in good 
health. Come, sit down, and tell me, how you amused yourself 
last evening at the ball. I amused myself very much indeed. 
I danced twice with your sister, and once with Miss B. What 
dress did she wear (geffeibet fein, or antynben) ? She was dressed 
in her blue dress, and my two sisters in their white (ones). Is 
it true that your brother has fallen from his horse ? He 
galoped too much, and he would have hurt himself, if I 
had not come to his assistance. — When I was at Munich, I 
rose every day with the sun, and went to bed when the sun 
was setting. When did you rise this morning? I rose at five 
o'clock. If you had risen sooner, you could have gone with 
us to the Drachenfels. When did you arrive from Mannheim? 
My father has arrived an hour sooner than you, I walked 
in the garden before you were up. He retires to rest soon, 
that he may rise early. Give me, if you please, my clothes, I 
want to' dress myself. Put on (attffefceu) your hat, and then 
let us take a walk in the garden. When do you usually go to 
bed? I usually go to bed very early. He shut the book and 
said, he did not like it at all. The weather is very bad, how 
shall we amuse ourselves, if we cannot go and take a walk. Let 
us Oir roofleii) build castles in the air. I would prefer to have 
a game of chess, and then we may castle sometimes (rccbtren). 
If the weather is so bad, you cannot go out without an um- 
brella. But I have none. I will lend you mine, for you 
know that I am always at your service. Assist thy 



118 



neighbour in his distress. — Early to bed and early to rise, 
will make a man healthy, wealthy and wise. — Time past 
never returns, and a word once uttered never can be recalled. 
— Let us leave off here (nu[I;oren). 

86. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS, uuperf ftnli $e 3 e i t w ^ r t c r .*) 

eg regnet, it rains. eg gab, there was. eg tterljalt ftd), it is with, 

eg fd;neit, it snows. eg f;ot gegeben, there eg tragtjtd) $u, it occurs. 

eg fiagelt, it hails. has been. eg fdtlt mir ein, it oc- 

eg bonnert, it thunders.ee beliebt mir, it plea- curs to me. 

eg blifct, it lightens. ses me, I like. eg ge&crt jtd), it behoves. 

eg friert,* it freezes. eg gefallt mir, I am ee fteljt fid) an, it may 
eg tyaut, it thaws. pleased. be looked at. 

eg retfet, there is a eg fommt barauf an, it eg geftf)iefot, it happens, 

hoar frost. depends (on). eg gefcfyalj, it happened. 

eg gfefct, there is. eg gilt, it concerns. eg ift gefdje&en, it has 

eg Qtebt jtch,itwill come, eg fteift, it is said. happened. 

Impersonal reflective verbs, uwpcrfflnlic&c, $itrtitffii&* 
. renbe 3rttw$tter. 
with the Accusative. with the Dative. 

eg friert mid), Me&, il)n, jte, I am, eg gefaUt mir, Mr, tym, i&r, 1 am, 

thou art, he, she is cold. thou art, he is pleased. 

eg friert una, eucfi, jte, (<Ste) we, eg gefdllt una, end), ifcnen, (Sfonen) 
you, they (you) are cold. we, you, they (you) are pleased. 

Conjugate in the same way: eg rent mid), I repent; eg firgeit 
mid), I am angry, vexed; ea gefcert mir, it belongs to me; eg gfficft 
mir, I succeed. 



*) Impersonal verbs are those which only occur in the 3 d pers. 
sing. They are sometimes reciprocal or reflective, and have a 
personal pronoun sometimes in the Dative, sometimes in the 
Accusative after them; as, ea fd)abet mir, it hurts me; eg fd)la- 
fert mtcr), I am sleepy. See the Lists at the End. 

Neuter verbs assume sometimes in German the form of the 
Passive voice, by adding the past participle to the pronoun e$,it. 
f. i. eg roirb getanjt unb gefrielt, people are dancing and playing; 
eg fd)laft ftd) angenefom, it is agreeable to sleep. 



— 119 — 

ttmfivenfc, (Geo.) during. S#neebaU,ui.snow-ball, i ifleitgt>, f. multitude, a 

ein jkv!e$ ©ettnttev, a ©tatteiS, slippery like lot of. 

heavy storm. glass. gldnjen, to glitter. 

(Bis, 11. ice. toerfen,* to throw. pr^gen, to wake a 

@tJ)Uttfdjufy laufen , to anfangen,* to begin. show. 

skate. unldngfl, ) the other entfcttten, to unfold, de- 

<Sd)titten fasten, to go neulid) j day. velope, expand. 

in a sledge. toeitet md;t<3, nothing ®runb , m. ground, 

@4ltttcnfal)rt , f. party else. bottom. 

iu sledges. 2dtm, in. noise. ©trape, f. streets 

Senn e£ r)eute nicfct ben gaujeu Sag geregnet t)atte, fo 
ware id) mit mcinen Iteben (Sltern auSgegangen. 2Bo roaren ©ie 
petite tvafyreub be3 ftavfen ©eroittevg ? 3db wax bei bem (5Jcirt* 
uer ntetneS OufeJS ; eg bonnertc unb t>(t^te fo ftarf, bag ity m$t 
toegget)eu fonitte. £3eliebt eg Sfjiieu, nut nur anf bag (Sig $u 
get)cn? 3d; wnnftyte genie <Sct)lirtfc$ul) $u lanfen. %ty voitrbe 
cine ©d)ltttenfafjvt uorjtefjen. <5ie rooflen mid; DieTfetdjt auf'g 
(Slatteig fitt/ren, (§g ift febon fpat, eg ift 3«tt ju S3ette $u ge* 
fyen. ©5 l;at febon lange 3 e " nic^t fo oiel Qi$ gegeben , tote 
bicfeu ©inter. 2Uenn eg <Sie friett, fo gel;en (Sie an ben £)fen 
nub rocirmeu Sie fid?, ©ejieru 9iac()t t)at eg fet)r flarf gefroten. 
©alb voivb eg febucieu unb baiiii fomteu voir <Sd)neebafleu roer* 
fen. ©Inubeu <Sie , bnjj eg [)eute s )latf)t aud) friereu voirb? (§g 
fotinnt barauf an, ob fic^> ber 3£iub dnbent voirb. (§g fragt fic£, 
ob 3fyre ©cbioeftern bet biefem fcf)fe$ren ©etter nocf) fyeute $u* 
nteffommeu vocibeu, befoufeerg (particularly) ba fie feiueu ORegeiu 
febivin bet fid) ftabeu. $3ir roerben balb aubcreg better befom> 
men, eg faugt febon an §u flatten, nub bee ©cbnee roivb balb 
fcfcineljen. (§g roaren gefiern otele SWenff^en in bem @on$erte. 
(§g fragt fi4? aber, ob fie ftc& alle fo gut uitter^alteit tyaben, rote 
id?. ®3 Ummt nur baiauf an , ob bie Sftufifer ebax fo gut ge* 
fptelt t)aben, voie uufaiigft. (§g gefaflt mtc tinnier auf eiucm 
23afle obcr iu eiucm (Soiucttej tcb illiterate micfy gcrobr;ulic& febc 
gut. Uulcingft gab e$ eineu fe^r gvo§cn £drm auf ber ©tra^c. 



— 120 — 

3$ offnete fogleid) mein geufter mtb fofy, bci§ e3 lueiter niM 
war, cilS cine 5DZciiqc £unbe, tie fo fe^v beUten (to bark), ba§ 
man faun? feiii eigeneS SBovt l;oven fonnte. ^>tbt eg oiel Dbft 
btefe$ 3at;r? 3$ glaube e$ (so). @0 ip ntefct Me* @olb, 
irmS glciu§t. — (53 &tbt etu Sebeu nacty bem $obe. 
33ciumc pnb t$, an benen id? l)ange, 
%\x$tx pub e3, iii beiien i$ prauge^ 
Scinber pub eS, n>el$e id) ^alte, 
531uinen pub eS, bie id) entfalte, 
2Senn ini$ ber <8trtcferinu ginger fityrt 
llnb mein <Stac£el ben ©nuib berutyrt. 

87. 

I am cold, eg friett mid). lam rejoiced, lam glad, egfveut mid}, 

or mid) frlert. it puts me in mind, $g maf;nt (er- 
I am warm, eg ijt mir warm, innert) mid). 

I am thirsty, eg burftet nitd). it blows, eg l»el)t. 

or mid) buvftet, ic^ I)abe it dawns, eg tagt. 

JDurjt. (French: J'ai soif.) it lasts, eg bauert. 

1 am hungry, eg ftungert mtdj. it becomes me, eg jiemt miv. 

or mid) fyungevt, id) fcabe hunger, it grieves me, eg jammevt mid), 

it is in vain, eg ifi sevgebcng. it surprises me 



, eg ivunbert mid) 
it occurs, eg tragt )\q ju. . 1 am surprised 

it behoves, eg gebcrt fid). It seems tome, ee beitdjt (bandit) miv. 

it may be looked at, eg fteht ftd) an. I am sorry, eg thnt mir leib. 

It is I, id) bin eg. sultry, fdjtoul, crflicfenb sharp (lit. fd)avf) ftvcnge. 

to want, brand)en, ni ; ; Ijeif. to cle;r up, fid) aufc 

tf)ig ftaben (nothing fog, Dlebel m. betlen. 

have), muffen'. to render mild, milbevn. wet, naf. 

indeed, nmflid;. extremely, ciu{jeror- bury, bevgen, seibergen, 

flake, ftlotfe f. bcntlid). cingxaben. 

to be able, foniten. likely, ftafyifdjeinlid). obscurity, $)nnfelt)eit f. 

Who is there? It is I. I am come to ask you, whether 
3 on would like to take a walk with me. I do not wish to go 
out now, I want (mufj) to warm myself first. If you are cold 






12! 



let your servant") kindle the fire. I wish, it would please you, 
to let me have your company, for I do not like to walk alone. 
What sort of weather is it? It is very bad weather, it rains, 
snows and hails. I am glad to see you, but I am sorry that I 
cannot go with you , for I do not wish to go out in such bad 
weather. Have you nothing to drink, for I am very thirsty? 
If you are thirsty, there is some**) good wine or beer, and if 
you are hungry, there is some bread and cheese. How do you 
like it? Very much indeed. See! in what great flakes it 
snows! We shall not be able to go out, for it rains very fast 
(ftail). Do you think it will rain to day? It began to rain 
at six o'clock in the morning. It has rained a great deal this 
morning, but the weather begins to be fair again. We shall 
have a storm this evening; it has been hot all day. If the 
weather be fine to morrow, we shall go into the country r 
but if it be bad weather, we shall stay at home. It was sultry. 
There is***) a very thick fog. When the sun appears, it (fie) 
will disperse it. It snowed a great deal last night. It has 
likewise hailed a great deal. The snow has rendered the wea- 
ther mild , for it was very cold. I think (fatten) it extremely 
cold. It is likely to be sharp this year. I thought (baf^te) that 
the weather would clear up. Now we may go out without 
being wet. Are you still hungry. No, Sir, I am neither hungry 
nor thirsty, but I am cold. Why do you not eat, if you are 
hungry? I am not very hungry, I can (fann) wait till dinner 



, *) Turn: let from your servant, Iaffcn. Sie son 3(nem 53ebienten 
bag $cuei- anmacfyeu, atiji'tnbcn. 
**) Some, is in this case not translated. 

***) There is, there are (French: II y -a) is rendered with eS tfi, 
if it expresses definite existence; with e3 gibt, if it denotes in- 
definite existence, or sometimes production. Ex.: e6 if* cut ^lt- 
htl, there is a fog; c3 flibt »{ej Cbjt, there is much fruit, 2B<n? 
cu'H'tf? what is the matter? 



__ 122 

time , but I am thirsty and I will thank you for a glass of 
wine. — H is in vain for you to say so, I do not believe you. 
— It is in vain for us to bury ourselves in obscurity; nothing 
protects us against the persecutions (»or ben 23erfolgmigen) of 
malignity (bet SBosIjeit). — It is with men of learning as with 
ears of corn (^ornafjren) ; they raise their heads while (tvar)renb 
[fo Iflugc]) they are empty (feer); and when they are full, they 
begin to drop (f?ercibbangeit). 

8S. 

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE, ^rapofitto* 
licit (93er§filtni§n>flrter) mit bem &ccufatt». 

fclird)*,') through ; by; fiu\ 2 ) for; instead of. Qegett, 3 ) (gen) to, to- 
fiy means «f; during.*) wards, against. 

Examples: (NB. The Student is advised to form similar sentences of his own.) 

1 ) SE&ix futjren burd) bie <§>tai)r, we drove through the town. — £>urd) 
iftn tyabe ic^ tneinen Stoecf erretrf)t, by his help I have reached my 
aim (end). — @r arbettete bie ganje 9iad)t burd) (l&inburd)), he work- 
ed through (during) the whole night. — 3d) erfcteit einen *«8rtef 
buvd) bie ^poft, I received a letter by the post. — £a# ging mir 
burd) bie <Seele, burdj'S £er$, burd) 2ftarf unb 95ein , that touched 
me to the quick. — 2)urd) unb burd), throughout. 

2 j (§r hat oiel fur fetnen ^reunb getfjan , he has done much (a great 
deal) for his friend. — (£r furd)tet fur fen Seben, he is afraid of 
his life. — (Sin SRittel fur ben ^ranfen, a means for the sick. — 
3We«i 53ruber gebt fur mid) in bie ©tabt, my brother goes to town 
instead of me. 

3 ) gcgett differs from ttuber, that the former signifies more friendly 
inclination or amicableness, the 1 After more inimical direction, 
or discord- — ftabt 3id)tung gegen beine S3orgefe^ten, have esteem 
towards jour superiors. — (Srfulle beine $flid)ten gegen ©ott unb 
gegen beinen 9?ad)ften, fulfil thy duties towards God and thy fel- 
low creatures. — 3SaS bijl bu gegen U;n? what are you in com- 
parison to him? — @£ toaren gegen ftuubeit ^erfonen ta, 
there were about a huudred persons. (NB. gelt is only used in 
poetry, gen <£mnme( , towards heaven, skyward; gen Dfien, gen 
2£efien, towards the east, west. 
*) See "The perfect Speaker" page 97. 



— 123 — 

Dl)tte, 4 )(fonbet:); w itli<>ut5 Uttl, 3 ) around ; about, tt>ftcr, 6 ) against; in op- 

for, at. position to. 

(93t$, till, until, stands generally before another preposition, as, 

big nad) 3ftitternad)t, till midnight.) 
Observ. 1. These prepositions always govern the Accusative, and 
in order to commit them to memory, the following verse 
may be learnt by heart: 

93et burd), fur, ofyne, um, autf) fonber, gegen, roibet 
©rt)retb fiets ben 8Cccufati» unb nie ben ©ati» nieber. 



*) (§v gtng obne feiuen $reunb tt>eg, he went away without his friend. 
(§$ serftefyt jtd) ebnebteS. That is matter of course. NB. ©onber 
(not to be confounded with the conjunction fonbertt, but) is now- 
only used in poetry; as, fonber ^urc^t unb ®rauen, without fear 
and horror. 

a ). JDie @efeUfd)aft fe$te fid) mn ben £ifdj. The company set round 
the table. — 3d) l)abc Fetnen ftreunb urn mid). 1 have no friend 
around me. £>ie (Sonne gefyt urn 6 Utjr auf, the sun rises at six 
o'clock. — 3d) gefye pfinftlid) um 10 VLtyc git 23ette, 1 go to bed 
punctually at 10 o'clock. (?3 gefdjafy um 2ftitternad)t , it hap- 
pened about midnight. — 3d) gdbe biefeS nicftt um oteleS @elb, I 
would not part with that for a great deal of money. — (§x 
arbeitet um'3 93rob , he works for his bread. — (£$ ftebt fdi>led)t 
um ifyn, he is in a bad condition. — @ein 93ruber ift um einen 
gan$en$o£f gropes aU er; his brother is taller than he by a whole 
head. 28te ftebt eS um tbve ©efunbfyett? how is it with respect to 
your health? NB. um in connection with ju see page 88. Obs. 4. 

*) 9Biber, against is not to be confounded with hnebev, again. 2Ba£ 
baben @te nuber mid)? What have you against me? £>a6 gefdjab, 
lotber alle (Srtoavtung, that happened by surprize. ($v tbut SlUeS 
imber SBttCcn ; he does every thing with reluctance. 

NB. 9Ciber differs from gegen, that the latter signifies inimical 
opposition or resistance, whilst the former a direction towards 
a place, an approximation of number or time. Examples: ' S)te 
beiben £eere fdmpften tviber eiitanbcr , both the armies fought 
against each other. 3)ev ©arteu liegt ge^cn SMovgen, the garden is 
situated towards the East. (B* wnvw gegcu funfjig 5j3erfoiun ba> 
there were about fifty persons. 



124 



Observ. 2. The Germans contract the relative (tvcUfyer , toeldje , YetU 
d)e$, bev K.) and demonstrative pronouns (btefer, t»tefc, oiefeS, 
ber u\) with prepositions and adverbs, whereby the demon- 
stratives are changed into bfl, and the relatives into too; 
(in case two vowels meet together, into bar and to or [in 
one instance to ax] ; the l* is inserted for the sake of euphony, 
to prevent the hiatus); as baburd) (burd) biefeS) by that, through 
that, or thereby ; itioburd) (burd) toeld)e$) by what, whereby ; 
bafitr , for it; toofitr, for what, wherefore; bctgegen, against 
that, it; toogegen, against what; tocmtm, (adv.) wherfore, why; 
barum (adv.) therefore; footer*)? whence? where from? bafyer, 
from that (therefore, as conjunction); babin , there, thither; 
reofytn, whereto, whither. 

Observ. 3. Similar contractions are formed with all other prepo- 
sitions. See the following pages. 

Observ. 4. All these contractions are only used in general ex- 
pressions, and never in determinate ones, and particularly 
not of persons; therefore we say, baS ifi He Seber, roomit 
(mit lveld)ev) id) fcfyrieb, that is the pen with which I wrote; 
but eS Wax nteine Gutter , mit roetd)er (not roomit) id; ging, it 
was my mother y wilh whom I went, S)a6 «§au£, yon roeldjem 
roir fprad)en (not rootton). The house, we spoke of. 

Observ. 5. These contracted words can never be separated or 
doubled. Therefore it would be very improper to say: ba 
faun id) nid)t6 fur; instead of Da fur fann id) nidjtS, It was not 
my fault. 2) a I)abe id) nid)t3 bagegen; instead of, bagegen 
r)abe id) md)t3 ; I have nothing (no objection) against it. 

3uiig(ing, m. youth. [oloofyl — a\$, as wellas.a«$lcfd)en, to put out. 
crlvovben, gained. SSorgefefjte, m. superior.jugqogen, caught (an 

tnoevben*, to gain, win. £id)t, n. light, candle. illness, disease.) 
2lufmerffamfeir, f. atten- pi. £td)te &2icr)ter. ^iijic()en, to bring upon 

tion. (See Appendix.) one's self, incur. 



*) The particles fyei and J) i n , having no corresponding words iu 
English, must be carefully distinguished from each other. «£>er 
expresses motion towards the person who speaks, t) t n, motion 
from the person who speaks, towards auother place : as , Foiii^ 
men eie fyerein, come in; get/en <Ste tyinein, go" in ; geben <Sie hilt* 
#JU#, go out. 



— 125 — 

fid) nfdlten, to catch 3d) fcinn nidjte bofur, ©ewiffen, n. conscience. 

cold. I cannot help it. £htal, f. pain, grief, 

©ubfrudjite, f. pi. tropic 3d) Fann nid)t umljin, Qefallen, (Dat.) to please. 

fruits. I cannot help. fd)limm, bad,evil. 

toetten, to bet. fein Seben lafien, to lay jtoar (ees ifi toafir), it 

ttietmcbr, in the contra- down, or give ones is true. 
ry, much more, rather, life for. 33erltiumber,m. slanderer. 

SSebnrcfc l;at ft$ btefer bungling kit £iebe fetner SWtrfc&ulci 
etworben? £)ur# feineu $Iei§ unb feine Slufmerffamfett fyat ck 
ftc£ foroofyl bie Siebe fetner (Sltern , al3 oudj bie fetneS 8e$rer<$ 
unb fetner Qjcvgefefcten ernwrben. SBarum fyaben Ste ba3 ^tcljt 
auSgelbfc^t? 33erjet^eu <5te (mir), iff) fann bureaus 9lifyt$ bofiivj 
e$ roar nictyt uieiue Sd;ulb. £)a$ #aben Sie tatyer roibet 3&* c h 
2fiiflen gettyan. 3$ fann uiefct umtyiu, 3fy"e» ju fag*"/ fca§ 
<sie ficb fatten beffer in 2ld?t nefymeu forinen. — 2Sobur# fyat 
fi$ %W DJtc^te etne $ranu)eit sugejogen? <Sie tyat gefteru git 
fciel getanjt unb fid) babet etfaltcr. £urd? 2lrbettfamfeit unb 
gleijj tyat ful) mein 9tacbbar ein fefjr grogeS 2>ermogen erroorben. 
Jtoimneu <Ste gefafligfi herein, inetn £err, id) will %\)i\tn bad 
©elb bejafjlen, roelc(?e3 ift'it mein 33nter fur <&ie gegeben fyat. (S3 
roirb ben ganjeu Sag fyinburd) regneu; <Sie founen bal;ev ol;ue 
3^en JWegenfrijtrm nid)t au$gel)en. Q3ergangeneu Jfrerbft reifte 
id) in ©efeflfc^aft nut nteineu greunben burcj gan$ grauneid?, 
tie ganje <S$roei$, unb roir fameu bt3 ncid) 3Mien. £ort gab 
e$ fo fcielDbft, befonberS inelc ©ubfrurbte, bajj man einen ganjeu 
^orb uufl fiir einen ©ulben fanfte. 3$ roette tyuubcrt gegen ein^, 
bag roir biefen SDJouat uiel <Sd?ite e befemmeu roerbeu. ©a$ fyaft 
5)11 roiber beinen greuub, ba§ £)u befe itber it)n bifl? 3$ ^ c 
jroar ut#t0 gegen il;n 5 aber buvc^ il)ii l)nbc id) aft mein ©elb 
t>evleven. ^abeu <Sie @twa$ bagegen, wenn ivii ein <ad)acbfpiel 
inacbeu ? ^c^ ^abc burd^auel nidpt^ bugeijen; e0 foil niir inel* 
nie^r t>tel 53ergin'igeji nmfym, init Sfyncn ju fpielen. — (Sin £e* 
beit l^ijc grenben ifi cine iveite OJeife of)nc ®aft^an^. — Qm 



— 126 — 

gutev £ivte ld£t fciu Men fuv feinc ©cfcafe. — £>l?ne cin QiiteS 
©eroijfen gibt ed fciu waives ©Ificf. — ©in btffeS ©ewijfen ift 
fitr ben SWenfc^en bte grojjte Dual. — £urcfc biefe tyofyle ®affe 
mug er fommcn. (Stiller. — flauiifl bu nid&t 21 11 en gef alien 
bura) beinc £l)at imb bein flunfhoerf — 2Rcicj>' ea ©enigen 
reifet, 53tclcn gef alien ift fc&Timm. ©filler. 

(Philemon an feinen greunb. 

3Dttrd() $)i$ ift bie2Belt mix fcbon, o^tte £ia; wftrb' tc& [te fjaffen ; 

gtitSicfo leb' id? -gang aflein, urn £>id) will id> gent evblaffeu j 

(SJe$ctt $>i# foil fein 93erldumber miQeftraft ftcfc je mgefjn; 

£St&et £)itt) fein geinb ftcb, roaffuen ; id; win Sir jut Oeite ftetyn. 

89. 

gowiij^leib^i.SWantelrm.to give into the bar- credit, Mxebit til. 
about, ungefo^r (urn). gain, inben^auf geben. (©laube m.) 

obliging, gefallig, aid, £ulfe, f. miser (niggard), ©ei- 

Dicnjlfevtic}. charity, 3Wi!be f. 91U gige m. ©eijfcalg m. 

really, twirflitt^. mofen, n. to heap, ailf^dufen. 

to bargain, banbeln, _ to point, ^tttgetgen. heir, Qrvfce m. 

(efforbtren). ' treasure, <Stfja£, m, to express, auSbriitfen. 

This book is for you, and that for your sister. For whom 
are all these gowns and gloves ? They are for your brother 
who lives at Berlin. Have you nothing for this little child ? 
Come near, my dear, I have a beautiful apple for you. At 
what time did your father arrive from Cologne? At about six 
o'clock in the evening. What is life (suppl. bn3) without a 
friend? A good child is polite and obliging towards everybody. 
What will you have for that hat ? Three dollars. That is 
much too dear. Will you let me have it for two dollars and 
ii half? I really cannot; besides there is no bargaining in my 
shop. — What is the price of that gold watch , asked once a 
peasant in a watchmaker's shop ? Ten pounds was the answer. 
It is much too dear, said the peasant, but if you will give me 



— 127 — 

that little one, pointing to a very magnificent small gold one 
lying near, into the bargain, I will take it. — Without the aid 
of charity he supported himself with credit. — The miser heaps 
treasures on treasures, not for himself, but for his heirs. — We 
express by (burdO the language what we think and feel. 

90. 

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DATIVE. $et$Altnif}n>8rter 
mit bem Satitt. 

atl$,*) out of. flCflCttiiber, over nebft, together with, 

aufav,**) out of,ou the against, opposite to. besides (both. . . with.) 

outside of, besides, gemafj, according to. frtttttttt, together with. 
bet, by, beside, near (ofc, on account, above.) feit, sioce. 

to, with, on, at. mit, with. (fett&em, since, couj.) 

(btnnen, in, in the inside.) ttfld),***) after, to, to- vo\l, from, of, by. 
etltgegett, towards, wards, according to. flu, to, at, for. 

against, opposite to. nad)fi ) after,nextto,$uHuber, against, in 
J Utt (id) ft ) nearest to. opposition to. 



*) See "The Perfect Speaker" page89. (The pupil may form sen- 
tences of his own.) 
**) flllffcer governs also the Genitive in the expression: er ift aufser 
£anDe6, he is out of the country, abroad. 
***) ttad) is used with names of places, and verbs of motion to a 
place, gu, with verbs denoting rest, or motion to a person; as 
id) gelje nad) Sioln, ju mcincm ftreunbe, I am going to Cologne^ 
to my friend; and id) bin in &bln , bet meincra greunbe, I am 
at (in) Cologne, at my friend's, or with my friend. — Observe 
the following expressions: id) bin ju £aufe, 1 am at home; id) 
gelje nad) £aufe, / am going home. @r lebt gu 53evltn, he lives 
at Berlin ; ju Sanb, gu 3Baffer, gu 2£agen, ju €d)iffe teifen, to tra- 
vel by "land, by water, by coach, by vessel; 511 93ette liegen, to 
lie in bed; er retf't nrtd) ftranfveid) , nad) €uben, he travels to 
France, towards the South etc. 2Jian tjV bet einet ^erfun, geht 
Jtt 3emanben, unb gebt ober veift nad) cincm Drtc. — NB. bei is 
never used after a verb denoting motion. $l(ld) is sometimes 
placed after its noun; as, feiner 93efd)teibuna, nad), according to 



— 128 



Observ. 1. These prepositions always govern the Dative cast?; and 
the following verse which contains them, may be committed 
to memory: 
€d)reib' nut, nadj , nadjft nebft, fammt, bet, fcit, turn, %u, 

piuuDer 
<£ntgeQen, binncn, au$ jict« mit bem &a tiv niebet! 
Observ. 2. The word btitltctt, within, is only used in reference to 
time, as Hnnen etuer ©tunbe toerbe id) abveifen, 1 shall depart 
in (within) an hour. It is frequently used in Compounds, as 
23innenlanb, inland, interior country. 
Observ. 3. The word gemaf? (which is properly an adj. or adv.) 
is synonymous with ttatf), according to, and may stand either 
before or after its case; as, unferer Slbrebe gemdf, or gemdfj 
unferer Slbrebe, according to our appointment (agreement). 
Observ. 4. The words inner , inside; ob (above) on account of, 
and Dbet, above, over, are only used by poets, and not in 
common conversation. 
Observ. 5. The most frequent Contractions of these Prepositions 

and Pronouns or Adverbs are: 
baraug, out of that. bamit , herewith (with bierau$, hence, from this, 
that) (in order that, ba|U, thereto, 
conj.) tooju, whereto (for 

toomit, wherewith (with what purpose). 

which.) babei, thereby. 

btermtt, herewith. batttiber, against that. 



njoraiiS, out of what. 
herauS, out, come out. 
fcinauS, go out. 
batton, of that. 
wooon, of what. 



bemn&en, to trouble. geniepen,* to enjoy. ' @eftd)t, n. sight, seeing. 

malen, to paint. 2lbtt>ecr)felung, f. change. ©efcor, n. hearing. 

(mablen, to grind.) gebeiben, to prosper. ©erucr), m. smelling. 

SJiater, m. painter. ©etreibe, n. corn. ©efdjmatf, m. taste. 

©emdlbe, n. painting, 33ermogen, n. fortune, ©efiifjl, n. feeling, 

picture. faculty. SNittef, n. means. 

Sftalcrci, fi painting. ©inn, m. sense. lajiig, troubleseme. 



his description. 3« > s frequently used as adverb , signifying 
1) too (French, trop), as, ju »iel, too much; 2) closing; as 
macfren ©ie ta3 genjtet- $H, shut the window; 3) haste; as, gehen 
©ie ju, make haste; sometimes it attends the Infinitive, like the 
English to, see pagp 88. 



— 129 — 

$ana,etoei(f,f-tedinusness. fcfyityfen, to pour. fyeitev, cheerful, 

befcrbcrn, to promote, Setie, f. wave. anlcidjen, ant&cfyeln, to 

to further, forward, fcfyerjen, to joke. smile upon. 

fcftmad)tcn, to languish, ftaUen, to wander, cjriipen. 



to pine, to long for. (to wave, undulate), begritpen, 



to salute. 



SBomit fouu td> 3§\m\ bieneu, metn £err? 3$ Mtte, be* 
tiiu^eu ®ic fid) nicfct, t$ roifl eS fur cjenoffen annebmen.*) S^c* 
mit befdjaftigen fxci^ ifyre ItebeuSrourbicjeu <Sd;roeftern ben Sao, 
fiber ? ©ie befcpfttgen ftcfc Qen?df;nltc^ mit lefen, fd)reiben, $eid^ 
lien unb malen. 2U3 tcb in N. war, btrfc^ciftigte icb micb mit 
ber 5ftalerei. SBorauS finb btefe fd;oncu 9?ina,elcben oerfertigt? 
^ic toerbeu nua ©olb unb ^upfer oerfertigt. Wlan gevoinnt ba£ 
@olb aue bem Sdjoojk ber ©ebirge nub a\\$ bem <5anb ber 
gliiffe. SHftn Dnfel ging gefteru nut feiner gan$en gamilie auf 
baS Saub. &Bar auger 3§nen nod? Semahb ba? 2luj$er mir 
war 9hemaub ba. (geit einem 3ial)re l;abe ic^ <Sie nicbt gefel)eu. 
— 9lafy bent $egen fcfceint bie <semie unb buret; biefe 2lbroecfyfe* 
lung ber 58itterung gebeityt ba$ ©etrettc fammt ben anberu griicb* 
ten. 9?ac(j einem ©emitter ifl bie Stift rein. — £)er 9iegeu fdllt 
au6 ben ©olfen unb beforbert bie grud)tbarfeit. — 3r»ifd)en 
$omgebufdj (thornbushes) reift feine <&aat, unb a\\$ tobtem @e* 
ftein (stone) gefyt nic&tS SebenbigeS l)evoor. — 3d; ^abc etu fiinf* 
facbcS $ermogen, bie £)inge aujjer mir ju erfennen: mit ben %\\u 
gen fet)e icb, (ba3 ©eftdjt), oermittelft (by means of) ber £)l)ren 
t)ore icb, (ba§ ©et)or), mit ber 3 u »9 e (tongue) fc&mecfe tcb, (ber 
©efcbmacf), burcb bie Sftafe riec^c icb, (ber ©erucb), unb mit alien 
9toen fuble icb, (bad ®efut)l). ©egen ?We3, fagt baa epricb* 
wort, gibt t§ $ftittel, nur nictyt gegeu ben £ob. ©eim bit ju ei* 
uem gnteu greuube gefyft, fo bhibt nidjt ju fange bei it)m, ba* 
mit bu ifmi bie greube, bicty ju fefjen, nicfyt in laftige gangeweite 
umdnberft. — 2lu3 ben 21ugeu , and bem ©iim (mind.). — 2Jiit 



*) I will take the will for the deed. 



— 130 — 

bem $fttl, bem ^ogeu bure& ©ebtrg, unb £&«!, foinnit bet (scbufc 
gejotjen, friifo im 2ftorgenftral;I. ©chiller. 

2)a£bni$ an bie DuelU. 
9ifltf) Mr fdjmacfyt' ify, $u Mr etl' id), bu geliefrte Cluette, bu! 
3lild Mr fdjtyf idj, bet Mr vufy' id;, feb' tern ©piel bevSSeKen $uj 
9)ift Mr fd;er$' id;, ran Mr Urn' id; Better bnrd; bag Seben toolten, 
Sltigeladjt von $tu&ling$bhunen unb begritgt von Slac^ti^atten. 

91. 

to stop ) report, 93etid;t ni. 9iad)s imprudence, Un&ovfid;- 

to stay » bleiben, rid;t f. tigfeit, f. 

to remain) to take place, ftatt* to plunge, {Hirgen. 

ungrateful, unbcin!bar. ftnben.* to expect, ertvarten. 

to be going) im S3e- battle, Sdjlacfyt f. newspaper, Seitung , f. 

to be about ( grtffe fein. perhaps, meUeicfyt. Austrian, Defievveidjev. 

cow, Jhd;, f. since, fettbem. anxiety, Slngft, f- 

It is a year since I had*) the pleasure of seeing them. 
Will they stay long with their friends? It is likely that they 
will stop here the whole winter, and that they will return in 
the beginning of the summer to Berlin. I think, I shall arrive 
there before you. You are always thinking of yourself (an, Ace.), 
but you never think of me. You are ungrateful towards me. 
Here is a little child, have you nothing for her? You don't 
like my brother, you are always against him. These fruits and 
flowers are for you. Where (whence) do these children come 
from? They come from a walk with their good master, who 
is always very kind to them. We often speak of you and of 
them. Have you spoken to that man? I have neither spoken 
to, nor with, nor of him ; but I have spoken to my rich neigh- 
bour , who is going to sell his horses and two of his cows. 
According to the latest reports of the Times newspaper, a 
battle has taken place**) between the French and the Austrians. 



*) Supply mdjt. 
**) Turn: has between the a battle place taken. 



131 



Is the battlefield far from here? Not very far, perhaps only a 
few leagues. What are you speaking of?*) I was speaking 
about (bcuiiber) going to**) America next spring, if it is not 
against the wish of my parents. You have my good wishes. — 
If you will go through the rain (mi..), you will become wet 
through and through, and catch cold into the bargain (obenbreiu). 
By his imprudence he was plunged into new difficulties. We 
may expect a calm after a storm. — Honour is an inaccessible 
island (u»i$ugauglicbe 3ufel) ; when you have once gone out of 
it, you cannot come into it again. — Cut your coat according to your 
cloth.***) — Better a little with content,thana great deal with anxiety. 

92. 

INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE (CONJUNCTIVE) MOOD. 

©etviffc uub ungewiffc Slrt. 

.- p. 

Indie. 3d) t)0ttc, I heard. 

Subj. 3d) berete, or id) tour&c fyfircn, 1 should, would, or might hear, 

(that I heard), 

ht fycrteft, thou heardest. 

bu tjiketeft, or bit imubeft fyoreii, thou shouldst, 

er borte,f) he heard, 
ev bcrete, or er iviirbe Ijoien, 

h)iv l)6vten, we heard. 

\m ftoreten, or iviv hn'uben tyoren, we should or would hear. 

ibr bottet, you heard. 

i\)v boretet, or tftt toiubct fyeven, you should, or would hear, 

fie fyorten, they heard. 

fie boreten, or fte tt>iirben ijoven. they would, or should hear. 

3d) fyatte gebfitt, I had heard. 

3d) bcitte QefySrt, or id) n>utbe gefjort I should, would or might have 
fyaben, heard. 



*) What -of, ttnwon? 
**) 1 am about going, , , NB about going> is t0 

I am going, \ i<fy bin im ©egliffe. be rendered hero with the 

I have a mind to, \ Infinitive and JU before it)* 

***) The German proverb: ©trerfe bid) nacb beiner $)e<fe! 

t) NB, The 3 rd Pers. sing, of thelmperf. is always like the first sing. 

9 



— 132 — 

Observ. 1. The Indicative is the mood of reality , and certainty, 
the Subjunctive that of doubt, uncertainty and indecision. The 
former is therefore used, when we speak of a thing that is 
determined and certain (and may be preceded by such con- 
junctions, which in some other languages always require the 
Subjunctive, as, bajj, bamit, that; toenn, if ; obgletd), though); the 
latter, whenever any thing contingent or doubtful is expressed. 
(NJB. The German Subjunctive is not governed by any par- 
ticular conjunction. [See Exercise 65. Observ. 1.]) 

Observ. 2. The German Subjunctive (Conjunctive) which represents 
a thing under a condition, motive, wish, possibility , will etc. 
answers in most cases to the Euglish Potential mood, and 
the French Conditional, and is therefore particularly used: 

a) In subordinate (secondary) sentences (generally beginning 
with bafi, that) after those verbs expressing an assertion, 
declaration or statement , in quoting in an indirect way, 
what other people have said, or what we have said our- 
selves (joratio obliqua). Such verbs are, besides those 
given page 80, Obs. 1., cmttootten , to answer ; BefyaUpten, 
to pretend ; Bebciuern, to regret ; BericBten, to report; beffci- 
gen, to complain; Befennen , to avow; evfldren, to declare : 
eitoiebevu, to reply; gefte&en, to confess; gkuBett, to believe, 
to think; ^offen, to hope; melben, to mention; meinen, to 
mean; ratfien, to advice; oevlnngen, to ask, require; i>et' ; 
mutfyen, to presume; »eife£en, (ertoriebern), to reply; nerftc&eni, 
to assure; Molten, to be willing; jtoetfetn , to doubt; 9£ctd)- 
*td)t geBen, to inform; $u serfieBen geBen, to give to under- 
stand; as, er metnte, eg fei gut, or bajj e6 gut fei, he thought 
it is good; id) vat&e SBuen, ba$ ®ie fleifngev roerben, 1 advise 
you to become more diligent. (NB. In this case we use 
generally the Present or Future of the Subjunctive.) 

b) As a Conditional, and the verb stands in the Imperfect 
or Pluperfect of the Subjunctive, as id) gntge auf 9tetfen, 
or icft ttiitbe auf Steifen geBen, iuenu id) ©elh Batte, I would 
make a journey if I had money. SB. In the sentence which 
expresses condition, that is, the thing which is conditioned, 
(consequent, sequel} we may also use properly the cir cu in- 
scribing form (paraphrase) id) toiirbe k., but not in the phrase 



— 133 — 

which conditionates ; we may therefore say correctly : 
et tmtrbc gefunb fetti, or er nnare <\efunb (conditiouated, con- 
sequent^ or sequel), lveun er md^iger lebte , (conditioning) ; but 
not, lectin er m&jHgef tcben unirbc, he would be in good 
healthy if he would live more moderatly. 

e) The German Conjunctive replaces the English Potential 
mood, which is expressed by means of the auxiliary verbs 
mail, might, can, could, would, and then the Imperfect 
or Pluperfect of the Subjunctive is used; as, idj umjjtc 
\vot)l, wa& j'u tljun Wave, I should well know, what is to be done. 

d) In exclamations and wishes (Optative) we use the Sub- 
junctive Present , if we wish the realization of what we 
wish for, and the Preterit tenses, if we wish the con- 
trary of that which exists, as, ©ott fei wiit bir, may God 
beat your help! bev Jjpimmel gebe c3 ! or bci£ bev «£>immel e3 
gebe ! may heaven grant it! Sftodjte er ijeuefcn ! I wish he 
would recover.*) 

Observ. 3. In many cases both the Indicative and the Conjunctive 
may be used properly, and it depends entirely on the Idea 
we wish to express. Examples: SWan fyat mir erjcihlt , bafj er 
an cuicr JivanHieti vjcftorbeu iff, I have been told that he has 
died of an illness (here it is matter of fact, that he is dead) 
and man l> o. t nur er$ciblt, er fet tobt, they say he is dead (it is 
still a doubt, as it is only said so). 

Observ. 4. The Conjunction 6t>CHtt , if, which is followed by the 
Indicative 3 when the verb is in the Present, Perfect or Fu- 
ture (See Observ. 4, page 80), may be omitted, when the 
sentence begins with the verb, as, ncim eS fyeute regnen foil re, 
fo k. , or follte e^ toeute regncn , in the case it should rain to 
day etc. .fame erfteute nod), fo fdnbe er feiiten §rettnb nod? fyfov, should 
he come to day, he would find his friend still here. 



*1 The different Tenses of the Subjunctive serve in this case rather 
to express the different Moods. This is particularly the case 
in certain phrases where the Germans use the Subjunctive of 
the Imperf. (but only in the l st pers. sing. & plural) where the 
Present would be more logical, as, id) tounfdjtc, (bcirfjte), <Sie fenn- 
ten ffeifjigevfein, I should wish, (think) you were more diligent. 



134 



SReife, f. journey, ©timme, f. voice. Mli'djfehen ,* to look 

voyage. 93ernunft, f. reasou. over, to see through. 

23avfdjcift, f. ready leiljen*, to leiid. gefjortg, properly. 

money. eatbtogt, bare of. veijtel)en*,to understand. 

©fdubtgev, m. creditor. fcerfdjieiben*, to make 93erjhnb,m. understanding. 

33e$al?Iung (Bafylung) f. a mistake in writing; uben, to practise, 

payment. (to write for a thing). Uebung, f. practice. 

3d? rotirbe geru etne $eife mit 3|wen wad) Stalien macbeu, 
roenn mit ntc&t bas ©clb baju fefylete SER-eiti better roiirbe eS 
3^nen gern ba$u let^en, bdtte er uid)t neultdj fine bebeutenbe 3«§* 
lung §u macfaen gefjabt, woburcfo er jcfct doh feinet Satfcbaft gang 
eutblcjjt ift. SDtati fagt, er laffe feiue ©laubiger §u lange mit ber 
23e§al)luug roarten. — 2)er fDiatm nn'irbe nnb ronute gfucfficbcr 
Iebeu , menu er ba3 Spiel tticfct fo fefjr Itebete. 3d) wfirbe f$on 
laugft an meiue (&Iteru gefcbrieben tyaben, menu id) gute3 papier, 
fcbmavjcSDinte nnb eiue gute geber geljcibt l;dtfe. 3$ fngte il)m, 
bag er fid? \)erfd?vieben tjdtte; er meiute ober, ba$ rodrc uid)t mtfg* 
lid), iveil er e3 breimal burd?gefef?en l?dtte. liefer STJlann ift fe^r 
ftanf j id) gwetjle, bag er- genefe; e3 rodre beffer, n?enn er fid) bei 
ben @etntgen*) befdube. ©r bat mid? , bag i# ju tfjm fommen 
mo$te. — SDenn ©ie gortfcfcritte tit ber beutfcben @pracbe nnb 
befonberS tm &pxed)?n mad?en ttofleu, fo ratt)e id) Styxm , bog 
<5ie fleigtger nxrbeu. 3d) rourbe *>iel flei§iger fein, roemi id? 3^ 
manb(en) l)dtte, ber inuner beutfcb mit mir fprdcbe. — Seffer l;ab' 
td?, al3 l)atV id)**). — #abeit ®te fdjon @d)ifler'3 unb @6tf)e'$ 
SOerfe ((Scfcriften) gelefeu? 3d? rourbe fie fdjon laugfi gelefen fjaben, 
t»enn id) fie nut and) get)6rig fcerftdnbe. <5ie nmrben fte getvig 
befjer s?erfiel)en, rceun <2ie [id) unr mefyr in ber <Sprad?leI)re (©ram* 
mati!) ubeten. — @3 n?dre ju n)unf4)eu , bag ber SDlenfc^ immer 
ber ©ttamtc ber Settmnft ge^orc^te. — ©er xvti]t ©ofrateS pflegte 
ju fagen, er nrijfe iticbts, ctl8 mu biefeS, bag er eben mcfcts tm'ffe; 
23iele nnigten aber aucty biefeS nid?t einmal! — 



*) His own (relations). 
**) The Engl. Proverb : better one bird in the hand than two in the bush. 



— 135 — 

They say j man*) fagt, Many strangers are to last, battetn. 

It is said J benft, be= seen there, man fiet?t to be probable, rcabv; 

people say | fyauptet. mete ftremben tort. frt)einlid) fetn. 

we say I will have him etc., behaviour, S3etragen, n. 

it is thought ) ex mitf :c. about, ungefdfyr. 

it is pretended' to obey,gefjord)en (Dat.) trades-people, @eit>erbs3? 

we hear, man fjflrt. to deceive, betritgen.* leute, ®efcf)djMeute. 

it is believed, manglaubfr. to be in the right, in to make money, ©elD 

man, people, or we the wrong, 9ted)t, Un; yerbienen, getoinnen.* 

areapt,mantjlgeneigt. ved)t ftaben. opportunity, ©degem 

it is supposed, man to be mistaken, fid) belt, f. 

semmtfyet. imn. occasion, ©elegen^eit, f. 

German is spoken here, war, jtrieg, m. occasion, 



bievfyvirfjt man beutfd). peace, ^viebe, m. reason ) 

I wish you would be more diligent. I will have him 
obey me. I am sorry they have deceived me. I believe he 
is in the right. No , you are greatly mistaken , he is always 
in the wrong. I hope he will come to morrow, and bring 
me good news. Did I tell you that I have received a letter 
from my brother in America? Did you perceive they wanted 
(woflten) to deceive me? It is certain you are in the wrong. 
Do you think the war will last longer ? It is probable, they 
will make peace this year. I fear lest he should come**) and 
see your bad behaviour. If any body should come , and I 
am not at home, send for me***) I do not believe he learnt 
German. I do believe it. Are you quite sure of it (bcflfen) ? Yes, 
I am. I do not think your brothers would have come , had it 
not been for me (mdnehuegen). Come here, that I may speak to 



*) SB. The impersonal Pronoun mail, one, is not to be confoun- 
ded with the noun bcv Sftann , man, which is used to denote a 
male person; (bei SD?cufcf;=the human being). Compare: ei ifl em 

rei$ci- 3)iann, ber SMcnfd) tft ftevblid) (mortal). 
**) Turn: he might come, ,cv modjte fommen, or ba$ ev fomme. 
Turn : let fetch me, (affen 8ie mid; fiolen, or vufcn. 



— 136 — 

you. How long is it , that your brother died (geftoiben iff) ? 
I think it is now about four years. They say, these tradespeople 
make much money. People say so. He always falls into a 
passion (ficfj eutrufh'n) if they do not let him have his own 
way (femen eigettcn SSiflen fjaben Kiffeti). They say, one is not 
always master of one's passions (?eibeiifcbaft). They maintain 
one cannot be happy without practising virtue. They say you 
speak German with fluency (geldufuj). If they say so, they are 
mistaken. I would speak it much better, if I had been more 
diligent. I wish I had an opportunity to continue my studies, 
— Should you have an opportunity to meet my friend, tell 
him, I am very angry with him. You have no occasion (Uifncfee) 
to be so. i — It is not those who speak much who are the 
most esteemed. — One is truly amiable , when one is modest 
and learned at the same time. — To be conscious (wiffen) that 
you are ignorant (muMjjenfc) is a great step (@c&iitt m.) to 
knowledge (SBtffatfdjaft, f.). 

Two gentlemen at Bath having a difference (2U3 . . . eineu 
Btxeit batten), one went' (gi)i(J bev cine) to the other's door, early 
in the morning, and wrote (fcptteb) "Scoundrel" (©c&urfe) upon 
it. The other called upon (eiitfpretten bet) his neighbour, and 
was answered by a servant, that his master was not at home, 
but if lie had any thing to say, he might (fomtfe) leave it with 
him (eg ifjm (/iuierlnffeu). "No, no," says he, "I was only going 
to return (envtebeni) your masters visit, as he left his name at 
(mi) my door in the morning." — An English Commander at 
Cadiz once made to his soldiers the following speech (f)telt einft 
fofgenbe Slittebe an): "What a shame would it be, you Englishmen, 
that feed upon (ficfe uciluen t>o») good beef and beer, to let those 
rascally Spaniards (mcfytsrciitbige ©panter) beat you, that eat 
nothing but oranges and lemons" (Sftpfelftnen nub ^itronen). Thus 
he put more courage into his men t than he could have done 
by a learned oration («16 ex bwd? .... dUke getfycm f)abw roftrbe). 






— 137 — 

CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS, ftovfe (formerly 
un v ege Ima § t a, e) @onj| it gat ion. 

/. Class (changing the primitive vowel). 
Infinitive. Imperfect. Past Participle. 



Indicative. Conjunctive. 

brcuneu,*)to burn, id) braunte, id) brenuete, gebrauut, burut. 

I burnt. 1 might burn. 

gefyeu, to go. id) ging. I went, id) ginge, gegangen, gone. 

I might go. 
fleljen, to stand. id) ftaufc, I stood. id)fidnbe(icj)|iunt>e) / qeftanben, stood. 

I might stand. 
UMffen,**) id) umpte. I knew, irt) umfjte, geluupt, known. 

to know. I might know. 

bringeu, to bring, id) bvacbte, - id) brcidjte, gebi*ad)t, brought. 

1 brought. I mightJbring. 

beufen, to think, id) fcadjte, id) t>dd)te, getac^t, thought. 

I thought. I might think. 

baud)teu (buufeu), e<3 baud)te mtv, — get>aud)t, seemed. 

to seem^ shine. it seemed to me. 
tljun, to do. id) that, I did. id)tbate,I might do. getfyan, done. 

Observ. 1. A verb is called in German regular, a) if it does not 
change its primitive vowel (or its root) in the whole conju- 
gation, b) If it takes in the Imperfect Tense tc, and c) in 
the Participle past t, or et. If one of these three cases does 
not take place, we say the verb is irregular. 

Observ. 2. The syllables (prefixes) be, QC, CY, Ctlt, etttp, t>et, and 
$Ci* form derivative verbs, but they are never separated 
from them. 

*) Like brenueu are conjugated; fennen, to know ; uenueu, to name; 
renneu, to run; feuben, to send (Imperf.faubte,seut. P.Part.gefcmbt, seut) 
and toeiiven, to turn, (Imperf. nntubte, turned. P. Partic. gelvanbt.) 

**) Present Indicative: id) h)et£, 1 know, bit toeijit, ev toeijj, Vutr ivif- 
feu 2C. Present Conjunctive: id) Wife, I may know, bit ittiffcft cv 
Wijfc. (See Exercise 73, Remark 1.) 




entbecfett, tn discover, juf^rciben,* to ascribe, anfidnbtg, decently, 
($nrbecfi%m. discover, to attribute. attreben,*to accost, 

GhUbecfung, f. discovery. iXofdjentucb, n. pocket- address. 
evftnbcn,* to iuvent. handkerchief. tdufdjen, to delude, 

©rfhtber, m. inventor, ^enjierfcijeibe , f. pane deceive. 
(Srjtnbung, f. invention. of glass. ftdj taufd?en, to be mis- 

SBudjbrucferfunft, f.art of jevbredjen,* to break. taken, to be dis- 

printing, typography, jerreifjen,* to tear. appointed. 

betritgen * to cheat. geftefyen * to confess, fyeritmfleben * to staud 
§3etriigev, m. cheat, toeinen, to cry. round. 

impostor. beleibtgen,to injure,offend.unyerge^U(^, memorable^, 

SBaarc, f. merchandise, ttieUeicfyt, perhaps. not to be forgotten. 

ware. ftbeqettgt, convinced, $urd)t, f. fear. 

©djteftyut&er, n. gun- Satibfavte, f. map. auSvicftten, to perform. 

powder. ©rfjtefertafcJ, f. slate. 2Buv$e, f. spice. 

^Pflug, m. plough. betviibt fein, to be sad. (Spetfe, f. food. 

(Sfyiiftopf) Jy'phtm&uS tyat tin Satyre 1492 2lmerifa entbeeft, unb 
$eter Jpelt, ctn 9Jitrnbera,er, fyat bie Safcfcenuljren erfunben. ©tffcu 
©ie, nxr ber (Srftnber bet tBucbbrucferfunfi war? SRan bet)auptct, 
biefer ^nufmann fei ein Qrogcr QSctn"t$et\ $at ev ©ie benn and) 
febon betiogen? Sftifb- t;at er noty ntcbt berrogen, (mobl) abet 
meiiien better; er fagte inir, bag bie SBaare, tie ev bet t^m 
fanfte, i)tel §u tfjeuer fei. Sftan fagt , er t)abc ba$ ©d)ie§pufaer 
ni$t erfunben*). — $Jlan febreibt ben ©g^priem bie (Srfinbuna, 
be3 ^fiugeS, unb ben 3Deutfdjen bie bes ©dnegputoerS unb bcr 
^uebbrucferfunft §u. — 28er f>ar btefeS £afct)entucb aerloren? 
SO^eitie ©c&wefier, glaube id?, Ijat e$ yerToren. 3d? roerbe eg U?r 
fogleid? §utucfgeben. SfDer l)at btefe genfterfd)eibe gerbrocben? 3$ 
glaube, ba§ utetn 23ruber eg gerban ^at, aber er null eg nicbt 
gcjiet)en. SBarmn roeinre btefeS SDMbcben? 3ft fte (not eo) otel^ 
letd)t i?on Semanb(en) beleibtgt tvorben? 3d? bin iiberjeugt, ba§ 
9?iemanb fte beleibtgt t)at, aber 3emanb §at it)re Sanbfarte $er* 
riffen, nxlcje fte »on t§rem Onfel $um ®efd)enfe erbalren bat, 
unb barubet ift fte fef)r betritbt; aucb t)at fte iljre ©cbiefertafel 



*•) The English proverb: He has not set the Thames on fire. 



— 139 — 

jerbso^en, ©eftcm begeguete mit eine fefyt anfifinbig gefletbete 
$etfon auf bet <5tra§e. (§3 bdu$te nrit, 0I8 tycitte tcl) fie fc^on 
fritfjet einmal gefefyeu. 3$ fling auf fie $u , rebetc jtc an , fanb 
abet ju meinem grojjteu (Stftauuen, ba{$ icb mid? fe$r getciuf$t 
unb fie nie $tt&or webet gefefyen, nod? gefaunt ljatte. — S3ei bet 
91a$ticbt »ou bem ttautigen (Snfee btefes SftcnueS tteinte 2Ule3, 
roaS Return ftanb ; e3 war eine uuoetgejHicbe ©tunbe. (§3 giebt 
fine geimffe gutcbt, bte eben ba3 bei uiiferem QSetgnugen au3ttcbtet, 
wa6 tine ftatfe SSiirjc bci gewiffen ©peifen tfyut. (©ellevt.) 

to expect, ertoavten. ditch, ©raben, in. to overturn,) utittoer? 

some/ etntger ^ e * e3, longsince, fd)on Icincifi. to upset, ) fen* 

any ( einige, tt>el^e. bill of exchange, workbox, Slrbeit^fcift- 

moment, SlugenMtcf, m. SGBec^fel, m. d)en. 

debt, @d)ult), f. pi. -en. to find money, ©etb provoking, argerlid;. 

to search for, fitdjen. *)erfd)af[en, anftveiben,* doll, $u}tye, f. 

to be good for nothing, aufbvingen.* to put in mind of, 

ntd)t3 taugen. to find out, au^ftnbtg erinnetn (an, Ace), 

a good for nothing fel- tnacben. punishment, (Strafe, f. 

low,etn£augenid)tgm. to find fault, tabeln. letter, SBudjjlabe, m. 
besides, itbrigenS, uber- mischievous, fc$)abenfvo&. Srief, m. 

tie*. writing-desk, @d)reib- writing, <§rt)rift, f. 

to try, ttetfuajen. pult, n. to intend, beabftfyttgen. 

Have you received any*) letters from your friend to-day ? 
No, I have not, but I expect some every moment. We receive 
every day some news from my friend in Weimar. I shall receive 
some money to morrow, and then I will pay my debts. Has any 
body injured you, my child? Nobody has injured me, but your 
cousin has offended the whole company (society). What are you 
searching for, John? I am looking for my gold watch, which 
I lost. You are always losing something. Why do you tear 
up this letter? I tear it, because my father has told me to do 



*) The word any is not translated in this case. 



— 140 — 

so*). Why do you tear your pocket-handkerchief? I tear it, 
because it is good for nothing ; besides it belongs to me , I can 
do with it, what I like. If you dare**) to tear it, you are a 
good for nothing fellow. Do you like to study the German 
language? I should like it very much, if it were not so difficult. 
Will you have the kindness to translate this exercise for me ? 
I would do it willingly, if I had time. Will you try to leap 
over that ditch ? That is impossible for me to do. Will you 
have the kindness to return me the money I lent you ? I would 
have returned you the money long since, but I have not yet 
received my bill of exchange; it is so difficult now to find money. 
Have you found out who has broken my beautiful drinking- 
glass? I suppose you never will (supply find out). Your brother 
finds fault with every body ; he is a very mischivous boy, and a 
good for nothing fellow. The other day he broke my. beauti- 
ful writing-desk, overturned my mother's workbox, and burnt 
his sisters doll in the fire. Is that not very provoking? Put 
me in mind of it, I will give him a good punishment. — Young 
people tell what they do, old people what they have done, and 
fools what they intend to do. Letters and writing have been invented 
to speak to the eye. — Too much of any thing is good for nothing.***) 

dare can let may must, shall will. 

(be obliged) 

fciirfen fdntien Irtffen ntogett mitffett fallen nwllott* 
Pres. Indie. 



id) barf, 


fcutn, 


laffe, 


mag, 


muf, 


foil, 


unit. 


&u bavfft, 


fannft, 


taffeft, 


magjl, 


nntpt, 


foHfc 


iinllft. 


ev barf, 


fan n, 


tafst, 


mag, 


mufi, 


"foil, 


fouX 


ton fcmtfen 


, fennen, 


(affen, 


ntogen, 


mitjfen, 


[often, 


inoKcn, 


tbv buvfet 


fpnttet, 


faffct, 


moget, 


muffet, 


follet, 


woflet. 


fte bnvfen, 


fonncn, 


(affen, 


mo gen, 


mufen, 


fallen, 


lv oil en. 



*) Turn : because my father it to me ordered has, 
**) ©cnti bit Did) nntevfteftft ic, 
'**) The German proverb: SlU^uWel ift nngefnnb. 




141 



Pres. Conjunct. 



idjDui'feu-. f otitic k. Xciffe ic. moge k. mitffe k. folic ic. iootlc J,c. 



Imp erf. hid. 



id) burfte, fonnte, 
1 dared, could. 



id) bitrfte, fonnte, 



liefj, let. mod)te, 
might. 



mupte, 
was ob- 
liged. 
Imp erf. Conjunct. 

Jtefje, modjte, mitpte, 



follte, 
should, 



1 should should be should 



tvottte, 
would. 



tootlte, 
should be 



should should be 
dare. able. allow. like. obliged. willing. 

Par tic. past. 

gehtvft, gefonnt, gelaffert, gemoc&t, gemuft, gcfollt, getoottt. 
dared.* could. let. might, was obliged, ought, wished. 

Observ. 1. These Auxiliary verbs of Moods, as they are called in 
German, require the verb which they modify to be in the In- 
finitive without Jti. (See page 88. Observ. 6.) 

Observ. 2. If one of these Auxiliary verbs of moods is joined with 
an Infinitive of any other verb, it assumes also the form of 
the Infinitive, instead of the Participle past; as, id) bcitte ifjn 
feben mugett (not gemodjt), I should have liked to see him. 
— The same rule takes place after the following verbs: Ijet* 
$ett, to order ; belfen, to help, assist; boren , to hear; (efiren, 
to teach; tewen, to learn; as, toer bat ©ie Fommen (?etf;eif 
(not gebci^en), who has told you to come? 3d) babe e3 nidjt 
tftun Miffctt (not gefcmtft), 1 was not allowed to do it. — But if 
these verbs are used alone, and do not attend any other verb,, 
they are used with their Participle past, as, id) babe nidjt ge= 
ivodt, I had no wish to do (it) ; er fyat gemuft, he was obliged 
to do it. 

Observ. 3. The Potential should or would, which is used in Eng- 
lish to express a wish relating to a future time, must be 
rendered in German with the Subjunctive; as J should have 
wished to see him, had it been possible. 3d) fyattc getmmfdjt, 
ibn ju feben, ludve es mogttcfy getoefen. 

Observ. 4. In indirect questions, after the words when, where, which, 
what, whose, or whom (when they are preceded by the verb to 
tell, to know and similar verbs, the German use the verb 



__ 142 — 

fallen added to the Infioitive^ where the English only make 
use of the Infinitive alone; as J know not what to do } id) 
toeifj nid)t, nxiS id) tljun fall. 

Observ. 5. As a perfect acquaintance with these verbs is of great 
importance, we give here some Examples to exhibit their 
signification, and they ought to be committed to memory. 
fcuvfett, CdareJ, may; to be permitted (allowed). 

3>arf id) fragen ? May I ask? 

3d) barf i&m bie 2Bafirbeit fagen, I venture to speak the truth to him. 

@te bitrfen bag nid)t fagen, You are not allowed to say that. 

3d) barf fieute ntc&t auSgefien, I must not go out to-day. 

©te burfte nid)t ftngen, She was not permitted to sing. 

(§$ burfte ttielleicfet \x>atyx fein, It might perhaps be true. 

fbtlttCtt/ can, to be able; to be permitted; may; to know. 

£>u fannft auSgefien, ftenn 5)u uriUjl, Thou mayst go out if thoulikest. 

3d) iuerbe fyeute ntd)t Fommen fonnen, I shall not be able to come to-day. 

3fyr Fount gefyen unb faielen, You may go and play. 

(Sr Fann e3 »er|tanben fyaben, He may have understood it. 

S)aS Fann sorFommen (ftd> ereignen), That may happen. 

©ic fatten e3 mir lt>oljl fagen Fonnen, You might, indeed, have infor- 
med me of it. 

-ftonnen 6te 3l)re Slufg abe ? Do you know your lesson? 

(£r fonnte ein iwntg beutfd) (fared)en), He knew a little German. 
Iflffeil, to let; to permit, to suffer, to leave, make, 
to cause, to order, to have, to get. 

Saffen @ie mid) gehen, Leave me alone 

3d) laffe il)n geljen, I let him go. 

Safi ifin bod) foinauggeljen, Pray, make him go out. 

Saffen ©ie bad (bleiben), Leave that alone. 

©oflten mir il)n umFommen laffen? Should we suffer him to perish ? 

3d) Ijaoe bie ©efellfcftaft im ©arten gelaffen , I left the company in the 

garden. 

Saffen @ie meinen @rt)ul)mad)er fommen, Order my shoemaker to come. 

3d) ^nbc mir ein ^aar <Sd)ub> mad)en laffen, I have hacr a pair of 

shoes made for me. 

(Sr fiat mid) rufen laffen, He sent for me. [me waiting.) 

@ie haben mid) ioarten laffen. You have made me wait. (You kept 

3)er ©eueral lie£ ben ©Dlbnten erfd)ie)ien r The General ordered frhe 

soldier to be shot. 



. 



143 



3d) lte§ miffs oon meincin ftieunbe macben, I got it done by my friend. 
@v Hep ibn feine SBorte nneberftolen , He caused him to repeat his 
£)aS Idfjt ftd) nidjt tftun, That is not to be done. [words. 

Stanon liepe ftd) 23ieleS fagen, Of that much might be said. 
Sajfen @ie mtr fagen, luenn @ttoa$ yovfdtlt, send me word, if something 

[occurs. 

tttpgctt, may, to want, to like, being permitted. 

($$ mcd)te regnen, It might rain. 

@3 mod)te ftd) ereignen, It might happen. 

3d) mod)te e6 be§lr»eifeln, I am inclined to doubt it. 

3d) mag fein ©elb nid)t, I do not want his money. 

3d) mocbte toijfen, I should like to know. 

3d) mag e£ uid)t tbun, I do not like to do it. 

3d) mag SRidjtS metor, I do not like (wish) any more. 

Sftcge er lange lefren ! . May he live long! 

Sftoge e$ ber £intmet geoen! May Heaven grant it! 
tttuffett, must, to have to, to be obliged. 

(£r mug eiu retd)er Sftann fein, He must be a rich man. 

3d) mugte in bte ©tobt gefien, I had to go to town. 

3d) toevbe baf^tn gefien muff en, I shall be obliged to go there. 

Grr fiat ioarten muffen, He was obliged to wait. 

fo licit, shall, must, to be to, should, ought; follen = 
3d} follte e6 tfiun, I ought to do it. [man fagt, it is said. 

£u follft ntd)t ftefilen, Thou shalt not steal. 

JDu follft mid) ntcht beletbtgt fiaben, I admit that thou didst not offend me. 
Sbr foHt e3 tfieuer bejafilen, You shall pay for it dearly, 

@te follten ein guteS 'Setfpiel geben, You ought to set a good example. 
3d) foU ©te fvagen, I am to ask you. [another. 

£>te 9Jtenfd)en follen einanber lieben , Men should (ought to) love one. 
2)a$ *Partament foil fid) am lOten biefeS serfammeln (unvb jufammentreten), 
It is said that Parliament will assemble on the 10 111 of this month. 
(5g foil ftd) ntgetragen baben, It is said to have happened. 

x $ 

J They say, he is rich. 
Qx foil retd) fein I . V. . ' . .-.. 
71 \ He is said to be rich. 

©oil id) baS tfiun? Shall I do that?*) (Am I to do that)? 



*) NB. Observe the difference between : bu follft mil gebord)en, thou 
shalt obey me, and bu hMtft mtr geljord)en , thou wilt obey me. 



144 



l $oll id) ifym fagen, tap ef fomrat? Must I tell him to come? 
SMefer Uniftano foil ftd; me gugetragen fyaben, It is said that this circum- 
stance never occurred. 
©ollte ba3 tvabt feiu? Can that be true? 

SBo^u foil biefe Jtlage? What purpose does this complaint serve? 
2BaS foil mir em ettler Xitel? Of what use is a vain title to me? 
98aS foil id) (tbun)? What am I to do? What am I wanted for? 
2Ba3 follen fte? what are they to do? 
3Benn er fommen follte, fo hull id) e£ ilun fagen, If he should come, I 

will tell him so. 
©ie follten ein guteS 93eifhiel geben, You ought to set a good example. 
2Benn ba$ bet- Sail feiu follte, If that be the case. 

tt>Dllen*), w i 1 1, to be willing, to like, to please. 
SBollen ©ie mix fjelfen ? Will you help (assist) me? 

3d) Oolite 3f)nen Ijelfen, I was willing to help you. 

(Sffcn ©ie fo oiel ©ie tooflen, Eat as much as you like. 

©ie mcgen fagen, i»a£ ©ie lrollen, You may saj' what you please. 
3d) ftafce fhieten tootleu, I have wished to play. 

Q&toill**) fhredjen unb faun nidjt, He wishes to speak, but he can not. 
(Sr Hull fliegen unb fyat fetne Slugel, He wishes to fly, and has uo wings. 
(Er hull ben ^oiueten gefeben baben , He maintains that he has seen 
9Btllft SJu jitUe feiu? Be quiet. the comet. 

2Bollt 3l)r gefyen ? Be gone. 

SDatf ify §offen, bu| ©ie mit mil gufrieben fmb ? llm 3fyncu 
bie 28afyrl)eit $u gefteben, ffiujj i$ 31)nen fagen , bap ©ie mid) 
ptten beffev befvtebigen founen, roemt @ie imr beffer gefelgt fatten. 



©ie follen fieifng feiu, «/ow shall be diligent, and ©ie loerben fleipig 
fein, you will be diligent. 
*) The auxiliary luollen, with the Past partic. of the verb, is used 
in a very peculiar way in the following phrases: 3d) loolite ©ie 
gebeten baben, I would request jou. (Er null nid)t$ oon ber ©ad)e 
gefagt huff en , he does not wish to have any thing said about 
the matter. 
•*) NB. Observe the difference between : id) hull fdjreiben, 1 (will) have 
a wish to write, and the simple Future, id) hu?tbe fdjveiben, I 
shall write; er hull geben , he tvishes to go; and er n»irp geben, 
lie will go. (See the Examples page 146.) 



— 145 — 

SDarf tcfj 3§neu cine £affe (Saffee ober etn @la3 ©etn anbieteu V 
3$ baufe S^ncn, ©te (tub fel)r gittig ; ic^ £iet)e eine &affe (SbofV 
labe <oor. ©oil id) jefct ben Brief auf bie^oft trageu? 3* gtaube, 
eg toivb jefct ju fpdt fein, ©ie muffen ifyn bie feu ?lbeub babin tra* 
gen. ^)ciben ©ie glauben fonnen (or gefemtr), bag er &u etner 
folc&en £aublung fdtyig fet ? 3$ l;dtte bag me turn tym geglaubt. 
SReut Q3ruber l)at ben gan§en Sag $u «g>aitfe bleiben muffen, recti 
er feine gtufgabe. nicfct gut gelernt l?at. $ahzn ©ie bie berut)mte 
beutfebe ©dngeriun fcfeou gefel)en ? 3$ t;tibe fie meber gefel)en, nod? 
gefyort. 20ol;er fennen ©ie biefen ©elebrteu ? 3$ ^be ir)n oor 
cinem 3^**? t" gronffurt am SJJatn fennen geletut. 2Ber i>at 
©ie fo rtcbtig fprecfren gelefyrt ? 3)tein beutfeper Sefyrer gab fief) 
affe moglielpe 5D7ui>e f mi$ rtcbtig fprecben $u leljren. Jpnben ©ie 
3cmnub fominen ^oren ? 3$ f) fl be 9ttemcutb geljort. 2£ir fodeu 
unfern Sftitmenfcben in ber 9?otl) beiftefyen. ©in jeber Sftenfd? 
foflte feine $f!icf)t erfufleu. ©er ©ie fennt, mug ©ic fur uufatyig er* 
ffdren, Slnbern Unrest §u tt)un. ©enu man bengroecf roifl, mug 
man and) bie 9D?ittel rootlen. ©er einen 3wecf erreid)en rotll, 
ber mug fid; and) gem ber Wtkl befeienen, bie tfyu baju fat)ren. 
©o§ bu nicbt cinbcvu fannft, bag mug bit gebulbig ertrageu.*) 
©ag bu nic^t roiflfi, bag bit- gefd;et)e, bag tljm' auct) fetitem $n* 
bern. ©elite 3emaub nad; mir frageu, fo fagen ©ie, tcb fame erjt 
nact) etner ©tunbe jurticf. ©oflte ftcb bag ^Better anberu, fo 
roerbe tcl? no$ fyeute abreifen. — tint roeife §tt fetn, mug man 
nicfyt roeife fc^einen ^ urn ttjdttg §n fetn, mug man uid)t 
ttjdtig fd;einen , urn aber Seibeg $u fein , mug man fcfnoeigeu 
(to be silent) fonnen. — 3$* f? fl & r f* e Ullter wdj aufroacl)fen 
feljen. © d? i IX e r. — 3$ *)abe mid; an oiel gevoof)uen lernen. $) e r f el e. 
©er Straiten drnten rotll, mug Stebe fden. 2)er felbe. ^ein aftenfej) 
mug muffen. Sefftng. SBer baa faun, toae er lotll, ift eiu glttcf* 
fel'ger SOrann, boc^ roetf uub grog ift ber, ber bag null, tvag er 
fa un. — ©ut e@yrucr)e, roeife Set)ren mug man uben, ntel;t blog t;tfmu 

*) What you cannot cure 3 r ou must endure. 



146 



97.*) 
fco concern, beftefen*, affair, ©efdjdft n. to carry on, fftbren, 

angcfien.* accomplish, au^fii^vcn. batten.* 

all day long, ben gem- pardon, $eqeibnng f. entirely, gdnjlicb. 

jen £ag. to depend, abbdngen.* to take cold, ftd) ei* 

to stay, bteiben * prospect, Slngftdjt f. fatten, 

fatigued, tired, mhbe. to become, fieben.* to be at leisure, 9)hife- 
hardly, faum. top (of a mountain) @tunbe baben. 

to assure,t)erftrf)em(Dat.) ©tyfel hi. to wait upon, feine 

difference of age be- top (of atree),2Btyfet m. Slnftoattung macben. 

tween etc., ein Unter; magnificent, ^rad)tttoIt, to assert, bebcutyten'. 

fd)iebim Sitter btefer 2c. bevvltd). to send word, toiffen 

to moderate, mdjjigen. diversified, manmgfal* laffen. 
obligation,duty,^>fiicbtf. tig, yetdnberltcb. to pay a visit, befndjen, 

to go shooting, hunting foreigner | ein ftrem* einen 93efud) abjhtten. 

auf bte 3agb geben. stranger ) ber, m. proud, ftolg. 
gun, ^ttnte. to be present, fid) be= to be ashamed, fid) 

I was just about, id) ftnben, gegentudrtigfein. fcfydmen. 

tuottte eben. party, ®efettfd)aft f. birth, ©ebuvt f. , &ev; 

to prevent, veifyinbem. conversation, Unter; fnnft f. 
to indulge, befriebigen. ■ battling f. 



*) NB. Observe the difference between : 
3d) toerbe foremen, I shall speak. 
3d) toitl fpredjen, I will (am determined) to speak. 
3d) mup fpved)en, 1 am to speak (must). 
SBir toerben geben, We shall go. 
&Bit tootten geben, We will (are willing to) go. 
£>u toirft reifen, (Thou wilt) you will travel. 
3)u foltfl reifen, Thou shalt (you shall) travel. 
3br toerbet get)ovd)en, You will obey. 

3f)t foltt (mu£t) gef)ord)en, You shall (are obliged to) obey 
99Men @ie aufmerffam fein? Will you be attentive? 
58evben ©ie cmfmerffam fein, Shall you be attentive. 
3Bevben ©ie gufrieben fein? Shall you be content? 
2Burben ©ie jufrieben fein? Would jou be content? 
@ie foerben lerncn, You will learn. 
@te muffen (fotten) lernen, You shall learu. 



— 147 — 

Should you receive any letters to day that concern me, 
let me read them Should it rain all day long, we must 
stay at home. Should you like to take a walk with me? I 
should like it very much , if I were not too much fatigued. 
How dare you say so ? I can hardly believe you. I can assure 
you upon my word and honour. 

There must be a great difference of age between those 
two persons. There would be more happiness if every one 
knew Om'ttHe, Derfidnbe) how to moderate his desires. There 
w r ould not be ((hittftnben) so many duels, if people would reflect 
(bebdc^te}, thatone of our first obligations is, to forgive injuries(S3elet* 
btgmtg). I would go shooting to-day, if I had a gun, and good 
gunpowder, or I would go (a) hunting, if I had a good horse. 
I was just about shooting a hare (Jpafein.), when I was pre- 
vented by my dog, which ran before me (in ben ®eq fommen). 
I should like a country life , if my affairs would permit me to 
indulge my inclination (D^eigmtg), When he arrived at home, 
he was quite exhausted (etfcfcopft). I could not speak to him 
(mtr). Are you afraid (furctykn) that he will not accomplish 
that affair? Let them know that their pardon depends on their 
submission (Untenuerfiuiaj. Let us see if this new-fashioned 
(niobent or iteiunobtfcb) gown become you, or not. That is not 
to be comprehended (begretfeu loffen, active). I will sit down 
on the top of that hill, whence (Den tuo nuS) I shall behold a prospect 
no less (efcen fo) magnificent than diversified. — If there be any 
foreigner present at a dinnerparty (bet ^iffbe), who does not 
understand the language which is spoken, good breeding (@v* 
jicfynng) requires that the conversation should be carried on 
entirely in his language. May I ask you a question ?*) Yoti may 
know it. I must (barf) not go out to-day, for I have taken 
cold. I have suffered him (Inffen) to go and see his uncle* 



*) Turn: may (barf) I ask you something? or, may I put (ftellen) 
a question to (an) you ? 

10 



— 148 — 

Were (nmut) he at leisure, I would wait upon him. Were he to 
assert it, I would not believe it. — If your brother should arrive 
to day, let me know it. Send me word, whether you will go 
with us or not. Mrs. N. sends me word, that she will be most 
happy, to see me this evening. I must pay her a visit. 

Must we not have a great deal of patience (oiel ©ebulb) 
to learn German ? May (carf) I take the liberty to ask a favour of 
you ? We ought to be just and wise. We ought to be just 
before we are generous. We ought to obey. — We ought not 
to be proud or (rceber, nod)) ashamed of our birth. 

98. 

how to explain, tote to instruct, untetrtcfc to influence, dinfiup 

ici) evfldren foil. ten, beleljren. fcabeii,einfl6f?eti,einttntfen. 

after all, am (Snfce, to transport, entjftcfen, precept, Starfcfyrift. 

obenbrein. fymreipcn. to delay , auffd)ieben, 

to apply to study, diversion, 3erftreuung f., serfcftieben. 

fletfjig ftubtien. (S'rfyeluMQ f. , 3eit»er* overcharge, itberlaben. 

to inspire with pre- treib m. burden, 83urbef., £a|K. 

sumption, \sinbilbimg stratagem of war, to spend, attggeben, 
t)oben,eingebtlbetmarf)en. .KrtegSlifl f. tterfcfywenben. 

Are you to (mnjfen) take a lesson every day ? Yes, I must, 
because I wish to make much progress You should always speak 
German. Does he know German well (fonnen). The boy has not 
been able (qefonnt) to say his lesson. We cannot always do 
what we wish. You might, indeed, have informed me of it 
(fagcn fonnen). I have not been able to understand him (fonnen). 
He has not been able to write one single letter to-day. I know 
not how to explain the matter (Sorte). Do you like (niogcn) this wine? 
I have never liked it (qemocM). I do not like to do it (mag). 
Should you like to have some of these pears (utoqen)? He may 
(fcinn) laugh. Make haste, as it may rain, and we become wet 
through (and through), and come too late after all. Every sub- 
;:/:: must obey the laws of the country (SanbeSgefefc). Must you 
■:z irn to-day? Yes, I must. You must not say so. I ought 






— 149 — 

to do it. Should you go out, let me know it. — If you wish 
to make much progress, you must apply yourself to study; for 
he who will apply, will improve. Charles wished to learn to 
swim, but he was afraid (ftcl) fiircHeii) to go into the water. 
— Were you as learned as you imagine, that ought not to 
inspire you with presumption. — Thou shalt love God above 
all, and thy fellow-creature as thyself. — He ought to have 
done it. I will have him do that (id? tmmfcbe, ba§; or er nmfj) 
I will read. He maintains that he has seen the comet which 
is expected. ((Sr imfl gefefyeu tyabeu.) If he were to say so, I would not 
believe him. -- I wish (rcofltc) you could come now. When our 
visitors would say (ju fageit pfIegten),"WeIl,upon my word,Mrs. Prim- 
rose, you have the finest children in the whole country", she 
would answer, "they are, as heaven made (cjeftfcaffen) them, hand- 
some enough, if they be good enough". And then she would 
bid the girls hold up their heads (aufre$t fatten). — Let your 
company*) either please, instruct, or transport, if you would (menu 
bu nnmfcbeft, ba§) have it sought for. 

Palmedes is said to be (foil) the inventor of the game of 
chess, to serve for diversion to his soldiers, and to teach them 
the stratagems of war. — All our conduct towards men should 
be influenced by this important precept. "Do unto others as you 
would that others should do unto you." — If we delay till to- 
morrow what ought to be done to-day, we overcharge the mor- 
row with a burden, which belongs not to it. — No reverse 
(©edjfel m.) of fortune ought to alter friendship. — Friendship 
is to be (faun) purchased only by friendship. — Should you 
be as rich as Croesus, if you do not know how to put bounds 
t@rdnje fefcen, mcijjigen) to your desires, you will always be poor. 
— Who spends more than he should , shall not have to spend 
when he would. 



k ) Turn : Your company must either please etc. 



— 150 — 

99. 

PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE DATIVE AND 

THE ACCUSATIVE CASES, $tApofit(otien mit bem 

&<tttt> unb £tccttfatto. 

^Itt 1 ), on, upon, to, in, ttt 4 ), in, into, within, lliitet 7 ), uuder,among. 

at, by, of, near. in the iuside of. 

auf 2 ), on, upon (in) ttebeti 5 ), beside, at the t?OI 8 ), before. 

for. side of, near. 

^tlttei ,3 ),behind,(after). iibev 8 ), over, above, gn>ifd)ett 9 ), between, 
beyond (upon),during. 

Observ. 1. These nine prepositions govern both the Dative and the 
Accusative; the former, when they signify rest, or motion in a, 
place (or when a state of permanent locality is implied, in 
answer to the question tt>D ? where? the latter, when motion 
from one place to another is indicated, in answer to the 
question H?p()itt? whither? whereto? to what placet (See 
page 23. Examples.) 

The following verse which contains them, may be comitted 
to memory : 

Slfitj anf, gutter, ttebett, in, 
Iteber, uttter, twr unb ^unfcftctt 

Steften mlt bem SUciifativ, 

2Benn man fvogcn fann: %t>oi)in? 

s $lit bem .'©atty fleben jte fo, 

2)a§ man nur fann fragen: too? 
Observ. *2. In case that the question too? and lyobin? cannot be 
applied, the Accusative case is generally used after ailf and 
ttber, and the Dative after the others; as, ojauben Sie mit auf 
mein 3Bort, believe me upon Con) my word; fyredjen 'Bit nicbt 
mebr iiber biefe @acbe, do not speak about that matter any 
more; untev Dtelem £ad)en, amid much laughter. 

Exam pies: (NB The pupil may form similarfsentences.) 

1) Sltt with the Dative: @r fap an bem Dfen, he sat near the 
stove; an etnem Dite lebeit, to live at a place; an fetner <f?tefle, 
in his place; an enter @ad)e 5lnifo# nefcmen, to hesitate, or to 
be offended at a thing; fief) an etnem ttetgveifen , to lay hold 
of, to lay hands on a person; am Sage liegen, to be as clear 



— 151 — 

Observ. 3. Contractions of these Prepositions with Pronouns or 

Adverbs are: 
barcin, on that. (toorin, wherein. fyinanf, up there. 

tuoran, on what. j (in toetdjem), in which Ijerein, (come) in. 

barauf, I thereupon, (Dat.) Ijtnein, (go) in. 

binauf, |on that. Jtooretn, j into which 

worauf, (whereupon (in h>elcr;e$i (Ace.) 
auf lt>cld)em ( on which, herauf, up here. 

Examples: 
as the (sun) day; trie ©adje Uegt mix am Bergen, the matter is 
always in my mind. @6 Uegt an Sfynen , it depends on you. 
£ie 9leif)e tft an mix, it is my turn. (§$ gefdjaf) an einem ©onn; 
tage, it happened on a Sunday. @i ftarb an biefem yJiorgen, an 
einer Slugjefyrung, he died on that morning, of a consumption. 
s Man erfennt ten iOogel an Den §ebem, tie SMume an bem ©erucfte 
unb baS <Silber an tent flange, the bird is known by its plu- 
mage, the flower by its smell, and the silver by its sound. — 
($r wax nod) am Seben, he was still alive. (£0 gefdUt mir ttor 
SUlen am beflen, (adv.) I like it for the best of all. 

5ln with the Ace: (Sr ftopfte an tic Sbftre, he knocked at 
the door. 9ited)en @ie an biefe $3(ume, smell this flower. (So- 
metimes the Prepos. bi§ is connected with an; as, id) begleitete 
ti)n bt6 an bie @ifenbabn, 1 accompanied him as far as the rail- 
way). S)ie Sffeihe Fommt an mid), It will be my turn. SBenben 
©ie fid) an ibn, apply to him. 3d) ijabe eine 23itte an ®ie, 1 
have a favour to ask of you. Scbreiben ©ie an mid), write to 
me. Wlan gercotjnt ftd) an 2ille6, one accustomes himself to 
every thing. §ln Qrttvai? benfen, to think of something; an (£tu>a3 
glattben, to believe in somethiug. @g toaren an bunbevt aftenfdjen 
tterfammcit, there were about a hundred people assembled. 
2) Slttf with the Dative. 2luf bem i^anbe tooljnen , to live in the 
country; auf ber 3agb fein, to be at the chase; anf bem 9Jktfte, 
anf ber $cfi, anf ber (Strafe, auf bem SBalle fein, to be in the 
market, at the post office, in the street, at the ball. (JNB. Sluf 
is generally applied to an open or public place, jilso when 
a higher situation ks denoted). §)?etn ftreunb beftnbet ftd) anf 9iei- 
fen, my friend is on his travels. 91uf bem <§>er$en fjaben, to have 
in one's mind, 2)a6 3Bort Uegt mir auf ber 3nnge, 1 have the 



Observ. 


4. 


Con 


am 


=* 


an 


bem. 


betm 


S3 


bei bem. 


im 


=3 


in 


bem. 


»om 


B" 


won bem 


$um 


C=S 


§u 


Dem. 


jur 


cs 


5« 


ber. 



15? — 



Contractions of Prepositions with Articles are : 



NB. Contractions like 
bintenn, instead of bin, 
ter bem, fibers = iibe r 
bag, unters = miter bag, 
bintern = binter ben, 
belong only to the 



ans = an bag. 

aufg =3 auf bn$. 

burets = buret) bas. 

furg = fur bag. 

ins = in bag. 

oorg = »i)r bag. 
common conversation. — Contractions of this kind are only 
allowed if the euphony be uot injured: for this reason it is 
not proper to say: atiftlt for auf bem; augm for aug bem ic. 

Examples: 
word on the tip of my tongue. £)ie ©ache berufyt auf Sfynen, 
the matter depends on you. 2luf Diefem 3I*ege tmrb er ju Ociebtg 
gelangen, he will get nothing by that. 2luf Dec $bat ertappen, 
to catch or take any one in the very act. ^eien (Sie auf 31); 
rer^ut, be on your care (guard, heed), take care of yourself. 
(Sv ftefyt auf bem ©grunge abjureifen, he is on the point to depart. 
With the Accusative: (Sr fteigt auf bag ^fcrb , auf ben 6erg, 
auf ben Sijurm, he mounts the horse, the hill, upon the tower; 
auf bag £anb, ben SRarft, ben 33all, bie (Strajjc geljen, to go into 
the country, into the market , to the ball, into the street. 
(£tn £aug auf ben ©anb bauen, to build a house on sand, ©ie 
ronnen ganj auf mid) bauen, you might entirely depend on me. 
Hx macbte fid) auf feine Q3eine, he took to his heels. @r feblug 
benfteinb aufg.§aupt, he conquered the enemy. (§x jielt auf einen 
$egenftanb, he aims at an object; jtdj auf bie §lud)t begeben, to 
take flight. 3d} i;abe il)n auf tU ^robe gejtellt, I tried him. — 
9UU feine greunbe oerliefjen ibn, big auf einen, all his friends left 
him, except one. (£r bejablte feine Scbulben big auf ben le£ten 
■feller, he paid all his debts tiJI the last halfpenny. dx tt)ei$ 
eg big aufg .§>aar, he knows it exactly. S3ig aufg $Bieberfel)en, 
until we see (meet) again. — @r lief) mir fein §3ud) auf ttiergefyn 
Jagc, he lent me his book for a fortnight. Sig auf ben beutigen 
£ag, till this very day. @r bat mid) auf ben 2ftittag jum (£ffen, 
he asked me to dinner. — Slnticorten <8ie auf meine Stage, ans- 
wer my question. 3$ fake eg auf feinen 53efeJ)l getljan, I did 
it in consequence of his command. — (Sx jitrnt auf mid), he is 
angry with me; bofe, netbifd), eiferfiic&tig auf Semanben fein, to 



— 153 — 

Observ. 5. In order to complete the full sense of the Preposition, 
ve add sometimes an Adverb to it, which is placed after the 
word which is governd ; as, tJDtt btefem Drte au§, from this 
place j t)pit oben fyev, from above; er Uef auf mid) %\\, he ran 
towards me. Such is the case with: uber — bin; uber — t»eg> 
oor — Ijer ic. 

Ex am pies: 
be angry with, envious, jealous of somebody. (£r tftflolj ouf feine 
.ftenntniffe, he is proud of his knowledge. 3d) t>erjlel)e mid) ntd)t 
auf biefe <Sad)c, I am not a judge of this thing. SBerufen Sie 
ftd) tiur auf mid) , make use of my name. £)a6 fommt auf @ie 
an, this depends on you. 3d) tfyue e£ auf$ ©eratfyeivofyl, t do it 
at random, at hazard. — Sluf einmal, at once. — 5luf engli- 
fcfyengujj, in the English manner; auf beutfd) fyerfagen, to say in 
German. — 3luf is used as Adverb in the expressions : oufg befte, 
fd)cnfie, in the best, most beautiful manner. — It is put before 
bafi, auf bajj , in order that, and as Interjection it is used to 
animate; as, auf, folget mir! come, follow me I 

3) Winter with the Dative: 2)er £of ijl fotnter bem £aufe, the yard 
lies behind the house. — @d)lief?e tk Sbure l)tnter btr ju, shut 
the door behind you. — Sometimes fjinter is joined with the 
Adverb ^er, in order to express a constant, equal motion 5 as, 
er ging fyiuter mir ber, he walked after (followed) me. Winter 
einer <£ad)e r)et fein, to pursue, to pore over. — Winter (Stnem 
(jer fein, to be at one's heels. (§x Ijat c$ btnter ben Dfyren, he is 
more cunning than he appears, ©r Ijat c3 binter meinem Dtucfcn 
getfjan, he has done it without my knowing. Winter bem 
;Berge fyalten, to hold back, to dissemble. 

With the Accusative: 3d) fab ftinter mid), 1 looked behicd 
me. £)a£ $ferb fytnter ben 58agen fyannen, to put the cart before 
the horse, ©id) etroaS binter bie Dbren fd)reibeu, to treasure up 
a thing; fid) §inter einen ftecfen, to use any one as a tool; 
einen fyintcr bag 8td)t fufyven, to deceive, disappoint. 3d) fam 
r)mter ben S3etrug, I discovered the imposture. 

4) 3n with the Dative: 3n bem SSette liegeu, to lie in bed; in ei- 
nem S3ud)e tefen, to read in a book. @S gelbt mir etma$ im $o£fe 
fjerum, it causes me anxiety. Grr bat etroaS im Jtopfe, he is out 
of humor (tune). C?r ftecft tief in ©djulben, he is over head 



154 



Observ. 6. By contracting Prepositions with forms of Pronouns 
like fcei\ VOV, we form Adverbs, as inutem, before that; bem* 
nacfy , after that; bepfyalb, on accouut of that; lr> c § (> a I b , where- 
fore; inbep (inb efjcn), in the mean while. ^ 

Examples: 
and ears iu debt. £ci3 Ueijt nod) in iveitem %q\H, the matter is 

far from being settled 3n acfyt Sagen retfe id) ab, I shall depart 
this day w*ek. — 3d) babe ii)n in brei 3«bi*en nid)t gefeben, I 
have not seen him these three years. — Qx fa^te eg tm C?rnjie, 
im (Spafj, he said it iu earnest, in joke. <Sich in einer (Baifye 
fiben, to practise a thing; tm Slllgemeinen, in general; in ber 
$bat, in fact. 

With the Accusative: (Sr lief in bag «£>aug , he ran into the 
house. (§x fd)nitt fid) in ben ginger, he cut his finger. 3n ben 
9i>tnb fd)lagen, to neglect; — jld) ehr-ag in ben Jtopf fefccn , to 
take a thing into one's head; — bag roill mir nid)t in ben .ftityf, 
I canuot understand that. — 3d) fe£e mein 33ertranen in ^Ticfy, I 
trust in you. — (Etnrng ing Singe fajfen , to have an eye upon 
a thing; in t>ii Stugen fallen, to strike, catch the e3'e ; eincm in 
bie SUbc fallen, to interrupt; einem bieSBorte in ben SDiunb legen, 
to prompt; einem etn?ag ing ©eftd;t fagen, to tell to the face. 
— (§x gebt ing $el)nte 3al)r, he is in his tenth year. (With bi$ 
the word til marks extent of space or time , big in bie fpate 
s Jlad)t, till late in the night.) — 3ng Deutfcfoe fiberfe&en, to trans- 
late into German. @v banb bag §3ud) in brei Sdnbe, he bouud 
I he book into three volumes. 

5) tyli'betl with the Dative: @r lvor)ut neben mir, he lives next to 
me. (§x lief neben mix her, he ran on my side. 

With the Accusative: dr T;at fein $aug neben bag meinige ge* 
bant, he has built his house next to mine. 

0) ttcbev with the Dative: 3)ag ©emdlbe l)angt fiber ber Xfyux , the 
picture hangs over the door; er liegt immer fiber fetnen£3ud)ern, 
he is always poring over his books ; fleifjig fiber ber Arbeit fein, 
to work diligently. — (5r luobnt fiber bem Otfteine (brfib^n), he 
lives at the other side of the Rhine. — Sftan fprart) fiber $tfd)e 
baDon, they spoke of it at dinner (while at table). (§x ift fiber 
bem Sefen eingefrt)(afen , he fell asleep while (he was) reading. 
Ueber bem ©fciele »ergijjt er tk 2lrbeit» he forgets his work 
on account of playing. 






— 155 — 

legen, f.*(ueuter) to Jie.^brdne. f. tear. Oietfimg , f. saving 

legen, b.* (active) to treten,* to step (come). rescue. 

lay, put, place. rubrenb, touching, tveilen, to stay, tarry. 

ftcben* (n.) to stand. soothing. ©rab, n. grave, tomb. 

fkllen, (a.) to place, put. Dringen,* to urge. Qhitfdjtujj, in. resolution. 

ft$en,* (n.) to be sitting. 33itte, f. entreaty. (Btraud), in. shrub, bush. 

fe$en (a) to place, put. nadjgeben , to yield, ftieblt, steals, 
fcbtocben, to soar. to give way. fteblen,* to steal, 

frnngen* to leap. plc^Iid), suddenly. 9T>abl, f.jehoice, option. 

©raben, in. ditch. au$bred)en * to break ^tnfd)leid)en*to creep to. 

$3anf, f. bench, form. out, burst. Stern, m. star. 

SBdrgttg, m. preference. ©efeij, n. law. Stint, f. forehead. 

Examples: 

With the Accusatwe: £>er Slbler erbebt ftd) fiber Die 9Bolfetv 
the eagle raises itself above the clouds. @r febtvingt fid) uber 
Slnbere etnpor, he raises himself above others. (5'r ijt uber biefe 
€ati)e erbaben, he is above that thing. — 3d) febrteb ibm Sriefe 
uber S&ricfe, 1 wrote to him letter upon letter. — 3d) babe tfon 
ein *U?al uber ba6 anbere gettarnt, I have warned him many 
times. — Bufriebenbett gebt uber Oieicbtbum, contentment is above 
wealth. — Sireiten £ie ba& £ucb uber ben Sifd) unb einen Seppid) 
iiber ben ^upboben, spread the cloth over the table, and a car- 
pet over the floor. £)en ©tab (uber (£tnen) brecben, to pass sen- 
tence of death. 3d) nehme ba& uber mid), I am answerable for 
that. — 3)ie S3rucfe fubrt uber ben Slujj, the bridge leads over 
the river; uber bag ©after febwimmen , to swim across the wa- 
ter. — £>a3 gebt iiber meinen SQerjianb, that is above me; uber bie 
(gd)nur banen, to exceed , to pass the proper bounds. (£r fann 
eS nicbt iiberS <£>erj bringen, he can not reconcile it to his heart. 
iSx fe£t fid) uber bie (Scfabr bintr>eg, he disregards (does not 
mind) the danger. — 23ir reifctt uber Hamburg waif} Berlin, we 
travel by way (via) Hamburgh to Berlin. £>a3 \\t uber atte 
©ejebreibung fd)cn, that is beautiful beyond all description. SDte 
Stebe bauerte uber eine <Stunbe, the speech lasted more than an 
hour. — <£>eute iiber arijtSage, (from) this day week; iiber Olacbt, 
overnight; (iiber lang ober Furg, sooner or later, some time or 



*) NB. f. means the auxiliary fein j b. = l?abe«; a = active; n 
neuter verb. 



— 156 — 

$a3 $c\n8 memeS ^rubers ftef)t an bem Ufer etneS glnffe^. 
3cb ftelle ben £ifcb an bte ©anb (against). 2Bo liegt mein 
»<6ncb? (§3 liegt auf bem $if$e. ?egen <Sie e3 gefafliajt anf ben 
Sifcb. @r fkfyt Winter mix. (gtetlen <Sie ftcb , roenn e3 3ljneu 
bei ie&t, gutter micb. liefer 2Jiami tft menials in nieinem «£>aufe 
getpefen. ©ir furcbten nnS, tn biefes $au$ §n geben. $abm 

Exam pies: 
other). (SB. If fiber is placed after its Accusative, it is an 
Adverb^ as, ben ©cmmer fiber, during the summer. 3d) ijcibe 
ibn ben gaugen Sag fiber nitt)t gefeben, I have not seen him for 
the whole day). — Grr ift 83efebl3fyaber fiber bie Sruppen, he is 
commander of the troops. — £>enfen <Sie fiber biefen ©egenftanb 
nad), think of the matter. — a3ernad)la§ige ntd)t beine $jiid)ten 
fiber bem $ergnugen, do not neglect your duty on account of 
your pleasure. 
7) Hitter with the Dative: (5r fcfolief unter fretem <£>tmmel, he slept 
in the open air. 3d) lebte mit ibm nnter einem £>ad)e, I lived in 
the same house with him. Unter ber <§anb, secretly (second 
hand). (Bx bat e$ unter feinen £anbeu, he has it in hand (is 
accupied with). (SB. 3tt ben «£>dnben fyaben, to have in one's 
power) ; unter ttier Slugen, between two persons, between our- 
selves. — 3>a$ ifi unter alter Jtritif, that is very bad. — Unter 
funfeig £balern fann id) bte QBaare nid)t geben, I cannot sell that 
merchandise for less than fifty dollars. — Unter ber Dtegierung 
^rieDrtdjS beg ©rojjen, during the reign of Frederic the Great; 
unter ber 3eit, in the mean time. (SB. unter 2Beg$, on the 
road (on the way) is an adverbial expression.) (St reijt unter 
frembem 9lamen, he travels under (by) another name. — Unter 
anbern (©ingen) or unter Slnberm, amongst other things; er fajj 
unter ben 3ufd)anern , he sat among the spectators. Unter alien 
Speifen ift biefe bit gefunbefte, this is the most wholesome food 
of all others. SDie <Satt)e bleibt unter un3, the thing remains 
between ourselves (under the rose). Unter bem 2Jiimoe, below 
or beneath the moon. 

With the Accusative : (£r fd)rieb feinen Stamen unter ben 93rief, 
he signed his name to the letter. (£inen unter bie drbe bringen, 
to put one under ground (cause his death). 3d) red)ne (ja&Je) 



— 157 — 

$io 3emaiit(en) im £<mfe flefefjen? 3d? tycrbe 9?ifinaiir(fn) baint 
qefefyen. £e* £ogel fcbroebt liber bem £aufe. £ng qjfcrb fprang 
fiber ben @iaben. SBtr fajeu laiig uuter bem ©amiu, t)tevmif 
fcfcteu mtv uud auf bie ©auf. @v t)nt mauite JBorjufle*) t>ur 
fetuem ©ruber. Sfyxt ©cbwefter fieflt ftcb inuiier uor ben @picflcf. 
®e|ietn jianb fie eine ganje ©runbe oor tbrem ©pieflfl. @ie fog 

£ x a in pies: 
ibn unter meine greunDe, I count him among my friends, ©elb 
unter bie Slrmen t>crt^eilen, to distribute money among the poor, 
(Jtioafc unter tie Seute bvingen, to spread among people. SlUeS 
unter einanDer, (adverb) one with another (in confusion). 
8) $$or with the Dative: Qx toobnt ttor bem Sfyore, Ue lives outside 
the gate. (&6 fdjroebte mir r>or ben Slugen , it waves before 
my eyes, £)er 2Binter ift »or ber £f)itr, the winter draws near 
(is at hand). (Bx macbte ibm bie £bure Dor ber Sfcafe $u, he shut 
the door in his face. 95 or ber <§anb, in the first place, first of 
all, for the present. 93 or bem Dticfoter erfcbeinen, to appear be- 
fore the magistrate; oor einer 33erfammluug reben, to hold a 
speech before an assembly. — (&$ gefcfycib ttor einigen Sabren, it 
happened a few years ago; uor biefem or oorbem, before this, 
— 33or alien ©ingen mup id) 3()nen fagen, before every things 
(in the first instance) I must tell you. SSor ber 3eit be^atjlen, 
to anticipate payment. — @r bat QiieleS oor ibm »oraud, he is 
superior to him in many things. — ©id; r>or einem oerbergen, 
to hide himself from some one. 3d) fi'ucbte mid; oor ibm, I 
am afraid of him. — (£r$ittert oorftroft, he trembles with cold. 
©ie errotbete r>or ©cr/ant, she blushed for shame, loeinte Dor 
§reube, wept for joy; fhrb ttor ©turn, died with grief; »or 3)urfi 
tterfdjmacbten , to die with thirst. (ISTB. A. nice distinction is 
to be made between; er gttterre VOX Surcfot, he trembled for 
fear, and er ergriff au$ tfurdjt tie gluct?t, he has taken flight 
out of fear, 2lu# signifies the reason of a free activity, 
whilst DPlt expresses that of an unvolontary action or suf- 
fering). 

With the Accusative: @ie fteilte ftd) oor ben ©^iegel, she 
looked at herself in the glass, ilomme mir nicbt mebr »or meine 



) He is superior to etc. 



— 158 — 

Ictnge gwifcben mil unb bir, unb fefcte flcb banu $n)if#en micty 
unb ifyn. £>ie £l)f<inen rraten il;t in bie 21ugen, al$ fie bie tut;* 
renbe ©efcfyicbte ei'ga^leit Incite. <8te mujfen ifym 9?icbt3 in ben 
2l?rg legen. (Sv brana, fo fetyr mit SSittcn in lmcfe, bn§ id) micb, 
juiefct genotbjgt fanb, na$$ugeben. *pi6fcltcb, bind? fte in bittere 
Socmen cuts, nnD f«gte: *2Die tl?ori<#t bin icb, fo in ben Sag 

Examples: 
Slugen, do not appear before my eyes any more. Semanb »ot 
©erid)t forbern, to summon somebody before the judge; (einen) 
»or ben $o£f fto^en, to offend, disoblige. $or ben 9tifj treten, 
to stand in the gape, (to bide the brunt); ettoctg »or ftcfybitngen, 
to lay aside, to save; eine 2-actye gebt vor ftcb, it goes on well, 
it proceeds. 
9) Btinfcfyett, with the Dative: 3wifd)en bem £aufe unb bem@arten 
tfi ber «§>of, between the house and the garden lies the yard. 
@S entjicmb ein <Streit 5»ifd)en beiben (SfyeUuten, a quarrel arose 
between the man and his wife. (But we use correctly unter, 
among, if there are more than twoj as icb fonnte ifyn Utitet* 
bem gropen £aufen nidjt berauSfinben, I could not fiud him out 
from among the crowd). 

With the Accusative: (£r trat gnnfdjen unS betbe, he went 
(stepped) between us two; jttnfcben jheitenbe ^avteien tveten, to 
interfere between two disputing parties. — NB. To this class 
of Prepositions belongs also the word aufter, when it means 
out of, in the outside of (synonymous with aufjserfyalb), or exclu- 
sion, exception governs the Dative), as bev Jtvanfe beftnbet fid) 
atifjer beni ©ette, the sick man is out of his bed. Grr arbeitete aufjer 
bent $aufe» he worked out of the house. 3d) tuar gan$ aujjer 
mir, I was quite beside myself; cutler ber3ctt, out of season. 
9lu£ier Sfynen fefttte ^temanb, there was nobody missing except 
you. Slujjer bem ©etbe fanb man nod) ttiele ©otratjje, besides the 
money many provisions were found. — With the Accusatwe 
the word auper is only connected in figurative sense of pla- 
cing or happening to come in/ as, er gerietb. an£er gaffung, he 
lost his self-command. Qx hmvbe aujjer Sfjatigfeit gefeht, lie was 
suspended. (Sine @ad)e aufer Stoeifel fefjeH, to put a thing out 
of doubt or question. (For aufjer with the Genit. see page 127. 



— 159 — 

fjiuein flelebt jutyaben."*) 5Son tyutt an rowbe let ferafaiiier ouf 
mem @elb fein. Unter anberu (^ingcu), or miter Suberm fagte 
fte aucb: Oeber SReufa »» u § UI,tct bem ®*"6 C be3 ® e fcfc« d 
fiefeen." $>a$ war f#on toon ^roigfeit $er. — <§r rofirbe $ur $ct* 
rung Hnberer burets geuer fcutfeiu @r arbcitet oom frityen *OTor* 
flat bi$ in tie fpdte 9f.ad?r. £er X«G tji befitmmt jut Arbeit, 
tie 9la$t gur JWu$e. 

51 n ben Sftottb, 

5Tuf bid) blitfet, auf bit* toeiiet oft mein Shta 1 in fu£er ?uft: 

$fn bir b>ft' icb, ntt btrf) fenb^ icb mand) ©efitfyt au$ fvofjer 23ruft! 

3« bic^ fe£et, in bir ftnbet meine ^fyantajte wi ©mien, 

Itnter bie fte geni jtdj trdumet, itnter benen port bie fcr;6nett 

©eefen, liber biefe @rb' erfyotjet, iiber ©rdbern fcanbeln. 

3Sor mid) tritt bann, tjor mir fteljt bann ber (fntf$lufj, redjt put jtt tjanbelrt. 

3tt>ifd)en biefen ©traud&ett ftfc' id), $n>ifd)eu fie flie(;It ftdc) &ein@trabl, 

9td»en mid) jtnft, neben mir rur)t fte, bie ftreunbin mciner fflBaljl. 

Winter mid) f^ill Ijingefcbtidjen , ftanb fte lad)enb Winter miiv 

UnD roir rebeu von bett ©ternen , unfern SHeben unb son bir. 

100. 

indeed, in ber Zfyat, to come about, to turn, approve, ) bifligen. 

trirflidt). ftd) utnfeforen,fur) breljen. improve, ( »erbcffertt. 

recovery, «§erftcnittig f. to take along, mitnel^ worth, SBertf} m., 93er* 
for my part, toad midj men * ftd) merfen. bienjl n. 

betrtfft. , to take away, l)in< place, ©telle f, £>ienft m. 

for heaven's sake, urn roegnehmen* idleness, Sftufiggang m. 

be$ £iinmel$ uutlen. desert', 23erbienfi n. prodigality, 33erfd)tt)en- 
(des'ert, 3Bujle, f.) bung, f. 

Your uncle is very ill indeed, 1 doubt his recovery.**) He 
would die for me. He will go for ever (auf). That vessel sails 
for London (nacb). I cannot speak for grief (t>or). Your cousin 
is a very amiable girl , but as for me (for my part) , I don't 
like her. For heaven's sake do not undertake that, you will 



*) To have lived so thoughtlessly (at a venture). 
**) Turn: I doubt on (an) his recovery. 



— 160 — 

not succeed. Would you not stay here for the summer (fang 
or fiber)-? My nephew's chamber is above mine. Things maybe 
above our reason without being contrary to it. These things 
are above me (ftefeen mic ju fyod)). A good name is (goes) above 
wealth. What are you about (oorfyaben) ? They dispute about 
this point. He is very inquisitive about it (ntugterig). I had a 
coat made after the French fashion. The world has come about 
(has turned). He had no money about him (bet). I am quite 
wet, let me dry my dress before the fire (an , bei). Will you 
come along with me ? Take this along with you. Take these 
things away. This is a thing I never heard of. We are often 
below our wishes and above our desert. — What is done in 
anger, can neither be done well, nor be approved of by any body. 
— Worth, without wealth, is a good servant out of (auger) 
place. — Idleness is the greatest prodigality in the world. 

101, 

■Slrgtpoljn, m. suspicion. Urtfyetl, n. judgment. (agreable) to the 

33ertrcmen, n. confidence, gleidj^ufttg, indifferent. purpose. 

28ange, f. cheek. ttiei$, knows. 3 rd -P ers - of P re8 -jufaUig, accidental, for- 

gleiten,* to glide, to slide. toifjcn,* to know. tuitous. 

fcefonnen, considerate, ftdj rtcfyten, to accommo- ttevgtoeifeln , to despair. 

Umgang,m. intercourse, date one's self to — . i>er$toeifelt, desperate. 

erfennen,* to recognize. Umftanb, m. circumstance 9Burf, m. throw, stake. 

geratljen ,* to happen oeranbern, to change, burdjbeben, to vibrate 

to come. to alter. through, 

verfcfjlingen *to swallow.^ecfmajjig, conformable 9Bonue,f.delight,rapture. 
£er ftrteg gefyiht unter tie gtojjten Uebel ter 2£elr. .ftrieg 
fft eung groifdjeu %Ht mib JMrqwoljn , nur gtrtfcfcen ©laiibcu uiib 
^iertraueu i)t gtiebe. — Unter §rt>ei Uebeln miijj man bae flcinue 
waljUn. — ■ 3d? fafy eble Sbranen fiber beine 28aitgeu gletteii. — 
(2>ei befonneii in ber 2Bal?l betnes UnigangcS. — 2£orau erfetuit 
man beiuen (Srnft, roemi auf fctni Sort bte Zfyat liie^t fclgr. — 
2)a3 ©erucfot mbrettete fi$ Hitter ba3 SBoIf , ba§ fcer Mfu\$ Me 
%Ud)t ergriffeu t)atte. $)u §afi mc§i Diet cot bid? gebractyr. $)et 



— 161 — 

geiwb flcrietf) jroifcfcen aroei gewer. — SOW gmaiigig Scitytn roirb 

b<i$ QSergwiiflew i>erfd?lwwa,ew, mit bret§fo, gefeftet, mit twer^o, md&io, 

^enoffeii, mit ffutfetg gefuc&t, mit fec^^gtg bermijjt. — Dog Uvttyeil 

awberer, befowberS guter SMenfdjen fiber micb, barf mil uicfct Qlcict)* 

gfiltig (indifferent) fein. — gwrftew roeibew bie SRinge- awf gel* 

bewew 5>flern piafewtirr. 3. $; Oiiebter. $)er weij? ftdj wad) 

fciwen Sewtew §w ricfjtew, uwb feiwew (Sfjarafter wad) ben Umjrrin* 

ben ju uerdwberw. ©duller. @r madne wiicb. mit mjt felbft, 

mit meiwew SQiinfcben nnb 9ceia,wwa,ew befnnnt wnb lebrte mid? fte 

Sroecfmafjifj befriebigew. ($otf)e $cb fe^c nicbt awf bie juffifligcn 

SSorjiige bet ©ebwrt. ©chiller. 9la<b ewrer Stecbmtwg gibt e3 

awf biefet ©elt Mel $)iirftige (indigent). @ 6 t Ij e. dint eiw »et* 

^rceifelter Spieler fe£t 2lfle3 awf eiwew eiwjigen 2Bwrf. © d? i 1 1 er- 

2Beww id? bei ber Dwefle fttbt, roarwiw foil id) wicbt aw3 Der Dwellc 

triwfew ? (SlawbtwS. j$tit (time) wwb ©rcigfeir (eternity) ftwb aw 

eiwawbet bwrcfc eiwew etngigen SRenmit gefettet. © (tiller, ©er 

$w leben aufftort, liber bew hat ber $ob feiwe ©eroalt wietyr. — 

Slwf bie 9carf)t be3 ©cfclafeS folgt ber 30corgen be$ <§rroae|>en3. 

3m 2ftorqeng(an$ betbauter ^elbev, — SWit toad)em SStluty} 

3m SWittaggfdjatten bicfytev SBdlber, — 93oU Sebenesglutb, 

Seim (e$ten 2lbfd)iebSfup ber ©onne, — 3m Slbenfcfcfoein, 

D ^inblidjfeit, buvcr)tebt son SBonne, — ®ebenf id) betn. 

($aggejen.) 

102. 

to water, begiefjen.* by the bye, nebenfyer, guide, ^u^rer m. 

along, IdngS, Gen. bei biefer ©etegenbeit. occurrence, (£reigntp n, 

wetter (Adv.) (by and by, ttadifyer, to suit, ricbten, fltilpajfen. 

(long ago, Idngf!.) bait), fogletd).) enterprise, Unterue^- 

smoothly, genidcblitt), discretion, S3efonnenljeit men n. 

langfam. f, 33efdjetbenfoeit,-3Ser* to be classed, gerecfynet 

to be in hopes, Ijoffen. fd)tt>iegenljett. foerben. 

to be taken ill, franf to stamp, ftemveln. to throw away, h?eg- 

fcerben. proper, gebortg. werfen.* 

by degrees, flufentoeife. advantage, SSort^eil m. throw, s. 28utf, m. 
unorring,unfeblbar,ftcber. 



— 162 — 

He watered the flowers along by the house (am £oufe bet.)'. 
Go smoothly along. She was taken from among (miS entrtjfni) 
us a long time ago. He is liot at home. At (bet) the next op- 
portunity I will tell you what I think about that matter. He 
interferes with things (fid) in §ad?eu mifefren) that do not con- 
cern him. I am in hopes he will come to morrow. It is not 
agreeable to walk either in (bet) very warm, or very cold weather. 
What are you laughing at (roentber). He laughs at every body. 
I love her before (more than) myself (meljr aid), and her love for me is 
very great. The day*) before his wedding he was taken ill. 
This is beyond (i}et)t Tiber) any man's capacity. All things are 
ordered by (uacb) the will of God. By this time three months I 
shall be in London. Before this time three months I shall have 
departed (left) for Dresden. — You must always go on by de- 
grees. By the bye I have to tell you that I shall not have the 
pleasure of seeing you to morrow, because my father is gone 
to England, and my mother is ill in bed. — I was born on the 
sixth of May in the. year 1842. — Discretion stamps a value 
upon all our other qualities , it instructs us to make use of 
them at proper time , and turns them honourably to our own 
advantage ; it shows itself alike in all our words and action s» 
and serves as an unerring guide in every occurrence of life. — 
Suit your desires to (uacfc) things , and not things to your de- 
sires. — Let reason go before enterprise , and counsel before 
every action. — Among the great blessings and wonders of the 
creation may be classed the regularities of times and seasons. 

— Among the many enemies of friendship may be reckoned 
suspicion (?lra,n?ol)ii, m.) and disgust ((5'cfel, m., g$tfeerioi6?j m ) 

— The stone that lies not in your way, need not offend you.**) 
The best throw upon the dice is — to throw them away. 

*) Turn: On the day before etc. 
**) The German proverb: SBad Mdj nirf)t brennr, ba$ braudjj! t»u nirf)t 
ju lofic$en. 



163 



103. 

VERBS & ADJECTIVES GOVERNING THE DATIVE. 
3dt* unb (StgenfdjaftSroortet mtfr bem Satt^ 

Observ. 1. The Dative case, answering the question toem? to whom ? 
is governed : 

a) by such active verbs which, besides their Objective case in 
the Accusative, require a personal object , for whose advan- 
tage or disadvantage the action takes place; as, er btad)te 
mtr (bem SUttbe) ba% 23ud), he brought me, the child (to me, 
to the child) the book. 

b) by many Derivatives with the prefixes ge, ettt (emlp), and se- 
parable verbs, formed by the particles ab, off; etttgegett, to- 
wards; an, on; auf, up; dU$, out; fret, by; bat, there; etlt, 
in; mil, with; nad), after; Hitter, under; \)0V , before; tPt= 
ber, against, and 311 , to; as, er geftanb mtr, he confessed to 
me, ict) erlaubte tljm, I permitted him;*) er tjjeilte mtr eine 
Stfacbridjt mtt :c. 

c) by many Neuter verbs, particularly such which are formed 
by the prefixes qc, etlt , er, ttti#, and the particles ah, an, 

anf, an$ , bet, ein, entgegen, nacfj, unter, tier, totber, ju; as, baS 
jttnb geborcfyt feinen (Jftern , the child obeys his parents; er fam 
mix entgegen, he came to meet me; er biente mtr k.**) 

d) by many impersonal verbs; as, eS fefclt mir, I want. (See the 
List in Appendix.) 

Observ. 2. Most Adjectives derived from verbs by the help of the 
Affixes bar, ltd), and the Prefix ntt , require the Dative; as, 

biefcS Jtinb iji feinem 33atet fefir afynltcb ; e3 (ft feinen @Uerit 
banfbar, this child resembles his father very much; he is 
thankful to his parents. 



*) KB. There are many verbs in German which govern the Da- 
tive whilst in English the Accusative. A complete List will 
be found in Part II. 

**) The Prefix be generally transforms a neuter verb into an 
active one, which consequently requires an object in the 
Ace; as, bienen (c. Dat.), bebtenen (c. Accusative). 

11 



__ 164 — 

Icib ttjitrt, tobesorry. kegrcifitidj iein, to be gebiibren, to belong. 

fcerbelfen, to assist in. conceivable. roeiben, to devote. 

fcanfbar fein, to be betroofynen, to assist, / entgeben, to escape. 

thankful. be present. ' etitrinnen , run away 

fdjiuer fallen, to become ungelegen fommen, to be ' (elope). 

difficult. inconvenient. »ertvauen, to trust. 

Ietct)t n>erDen, to become ^ fig.cn, to fit. unauSfteblid), intolerable. 

easy. ) (fcboti laffen,to fit well. )uevtvant>t, kindred. 

It>ct^ nmcben, to make brofyen, to threaten. iaftig, troublesome. 

one believe, to im- unterltegen, to succomb. bhiDerlici), impeding. 

pose upon. (Ittfefyen, to look at. fyinDeui, to prevent. 

©3 tfyat mir fel)r leib, ba§ icb (jeftern uicbt §u «£>aufe wax, 
nls (&h mifj) befucben tucTlteii. — ^cb roevbe mir ofie meglictjc 
€Diiii;e gebcn, 3j)iien ju Sbrem heebie $u i>cr^elfen. <Sie jinb febr 
fremiblicfo; tct; merbe 3^nen gemif? fe^v banfbar fein. £)a6 (gtu- 
bium ber beutfcbfu Spracbe ft cl mir gar nicbt fo febroer , ale icb 
anfanfle bacbte. SSoIIen ©ie mir Dielleicbt ©rrr;a$ rods macbeu? 
9JJan §at info immer Qefagr, bag bie beittfd^e epradje ciuem @ng- 
laitber leister roerbe, aU3 etuem graii^ofcn. 3)a3 ifi mir febr 
begreijUic!?. £>en grmtjofcn aurb bie (Srieniung eincr jtben frembeit 
©pracbe fcbroer, roeil bie ifyrtge fel)r I e i ct> t ifi ©s ifi mir fei)r 
lieb, bo§ ©ie mil ba$ mirt^etlen. @3 roirb meiuen (§irein geroi§ 
»iefc greube macben , micb gefauftg beutjcb jprecben jit t)oren. — 
i&aben ©ie neitltcr; bem gefteffen (banquet) beigeroofmt , roelcbe3 
bet @elegent)eit ber ©ruubfteiiiiegung*) beS ^ranfeutjaufeS gegeben 
routbe? (53 tt)at mir fe^r Icib, bajj icb barau v>ert)uibert mar. — 
2)iefer 3Jienfcj> mar mir immer umuisfte^licb , mtb ubgleicb; er mir 
nalje oerroanbt ifi, fo i\i mir [cine (befell [$aft bemiocb, fet;r lafiig; 
benn cr ift mir in mcinen Slvbeiten immer ^iuberlicb. (53 ift mir 
imbegrciflic^ , rote er feine fescue ,3eit mit ^lictjtstfyun (im 
>Dtu§tg,gang) oergeuben (spend, pass) fniui ] aucb fommt mir fein 
Hefner; immer ungelecjen. — £due SJcitrouruitg mar mir met;r 
bjnberlici? al$ fbrberlict;, uub icb rourbe ifym \a)\ banfbar fein, 



*) La.vintr of the fouudat«o«i-.<5fraiip. 



— 165 — 

roe mi er mtrb in 3ufruift nut [einem 55ef«d)e t>erfd}onctc (to spare). 
£>iefe$ tfleib ftfct 3&nen fefer gut. — £>er 3orn Icijjt feinem 
Sfflenfcben [ebon. — (§2 brofyte it)m etnfi tint gro§e ©efafyr, nub 
er ware betuat)e ber Ueberntaeht (superior power) untedegeu. — 
Wl<\n fiet)t eS btefem SCftenfcben an, roe§ ©etfteetftnb er ift (what sort of 
a fellow). — ($§re, bent @l)re gebtitjret! — £em $ed?tfcbaffenen (righ- 
teous) gebuftrt 2icbtung. — £)erre$tfd)affcne 9D?enffb roeifjt fetn »ger§ 
ber £ugeub. — ©er 53eferoicr;t (wicked) entgefyt felten ber ©trafe 
(punishment). — 9?temanb entrtnnt bent £obe. — £>em bunfeln 
©crjoojje (bosom) ber tyetftgen (Srbe uerrrauen roir ber ,£>dnbe Xtycit. 
©chiller. &u\ ffi§er JEroji ift t&m geblteben, er $dl)f t bte £dupter 
[finer gifbett (dear one's), intb fiefy ! ibm feblt fetn tl)enre$ 
£anpt. SDerfelbe. 3)er ecbte jfunfiler a^mt ber 9?atur nasi). — 
©in SNenfcb, ber feine Seibenfcbaften ntcbt bef)errfcben tann, gfricbt 
einem #a$n (boat) oljne gubrer (guide). 

104. 

place, *)Blafj m., Drtm. to dissuade, abratben* object, ©egenfiant). 

fit, geeignet. (Dfit.) sight, Slnblitf m. 

accomplishment, S3er= to frequent, oft befu-- comfort, £rcft m. 

oonfommmtng f. cben, fvequetttiren. to participate, §lntt)eil 

embarrasment, SSerle; to trust, traiten (Dat.) nebmen an (Dat.) 

gen^ett f. to listen, ©eljot geben to undertake, untet* 

to behave, beneljmen.* (Dat.) nebmen* 

How do you like this place? I like it very much indeed. 
It seems to me quite fit for my studies and accomplishment. 
My work did not succeed for a long time, till at last an Idea 
struck (occured to [etnfaffen]) me, by what means I shall suc- 
ceed. I was very much surprised (cm f [alien Dat. impers.) when he 
communicated to me the news, that he renounced (to) his preten- 
tions (his title, 2lnfpruct>en entfagen Dat.;. What do you advice 
me to do (amatt)en, Dat.), for I am in a great embarrasment, how 
to behave towards that man. I am very sorry to hear that, but 
H you W ni take (follow) my advice, I would go out of his way (aw$* 



., 



— 166 — 

rvtifym, Dat ), and have in the future nothing to do with him. 
My sister has dissuaded me from frequenting his society. He in- 
treated me very much (er lag mix bttngenb an) to assist him in 
this distress. Will you do me the favour (bie ©efafiigfeit er$eu 
gen) to buy me a very good German Dictionary, for it is im- 
possible for me to do my exercises well without it. I flatter 
myself, I receive your approbation (S3dfaH erlaugen). Do not 
trust to him who flatters you. It is impossible to serve (help) 
him who will not listen to good advice *}. I have been ad- 
vised **), not to listen to those who flatter, nor to trust to those 
who tell falsehood. Do not imagine (ftcb ehtbtlben Dat.) 
that all that tastes well to you is also wholesome to you. Will 
it be convenient to you (qelegen fetn, Dat.) if I call on you 
this afternoon? It will give me (macbeu) much pleasure to see 
you at any time you like (bdtebeu Dat. impers), There is no 
object more pleasing than the sight of a man whom you have 
obliged (eine ©efdfligfett er^tgen, Dat.) The brave soldier fol- 
lows his flag (gnfjne f.) 4 . Though fashions be (Indicative) ever so 
foolish, people always follow them. — It is a great comfort to 
have a friend to whom you may communicate your thoughts, 
and who participates in your pleasures and pains. — Truth is 
born with us (ongeboreu, Dat), and we must do violence to 
nature (©eroalt antfyun , Dat.) to shake off (entfagen, Dat.)***) 
our veracity. — The gentle mind is like the smooth stream 
which reflects every object in its just proportion, and in its 
fairest colours. 

He that would please all, and himself too, 
Undertakes what none could do. (Turn: one cannot please every body.) 



*) The proverb: He who will not be advised, must take the con- 
sequences, SBem nid)t ju ratfjen i% bent tfi tud)t ju belfen. 
**) Turn; one has advised (cjeratben Dat.) me. 
***) Liter. abfd)utteln, ftdj loSmadjen twn. 



— 167 — 

103. 

PARTICIPLES,*) .«DmteI»fittcr. 

Observ. 1. The Present Participle is always regularly formed in 
German by adding t> to the Infinitive (answering the English 
ing); as, loben, to praise, lobenb, praising. 

Observ. 2. On the formation of the Past Participle of regular 
verbs see page 84, Observ. 4. That of irregular verbs gene- 
rally ends in ett, and changes sometimes the primitive vowel ; 
as, befebten, to command, P. past befofyten, commanded; bletbea, 
to remain ; geblieben, remained; binben, to bind ; gebunben, bound. 

Observ. 3. Both the Participles (present and past) are used as 
predicative and attributive adjectives, and in the latter case, 
agree with their Noun in Gender, Number and Case; they 
also govern the same case as the verb from w r hich they are 
derived (which case is then always placed before the parti- 
ciple), and admit the degrees of comparison. Examples: Die 
@efaf>r ift frrofjettfr, (predicative Adj.) the danger is threatening 
(menacing'); Die tltir fctobenbe (attributive) ©efcibr, the danger 
threatening) hanging over me; etn mir gefcihrltdjev Sftettfdj , a 
man dangerous to me; bte geliebte Sautter, the beloved mother; 
eine reijenbe ®egenb, a charming country; eine rcijenbere ©egenb, 
Die veijenbjie ©egenb ic. Also of reflective verbs : bad fid) 
freuenbe $inb, the child who rejoices. 
Observ. 4. The Germans employ the Present participle of active 
verbs with gu before it, where the English use the past par- 
ticiple, in order to form the passive (of a future signification), 
as, DaS $u Itfbeube MinO , a oiiild, who is to be praised; hurt)* 
jutterebreuDei' «§evr ! honourable Sir., (who is to be honoured). 



*) Participle is that form of the verb which has some properties 
of the verb as well as of the adj'ctive. There are two, viz. 
the present or active (SWttteftoort bev ©egentoart) and the past 
participle or passive (2fttttefa>ort Der 93evgangen^ett). They con- 
vey the notion of time, and mark simply the qualities referred 
to. — They are called 3NtttelU>6rter because they occupy the 
middle (midst) between the Verb and the Adjective; they represent 
the notion of the verb in the form of the Adjective, and par- 
ticipate (or share) ou the nature of both. 



— 168 - 

(NB. The Infinitive, with jit before it, auswers the English 
Past Participle with to be; as, baa ijl ju loben, £/<«£ is to be 
praised. 

Observ. 5. On the Engl. Imperfect action, as I am writing etc. see 
page 95. Observ. 1. 

Observ. 6. In addition to the Obs. 1 <Sc 2. page 87, we must observe 
here, that the Present Partic. in English after the verbs: to 
see, fe§en; to hear, fycren; to perceive, bemerfen; to observe, 
beobac&ten; to behold, betrad^ten ; to feel, fuljlen; (also after to 
have signifying lafjen) is rendered in German by the Infi- 
nitive without gu; as, 1 had her put to bed> icb lief; fie ju SSette 
bringen. J saw him coming, icfy fab, tfjn fommen. 

Observ. 7. The English Present Partic. added to an neuter verb, 
as, he sat reading, must be translated in German by adding 
the word un& ; as, er faf? iittfc> Ia$. 

Observ. 8. The Present Participle joined in English with the verb 
to be, in order to express a continuance of the Passive, is 
rendered in German by the Present or Imperfect of the Pas- 
sive voice; as, # room leading to the garden is fitting up 
for the Captain, ein Simmer, welcfyeS auf ben ®arten geht, tt>ir& 
fur ben £am>tmann gured)t gemad)t. 

Observ. 9. Expressions like: the hook is bound, may be translated 
in German, bass Sud) ift gebunben, (where gebunben is regarded 
;ts predicative adjective), or bag SSucr) iPtrfc gebunben (Present 
tense of the Passive voice). NB. In the latter case we say 
better in Engl.: the book is binding. 

Observ. 10. The English form ing whioh has the nature of a Sub- 
stantive, and is frequently joined with the Article, possessive 
Pronoun or a Preposition (commonly in, by, of}, is rendered 
in German either by the Infinitive, or a Noun derived from 
it., ending in tlltQ, or sometimes by a whole sentence (in the 
Present or Imperfect), beginning with a{% , ba, tnbem, toeil 
nacfobem, (which always requires the Pluperfect in German) or 
inelc^er — c — eS k. Examples: These are the rules of gram- 
mar by the observing of which you may avoid mistakes. S)urd) 
bte S5eobacf>tuti0 biefer grammatifdjen SRegetn fann man Seller 
ttermeiben. His coming hert makes me very uneasy. <&t\n «£>ier? 
beifommeu beunruhigt mid) fet)r. — I am glad of seeing you in 
my house, eg freut mid), <Ste bet mir ju fefjen. From the 



— 1 69 — 

turret we discern some troops approaching (Thomson), »0i 
Dem Jburmcfcen bemerften toir Die Siitnaljerung etntger $ruM)en. — 
The hostess still persisting in her first assertion, he was etc. 
al$ bte ffitrtfiinn in ifyrer erften *8etmuptung bejknb, fo k. She 
was thoroughly acquainted with the world, having lived 
* in her youth about the court (Fielding), fte tear mil Dcr ©elt 
bureaus befannt , fca fte ifyre Sugenb am £ofe jubracfcte. After 
having said this, he took his hat and went away, ttad)tem 
er Dte3 gcfagt Jjatte, nabm cv fetnew «$ut uuD ging hhiroeg. — she 
had often vowed never to outlive his deserting her (Fielding), 
fte hatte oft gefdjttoven, e$ nidjt $u itberUben, tuenn er tiemtiepe. 
— More glory is acquired by defending than by accusing 
one's fellow citizens, man erlangt niehr Dhthm, inDem man feine 
ganbtfeute uerthetbigt, alS inDem man fte anflagt, or, e3 tji viibm-- 
lidjev, fetne 8anb3leute §u certheiDtgen, aU fte anjuflagen. 
Observ. 11. For further rules on the Participles see Syntax of 
the Verbs. 



//. Class of irregular verbs (changing the primitive vowel 
in the Imp erf. § Past Par tic. into a long or short Oj*) 
lufiuitive. Pres.Part. Past Part. Imperfect. Pres.dClniper. 

Indie. Conj. 

a) btegen, to bend, biegenfc, gebogen, tcb bog, £6ge, biege. 

b) faugen, to suck, faugenb, gefogen, id) fog, foge, fauge. 
c)be&en,tolift,lieave.ljeben&, gefyoben, itf) bob, Jjobe, geftoben. 
d) bittgen, to hire, bingenb, gebungeti, id) *bung, bi'tnge, gcbungeu. 

*) NB. Those verbs the primitive vowel of which is already 
short, as, flatten, to sound, and those which have in the Pre- 
sent tense te or an, followed by eft, f, or %, as riec&en, to 
smell, fawfen, to drink hard, have a short o, and f or f are then 
doubled} as foff, gefoffen ic. 

a) To this class belong: bieten, to offer (2" d df 3 rd pers. sing. pres. 
beutst, beut, is poetical)} fliegen, to fly (fleugst, fleugt); jliefyen, 
to flee (fleuchst, fleugt); fliefjen, to flow; fvieren, to freeze; ge? 
niefen, to enjoy; giefjen, to pour; fnedjen, to creep; fitren (fie- 
fen), to elect; lugen , to lie; tiechen, to smell; fdbjeben, to push; 
fcfytefien, to shoot; frfjliefjeu , to shut; fdjmeben (more common 



*) NB. Those verbs marked with an (*) on the left are sometimes 



— 170 — 

hdnfetn, to be sickly, Jblittbc. f. blossom. fidniat)cn, to approach, 

in delicate health, bitten* (bat, gebeten), fintitn* to meditate 
fretvubeii, to trouble, urn ^erjeibnnq, muse, reflect. 

afflict. to beg pardon. (Poetical it requires th< 

betrnbt fern, to be af- begeben*torepair,(go)to Dativ . e; in B0 ™ ,0 . B conver8a - 

i ^Vte / tion joined with Itbcr and th» 

flicted. 9ictnb, in. brink, edge, Ace.) 

fvubjetttg, early. border, brim. (^eift, m. spirit. 

iiberjeugen/to convince, toanfceln, to wander. gvi'men, to become green 

33erfcbtoiegenbeit, f. dis- £errlicbfeit f f. glory. eigen, curious (own). 

cretion. ftdj (agent, to lie down, n>obl, indeed (well), 

©ebeimnip, n. secret. Jpitgel, m. hill, hillock. SBcbmu'tb, f. melancholy, 

wfprecfjen* (Iniperf. »er= OueUe, f. fountain, beimlid), secret. 

fptadj) to promiss spring. Ofbrfiwdjt, f. awe, re- 

(also, to make a mis- 93dcblein, rivulet. neration. 

take in speaking). 5lnt)ad)t, f. devotion. fireben, to strive, en- 
nteiben* (Imperf. mteb) betoegen*tomove,touch. deavour. 

to avoid. Ijerttortreten* to step ©lieb, n. limb, member. 

«§onig, m. honey. forward. atlfcbliejjen* to join. 

fdjnauben) to snort, to breathe heavily; *fteben, to boil, tdseeth; 
fpviepen, to sprout, germinate; ftieben, to start, to dust; *tviefen, 
to drop, to drip; triigen , to deceive; »eri?rie^en , to vex; »erlie- 
ten, to lose; ttiegen, to weigh; gteljen, to draw, to pull, to breed. 

b) After this class are conjugated: faufen , to drink hard (of a 
beast, to dipple); *fcfynanben, to snort; *fdjvauben, to screw. 

c) To this class belong: *gltmmen, to glimmer, to glow; *fltmmen, 
to climb; beftegen, to move; fedjten, to fight; melfen , to milk; 
pjlegen (only irr. in the sense of, to tise, to be accustomed ; pjJe- 
gen, to nurse, foster is reg.) ; qncllen, to spring forth, arise. 
(NB. quellen, fcfytneljen and fcb>eHen as transitives are regul.), 
fd)eren,to shear; fd)mel5en(ueuter)to melt; fcfytoetlen, to swell ;*toeben, 
to weave; gdfyren, to ferment; fcbwdren , to fester, suppurate; 
*h)dgen, to weigh (is gen. regular, but evfodgen , to considerate 
irreg.) ; ftfjtocren, to swear; I6fd)en, more common evlofcfyen (intrans.) 
to extinguish, (if active it is reg.), *fcbaften , to sound. 

d) like bingen is conj. the word fdjinben, to flay, to skin. 



NB. The Learner is advised to conjugate some of these verbs 
by writing, and to form sentences of his own. Note: Derived verbs 
(with few exceptions) are always conjugated like the primitives, 

as, aitbeben,auffjeben, erbeben, like tyeben ; aufbiegen.einbiegenK. likebiegtn k. 



— 171 — 

£ie(e trdnfefiibe unb betrubte Sautter verier fvu^eitig it)r 
a/diebte3 ^inb. <Sin $)ienenber ift ntcfct fmntet em SBebienrer $u 
nennen. tleber$eugr oon ber 23etfcbrciegeuf)ett meiner <Sc!?tt)efier 
oertraute i$ tfyr biefc3 ©etyeimnijj an. <5einen gefyler gefte^enb, 
oerfprad? er, fid) #k bejfern. £)iefer betntgenbe tfaufmamt roirb 
aflgemetn gemieben. 2lucb micb bervcq ev unlangii. 'Den «£>onig 
au3 ben 53(ut^)en faugenb, flog bit $tene Don enter SBIume jur 
anbent. gii^lenb, bap cr Unrest ^ntte f oerliejj er befcbamt bic 
®efeflfct)aft. SBeinenb bat biefea .ftinb feine ©Item nm 23er$ett)ung. 
23on ^ebermann geliebt uub geacbtet oerliejj ev feine 23aterfrabt, 
urn ftd> nact) *£ari3 gu begeben. 3ft biefer liebenbe unb geliebte 
23ater utct)t glucflicb §u fcbd&en? — (Stmtenb fag er am tfferS 
3?anb. — SBeim (Svjietmng unfern ©etft bilben fell, fo lerne ber 
Bogling (pupil) fprect)enb benfeu. — (Sin frommer Jlnabe, ber 
blut)enbe ©or)u eineS SanbmanneS, roanbelte etnft, tin SBeginu 
be3 griit)ltng$ auf bent grunenben gelbe umt)er, unb fein ^>erj 
war evfveut fiber bie §etrlicbfeit beS neugebornen 3at)re3. (Sr 
lagevte fict) fobanu auf emeu £ugel liber bie Quelle eineS mur* 
mefuben SdcbletnS. $Jlit 21ubacbt unb &ebe unt ft* t)er bficfenfe 
war er tief beroegt in feiuem i&erjen. 5) a trat $rr&ot bic ebfe 
©eftalt etueS 3ungltit(}$, melcbe ficb bent Jpitgel nat)ete unb ben 
ftnntnben t ftitabcn nut folgutbem Sort anrebete: f/2Bem finneft 
bu nad?, mein gieber, unb voarum bift bu fo entft in ber Q3Iutt)e 
beineS gebenS?" X)er jftiabe anhoorrete: f/(§0, ift mir fo eigen 
tm £er$en, bie ^errlicbfett be3 fommenben grut)ling3 erfreut mict) 
toot)l, aber e3 ift eiue fiifle greube (joy) ttoQ 2£et)muil) in t)eim* 
lic^ev @l)rfurci)r." 

$)te greube be3 ©ebenS roact)3t mit bent banfenben 53Iicf bed 

9?et)men$. — £)ie £reue voarnt oor brot)enben ^erbrecben, bie 

9iacbgier fpricbt oou ben Dergangenen. — 3 m * 2B«ffe gab 9latm 

mir ben etftnbeuben 93erftanb unb ©djarfftnn, meiite greit)ett $tt fcpfcen. 

Smmer firebe sum ®aiijen unb Fannji 55 u felbev fein ©anjc« 

SBerDen, aid btenenbe^ ©lieb fdjnep Urn ©an^cn !Tic§ an! 



— 172 — 
10*1- 

to seal, itegetn. error, Srrtfjmn m. entirely, ganglid). 

to dispatch, ah? or consequence, golge f. health, ©efunbljeit f. 

toegfdjitfen. to wait on a person, to prepare, ttoibereiten. 

to prepay, fret macfyen. feine Sluftoartung ma- to send information, 

franftren. cbeii. (Dat.) benacfyricfytigen. 

weary, mube,uberbritfjtg. to wait for, toatten event, (Sreigni# n. 
to admire, fcettntnbern. auf. (Ace.) proper, gefyorig, geetgnet. 

to applaud, 33eifatC eager, dngftlicr). to trace, mfolgen, 

geben.* circumstance,Umflani)m. ttacfyfaitren. 

to be desirous, toimfdjen. chiefly, fyauptfddjlid), worthy, touting. (Geu.) 
to submit, untettoerfeu.* oorjugUd). imitation, !iJlad)a&mung f. 

examination, ^rufung f. concerning, tons be> to give notice, benartV 
to overvalue, itber= trtfft. (Ace.) tidjtigrn. 

fdja|$en. fortune, @d)tcffal n. fireworks, geuertoerf n . 

to reduce^uriictfufyren. difficulty, gdjttnerigfettf. to hurry along, Dat?in 
narrow, enge. to expose,ou6fe§en.(Dat.) etUn. 

measure, Tla$ n. too freely, $u fefov. to secure, befieltcn (ei- 

capacity, gdfyigfett f. different, uerfdjieben. nen $la$). 

to depend, abljdngen.* climate, £tmntel$fh:td) m. procession of torches, 
rule, Oiegel f. Mima n. ftacfeljug m. 

What are you doing now? I am writing a letter. Charles 
having written*) the letter sealed and dispatched it. Did he also 
prepay it? I am weary of hearing him. Admired and applau- 
ded he became vain**). I am desirous of knowing him.***) Ha- 
ving finished his work, he submitted it to examination. It is 
overvaluing ourselves f) to reduce every thing to the narrow 
measure of our capacities. Much depends on the rule being 
observedf f), and error will be the consequence of its being neg- 
lected (beren 93etnad?la&tgung). I was waiting on him. I was 



*) 9tacr)bem Stati — gefdjrteben fjatte ic. 
**) Turn: he became vain, because etc. 
***) Turn: to know him. 

|) Turn : it would be called overvaluing etc. if we wish to re- 
duce etc. 
tt) Turn : from the observance (S3eo&ad)tung). 



— 173 — 

waiting for you a long time. He was eager in recommending 
it to his fellow citizens. The rain has been falling*) a long 
time. It is circumstances**) chiefly which decide concerning the 
fortune and characters of men. He found the greatest difficulty 
in writing German. From having exposed himself too freely 
in different climates he entirely lost his health .***) He prepared 
them for the event, by sending them proper information. In tra- 
cing his history, we discover little that is worthy of imitation. 



When notice was given us that the fireworks were prepa- 
ring, we hurried along to secure our places for the sight. I 
perceived the procession of torches marching (roeJctye) slowly to- 
wards the castle, where the Prince was standing on the window. 
He still lay gazing (unb) on the picture — It was a holy night; 
a sweet breathing (bcis letfe 2Bel?en) of the soft West wind just 
so stirred (beroegte) the leaves that they twinkled (fclinften) in 
the moonlight; the sound of the distant falls (SSaffetfoH, sing.) 
came swelling with alternate pauses (abuKC^felnbe ltntetbfea)una,en) 
through the air, as if the wilderness had received a voice; and 
the solemn tinkling (bn3 fetcvlicbe $'onen) of the cow-bells from 
the woods awakened pious thoughts and Sabbath recollections 
(bic Q3eti}ea,enrodrti<}una,, (Stinnett! ng); it was a holy and a beau- 
tiful night! 

107 

THE PAST PARTICIPLE. PASSIVE VOICE. Sftittelmott 
bet 23etgangen$ cit. Setbenbe gotm. 

Observ. 1. The Past Participle forms the Passive Voice by the help 
of the auxiliary tocrfeeti. See page 14, Obs. 1. and page 86, 
Exercise 68. 



*) Turn: it has rained. 
**) Turn : The circumstances are it etc. 
***) Turn: he lost entirely his health, because etc. 



— 174 — 

0!>serv. 2. The Past Participle may be used as an Adjective (and 
can be taken substantively), aud takes the degrees of compa- 
rison ; as, cr tft ijeliebt, he is beloved; bet aeliebte ^reunb, the 
(be)Ioved friend ; em geliebterer greimb, a more beloved friend; ber 
geliebtefte o^nmb , the most beloved friend; ber ©eliebte, the 
beloved one (sweet heart). With regard to their Declension 
they are treated like other Adjectives. See page 39. Observ. 4. 

Ohserv. 3. There are many Past Participles which are now only 
used as Adjectives, some of their verbs having become now 
obsolete. Such are: befyaftet (from baften), afflicted with; bc- 
riiljmt, renowned, celebrated; befcbeiben, modest; gewogett, in- 
clined; gefdjicft, clever; getootmt, accustomed; »ergnugt, pleased ; 
»erlratibt, related; uoUFommen, perfect. — Others have taken 
the form of Participles, though derived from nouns; as, befyerjt 
(from ^>erj) courageous; geftttet (from ©ttte) good mannered; 
bejafovt, advanced in years; bemtttelt, wealthy; fcemeoSt, covered 
with moss; befcbubt, furnished with shoes; gefiiefelt, booted, in 
boots; geftielt, stalked. 

Observ. 4 The English Infinitive of the Passive voice, to 
be found, to be had, to be met, is rendered in Germau 
with the Infinitive of the Active voice, ju fmben, gu Ijaben , ju 
tveffen. 



///. Class. (Pres. ei, lmperf. Sf Partic. past, i short or ie.) 
Infinitive. Pres.^rlmperat. Imperfect. P.Participle. 

Ind. Conj. 

a) bepcifen, to endeavour, befletfje, icfo bejlif?, bejiiffe, befUffett. 

i bleiben, to remain, Meibe, tcb blteb, bliebe, ge^teben. 

i bei£ien,to be called,to order, Ijeifje, id? bie£, Ijiejje, gefyctjjeit. 

a) After this class, which changes the primitive vowel et into 
a sliort i, are conjugated: bei^en, to bite; btetchen, to decease, 
to grow pale (SB. bletcfeen, to bleach, as active verb, is re- 
gular); gleidjett, to resemble; gleiten, to glide, to slide; gvetfen, 
to seize, gripe; feifen, to chide, upbraid (also regular)!; fnetfen, 
or fnetyen, to pinch, to squeeze (also reg.); (eiben (lilt, getttten) 
to suffer; Vfcifen, to whistle, to pipe; teipen, to tear (NB. veifen 
to travel is regul.); veiten, to go on horseback, to ride; 
fdbleicben, to sneak, glide; fcfyletfen, to sharpen, to grind (in Hie 



175 



(grfjulb, f. fault. SScin, n. leg (bone). toicfytig, important. 

anbellen, to bark at. entfcbieben , Imperf. of entlaffen* to dismiss. 
toarf, Imperf. of tuerfen* entfcfoeiben*, to decide, heben, to turn. 

to throw, to fling, fid) entfcfjeiben, to make tterbvefyen, to distort, 
begletten, to accompany, up one's mind. belacfyen, to laugh at, 

(befleiben, to clothe), enttoifcfyen, to escape. to deride. 

©eftern rourbe mciite (Scbroefter oon ctnem £unbe gebijfen. 
3&t (gcfcmerj mu§ fct)r Qiog $eroefen ftto, unb fie ptte nocb, lauge 
gelitteu, roenn roir ntc^t fogleicb. unci? bem Slrjte gefcbicft ^citten. 
3t)r fcfcones, neue$, bloiife^eueS &letb rourbe getriffen. ?Jucb roar eitt 
proper 3ii§ in tr)rem (gouuenffbmn. (§5 roar aber nicbt ifyre 
©cfeulbj bcnn als fie ber £unb anbellre, roarf inein 33ruber, roel^ 
cber fie begleitete, mit einem (Steine nac^ tfym. $>er Jpunb fprana, 
t^r fogleict) nac^ unb btf; fte in§ ©cin. — Unldugii rourbe in met- 
nem £aufe t>tel geftritten, ob roir nncb N. fafyreu ober reiren foflten, 
bi$ roir un3 enblkt) gum Reiten eurfcbieben ; unb fo ritten roir afle 
ouf bag £anba,ut meineS Dt)eim3 in N. — ©erabe al$ ber $>ie& 
entroifcfren rooflte, rourbe er erariffen unb ins> ©efdncmijj gebracfcr, 
SBenn mem ©tuber artiger unb fleigicjer geroefen rodre, fo rodre er 
oon feiuem Secret gelobt unb belofcnt roorben; bn er aber unattig unb 
nacbldjjig roar, fo rourbe ergetabelt unb beftraft. SBon roem feib 3t)r fo 
befcfcenfr roorbeu , meine ^inber? (Sine roicbtige 9?acprict)t ift mir 
oon meincm greunbe in ^Berlin mtta,erl)eilt roorbeu, bie un3 aOe 



sense to raze, to demolish reg.); fcbfeiftfn, to slit, split, to 
strip feathers; fc^meifiien, to throw; fcfynetben, to cut; fdjretten, 
to stride, to step; fptei^en, to split, to cleave; ftreicfyeu, to 
touch, to spread (butter on); jtreiten, to dispute; toeicben , to 
yield, to give way. (NB. In the sense to soak, to steep, it 
is regular), 
b) To this class, which alters the primitive vowel into te long, 
belong: gebeiben, to prosper; leiben, to lend; meiben, to avoid; 
fcreifen, to praise; reiben, to rub; fcfyeiben, to separate; fcbeinen, 
to shine^ to seem; fdjreiben, to write; fcbreien, to cry (fcfirie, 
Conj. fcbriee, gefdjrieen); fdjloeigen, to be silent; fyeten,to spit ; fteiqen, 
to mount; treiben, to drive; tt>eifer, to show; geibeii. 



— 176 — 

fefyr cvfrcut fyat. (§3 iff mix gefngt roorbeu, bo§ <£te einen S3e* 
Dientcn fucben. 2)er metntge ift fcbon t>or niefc(vf)ren £Boeben Don 
nur entlajfen rcorben. — 3rf> roerbe balb etue a,ro§e 9ietfe rntter* 
ne^men. ©ami rptrb 3tyr £err 23fiter naef? ©crltn abretfen? (§r 
ift fcbon geftern ?Ibenb tnjt bent ($lf*Ul)r*3 ll 9 e m $ SO^inben ab* 
gereift. €Dseui Q3etter retf't {jegenroartig in ^talten. — &tmi$tn 
ober yerbrennen eie biefen QSrtef, mi ebb em <5ie ifyn gelefen fyaben. 
£)a3 getcbnen (drawing) fiel miv nicbt fdnoer, itnb id? roiirbe e§ 
wetter qebracfyt fyaben , roenu mein SD^etfter ^opf nnb ^enntniffe 
ge^nbt fycitte ; er hatte ober nur Jpcinbe unb Uebuno,. — 5M* grogen 
gortfcbritte in ten tffuiften unb ©iffenfcbnften rourben mcbt ^emae^t 
roorbcn fein, roemt bte (Jrftnbimg ber ^uebbrucferFunft fie nicbt 
miterftiifcr bfltte. — ffiaS i\t fo tyeilig unb ernftbaft, bad, roenn man 
eg falfcb ocrbrefyt, nia)t belacbt roerben faim. — 

108. 

scholar, ©ele^rte m. to put under protection,to belost,»evloren gcfoen* 
to kill, tobten, (fdjlctd)ten, unter S3ormunbfd)nft shoe of a horse, £ufeifenn. 

speaking of a butcher.) fretlen. action, £anbhtng f. 

to load, belciben, iiber- require, fcerlangen. unknown, unbefannt. 

f)rtllfen. sentiment, ©efiibl n. employment, £3efd)dfti- 

exclude, augfdjUepen.* to be allowed, ange« gung f. 
to try, ttetfjoren, ge* nommen toerben. detraction, 33erleum? 

ntt^tltd) unterfud)en. for want, au^SPcangelm. bung f. 
seeing, ©eftcfyt n. to die, jterben,* f. censure, Safcel m. 

Where did you stay so long? I have remained at my bro- 
ther's. Assist your sister to mount the horse. — This book has 
been translated from the English into French. Most of the works 
of Cooper, the American, are translated into the German. That 
book was written by a very good scholar. That poor man has been killed 
by two thieves. Have you been ferried over Cttfrerfe&eu) by these 
men ? His enemies will be loaded with injuries. Whose conduct 
will be blamed? A liar ought to be excluded from society. — 
The four thieves, who have robbed upon the high-road , have 



— 177 — 

been put into prison (in $evl;aff bringen) and they will soon be 
tried. The children of the men and women (Seute) who died 
six years ago, are put under the protection of their relatives (QSer* 
wonbre). To whom much is given, from him much will be re- 
quired. The sentiment (©efitf)!) is well expressed by Plato, but 
much better by Solomon. Of all the senses (<8inn,m.),that of seeing is 
allowed (nnne^men) to be the most useful. Health (bte ©efunb- 
fyeit) is not to be purchased (be§<U)Ien , erfaufen) with money. 
That is a thing easy to be done. Saying and doing are two 
very different things. For want of a nail the shoe is lost*) for 
want of a shoe the horse is lost, for want of a horse the rider 
is lost. — Your actions will not remain unknown, although (ob* 
qleicfc) they are not seen by mankind (Sfttritfcben). — He whose 
constant employment is detraction and censure, who looks only 
to find faults (tabdn), and speaks only to publish them, will be 
dreaded (gefurd)tet), hated and avoided. 

109. 

IMPERATIVE. 53 ef eb lenbe 81 rt. 

Observ. 1. The Imperative is not only used for commanding and 
forbidding , but also for advising, admonishing , animating, 
exhorting , informing , intreating. — The 1 st pers. plural is 
usually expressed (like in English) by the help of the verbs 
laffett and tPPllett', as, instead of, reben ioir nic&t mehr bavon, 
we say better, lafit un6 , or four roollen nicfot mefcr bacon reben, 
let us speak of it no more. 

Observ. 2. When the 3 rd - pers. plural is. employed inst. of the 2 nd , 
the pronoun Sie always follows the verb, but never when 
the second person is used; as, Ijafcen @ie ©ebulb! have pat- 
ience ! feien <8ie gufrtebcn! be contented! feib tugenbbaft ! be virtuous. 

Observ. 3. The Imperative is sometimes expressed elliptically 1) by 
the Past Participle; as, Sldjtung gegeben ! nicftt gcpUubert, pay 
attention I do not chatter; 2) by a single noun or adverb; 

*) Turn: For want of a nail goes the shoe, for want of a shoe 
M»p horse etc. . ..lost. 



— 178 — 

as, Sldjtungl atteutiou (viz., gib 2{cfetmig!) frifcfo auf! quick! v/ov- 
ttuutS ! go along! 3) Sometimes also by the Indicative of the 
Present tense; as, Sfyr fcbinei'gt, bis 3br gefragt toerbet, be silent 
till you are asked. 
■Observ. 4. As the Imperative is always formed from the Present 
tense, those irreg. verbs which change in the 2 nd and 3 rd Pers. 
Pres. Indie, their primitive vowel c into t, form the 2 nd Pers. 
Sing, of the Imperative in the same way; as, geben, to give, 
2nd Pers. Pres. Ind. bit gtcbjl, er gtebt, Imper gteb. In the 
3rd Pers. Sing, and the whole plural they assume their pri- 
mitive vowel; as, gebe er, he may give; gebet, geben <§ie, 
give. (See IV. Class.) 



IV. Class. (Changing the primitive vowel only in the 2nd 
$ 3rd pers. Pres., and in the Imperfect). 
Infinitive. Present. Imper f. P.Part. Imper. 

Ind. Conj. 

a) geben, to give, bit gtebfl, er gtebt, tcb g«b, gabe, gegeben, gte&! 

b) blafen, to blow, bu blafefl, er blaf t, id) blies,bltefe, geblafen, blafe ! 

c) bacfen, to bake, bu bacfji, er bacft, td)*buf,bud;e, gebacfen, bacfe! 

a) After this class (which changes the primitive vowel e into a) 
are conjugated: effen, to eat (P. Part, gegefjen, not geefjen); 
frejfen, to devour; genefen, to recover (not to confound with 
geme^en to enjoy); gefdjeben, to happen (impers. e$ gefdnefyt); 
lefen, to read; mefien, to measure; feben, to see; treten, to tread, 
to step; tiergeffen, to forget. — Also bitten, to beg (bat, gebe- 
ten); liegcn, to lie, and ftijen (fafj, gefeffen) to be sitting, which 
have the primitive vowel t. NB The primitive vowels i aud 
e are short in bitten, ftften, effen, freffen, meffen and sevgeffen; in 
all the others they are long, where an e is added to the t (te). 
The verb treten has the e long, but the i in the Present is 
short (bu trittft). 

b) To this Class belong: broten, to roast; fangen (faljen, obsol.) 
to catch; fallen, to fall; falten, to fold, plait, bie Sttrne — to 
wrinkle (only irr. ingefalten); fyalten, to hold; fyanqen, to hang, 
intransit. (the transit, is regular); taffen, to let; ratten, to ad- 
vise; fatten, to salt (only irr. in gefaljcn); fdjlafen, to sleep; 
fpaften, to split (only irr. in gefyatten); I)auen, to strike, to cut 



— 179 — 

blafy auSjefyen,fco look pale.(Si3berg, m. glacier, ymatben*, to detect, 
Srattben, grapes. iceberg. betray. 

bebauern, to regret. 8lii$ftdjt,f.view,prospect. fcerbergen* to hide. 
Unterljattung, f. amuse- gebredjen,*tobe wanting.beneiben, to envy. 

ment. teidjen, to reach. 3orn, m. anger. 

53etefyrung,f.mstruction. enttebugen, to humiliate, ©etmffen, n. conscience. 
botgen, to borrow. jtd) begnugen, to be satis- (Srfolg, m. consequence. 
glittfen, to succeed. fied. $jftd)t, f. duty. 

©ejtern lag mem ©tuber ben gan&en Xa% lang (in ©ette ; 
er falj fe^r blafj m$. 20a$ fefjUe t^m? 3$ glaube, er fyar fidj 
fe^r ftarf erfaltet. 2J?etne Sautter obcr glaubt, er §abe $u t>tcl 
Ob ft, befonberS Srauben, gegeffen. ©ru§en ©ie tyn mir tyer$ti$, 
unb fagen ©ie i$m, bajj icb fefcr bebaure, tyn ^ute ni$t befucfcen 
$u Bnnen; icb rounfcbe, bag er balb Don feiner #ranf$ett genefe. 
@r genafe fefyr balb, weun er nur feincm Slrgte befier folate. 
UebrigenS gefcbie^t eg tym ganj red)t (it serves him right), benn 
er uergajj febr balb bag ©pricbroort: „Siagu»icI ift uugcfunb."*) -r~ 
2Ba3 lefen 6te gegenroarttg ? 34> lefe ©cbiflet'S ®ebicbte, toelcbe 
icb feJ)r benmnbcte. Sefeti ©ie aucfc einmat ©ot^e'S SBerfe; fie 
werben 3$nen genrijj mele Unter^altung unb ©cleaning Detfcbaffen. 
— 3ft 31)* «&*rr ©tuber lange l)ter geblieben? (Sr blieb nur 
einige ©tunben unb reif'te fogleicb roieber ab. $at er fdjon lange 
nic^t gefcbrieben ? (Sr fdjrteb s>or ungefaljr eincm f)alben 3^** 5 
aber feitbem ^>at er mcbts me$r Don pcb tyflren faffen. (S3 fcbien 
mir, <itt mare er 66fe fiber mid?, njett icb t^m nicbt baS ©elb 
liel), nxfcbeS er son mir borgen rooflte. 3ft e« 3bnen mit 3l)rem 



(^icb, geljauen); taufen, to run; tnfen, to call; fdjroten, to rough- 
grind (only irr. in gefc&toten); jiofjen, to push. 

c) To this Class belong: fasten, to drive; gtaben, to dig; laben, 
to load, charge (also regular); einlaben, to invite (the same); 
tno^en. to grind (malen, to paint, is regular) ; fdjofen, to create 
(only irr. in gcfd)afen); (anfdjaffen, to procure, purvey, provide 
for, is regular); fd)(agen, to beat, strike; tragen,to carry, bear ; 
toadjfen, to grow; toafdjen, to wash. 

*) Too much of any thing is good for nothing. 

12 



— 180 — 

$lane geglucft? meine Arbeit Qebielj fe&r gut. 8113 roir in ber 
©cr)roei$ roaren, beftiegen roir $uroeilen bte fyotyn (SiSberge, mo 
roir efne r)errlict)e 2lu$fid)t genoffen. <5r befxieg ba$ «pfcrb unb 
eiltc baoon. Sflein ©ntnbfafc ifh £anble rec&r, fdjeue SWemanb. 
Setbe nicr)t bofe, ber JSoxn oerratt) etu bofeS ©erotjfen. — graget 
ben @b(eu, voa£ itym gebriebt, unb reicfjt tbm, roa$ er noting bat, 
fo etfparet it)t it)m bte erniebrigenbe 9?orbroenbtgfett, e$ oon euct) 
bege§ren $u mujfen ; er begnugt flcb (ja) niit fo ©enigem. — 
%)ein $)afein bleibe bem 23ofen ein ®er)eimui§, unb beine 2Bpt)l* 
tr)aren feien ifym oerborgen, fo f<mn bi# SRtemanb t}ajfen, 9lie* 
manb beneiben, 9ftemnnb oerfolgen. — 2Ba3 oucb ber (Srfolg fet, 
nte bereue, beine 93tft$t gett)an $u tyaben. — torn! la§ itnd 
grieben ntflcben, febenfe nur beine greunbfcbnft roieber, unb Allies 
fei oergejfen. © duller, ©etyl ger)orcbe metnem ©illen, nftfce 
beine jungen £age, lerne geirig fluger fein. <$otr)e. JRofen auf 
ben 2Deg geftreut unb beg £arme3 oergejfen! £3 Up. ©rtcr) bem 
^ungrigen bein ©rob, unb fiet}fi $u einen Sftacfenben, fo fleibe 
i$n. — *Dlit betn 2ftajje, roomit bit Unbent miffefi, roirb btr 
roieber gemeffen roerben. — 36 unb trtnf mit SKngigfeit; road)' 
unb fcfjlaf §ur recr)ten 3 C ^5 M* c 5W fl § in fl tten ©acben, biefj 
roirb te$t gefunb bic§ maefcen. 

aStc 011 mir, fo ld> Mr! 
2flann mit jugefnofcften £afd)en, bit tbut Otiemanb toaS ju lieb; 
#anb witb nut &on£anb getoafd)en, toenn bu nebmen toiflft, fo gieb 1 ©otbe. 

110. 

doll, $Pup£e f. to remember, ftd) etin* to occur, fid) ereignen, 

penny, lit. pfennig m. nern (Gen.), fid) ent* juttagen * 
(NB. an Engl, penny finnen (Gen.) careful, forgfdltig. 

is about oneGroschen). obliging, gefdllig. to agree, iiberetnftim? 

cake, Jtudjen m. fellow-creatures, SRit* men, ftarmoniren. 

to relate, erjdljlen. (or 9ieben)menfd)en. to aspire, fireben. 

story, ©efcbiditc f. to desire, lit. wunfd)en, perfection , SBolIfom* 
to understate d/oerfieben.* here bitten,* erfud)en. menbeit. 
?ruof, ©etoeit m. to be in a hurry, eiUn. state of life, @tanb m. 



— r .i 181 — " 

Who has given you all those beautiful dolls, my dear child? 
My good uncle brought them with him from his journey to 
Switzerland. For Avhom are all those apples and pears? I hope 
you will not eat them , because, I am afraid, they are not yet 
ripe (reif) enough. Here is a penny, give it to that poor child; he 
seems to be very hungry ; give him also something to eat. I 
will go and fetch him the nice cake, which my dear mother 
gave me this morning. — Have you already read through the 
book, I gave you ? Yes, I have, and if you like , I will relate 
to you all the beautiful stories in it. Did you well understand 
them? I understood every word of them. Last year I read a 
very good book , but I cannot remember the author's name. — 
Let us avoid every thing that might offend others. — Be al- 
ways polite and obliging towards your fellow-creatures. — Receive 
this small present as a proof (token,2lnbe»fcii) of my friendship. Mrs.L. 
desired me to tell you, she could not come to see you yesterday, but 
she would certainly come to morrow. — Sit down, Sir, if you 
please. Excuse me, please, because I am in a great hurry. — 
Write as soon as you can, and let us know every thing that 
occurs. — Be always careful of your money, and do not spend 
more than is necessary. Avoid every occasion of getting (ju 
flcratfyen) into bad society. Get a good name, and go to sleep.*) 
Tread on a worm, and it will turn. — Let your word agree 
with your thoughts, and be followed by your actions. — Afflict 
nobody, never blame without reason, never reprove with passion, 
and be always ready to pardon injuries. — Think much, speak 
little, and write less. — Aspire after perfection, in whatever 
state of life you choose. 



*) Turn: If you wish to sleep well, get a good name. 



182 



111. 

CONSTRUCTION, ffiottfolge, ©cifcffiftitng. 

General Rules: 1) The less important, or the determinating 
word always precedes the most important or determinated 
one; as, biefe feinc brei nod)1 gang neueu £aufer ftnb in bem 
le$ten fo fcer&eerenben (destroying) .Jlriege in Slfcfte gefegt toorben 
(burnt to ashes).*) 

2) //" Me sentence does not begin with the Subject, the Inver- 
sion takes place, i. e. the Noun follows its Verb; as, foeute 
Ijabe td) fciel gelernt. 

3) Place (in compound tenses) the Verb at the end of the sen- 
tence. See page 17 & 25. 

Observ. 1. The Construction of the Primary**), or principal sen- 
tence is in German the same as in English, wheuever the 
period begins with its subject, and the verb is in its simple 
tense. In compound tenses the Infinitive or the Past par- 
ticiple is placed at the end of the whole sentence. 

Observ. 2. The Inversion takes particularly place: 

a) In a direct question (like in English); as ©djretbt 3f)t JBru* 
ber? Does your brother write? 



*) Observe the difference between: 5Bir baben jefct ben crftctl 
fd)imett 2flai, and luir baben jefet ben fdjditctt crftctt SWai. 
**) Primary, «§auvtfa§, is called that sentence which conveys by 
itself a complete Idea; as, ber <Sd)uter maefct §ortfd)ritte , flte 
j9tfj9t£ makes progress, Secondary , $ftebenfa£ (9lad)fa$, subse- 
quent) is that sentence which illustrates or completes the 
sense of the primary, and does not convey a complete Idea, 
if taken alone. Example: ber ©emitter madjt gortfdjritte (primary, 
antecedent) , Weil (or toenn) toenn er fieifig ijl (^secondary, or 
subsequent). — Inversion = when the verb (^predicate) precedes 
its subject; as, gefunfen iji bie (Bonne. 
NB. Subject (in Grammar) =* the nominative case to a verb. 
Predicative =* that which is affirmed of the subject. — Co- 
pula =» the word which unites the subject and predicate of 
a proposition; as, ber SDtenfd) (subject) iji (copula) fterblid) 
(attribut); man is mortal! — both words: iji jierblid) together, 
are called predicate. 



— 183 — 

b) When for the sake of euphony the sentence begins with the 
object, or with the Dative case, as, biefcn 2Wann fenne id), I 
know that man; bem 9Renfd)en (ft ba3 fiebcn theuer, to man 
life is dear. 

c) When it begins with a predicative adjective, or a participle 
which has au adverbial power, with a pronoun or an ad- 
verb. Examples: fteubtg empfmgen n?ir thn, we received him 
gladly; banfenb ging er toeg, he went away thanking; bcin ifi 
bic @bre, the honour is yours; balb feben roir un$ loieber, we 
shall soon see (meet) each other again. 

d) When it begins with a preposition and its case; as, nut fteu» 
biger s Mknt gingeu bie Grinhjobner tforem 33efveier entgegen, 
with a joyful countenance the inhabitants went to meet their 
deliverer. 

e) With conjunctional adverbs. Such are, audi), also; jubem, 
aufjerbem, besides; erji, guerft, first; bann, then; I)entac& , barauf, 
then, afterwards; enbltd), finally; eriienS, $U)etten$, in the first, 
second place; tbeilS — thetiS, partly; bod), bennod), yet, never- 
theless; tnbeffen, meanwhile; gleicbttofel, notwithstanding; met- 
ntefyv, in the contrary; fo, so; beffo, um fo, so much the more 
(or less); alfo, folgltd), mithin, consequently; babet, therefore; 
jhxir, indeed; toofyl, although etc. Examples: Stud) baben@ie 
meincn SBunfd) nicbt erfiiflt, you have also not complied with my 
wish. (Srji habc id) tbn befud)t, bann hat cr meincn S3efuc6 ertoic- 
beet. See Chapter of Conjunctions in the Syntax. 

f) When the Secondary precedes its Primary. (See farther 
Observ. 5.) — NB. The Inversion does not take place 1) 
when the sentence begins with the words: felfcft, fogar, even 
(sometimes aucf^ also). 2) After the copulative conjunctions 

unb; obev; toeber — nod); enttoeber — obetr; nid)t nut — fonbevn 
aud) ; aber, attein, benn, natnltd). (See page 73. 78, and the Con- 
junctions, Part II. marked with §). 

Observ. 3. The Negation tlid)t is generally put before that word to 
which it belongs (which it negates); in general before the 
verb. Sometimes it stands quite at the end, particularly if 
it attends only a verb, or if there be some more adverbs; 
as, id) fab meinen greunb iange nicbt, I did not see my friend 
for a long time. — Irr other instances it is indifferently 



— 184 — 

placed; as, ivantm baben ©ie beute 3&ren ©aft nid)t auf feinem 
©pajiergange begleitet? or toarum baben @te Sfjren ©aft beute auf 
feinem ©pajiergange nicbt begleitet? or Ijaben ©ie fyeute nid)t 
Sbren ©aft ic. begleitet?*) 

Observ. 4. Emphasis may require any part of the sentence in the 
beginning; according to the taste of the speaker, or to the 
different questions asked; as, id) reite beute in 6ie ©tabt; 
beute reite id) in bie k. (when?) or in Die ©tabt reite id) fjeute 
(whereto?). 

Observ. 5. The construction of the Secondary (dependent or sub- 
ordinate sentence) is always that of the indirect question 
{i. e. the verb is placed at the end ,, and if there be an au- 
xiliary, or a verb of mood, this goes after the real or prin- 
cipal verb; as, er fragte mid), ob id) ifyn gefebenbdtte, he 
asked me, whether I have seen him. This is particularly the 
case, when the phrase begins with a relative or determina- 
tive pronoun, toelcber =» e = e$, ber, Da , too, ivobin, or the 
conjunctions bafj, loenu, ob, inbem. (See page 27, and the Chapter 
of Conjunctions in the Syntax. For the construction of se- 
parable verbs see page 112. Observ. 1. 2)**) 

Observ. 6. Secondaries, or subordinale sentences, where the con- 
junction baf is omitted, are constructed like the principal 
ones; as, id) toeifj, er fyat bag gefagt, (or bafi er ba$ gefagt fyat). 

Observ. 7. When the Subordinate phrase begins with the conjunc- 
tion tPCtttt, the fo in the principal may be left out;***) but if 
tpentt is left out in the first (and must consequently be sup- 
plied when translated into English), the principal must begin 
*) The negation !lid)t, not, is sometimes used in an interrogative 
exlamation, in order to give emphasis; as, tone fd)on fal) fie 
llitfyt ami how beautiful she looked! Also the words fai 
food) are sometimes used euphonically, and serve only to 
strengthten the sense; as, id) tyabt e3 Sbnen ja fcbon lange ge* 
fagt; nid)t bod)! 
**) The interrogative form is sometimes used elliptically ; as, ob 
id) ibn Fentie? (where the principal bu fragft mid), is left out). 
***) In conditional subordinate sentences the conjunctions ttjenn, 
obgleid), nnetoobl, are sometimes left out; as, loill er nid)t , fo 
ifi'S fein eigener ©cbaben, instead of toenn er nicfot toiH k., if he 
does not choose to do it, it is for his own disadvantage. 



— 185 — 

with fp; as, toenn <£ie fletjjigcr getoefen trdren, f&nnten ©ie Idngft 
gelditftger foredjen, or todren @ie fletfjtget getoefen, fp fcnnten 
3ie ic (See page 133.) NB. Expressions like: rich as he is; 
surprised as I was are rendered with the conj. fp ; as, fo retd; 
er audj ijij fo uberrafdjt tdj audj tear :c. 
Observ. 8. A Relative tense (See page 77) in the Primary, as the 
Imperf. and the Pluperfect, must be followed by the same 
tenses in the Secondary. For this reason it would be wrong 
to say: aU id) ibn fragte, t) at er mix geanttoortet , but anttoor* 
tete er mir. 



Ind. Subj. 

V. Class, (imperf. a (a) Past Partie. V or u) 

Infinitive. Imperf. Past Part. ImperaU 

lnd. Conj. 

a) binben, to bind. id) bant), banbe, gebunDen, btttbe! 

b) begimien, to begin. t(h begani:, begdnne, begonnen, beginne! 

orbegflnne, beftefyl! . 

c) befeblen, to command, idb befabl, befdble befpblen, Pres. bu be* ! 

or befohte, ffebljUr beftetylt. ) 

Observ. AH irreg. verbs of this class take the softness in the 
Subjunctive of the Imperfect. 

a) To this class, which contains such verbs as change their ra- 
dical vowel into p or it, belong: jinben , to find; geltngen, to 
succeed; flingen, to sound; fdjltwgen, to twine; fdjtoingen, to 
swing; ftngen, tt> sing; ftnfen, to sink; fyringen, to spring, to 
leap; fiinfen , to stink; trtufen, to drink; ttunbcn, to wind; 
gtotngen , to force. (The pupil is advised to conjugate some 
of them by writing, and to form sentences on them.) 

b) To this Class, which contains verbs as change their radical 
vowel into a and p, belong: getohmen (geioann, getuonne, ge? 
toonnen), to gain, win ; rinnen, to run, gutter; fcbtotmmen, to 
swim; ftnnen, to meditate; fyinnen, to spin. 

c) After this class (which changes the primitive vowel e in 
the 2 nd and 3 rd pers. sing, of the Present tense into i, as, bu 
befteblji, er beftcbtt; bu brtdjfi, cr brtdjt ic, and consequently 
also in the Imperative, as beftebl, brid)), belong: bcrgcn, to 
hide; bcrjlcn , to burst; bredjen, to break; brefcben , to thrash 
(thresh); entyfeblen , to recommend; gebdren, to bear; geltfn, 
to be worth, current; belfen (foalf, fidlfe, gebolfen), to help; 



— 186 — 

futj, in short, fid) rubmen, So boast, fennen,* to know. 

uerfcbaffen, to procure, entgeljen,* to escape. f&nnen,* to be able. 
jllbringen* oetlaufen,* merftDftrbig, remarkable, ftd) erinnern (Gen.) to 

fcergeben,* to pass, ftrembe, f. foreign recollect. 

unternehmen,* to under- country. gu ilfiittagfyeifen, to dine. 

take. $remt)e, m.dc f.foreigner,*Prabler, m. boaster, 

ffiielfcfotodjjer, m. tattler, stranger. braggart. 

talkative fellow. barbieten* to offer. un»erfd)dmt, shameless, 
unaufborlid), incessant. Spajfrogel, in. jester. impudent. 

2113 icfc metne ttufgabe wllenbet t)atu, fanb icb, t>a§ fc^r 
t>iele gel)ler barin roaren. ©ie rouiben beren nocb meJ)te(re) 
ftnben, wemi <5ie biefelbe nut Slufmerffamfeit bnrcblafen. 8U8 
icj> bet nuinem Dufel in gronffurt war, nnterljielt tcb micb fefyr 
gnt mit meinen 33ettern nnb meinen 9iicf)ten. 2Sir fpielten, taitgten, 
fangen, fnr$ roii tfyaten atle£, was un3 Unteityaitnng Derfc&affte, 
unb fanben, ba§ une fcie 3 e ^ fe^r fctynefl merging. 25tr bracbten 
auf biefe Seife metyre(re) &>o$en fetyr angenetym $n, nnb afleS, 
roaS wit unternaljmen, gelang un£ anf$ befte. — ©in 23ielfcfcroa&et 
rnfmtte ftd> in einer ©efetlfcbaft, er £abe bie fyalbe Selt burc^« 
retf't, nnb e$ fei ifym nicbtS enrgangen, n>a$ bie gremDc 3ftevf* 
roiubigeS barbietet. (Sin Spajjoogel fragte i^n, ob a onc^ bie % 
©atbanctten fenne, nnb ber nm>erf$amte $rat;ler antropvtete , « 
wiffe ftcf) nod) be$ SageS $n erimtern, an bem er mit il)nen $u 
2Jiittag gefpei|'t fyabe. — (Sin junger dialer tyatte ein wmejfli* 
c(k8 JBilb mfettigt, baS befte, ba$ i^m je gelnngen roar. <selbji 

nebmen (nimmji, nintmt, mmm, genommen), to take; fdjelten, to 
scold, chide; fc^recfen or ecfd)recfen (erfd)racf, erfd)rdtfe, er? 
fdjrocfen), to be terrified; (NB. erfefyrecfen, to frighten, as active 
verb is regular); fprec&en, to speak; ftccben, to sting; fteblen, 
to steal; fterben (ftavb , fiiirbe, geftorben), to die; treffen (traf, 
ttdfe, gctroffen) , to hit; wbevben, to be ruined; (NB. oetberben 
in the sense of to spoil, active verb, is regular); toerben, to 
recruit, to sue; lwerben, to become, (to be); foerfen, to throw, 
fling; (the word fommen and all its derivatives, as anfommen, 
awffommen (fam, Fdme, gefommen) k. belong also to this class). 



— 187 — 

frin drifter fanb ffliW botan ju tabeln. Set iunfle SRalet 
war fo entgiitft (delighted) bariiber, bn§ er »nauft)orli# bag ©erf 
fetner ^utift betracbtete, unb fcinc (Stubten cinftelltc (to discon- 
tinue). 5)cnn er glaubte, fid> nicfct metyr ubertveffen (to surpass) 
gu fonnen. ^ruutmac&er. — ©epe^l bem £emt brine 2Bea,e 
unb uertrau' auf ifyn. 

112. 

to urge , gtoingen, no* to happen to meet, $u* flagrant error, enife&* 

tfjigen, treiben.* falltg oegegtten. licr)er Seller. 

act, «£anblung f. to be joined by au to introduce, »pvftcllcn, 

singing, song,® efang m. acquaintance, nut Jit. etnfuljrcn. 

volume, JBanb m. plur.-e. eincm SBefannten gu* one another, einanber. 

ribbon, 83ant> n. pJur.-er. fammentreffeu.* exceedingly hard, aufier- 

binding, Grinbano m. to commit, begebeu* orbentlid) (frijt) jktf. 

How many times did Miss Lind sing at the concert this 
evening? She sang only twice. How did you like her singing? 
I liked it extremely well; I think she has not yet been sur- 
passed by any other singer. Did you succeed in your business?*) 
I succeeded very well, and I hope, I shall also succeed in fu- 
ture. — Here is a book which I wish to have bound in leather. 
Take it to the bookbinder, and tell him that I want to have it 
this day week. When will it be bound? He will bind it to- 
morrow, I suppose (glauben). Who urged you to do that? My 
brother urged me to this act. For whom did you buy those 
ribbons? I bought them for my good sister, who promised to 
>ive me Schiller's works in 12 volumes. Are they nicely 
bound? I like their binding very much. — If in the course 
of a walk (bet ©elegenbrit etneS ©pajterflattgef) in company 
with a friend, you happen to meet, or are joined by an acquain- 
tance, do not commit the too common, but most flagrant error, 
of introducing such persons to one another. — A Gentleman 



*) Turn: did to you your business succeed? 



— 188 — 

was saying one day at a coffee-house , when it rained excee- 
dingly hard, that it put him in mind (erfnnern) of the general 
(allgemcin) deluge (©finbfhify). "Zoons, (bet £aufenb !) Sir," said 
an old campaigner (^amcrab), who stood by, "who's that ? I have 
heard of all the generals in Europe but him." 



frerett, to pray, to 
say a prayer. 

Meten,* to offer. 

bitten,* to beg. 

©ebet, n. prayer. 

©ebpt, n. offer, com- 
mandment, order 

auf bieten, to make 
effort. 



113. 

gfbft, give, 2nd pers. pi. £Reife, f.voyage,jouruey. 



9teifent)er, traveler. 
tei^cn,* to tear. 
Slip, m. rent, chap; 

plan, sketch. 
$erretfjen,* to tear to 

pieces, to rent. 



gemefjen,* to enjoy. 
©enufj, enjoyment. 
ger.efen,* to recover. 
©enefung, recovery, 

convalescence. 
retfen, to travel. 
entfdjdbigen , to indem- tunfttghtn, in the future. 

nify. etforberltd), necessary. 

SBofytn roerben ©ie nac&jieS grutyjafjt reifen? 3$ wcrbe 
cine 02ctfe nadj ©riedEjenlanb untewetymen. $>er JKcifcnbe tji 
manc^mal febr tnelen Unanue^mlic&fetten auSgefefct, bafur tmrb er 
flber oft burcb mnnefcen ^errltc^en ©enug nuf fewer JRcifc enr* 
fa)abia,t. — 28er Jjat biefeS fc^dne ©u# gemffen? SDleine fleine 
(Scbroeftei; |crrei§t afleS, wad Uir in bic £anb fommt. 2Bcr Ijat 
metn fcfconeS 3.rinfgla$ $erbrocbeu? 3!?r ©riibetcben fpteltc bamit 
unb gerbrfldj e$. (5r jcrbric^t SlfleS, n?a$ er in bte «£>anbe nimint. 
^ovl tmuf mtt einem ©tetne nad) bem 3itk (target) nnb traf 
ee. jionnen ©ie fd?n?tmmen? 3d) fo)rotmme rote ein gtfefc. (§§e* 
inalS babete id? febr oft, jefct obet tyabe id) feinc fo grojje Suft 
meljr bagu, benn icb roar einft na^c baran,*) gu ertrinfen. 3d> 
gie^e jefct etn roanneS 23ab eincm falren t>or. 3Kctn ©ruber Itebt 
bag £3aben fetyr; tm ©omuier babet er ft# faft jeben 5tag. 
Satin roerben <&ie beginnen, febrotmmen git letnen? 3$ bebarf 
feineS ©cbroittunitntcmcbteS metyr, icfc fcfcroiinme berettS fefcon fe^r 
gut. 2Bami rotrb bte fonigltcfce gnuitlte tytei etntreffen? 2Jian fagt, 



*) I had a narrow escape etc., or I was nearly drowned. 



— 189 — 

bet tfontg roetbe no* biefc SQSoc^e ^tcr eintreffen. — Spielen ©ie 
gerne? 3$ fpiele juwetlen, abet i$ t>erltcrc immer. ©eftetn 
fpielte ic& mit metnem gteunbe unb oerlor 10 ©nlben. ©pielen 
(gie guweilcn S3iIIarb? 3$ wiirbe ed getne fpielen, roenn itf) cd 
nut aucfr Derftunbe. — 2Bad bcfe^Ten ©te, meat £ett? 3$ $abe 
9iicbtd ju befefclen, nut $u bitten. @t befall mit, ben ganjen 
Sag gu £aufe $u bleiben. — getyntaufenb Xfyakxl bad fceifjt 
geroonnen 5 nun fonnen <Sie ficfc ^utfrije unb ^fetbe tyalten, unb 
&u mil gefal)ten (driving) fommen *) © e llett. — %>a$ ®ebet ij* eine 
(Sttyebung- (raising) ber <geele $u ©ott. — @ebet bem ^aifet, mad 
bed $aifetd ift.**) (5t gab mit $u »etftel)en, bag et butefcaud ntd^t 
SStHend fei, m\ folcbed ©ebpt angunefymen. ©eben @ie mit 
3fyte £anb, unb roit rooflen funftigbin gteunbe bleiben. ©eine 
halite bot afled auf , wad $u feinet ©enefung etfotbetltcb roat. 
©enie§et bie greuben biefed Sebend mit 5fta§igfeit. $>er ^Inblirf 
einet folcfyen feboneu ^udpebt (view, prospect) ift ein tyertlicber 
©enufj. — ©ente§e unb entbefyte! 

$fta§igfeit roitb alt, $u t>iel fiitbt balb, 

114. 

to know how (can), to be deprived, beraubt scarcely, faum. 

fottnen, »erftef>en.* fetn. (Gen.) singing, bird,@ing&ogelm. 

to suppose, »ornu$fe&en. use, ©ebraud) m. blackbird, 5lmfcl f. 

is supposed, man ocr; animal, Sljiet n. wicker, au$ SBetfccn 

mutbet. cage, ^afig m., SSogcl- gefiodjten. 
requisite, etfotberlid). baiter, m. <fc n. ©trobbad), n. tbatch. 

to traverse, (freujen) crumbs, ^rumen, pi. f. qualification, @tgen? 

btnuber* or burd> SBrofamen, plur. fcfyaft f. 

fdjtoimmen. to be silent, fcijtoetgen. to owe, fd)utbig fetn. 

Have you been bathing to-day? No, I have not, the water 
is too cold. Do you know how (fonnen) to swim ? Yes, I do 
a little. Bathing in cold water is a very agreeable and whole- 



*) A peculiar construction of the word fommen with the Past Partic, 
**) The verb feiti sometimes governs the Genitive. 



— 190 — 

some enjoyment in the summer. Man, it is supposed, possesses 
all the requisite powers for swimming, and could traverse deep 
waters like other animals, were he not deprived of the use of 
such powers by (bur$) fear. — My brother has caught a 
very nice little bird which sings all day long. He put it into 
a little cage, and when he opens it, it comes to him and picks 
up the crumbs out of his hand. At the present day (£e<jen* 
roflitig), there is scarcely a house in which a singing-bird of 
some sort or other (irgenb duet 2lrt) is not kept. The black- 
bird, in his wicker house,hung(I)dnijenb)under the thateh(<&trel)bfld!j), 
gladdens (erfveut) the heart of the rustic (Sanbmcuut). — We 
often had the traveler or stranger visit us (supply: who visited 
etc.). — He said his prayer in a low voice (leife), but with de- 
votion (2lubfl$t f.). — Give to every body, what you owe to 
him. — This youth early began to aim at the qualifications of 
a soldier and a scholar. — Nature has given us two ears, 
two eyes, and but one tongue (Sunge), to the end that (battlit) 
we should hear and . see more than we speak. — He that knows 
how to speak, knows also when to be silent. 

115. 

COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERBS. 3ufamnmtgefefctc, 

trennbare .3eitw£rter. (See page 113 & 115. Exerc. 83.) 

unterbata , to amuse, tljeilnebmen, to take ftefllicbfetten, f. festi- 
Ultterhalten , to hold part in, to partici- vities. 

under. pate, to share. Bebeuten, to mean, 

flllffaften, to be sur- jiiwfen, to call to. 3Birt6, m. landlord. 

prised. fpvtfe&en, to proceed 3Bitth6bau$, n. inn. 

eitttretett, to step in, on, to set forward. Stit&j&itytj-L (vulg. 

to enter. anfommcn, to arrive. jffrmejj) a fair, anni- 

ettltaben, to invite. imberfyrecfyen, to gainsay, versary of the con- 
<Sitttabung,f. invitation. fcurdjjefcett, to achieve secration of the 
£ujtbatfeit, f. diversion. one's design. church. 

93etoobner,m. inhabitants. afobilben, to take a «§aufen, m. heap, pile. 
gefiiag, m. holiday. likeness, to portray, anttertraaen, to trust. 



— 191 — 

5lu? meinet 9ietfc nod? gtanfteid? tarn id? butcj cin ©tabt* 
(ben, bejfen 33eroof?net flc& mit ©efang, Sanj, ©piel unb anbetn 
Suftbatfetteit fef?t gut unterl^tcltcu. (53 pel mit abet befonbetS 
auf, ba§ fte afle in Hjten gefttagSfleibetn etfebienen. ?U3 id) tit 
ba$ SBittfySbauS etntrat, ftagte icb ben ®afhmttb, wa3 biefc geft* 
liebfeiten $u bebeuten fatten. (5t antroottete mit feljt tyoflicb, bajj 
bie (SintDobnet biefeS @tabtd?en$ tyeutc i^rc tfircbroeifje feietten, 
unb Iub nttc^ ein, an bem $an$e £ljeil &u nebmen. 3d) be* 
bauerte fel)t, ba£ id? feine (Sinlabung nic^t annel)men founte, ba 
id? gum Sanjen &u mube war. (Stbtadjtemit l)ietauf ein ©laS SBein, 
l?ielt mit ben ganjen »benb ©efeflfd?aft , nub id) mu§ eS 
geftel)en, id? untetl)ielt mid) fe^r gut mit il)m. £>e3 folgenben 
$Jlo tgenS, nacb bem gtufjftude, nal)m id) 8bfd?ieb; et btMte mit 
^erjlicb bie Spank, unb rief mit, aU id) fd?on metyt al$ &n?an$ig 
(Bcbtitte »om $aufe entfetnt wax , nod? eiumal ein IjetjItc&eS §e* 
beroofyl ju. 3d) fefete meiue 9Mfe $u gu§e fort, unb gegen *Dlit* 
tag fam id? cnblid?, ganj etmiibet, inN., bem3iele (end) meinet 
$eife, on. 

(Sin SDialet foflte ben funfjatytigen Seffing malen, unb tym 
jut ©eite einen im $afig flfcenben SScgel; oCtetn bettfleiueroibet* 
fptacfc unb fefcte e3 butd?, bafj et mit einem gtcjen #aufen 53iid?et 
abgebilbet mutbe. — $)ie @tbe gab immet teid?lid) $uuicf, wa$ 
bee fleijHge Saubmann il)x ant?etttaut l)atte. — 2)a$ Chameleon 
titmmt a0e gatben an, auSgenommen baS 2£eifjej bet @d?meirf?I« 
ol)mt 2lfle0 nacfj, auSgenominen (except) ba$, ma$ gut ift. 

116. 

to welcome, bennA- to treaty beljanbeln, to conclude, fdjliejjen.* 

fommen. beimttfoen. civility, .&cflid)fett f. 

obsequious, geftotfam, to profess, beljauvten, to behave, jtd) betragen* 

toiflfdfytig. erfldren. gegen jc. 

condescension, #etafc to mention, ettodtynen ease, Seidjtigfeit f. 

lojfung f. (c. Genit.). to wear out, abtragen.* 

*) An Alphabetical List of all irregular verbs will be fonnd at theEnd. 



— 192 — 

Sir Joshua Reynolds once received from two noblemen 
invitations to visit them on Sunday morning. The first, whom 
he waited upon, welcomed him with the most obsequious con- 
descension, treated him with all the attention in the world, 
professed that he was so desirous of seeing him, that he had 
mentioned Sunday as the time for his visit, supposing him to 
be too much engaged during the week, to spare time enough 
for the purpose, concluded his compliments by a eulogy on 
<£obrebe fiber) painting, and smiled him affectionately to the door 
freunbltd? bt3 §nr Xylite begletten). Sir Joshua left him to call 
upon the other. That one received him with respectful civility, 
and behaved to him, as he would have behaved to an equal in 
the peerage (rote gegen etnen feines ©letcben), said nothing about 
Raphael or Correggio , but conversed with ease about literature 
and men. This nobleman was the Earl of Chesterfield. Sir 
Joshua felt, that though the one had said that he respected him, 
the other had proved that he did, and went away from this 
one gratified rather (befriefcigtei), than from the other. — A good 
name will wear out , a bad one may be turned, a nickname 
(@$tmpfname) lasts for ever. — There is never wanting a good- 
natured person to send a man an account (nujfen lajfen), of 
what he has no mind to hear (roaS er nicfet getne tyort). — 
Truth will be uppermost (obenan foinmen) some time or other 
(ugenb einuial), like cork, though kept down in the water. 

117. 

CONJUNCTIONS. S3 i n b c » 6 r t c t. 

&U,* when, ebe,* before. baber,§ therefore, 

fta,* as, (since). ob,* if. bann,§ then, 

'bamit* (auf ba$), in obfdjon* although. bennorb,§ nevertheless, 

order that. wenn* — (fo), if. ferner.g further, farther. 

ibomit nicbt* lest. toenn nicbt,* unless. $tt>ar,§ it is true. 

$ajj,* that. cmdj,§ also. ftd) fiellen, to feign. 



* Those Conjunctions marked with an Asterisk (*) require 
the verb at the end of the sentence (see page 182 * 183. 
Observ. 5), aud those marked with § have, as adverbs, their 



— 193 — 

Observ. 1. The difference between a(6 and bo must be well obser- 
ved; the former is used in a subordinate sentence, when the 
event occurs only once, th e!! latter , when is takes place re- 
peatedly. Example: 3U$ id) tBn in bem ©arten fafy, gina, id) ju 
ifym, seeing him in the garden 1 went to him. ©a id) ibn oft 
in bem ©arten fab, fragte id) ibn, toa3 cc ba tbate, seeing him 
often in the garden, I asked him, what he was doing there. 

Observ. 2. $8entt is a condition; tpatltt refers to time. 

@ie tyaben jwat fcfcen stele gottfcbritte in bet beutfcpen 
©pracfje gemacfct, beMicch Robert ©ie noc& fefjr biel $u lernen. 
34) jweifelte Iange, ob id? je njerbe gelaufta, (fluently) beutf4> fpreoben 
lernen. Sfteine ©dproefier fyat e$ in furjer 3"* fa writ ge&racfct, 
bag fte cinen engltfcfcen ©rief jiemlicb fetylerfrei in$ $)eutf(fce 
itberfe&en fann. — 34> beljauptc, bog man o§ne anfjaltenben 
(persevering) gleig feinc gortfcbrirte ma<$en unb itbettyaupt sfticbtg. 
Icrnen fann. — 3* fage e$ 3$nen, bamit @ie jtc& tyiernacO 
ric&ten fflnnen (you may know what to do). 3$ gweijle fefjr, 
bag biefer Sftann bon feinet ^ranftyeit genefe. — ©aa,en ©ie mir, 
roann €ic fommcn roollen. 8Dcnn it autf) ben ©trcit nic&t an* 
(jefangen $ar, fo ljat er il)n bod^ unterljaltett (kept up). — <5r fteflte- 
fttf),aU wcnn cr 9?tc^t^ bason roitgre. — 34) will i f &* to ben Sndjlaben 
(bookseller's shop) getyen, urn einige beutfc&e 53tidjer $u fanfen. 3$ 
glaubc, nnr tyun beffer, gut>or gu SDiittag $u fpeifen. $a$ SttiU 
tagejfen (dinner) if* fc&on aufgetragen (served up). $3eliebt e$ 
S^ncn, meine tauten unb £erren, jtcfc &u £if4>e |H fe&en ? 34> 
roetbe mit bag SBergniigen macfeen, micfc $u 3tynw fytxfytx ju 
fefeen. 2)urfte ic& 3&nen bon biefer ©uppe anbieten? 34) banfe 
3^nen fe^r, id) effe nie ©uppej .©ie routben micfc abet fe$r bev* 



place after the verb; but when they are placed before the 
subject, they remove the subject after the verb. (See Exerc. 
111. Observ. 2, e.) 

NB. The pupil is advised to form sentences, beginning 
with : id) beb«ityte, bap . . , , id) furdjte, bag . . ., glaube, bag ... , ettoarte, 
benfe, bag ic. 



— 194 — 

binben, roerui ®ie fo fieuublicb fein ivellteii , mir bag 9ftnbfiftfc& 
(beef) gu veicfcen. 30^tt Dtele'm JBergnfigen, mein graulein. SBeliebf 
3$nen auc& etwa$ tfalbSbraren (roastveal)? 3c(j werbe <Sie urn 
ein ©rntfcfcen bitten. <§ie tyoben nut $u Bcfe^lcu , tcb ftetye im* 
mer $u 3(?ren SMenften. — tfeine ©efcityr (danger), feute petfon* 
licfce SKucfftdjt (regard) barf in 2lnfd)laa, fommen (taken in con- 
sideration) , wo bic tyfiifyt gebieter. — 2flaw macfcre ber Stfnrinn 
ben $ortimrf (reproach) , bag fie tnir e i n 3««9^ $wr SBels 
btacfcte (to give birth). 3a, fpracfc fie, nur (Sing, aber emeu 
Somen. — 5>a3 eben ift ber gludj (curse) ber bcfen £fyat, 
bflj* j!e fort$eua,enb (engendering) Q36fe3 mug fjebdren. © fillet. 

118. 

I think, I must make haste, or else I shall miss the train 
(ben 3 U 9 oerfefylen). Where are you travelling to? I am going 
off to L ondon. When do you leave ? If I have still time enough, 
by the ten o'clock train? I am afraid, you are too late, for it 
is already half past nine. At all events (jebenfaflS) make haste, 
and I shall do myself the pleasure of accompaning you, in order 
to see you off. I will take a ticket (gafyrbiOet) for you. What place do 
you prefer? I will go in a second class carriage (jroeire $foffe). I 
think you had better (@ie t^un beffer barnn) go in the first 
class, it is more comfortable. Good bye, I wish you a pleasant 
journey. I thank you, farewell! Where is your luggage, Sir? 
Are that trunk (goffer) , that carpet-hag (Oieifefacf) and this 
hat-box (^)ntfc^ad)tel) yours? Get in, (etnfietgen) gentlemen, 
the train is going to start (abfle^en). We are going extremely 
fast (gefcjjtmnb). There are a great many people waiting at the 
station. We have two engines (gofomotttte) to draw our train. 
Here comes the back-train (©ecjeumo,). At what o'clock shall 
we arrive in London? I long (ft# fetyneir) to be there. Here 
is the last station but one. Let us go and get our luggage 
(in Cnnpfana, neljmen). Will you go to my hotel? With plea- 






195 



sure; let us take a cab (cabriolet, ©ageu, gofynfutfcfcer) together. — 
Do you know Mr. N. ? I have, it is true, the honour of know- 
ing him, but I cannot tell you where he lives. Can any one 
direct me to his house? I am going that way myself, but it is 
very far from here. In that case (iueitii too tec gall iff), we 
shall do better to take a hackney-coaeh(giiifcr). Coachman, drive me 
to number eighty, Front-street. Stop at the house, on the right 
side (red-re), going up the street ((Strnge aufiucirtS). On the 
left side (finfS), going down the street (abroattS). How did you 
like your journey? I have had a very pleasant journey indeed 
I will give you a call some day or other. Come to-day. To-day 
I cannot promise, but I will wait upon you some time to-mor- 
row. We shall be most happy to see you. — A rich farmer's 
son , who had been bred at the University , came home to visit 
his father and mother; as they were supping one night off a 
couple of fowls, lie told them, that by logic and arithmetic, he 
could prove (birorifeu) , those two fowls (bfl§ ttcfe) to be 
three "Well, let us hear" said the old man. "Why, this", cried 
the scholar, "is one, and this", continued he (fevtfnfneu), "is 
two, two and one, you know, make three". — "Since you 
have made it out (beraudbrtngeu) so well", answered the old 
man, "your mother shall have the first fowl, I will have the 
second, and the third you may keep yourself, for your great 
learning" (©defyvfamfeit). — Three gentlemen meeting to sup 
at a tavern, one of them wished for partridges (ftiebbiibner). 
A brace (^anr) was accordingly brought. On this (fyierauf) he 
took one to himself, leaving the other for his friends. "Stop, 
stop", cried one of them, "that is not fair". — "Perfectly fair, 
I think', replied the gentleman, "there is one for you two, 
and one for me loo (nucb). 

He who a watch*) would wear, two things must do, 
Pocket his watcli, and watch his pocket too. 

*) watch, XH)X f.' f to watch, bett>cid)en, Slcbt (\tben auf; pockety 
2afd)c: to pocket, einftecfen, in t>ic Xafcl>e ftiufen. 

13 



— 190 — 

119. 

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE GENITIVE, qhfipof ittoneu 
mit bem (&ettitit> 

anftatt or ftfltt, 1 ) Dbcvfyalb, ou the upper uutpcit/) (unfevn), 
instead of. side of, above. not far from. 

fctcdfctt, jcttfeit,*) on unterbalb, on the lower ttcrmogc, 10 ) by virtue 
this side of, on the side of, below. of, by dint of, ac- 

farther side of. fraft, 4 )by the power of. cording to. 

f)tllb, i 3 ) on account Inut, 5 ) according to, tPafu'CttD,") during. 

iwlbcit, of, for the conformably to. UJCQetl, 12 ) because of, 

Oalber, ) sake of. mittelft oruevmittelft 9 ) on account of. 

ciu&etftalb, on theoutside by means of. Irtm)*/ 3 ) along/ 

of, without. um — tPtllcn, 7 ) for itofc,' 4 ) in spite of. 

ir.nertyalb, in the inner the sake of. Jttfolge/ 5 ) in conse- 

part of, within. nuqeadlUt , 9 ) not- quence of. 

withstanding. 

Exam pies: 

t) 5lttffatt if separated, we write @tatt with a capital letter; 
as, ev nohm iljn an $inbeS Statt an, he adopted him as a child 
(in his stead). 

£) £)ie£feit, jeitfett (instead of, auf biefer ©cite k.) is not to be 
confounded with bie$feit$, jenfeitS which is an Adverb, and 
never followed by a noun/ as bie$feit3 (or bteSfeit beS ©rabe$) 
fet toeife, jenfeits glucfUcfc (viz. on that side of) 

3) f)dlb f flrtlbcu, fyalbev, balb is only used in compounds; as 
innerbalb be$ <£aufeS, in the inside of the house; balben and 
fjalber are synonymous with n>egen , and the latter is particu- 
larly used, when the substantive stands without an article; 
as, Jh-anffyeitS fjalber fonnte er nict)t fommen, he could not come 
on account of illness. (On meinetfoalben see page 101. Obs. 8.) 

4) fvaft and uermcge are synonymous, and both express: by the 
power of; as, fraft meineS SlmteS ntufj id) fo Ijanbeln, by the power 
(or by virtue) of my office I must act so. 

5) laut be8 33efehfe3, according to (or by the tendency} of the 
order; taut biefeS 93riefe$, to the purport, or tenor of this letter. 

6) $Jtitttlft eine$£al)ne$ fanten n>ir an$ Ufer, by means of a boat 
we came on the shore. 



— 197 -y- 

Observ. I. All these Prepositions (with the exceptiou of IcingS , jus 
folge, trofc, which sometimes are followed by the Dative) go- 
vern the Genitive case. 

Observ. 2. The following lines may be committed to memory; 
Unwett, mitteU, fiaft unb wafjmib, 
Saut, Oftmogf* intgeacfytet, 
Dberbaib unb unterljalb, 
3nuerf)alb unb aufjerljalb, 
2)ie$feit, jcnfe it, halben, nmjen, 
®tatt, auc^ langg, jufolge, trofc 
Steven mit bem ©en it it), 
Dber auf bie Stage: toeffen? — 
S5ixfc ift bjer uidjt $u vergeffen; 
£fl$ bet biefen lefctevn brci 
8lud) bee S)ati» ridjtig feu 



Examples: 

7) Itllt — tlH II Ctl takes the noun, which it governs, between the 
two words. ' Urn beS 5vieben§ SBilien, /'or the sake of peace. 

8) UllflCcldjti't (unetadjtet or obneracfytet are obsolete) may also 
follow its noun; as> aller ©emufyungen lingeadjtet, or un<jead)tet 
afler feinev ©emuto/ttttgen, notwithstanding all his pains* 

9) ttmoett or unfettl be$ XfyoveS lvofont mein SSettet. 

10) &ertn$Qe unfveS freten 9Bi((en6, A# wrta* of our free will. 

11) 33af)tCtt& is by some Grammarians improperly joined with 
the Dative; toafyrenb bem, ivdbtenb bet 3eit, during the time. 

12) Sftegett may precede or follow its case, and is synonymous 
with Ijalben (see page 101); as tregen feinev Sugenb, or feinev 
Sugenb toegen, on account of his virtue etc. Sometimes it hasr 
the meaning of: concerning / as, id) fyvad) mit tfym toegen bed 
£aufe$, concerning the house. 

13) lattgS (not to be confounded with the Adverb langft , long 
ago) governs indiscriminately both the Genitive and Dative; 
as, tangd beS 28ege3 or bem 9Bege. The poets use generally ettt- 
laitQ with the Genitive; as, entlang be« 5Balbgebivge$, along 
the forest-mountaiu. 



— 1 98 — 

Observ. 3. In order to practise these prepositions with their cases 
the Learner may form sentences in using the following words: 
anflatt — <£djrceftet; jenfctt — $)orf; bie$feit — ©rab; 8tvafc — 
rcegen; fraft — ©efefc; oermcge — ©efubl; untoeit — ©tabr; 
ivdhrenb — 3?it; laut — ffieridjt; mittelg — <Seil (rope); cmge; 
ftdjtg (Gen.) (by sight of) — btefe£ (Ecbreibeu; f. i. anfiatt meiner 
Sdjicefier fomme id) K 

Siugenblicf, m. moment, sunerldpig, authentic. (§bbc, f. ebb-tide. 

£ietfein, u. sojourn 9tadf)fd)luffel, m. double glutb, f. flow, 
(stay here). key, picklock. biirtveg, away. 

mitoobl, indisposed. S&infcf, f. pulley, frijiffbar, navigable: 

Sluftrag, m. commission, windlass. £einvfab, m. towpath. 

Sorter, m. forester. Snbalt, m. contents, 93orgug, m. preference. 

2>iebfiabl, m. theft. (tenor). armfelig, miserable, 

serubew, to commit. bcmtid)tigen (c. Gen.), wretched. 

SPfitternadbt, f. midnight, to take hold. genidfj, (c. Dat.) accor- 

fprcngen (a)to burst open, ^itfk, f. coast. ding to. 

fpringen,* (n) to jump. Ufer, n. shore. mifjlingen,*to go amiss. 

SBnfyrenb beS .ftviegeg ift ?lfle$ tfyeuer. 5Meibe eineii Sliiqeu* 
blicf fyier, wfi^rtttb beffen n?tfl icb emeu $rief mtf tie tyvft tvngen. 
3D?ein <Bcfcu?fl£er roar fefyr franf, beffeu ungea&tet niac^te er etue 
Jfteife nodj N. *D?nn fcfcdfcf it)n roeqen feiuea gleijje3 unb liebt 
tyu feincr Stiigenb roegen. $ennoge 3I?ve3 83efebje3 mu§ id? fo 
fprecbeu. £>ntf tfb jefct einen ©pn$tergang ouf bn3 ganb ma#en? 
3fteinetroegeit fnnhfi bu gel;en, n>ol;in bit mmt tvtQft. 2Mein ©ctyrocu 
ger beft^t einen ©arten, ruelcber aufjerfyalb ber ©tabt liegt. Dbevfynlb 

Examples: 

14) Svo^ (synonymous with ungead;tet) may be followed either 
by the Genitive or Dative ; as, tvofc meine3 93erbotee\ or mcinem 
33crbote, in spite of my prohibition. 

15 ) 3ufoIgC governs the Genitive when it precedes its case, and 
the Dative when it follows it; as, jufolge Sbre6 SefebJte, or 
Sbrem ©efeble jufolge, in consequence of your order. 

NB. All prepositions of this class (except ungeadjtet, from 
ctcbten (Gen.), untoeit, and ttuibrenb «== todbtenb be$) have their 
origin from Substantives, as, Stxaft, power, $ermcgen, fortune etc. 



— 199 — 

teS £mfe3 ftefyt cine fleine ©tro^iitte. SOd^renb bcc 3^** mci.iicd 

JjpicrfetnS befanb id) mi$ immcr unwell. %xo$ bed fcblecfyten 
21>etter3 pnb \vix bennocb audgegangeii. @r l)at e3 jwfolge indued 
SinfttagS, or meiuem ftuftrage jufofge getban. $a$ gflrftevfyand 
\td)t uutvett bed 5Balbed. — 4paben <&ie fdjou Don bem £)ieb* 
ftatyle gcfytftt, welder fcergangene Oictcbt miibt worben iff? £)ie 
$)iebe pub, mid jiwerlafjiger Duefle, funf an bet Qaty, urn SRir* 
ternacbt, mitt eld eined 9?ad)fcfMnffeld in bad <§#lo§ eingebrocfKii, 
(jaben mitield einer SBinbe ben grofen eifernen ©elbfaften gefprengt, 
fid) feined Stalled bemacfctigt nnb t^rc glucfct bnrcb ben Stylef* 
flatten getiommen. $)ie sOebienten fatten $roar einen garni , abet 
anftatt*) bie $)iebe jn uerfolgcn, fc^Ioffcit fie flcfc and gnrctyt in 
tfyren Sfiwnfrern ein, nnb erft bed SRorgcnd mad) ten pe bie ftngctge 
(advertisement). — 21 n ben ftfiftfii firomet bie <2ee wafyvenb ber 
glntfy gegen bad lifer ; jut 3«r bet (Sbbe abet oow ben Ufetn 
fyinmeg. gangs bem 9il;eine liegen fefyt fdjone SL'eiitbetgc. <Den 
fc^iffbaten gitiffen entlang &kl)en pdj geinpfabe. — Ungeacfytet 
allet feinet 23or$tige tft bet 3Henfd> bod) bad armfeligfte SBcfcn, 
weim et fonbet Religion nnb bem ©ebotc feinet 53etnnuft nic&t 



*) The PreposiMoa is sometimes followed, seemingly in a delusive 
way, by another case than that it properly requires. This 
Case depends then only upon the Infinitive of the Verb, that 
follows it, and not upon the Preposition, and this delusion, 
caused by the Inversion, will disappear, as soon as the sen- 
tence is construed in its proper way. Examples: er fling tfeg, 
OQlte mil* ettoaS ju fagen, he went away, without telling me 
of it. (NB. ofjne, requires the Infinitive with JU , where the 
English use the Present Partic. See page 88.) 3)Jtt SforeS 
<Sobne3 ftleife unb 93etragen bin itt) febr jnfricben, (construe mit 
bem 93etragen) I am very well satisfied with your son's beha- 
viour and conduct, ©cine Slnfunft tourbe buvcf) mil? unbegreifc 
lidje Umftanbe ucrgogcrt, his arrival was delayed by circumstances, 
incomprehensible to me. (Construe butd) Umftanbe it.) 



— 200 — 

gemnjj lebt. — (Sin ivnfyrbnft gutei 3Jieufd> tioftct jity nwflen 
imjjhuiflenm (missed) v £eghnteu3 mit bem $enmfjtfeut (conscious- 
ness), bn3 9fJ e cl> t c geirollt ju frctflctt; 

120. 

instead of an answer by word of mouth (lwajbltcbe 9ind)* 
ri#t) he brought me a letter, stating (mit bem Snboltc) that lie 
was prevented coming to see me, on account of a little indtar 
position (UuroolMtfiu n., Ihipa&licbfnt f). I could not read the letter 
on account of its being badly written. In spite of the beautiful 
weather he nevertheless was not allowed to go out. If the weather 
be fine to morrow, we shall amuse ourselves with playing 
in our garden , outside of the town , or making an excursion 
(2lu$flitQ m.) to the other side of the river. — In consequence 
of your command I travelled to N., in order to see Mr. B., but 
instead of him, I only found his wife , who did not know any- 
thing of the matter. I stopped there (during) a whole week, till 
at last he arrived , and excused his staying away so long, on 
account of some important business he had to transact (&erri$teti). 
My neighbour adopted a poor orphan child (an j\inbe3 ©tntt 
cmitelmietr). He is very rich, and does a great deal of good by 
means of his money. — Many a man is envied on account of 
his riches — By means of our reason we can, in many cases, 
distinguish good from evil, and by means of our free will (ar- 
bitrariness) we can choose the good or the bad — By the power 
of steam (Tompf m.) we now fly through countries. According to 
the latest telegraphic dispatch (tflcfjropbifcbe £cpefd)e) a great 
accident happened on the rail-road. — Many men are not happy, 
in spite of their riches Some men do (p rfonn, mteiibfii) good 
only for the sake of fame (uut — milieu, Wur/m m.) ; but we 
ought to do good for the sake of the good itself. — If a still 
tongue proves a wise head, said a jester once, then the wisest 
of mortals must be dumb persons. 



201 



121. 

VERBS & ADJECTIVES GOVERNING THE GENITIVE, 
3eit- u it t> @igr n | cbciftd tu ovtcr mit bem ©ertififc. 

Observ. 1. Most Verbs denoting accusation , conviction or denun- 
ciation, mentioning j privation, remoteness, or remembrance, 
require, particularly in lofty language, or poetry, the Geni- 
tive case, as their indirect Complete ment , answering t'.e 
question: tpeffctt ? whose? Common prose usually employs 
in that case a Preposition with the Accusative. Example: 
©ebenfen <Sie meiner, or an mid), think of me. 

Observ. 2. The Genitive case is particularly governed: 

a) by man j' Neuter verbs, as ac&ten, bet>iitfen u. (see farther). 
Example: cv ncbtet meiner nid)t, he does not mind me. 

b) by many Active verbs, which have the person in the Accu- 
sative ; as, ei* luuvbigte mid? feinevftvcunbfd)aft, he held me worthy 
of his friendship. (See Appendix.) 

c) by many Reflective verbs; as, fid) anmajjen (see Appendix) 
as, id) entfd)luge mid) allcv Sorgen, / divest myself of all 
cares. 

d) by Active Impersonal verbs; as, e0 erbavmt mid), c3 gelufiet, 
teurt midj't as, bu Idfjcft bid) be$ Uebete reiten, you repent of 
your bad action. 

Observ. 3. Such Adjectives which are formed from verbs, which 
govern the Genitive, require the same case; as bebitvftig, from 
bcbiitfen. (See farther.) 

Observ. 4. Such Adjectives as require an addition of a thing, to 
complete their full sense, generally govern the Genitive (but 
this Genitive may be replaced by a preposition and its go- 
verned case); as, feien 6ie meiner eingebenF, think of me; lebig 
aller $flid)t, free from all duty; fvei unb lebtg »on alien ©e- 
bred)en, free from all defects (faulty. 

NB. The word \){>U , full, requires the Genit. , wheu the 
Noun is attended by an attributive Adjective; as, em gap Mil 
be$ beften 3&ei«e§ ; in all other cases it is used without the 
Gen. ; as, ein 33entel wll ©elb (not ©elbeS). In common lan- 
guage we use the word ttoller instead; as, ein 23aum tooUet 
©intben. 



— 202 



a) Verbs governing the Genitive. 

atyvi , to regard, benfen (gebenfen;, to cjeniepen, to enjoy. 

esteem. think of. genmljren, to perceive. 

anflagen, lo accuse. entarten, to degenerate, gefifjtveigen , not t'# 
fid) annebmen, to interest entbdjreti, to be without, mention. 

one's self for. enrbinben, to release barren, to wait for. 

jtd) bebtenen, to make one from. lad) en, to laugh at. 

use of. entlaffen, to dismiss. inipbraucben, to misuse. 

bebitrfen, to want. fid) entlebigen (feitier pfiegen, to take care of. 

jidj£>cjIci§(ig)eH, to study, ^jficbt), to discharge fdjonen, to spare. 

to endeavour dill- one's duty. fyotten, to mock. 

gently. entfefcen, to remove one uberfufyren, to convict, 

begebren, to wish for. from his office. to convince, 

ftd) bemadjtigen, to seize, jtdj erbarmen, to pity, yerfehlen, to miss. 

to take possessou of. to have compas- 
bfranben, to rob, to sion on. 

deprive. ermangeln, to be in 

befdjulbigen, to charge want of. 

with, to accuse. erircibnen, to mention, ivcfjren, to resist, to 
braudjett, to need, to ftd) freuen, to rejoice at. check, to restrain. 

want. gebenren, to remember. 

b) Adjectives governing the Genitive. 

an|td)tig, to perceive, getvubnt, (to be) accus- uberbrufjig, wearied, 

to get sight of. tomed. tedious. 

beburftig, [ tobe in want,b,abbaft,in possession of. yerblicben, grown pale. 
bcnotfyigt, j in need of. Funbig, acquainted with, »erbdcbtig, suspicious. 



ttergefjen, to forget. 
t»erftcf?ent, to assure, 
ftahmefymett, to perceive. 
luarten, to attend. 



bcf gt, authorized. 
betuu§t, conscious. 
eingebenf, mindful. 
fdfyiq, able, capable, 
frob, joyful, glad. 
getoafyr, perceiving. 
getodrttg , excepting, 

aware. 
getoip, sure. 



informed of. ttevtuflig, lost, forfeited, 

Ubig, free, empty, void, deprived of. 
log, (to be) rid, quit of. wll, full. 



mddjtig, mighty, 

master of. 
mitbe, tired, quit, free. 
fott, satiated, 
fcbulbtg, guilty. 



loertt), worth, worthy, 
deserving -, ber s 2flv.i)t 
toertf), worth while. 

toiirbig, worthy, de- 
serving. 



theilljaft, .partaking, unnmrbtg, unworthy. 
tljetlljafttg, j sharing. 



— 203 — 

(SfrfuUung, f. accom- gennffettloa , uncon- (§it>, in. oath. 

plishmeut, fulfilling. scionable. nadjfyuren , (Dafc.) to 

23eruf<tyfiidjt, f. profes- in SlbreDe flellen , to trace, to track, 
sional duties. deny. Obricifeit, f. magistrate, 

uberfaUen, to surprise, bavtuddtg, stubborn, authority. 

nid)t ivabv, is it not? headstrong. ©efdngnip, n. prison. 

(ginb £ie bnlt) ter beutfd?en @prud?e macbtig? Urn tiefed 

be&atipten xu fonnen, mu§ man fid? beifelbeu oiele 3f#te ,all 9 

beflijfcii tyabeu. 3d? mecbtc betfelben fo fun tig fecit roie Si*. 

S3elel)ren <sie mid? etned 23effern. £i?arum rourte biefev 'XRann 
feiued Unites entfe^t ? <§v rouibe fetned £ienfte- entlaffen, roeil er 
in oer (SifnHung fetner ^erufepflicbt (duty of calling) 0en»lffcMlo9 
roar. 2lud? ronrbe er feiued (£iced entbunbm. SMait befdmlbigte 
if? it fined fcbroeren 53erbred?end. (5r rourbe ndmlid? eined £)ieb* 
ftat>Id angeflagr. ShifaugS roollte ev eo jroar in 2lbrefce jielleii 
tnib Idngnete tyartndcfig ; aber man uberful)rte ifyn balb ber giige. 
— £iefer 3D? e n |d? ifr nun fef?r unglucflicb 5 er ift fatted Sebend 
miibc. — Qa$ ift cined fWenfcjien unrourbig. — 2luf feiuer 9Jeifc 
nad? ^talien rourbe meitt SOarer fetner ganjen Jg>abe beraubt. (§r 
roar ndmlid? ber ©egenb ntcbr funbig unb Wtltttt ftd> in eineiu 
SBalbe, n?o er von JWduberu uberfaflen rourbe. Sobalfe fie feiuer 
anftd?tig rourben, famen fie anf iljn lodgerannt unb bemadjtigten 
fic^ feiuer *J3evfon. Urn btefer ungebereuen ©fifte lod 511 roerben, 
gab er tt)uen afleS, road er befajj. (Sin ebler tDceufct) eibarmte fid? 
feiuer, nafym ft 4? feiuer *J3erfon an, unb oeifafy Cto provide) tbn 
mit ©elb unb ^leibungdftucfett. (Sine folcbe ^antltuig ift ailed 
Sobed roertl), nic(?t roatyr ? $erftcbertt @ie il?n meincr 4pod?ad?tung 
unb greunbfcbaft. 3d? roerbe ftetd fetner gebenfeu. £ie qjolijei 
fpurte lange aber oergebcnd ben £tebeu tta$. <8ie entlebigte ffd? 
abei tt>rer ^flidjt mit Iobendroiirbigem SDitttfye, unb enbiicb geiaug 
eci if?r, ber Qiebe l)abbafr $u roerben. — $)ie Qiebe roerben, roenu 
bie Obrigfeit ifjm t>nbl;aft roiib, in ein ©efaitgnijj gebrad?t. — 
Sie beflijj ft# bed^tngend, tym au gefaflen, roorin fte aucb balb 
fo weit fam, aid man beffen xur gefdlligcn Unterfyaltuna bebarf. 

(®6tlje.) 



204 



SDei 2£e>l;ltt)dtia,c uuuiut fid? fcer 8iiiifji nu- — t)ci 
$)Jeufcbeufveuub fveitt ficb bed ©liicfeS feiuei Dtebeumeufdjen uub 
eibaimt fid; feiuer letbenbeu SDtitbiirger. — 3$ a,euojj bed fleift* 
veicben Umgaiiged (spiritual company) btefeS €>cbviftftcl(evS (author), 
tii feinem £aufe, nit feinem %tfd)e , auf @pa$iergdna,eu. Seine 
uefflidje ©attin (excellent spouse) n>ar bag SDiufter (model) eblet 
®efdfl igfeit uub ©efrbeifcenbeit (modesty). — 2Se* be$ Unglutf* 
lichen nii\)t fdjonr, foubevu bejfelbeu fpottet, ber oevbieut, bfl[j man 
uiicfc fetnev tut Unglucf oeigeffe. — £>er ©$meic(jlei wirb beiuet 
veva,effen, fobalb cv beinei uicfct iuel;t bebarf. — Diicbt 21Ue fiub 
frei, bie tyiexStttttn fpotten. <& d)i lUx. (Shier grojjen guictyt fiub 
nui entlebicjr. 2)erfeibe. £), ninuu ber Stuube roafyv, efye fie 
entfdMupft. 5)erfelbe. 9lui bet SSeife geutt;gt be3 Seben3 wafyte 
gteubeu. — ©ebenfe beo @ube$. — (Sigenet £eerb tft ©ulbetf 
rvertl). — (Siu eblet 3Meii[d> bebatf $um ^4>iiiMcfe itnc eiueo ein* 
fac^eu $leibc$; tin fcfcoueS ©eiudlte uur eineS einfacfjen d?a$meu3 
(frame); ein gvoget ©ebonfe nui' bet eiufnc^fteu gorm. Unb91fle$ 
bitj? tinei<£eele, bie e$ .uetftetyt. — ©it fiub be$ ©elbeS bebftrf* 
tig, bet Arbeit eiugebenf, bev Unftetblictyfeit (immortality) genuy. 
5)ie (^cfyontyeit tft fccS @ulen «£>ulle, t>er <§cfyon(;>eit tooUen ivir una Jreu'n. 

9iut tott t>o6 toafyre Seben inifjt itnt) feinen (5nt)jlr»ecf nie wergift, 
Mann \itf) t>e6 beften ©IMS erfteu'n, al$ 2ftenfd) $u leben toertf} ju fein. 

This poor woman is deprived of her children, and in want 
(entbefjreu, Gen.) of every support. The unhappy man is without 
(etnuiugeln, Gen.) any joy and pleasure of life. Many a man 
never enjoys life (ftofy roerben, Gen.). He always com- 
plains (ftcty beftagen fiber, Ace.) of his fellow-creatures, never 
pities them (fid; erbntuien, Gen.), and I think, sometimes he is 
not in possession of his senses (mdebtig, Gen.). We are 
expecting (gewdttig , Gen.) the arrival (2lnfunft f.) of some of 
our friends. He will relieve us from (liberfyeben , Gen.) great 



— 205 — 

troubles. — Pray, spare me. A messenger (6i?te m.) whom I 
met in the way, mentioned to me a great accident (Uiitjlntf nj 
(SrctQiiifj n.) that occurred at the* rail- way-station at N. — « 
Remember (jtc{> eiinnern, Gen.) your promise, and forget your 
sorrow. You must divest yourself (entfctylageu, Gen.) of such 
grievous thoughts (fummewofle ©ebnnfen). Be ashamed of (ftcty 
fctyameu, Gen.) such a mean action, and think of something bet- 
ter (ficty etncS ©effent befutnen). — You must try to cure (break 
[entvuofjnen , Gen.]) this child of his bad habit (Uncut f.). — 
The good man thinks of his benefactors ; the grievous man 
(JtummerMOr) expects (Barrett, Gen.) comfort, the inconsiderate 
man (frivolous [Setctyrfertige]) laughs at (fporten, Gen.) danger. 
The disobedient man mocks (fp often) at command. — The 
good pupil thinks of (ftd} befumeu, Gen.) his task. — The strong 
enemy takes possession of a country, but the generous conquerer 
(Sitter m.) spares his enemy, and the brave warrior (rapfere 
tfrieger) has no (forbears [ftc$ entroetyren , Gen.]) fear. — The 
repentant man (2Reumut$i<je m.) is ashamed of his guilt (crime). 
The pious man partakes of (tljeiltyaftig fein, Gen.) everlasting 
happiness. Such a man is worthy of my confidence, — A di- 
ligent pupil is worthy of distinction. — You must never boast 
(ft<$ rnfymen, Gen ) of your good actions. He who has bad eyes 
makes use (ftd) bebienen , Gen.) of spectacles (SSvifle f.) ; but 
spectacles are like crutches (&uicfe f.), which a healthy person 
never makes use of. — The labourer (?Ubriter) is worthy of his 
hire (&ofyn m,). Art (supply bic) is in need of luck, and luck 
wants art. — Men are sometimes accused of pride (<8u>l$ m.) 
merely because their accusers would be proud themselves, if they 
were in their place. — Do not boast (fta) liifymen, Gen., briifien 
iiber) of your birth or nobility (2(be! m.). Do not laugh at 
other's misfortunes, instead of pitying them — Death pities 
nobody, neither rich nor poor. 



— 206 — 

123. 

DERIVATIVE VERBS.^ Itbgcftttele 3eih» drier. 
Observ. Verbs are formed by the help of either Prefixes ($Sou 
ftlben), or Affixes (SRadjftlben). Although it is nearly impos- 
sible to describe every meaning or signification of them, never- 
theless the following hints will be of great assistance to 
the Learner. 

1. Prefixes (OJorfilbcn): 

be (from bet) transforms 1) neuter verbs into transitives ; 
as, fallen, to fall; befallen, to befall, to attack; atbeiten, to 
work j bearbeiten (active), to elaborate; 2) Substantives and 
Adjectives into Verbs; as glugel, wing; beflitgeln, to wing, 
fig. to hasten. (Note : It may also change such an active 
verb which is joined with a Preposition and its case, into 
another verb which requires a direct case tvithout a Prepo- 
sition; as, id) fcbieibe auf bad papier, and ify befeftvetbe Daes 
papier, meaning to write on the whole surface, [sometimes in 
the sense to make a description]). 3) It strenghtens the sense ; as 
fuicbten, to fear, and befurdjten, which is only used of things, 
signifying to fear much, 

ettt (before an f, emp, as empfangen, empfeblen, empfinben) 
from ein, means 1) privation (contrary to be) as, entfallen, to 
fall from, to escape one's memory ; entfleiben, to undress (but 
befleiben, to clothe), entfdtbcn, to change colour; 2) removal, 
or placing into an other condition, as entjunben , to inflame; 
sometimes however it means approach, as ent&teten (like a\u 
bieten, to offer, to send word to; entfptedjen, to comply with). 
3) Origin, as entfpriwo,en, to take rise, also to escape; entfleben, 
to arise, to originate in. Note: The word antiverten and Sluts 
n)ort are formed by the prefix ant, which has the same signi- 
fication as ent. 

Ct (originally ur) denotes t) a motion upwards (syn. with 
auf, herauf); as, erbauen, to erect, to edify; erbeben, to raise 
up; 2) a placing into a state or condition; also becoming, or 
beginning; as, eitoad)en, to awake; ertonen, to resound; evfal? 
ten , to cool ; 3) completing, reaching an aim, obtaining, 
getting by an action, as erfd)6pfen, to drain, to exhaust; edeben, 
to live to see; erfaufeu, to purchase ; erftnben, to find out, to devise. 



— 207 — 

Qt?, lias no determined signification. It generally strengthens 
the sense of the simple verb ; as braucben fttotbtg baben), to 
want; gebroudjen (antrcnben) , to employ, to use to a certain 
purpose. In some verbs it denotes uniting, joining together ; 
as in gefvieren, to congeal, to turn to ice; cjertnnen, to curdle, 
to coagulate; gefciUen,~to please etc. 

ttttfi, (answering the English mis and dis) has a negative 
power; as, mijjfallen, to displease, to dislike; mijjgonnen, to 
envj r , to grudge j or denotes injustice, wrong, incomplete- 
ness; as, iniftynwbefo , to treat ill; mipadjten (»eracbten), to 
undervalue etc. 

»cr (originally font, tDefl , away) denotes 1) direction, 
motion, change or transmutation; as »erbrdngen, to drive away, 
to supplant; mreifen, to go on a journey, to spend in tra- 
velling; »etfd)teben, to put off.r 2) loss, destruction, or con- 
sumption; as, tterttcren, to lose; ttevberben , to spoil; »erfd)i»en- 
ben, to squander, to dissipate; tterbltiften, to fade; mtoelfen, to 
wither. 3) covering or inclosure, as, fcerbauen, to shut by 
(also, to spend in) building; serbinben, to tie up, to connect, 
to dress a wound; 4) placing into another condition (synon. 
with ent), tteranncn, to grow poor; tterbeffern, to improve; 5) 
prohibition, as serbieten, to forbid; tterbitten, to decline, refuse; 
6) it strengthens only the sense of the verb; as, serleifyen, to 
grant; fcerebven, to honour. — NB. iter is the contrary of 
cr; compare: erfennen, to recognize, and oerfennen, to mis- 
take ; erfaufen, tterfaitfen ; etfevnen, fcerlernen ic. 

$er denotes separation or disjoining of parts, falling asun- 
der, destruction, dissolving of a thing; as, jerfallen, to fall to 
pieces; getfhreuen, to disperse, to scatter; jcrgeften, to melt, to 
dissolve; jerjicrcn, to destroy; jerfe^en, to decompose. — NB„ 
$ er differs from ent; the former denotes dissolving a thing 
into parts, whilst the latter signifies separating one thing 
from another. Compare: jetgefjen, entgdjen; jerreijjen, entreipen. 

II. Suffixes (OUdjfilben): 

cfyett, has a strengthening power: as from tycren, to hear, 
bo*d)en, to listen, to hearken. 

eltt denotes diminution, repeating, imitation; as lacfyfln, to 
smile; fyotteln, to jeer, to quiz. 



20S 



em, denotes repetition, iindinclination, desire; as, fiapperti, 
to clapper, to rattle; fcbldfern, to be drowsy. 

tQett, fcften and jcit, denote repetition of sound or action ; 
as, rcmgen, to clean; bertfdjen, to govern; driven (from art) 
helas), to groan. 

ircit (French er, ir, latin are, ere, ire) is only used in 
foreign words, and in a few German ones; as, jhiDiren, to 
study; balbiren , to halve; budjjhbtren , to spell. — Note: By 
the help of the Syllable en we may form (like in English) 
Verbs from Substantives and Adjectives, as fujjen (from gup, 
foot), to foot, to take footing; ftfcfyen, to fish; todrmen, to 
warm, to heat; furjcn or oerfurjen, to shorten. 

fatten, to fall. uberfatten, to attack aufnebmen, to take 

%a\l, m. fall. suddenly, to make up, pick up, to 

abfatten, to fall off, an iuvasion. receive, to survey. 

to revolt. umfanen, to fall down. auSnebmen, to take 

attfaUen, to attack, ttcrfallen, to decay, to out, to except, 

assault. expire, to incur a (eviscerate). 

auffatten,f.tostrike,with penalty* 9lu6nabme> exception. 

b. to open by falling. tfptfaUen, to happen, benebmen , to behave, 

tmSfaUen, to turn out, to occur. to deprive of. 

to prove, to dislocate.tpeflfaUen, to fall off, 33enebmen» n. behaviour. 

beifatlen, to occur, to to be omitted. etnnebmen, to take in, 

applaud. jerfallen, to fall to to receive, captivate. 

burcftfatten , to fail, pieces, to fall out (Stnnabme, receipt, 

to get a blank (in with one. income. 

a lottery). jufaUen, f. to shut of entnebmen, to take from, 

etnfallen, to come into itself, to fall to to draw from, to 

one's mind, to oc- one's share. understand. 

cur, to invade. 3ufaU, in. accident, genebmtgen, to approve. 

eiitfaUen, to slip, to chance, hap. ©enebmigung, f. ;;ppro- 

escape one's memory, (jufdltig , accidental). bation. 

gefaflen, to please. nebnten, to take. f)innebmett, to receive. 

mtfjfaHen, to displease, abnebmen, to take off, mttnebmen, to take 

dislike. away, to decrease, along with (to crl- 

ntebetfatten, to fall diminish. ticise). 

down, to fall on ffnnebmen , to ac- nacbnebmeu, to take 

one's knees. cept (of). in addition to. 



— 209 — 

9iad)nahme, reimburse- jitneljmen, to increase, frwfetf, to buy. 

meat. wax. abfaufen, to buy from. 

fiberneljmen, to over- 3unal)me, increment, anfaufen, to purchase. 

reach, overcome, increase, progression, etltfaufen, to buy in. 

undertake. vatf)C\t f to counsel. tJCrfaufen, to sell. 

llebernaljme,acceptation. abratljen, to dissuade, fcfyreiben, to write. 
unternefjmen, to un- anratben, to advise. abfd)retben, to copy. 

dertake. evratf)en, to guess. anfdjreiben , to write 

verncbmtn, to hear, geratljen, to come or down. 

perceive, try. fall into. erfrt)reiben, to get or 

ttornefymen, to take in mt§rattjen, to turn gain by writing. 

hand, to undertake. out ill. tterfdjreiben, to consume 

ftcb »ornel;men, to in- oerratJjen, to betray. in or with writing, 

tend, to purpose. SBerratf), m. treason, trea- to write for, to pre- 
tt>eflnef)men, to take chery. scribe, to make 

away. Skrrdtfyer, m. traitor. over.*) 

(Stub @ie geftern tin Sweater gercefen? 3>a, icb wax bn nub' 
fafy ba$ neite ©cfoattfpiel, wclc^e^ geftent $ntn (Svftcnmale gegeben 
ronvbe. 5Die $at 3tyneii biefeS @ptel gefaflen? (53 l)at ink tin 
@au&eu gnt flefalTen / aber eS fyar mir intfjfaHeit, bajj e$ fo balb 
beenbigt roar. — SRetnem 9latf)bax, bent &aufmaime, gevarfj afleS; 
wa$ er uurermmmt, — - £)er SDetn tft biefeS %af)x ntcbt fel)r gnt 
gcratfyen. liefer jnnge SDiann if* tit f$led)te £dnbc gevarfyen, 
nnb baS roar ju fetnem Unrergange (loss). — ?lnf fetner JWeife nctcb 
N, uerfor er ft# in ctiieu grojjen ©alb, nnb marc beinafye nnrer 
^)iebc gerattyen. — <Die (Steffiing (position) beS getnbeS ronrbe 



*) Which words (Verbs & Nouns) may be formed (after the 
foregoing examples) by the help of the Prefixes: ob* an « auf* 
au$: be* bet* bat* burd)* ein* emp* ent * (entgegen*) er * fort* ge* 
fjer * Ijin * Winter * mtt * wad) * nieber * fiber * urn « unter * »or * tweg* 
toiber* jer* ju* from the following verbs: bringen, bredjen, fan* 
gen, geben, geljen, fatten, ljeben, fommen, taffeit, (aufen, legen, ma* 
cfjen, reben, fagew, fef>en, fefcen, fdjtejjen, fdjtieljjen, fd)lafen, fdjlcujen,. 
fyrert)cn, ftefyen, toenben, Garten ?— It would be very advisable for 
the Student to look out for all their different significations- 
in a good Dictionary, and to form sentences on them. 



— 210 — 

Don SptPflen (spy) i>enatlnii , nnb He ©d>lad*t gino, babmd) 
fcrrfoftn. — Slitcb bie geftitng (fortress) ivmbe bunt £>matb 
fibergebfit. — liefer 8xit$ twfl gat feiu (§nbe nc^men. — 3ft 
ber 3)Jeub jefct im 3 U * ober 'Abuc^men (waxing or waning)'? 
SJiein ftreiuib nafyin fyente Den fetnen ftreitnbeti ^bfdueb unb roirb 
nm?er$uo,licb (immediately) mifb Slmmfci abreifen. — ($3 nafym 
micb ©nnber (to wonder), boj} ** 9ii»i alletn eine folcfce befclwr* 
Itd-e SRe.ife nntevncbinen will. Diebmen <&ie ftcb in ?ltbt (take 
care), fao,re iiiettt QSater &n ibm, bag Sie nicbt in fcblecbte Jpanbe 
(jcTOlben. 3& bin jcbecb fcj liberjeugt, ba§ cr bcrt feiu ©ivttf 
tnadjen tvirb, fcciui er bat jtcb inimer fefyr gnt bencmmen. — 

Examples and Idioms: 

(S'r faf) mid) nut fefteeleu 9lugen an, he looked upon me 
with an ewl eye. — (Fr ifl mit eincm btauen Huge bafunge- 
fflmmen, he came off with a small loss. — 3)a« Jttnb flcf)t 
eg bem 93ater an ben Slugen ab, the child anticipates, his father's 
wishes. — (Sr jog feinen £ut ab, he foofc off his hat. — Sie 
goo. einen £Rtng son ifyreni Singer ab, she foo/iraring off her fingers. 

— Gh'nen 93i*gen abjieben, to take a proof (in printing). — 
£)ie (Batten »on einer @uitavre abjteljett , to unstring a guitar. 

— Grinem Xbtere bie £aut ab$tef)eit, to strip off the skin of an 
animal (to flay). — £>te SftaSfe ab$ieJ)en , to unmask (to put 
off the mask). — fiaffen <8te bag gebcrmeffer ab|tc^en, get the 
penknife set (strapped). — <Ste mfiffen ibm nidjts son fetnem 
£obne ab^tefyen , you must not lower his wages. — 2Cie iriel 
foil idj imn biefer ©limine ab.;tcf)en ? how much may I deduct 
(abate) from this sum? — 3)en 5Bein »om $affe ab$ter)ett , to 
rack (off) the Mine. — 3n ftlafdjen ab$tefreit, to bottle. — 
£er Solbat ifi »on ber 9Bad)e abgegogen, the soldier came off 
guard (was relieved). — G?r $00, un»evrid)teter <&ad)t ab, he 
withdrew without having obtained anything. — SJUt einer 
tangen 9tafe ab^te^ett, to be disappointed in one's design. — 
(Sr tjat fd) con bev SBBelt jurucfaejoaeif , he withdrew from 
the world. — 2fiff ©djimpf unb ©d-aiibe ab,;ief)cn, to get off 
with disgrace. — (Bid) (S'twag atlSfebCtt , to look out for a 
thing (to make a choice). — 3d) babe rail* ball) Die 2(ugen atl$= 



— 211 — 

(DaS ^eunflgen ineiiic'3 £)fyeiiu$ gift fcit dinger 3*rt bebeutenb 
abgenommen. (Seine grojjen Uuternefjmungeu, oou roelcben man 
ifjro otelfeittg abgerarfyen Ijatre, fntb il)m ntetftend mijjluugen. 
<&tint gange ia^rlic^c (Simtatymc behagt fattm 300 Scaler, unb 
rote tcb fyeute oernonnnen babe (to understand), foflen feine ©aaren 
feboti flufgeuommen (to make an inventory of) unb feine ©laubtger 
(creditors) jufonimeubeiufen rooibeu fein. Jg>iernu3 lci§t ficb leifbt 
entnetymen (to conclude from), rote roeit eg mit tym gefommen 
fetu mag. — (Snglanb unb ?{mciifn l)abeu eiuen #anbel$oertvag 
(conventional treaty) cibgefcbloffeu, unb nod) ben neueften fflad)' 
ricbten foil ftcb aucb granfreteb cutgefcbloffeu Ijaben (join). &5mi' 
ten <Sie mir uicbt undent gluffcfclujj (information) fjiet fiber geben? 

Examples and Idioms: 
gf fcfccii, I nearly looked myself blind. — G?$ fte^t jamtnerlicf) 
(IU$, it makes a sorry appearance. — @3 ftcljt fd)limm nut 
ihm au$, he is in a bad condition. — (Seine <§aave, feine Safone 
(QcfKtt) fatteu tbm au$ , his hair, teeth fall of (come out). 

— @g ifl mtr cntfrtden (au^gefaUen), it slipped my memory. 

— ©6 ftcl ganj anbert au$ , al$ id) crtoartete, it took a diffe- 
rent turn to what I expected. — @3 fid fchtecbt and, 
it turned out badly. — !$ie SBafoi ftel unglftcflid) fitr ihn au$, 
the election went against him. — G*r hat fid) feine 8d)ultet 
atl$gefaUett, his shoulder was dislocated by a fall. — 2BoU 
ten <Ste mit mtr ail$gef)ett? will you take a walk (walk out) 
with me? — 2)a$ ^euet QCt)t (IU$, the fire is going out. — 
CDetSltfcein flefjt tbm atlS, he is getting out of breath. — £>a3 
®elb ift mir au$gegattgen , I am out of money; bte ©ebulb 
QCljt tfojn <IU$, his patience forsakes him. — 2)ie ftar&e gefot 
au^/ the colour fades (dies away). — Grr gcl)t auf GftttniS 
atl$, he goes in pursuit of something. — (Sr gefyt ubei mein 
©etb fcer, he is at mj' money. — @g geJ)t lufrtg Ijer, things 
go merrily. — ®$ gel)t fehr armfeiio, bet ibnen i)ev , they live 
very poorly. — 9luf btefe ©ebingitngen Fann id) nid)t ciuftcncu, 
1 cannot yield to these conditions. — 3d) gefoe eine 9Bettc mit 
3bnen ettt, 1 hold (lay) you a wager. — <Die ©elbfr ftnb fin- 
gegattgetl* the receipts (money) have come in. — 3)a3 $ncb ifl 

14 



— 212 — 

£ev 2hifrf)lu§ grnnfreicbs bentfyt, nocb, nieinev Plnftrfot, ouf cincm 
falfcfjen ©eviicbte. — Q3ei}cgnet nnS Semanb, ber unS Tanf fd>«U 
big ift, ()lctcl) feint eS ituS ctn; rote oft fonneu rcir 3em<uib(em) 
beqequen, bem to t v £)anf fcbulbig finb, ofjne bavan 511 benlcn. — 
©ctjone ©tunbcti qldii^eu vie( qolbener in ber (Sriiuierung, a 13 
moil fie erlebt (to live to see) l)at, unb bic 3 u f u "f* fcWmmert 
Die! faibiger in ber £offmnig, alo fie ft$ roivflicb. barftellen rcivb. 
— <&id) nutjut^eilcn ift Sftatnr, TOtfletfyeilteS anf$nnel)uien , n>ie 
e$ gegeben roirb, ift 33ilbmtg. 

124. 

VERBS JOINED WITH PREPOSITIONS. 3 eitn> 6 rter nitf 
$ r a p fit ion en. 

Observ. I. Most neuter Verbs require a Preposition with its case, 
as a completement of their full sense; as, er fleigt auf bag 
$ferb, he mounts the horse; whilst the active Verb completes 
its sense by adding its direct case without a Preposition ; as, 
er befieigt bag $ferb. Compare : er trauert (mourns) um fcinen 
ftieunb, iibev feinen $ob, and er betrauert fetneu gveunb. 

Observ. 2. Great attention is to be paid by the Student to apply 
the proper Preposition; for we very frequently use in German 

Examples aDd Idioms: 
etttgegatfgen, the cloth is shrunk. — £)er Conner (berS3li&) fyat 
etttgefd)fagett (gejiinbet) , the lightning has struck. — (£d)la- 
gen fie bier eitten 9lagel citt, thrust (drive) in a nail here. — 
2Baare in eine ^ifie euifcMaftnt, to pack goods in a box. — 
(Sinem gaffe ben 93oben etnfcfylagett , to stave in a cask* — 
(Sinen S3iief einfdilagen, to inclose a letter. — <Ste miiffen etnen 
anbern 28eg ctnfcfjlagett , you must take another road; etne 
anbere SebenSart etttfcfrlagett, to choose another manner of 
life. SMefer 'plan l)at eiugefdjtogett, that plan succeeded; ben 
28eg ber £ugenb etnfcfylagett , to take the course (path) of 
virtue. 2)a0 fcfylagt in bie Tlcxal eitt, that concerns (belongs 
to) morals. — S)ie 3eit jlie$t wvubtv, time passes. — £>a<3 
$a*>ier fttefjt (aug), the paper blots. — 5(ufoefd)obcii if* nidjt 
aufgeljobeti, forbearance is no acquittance. 



- 2.13 — 

a Preposition, which has quite the contrary sense in Englishj, 
and vice versa. Compare: he laughs at me,tx lacbt iibermttfj; 
he throws a stone at me, er imrft etnen Stein tmd) mix; longs 
for me, fc^ttt ftcfe ttarf) mir; dies of « fever, ftirbt ait 
tincm §ieber. Note: The English (inelegant but frequent) 
way of placing the Preposition at the end of the sentence, 
particularly when the relative pronoun is omitted, or after 
interrogative pronouus, is never used in German. We must 
therefore sav: bag 93ucb, »on meldjem id) fyrad), Me ftoo/r I «/w/ri 
0/7 t>ic ©telle, auf lvelcbe er fid) bejog, Me passage he referred 
to; fur toen tfi bag @elb? t^Ao is Me money for? (toegtoegen ? 
whatfor? makes an exception). See page 26 <Sr 124. 
Observ. 3. As the greatest difficulty for foreigners consists in the 
Idioms of the language, caused by the peculiar application 
of the Verbs with their corresponding Prepositions, and as 
(his difficulty can only be surmounted by long experience, 
acquired by great attention in Reading good Authors, or in 
frequent conversation with well educated Natives, we refrain 
here from giving any further rules on this head, and refer the 
Student to "the Perfect Speaker" page 56 * ff., and the Chap, 
of Verbs with Prepos. <Sc Conj. page 110. 

to appose,t>er()cven;tterbinben. to indispose, abge- to presuppose, wraith 
to compose, jufammen; neigf macben. fe^en. 

fe£en. to interpose, bajUnfdjen to propose,uorfcf)lagen. 
to depose, niebcvfeijen. legen. to repose, vuhen. 

to dispose, verfitgen. to oppose, wiberfe&cn. i<» suppose, uoraitSfeljen. 

to expose, au3fej3fn. to propose, t>orfe&cn. to transpose, wevfetjen. 

to impose, aufcrlegen. to predispose,eiunef)men. trausposal, 93erfe£uttg f. 



*) i^Siufgafce! Theme!): Form sentences on the following Verbs: 
to abduce, abfonbern; to conduce, leiten ; to deduce, abjtefjen; 
to induce, onreger.; to introduce, etnfu^ren , oorjielfen ; to ob- 
duce, itbeqteljen ; to produce, ^crttorbnugen ; to reproduce, 
toUbet erjeugen; to reduce, berabfe^en, jurucffuljren ; to seduce, 
werfufjren; to subduce, toegnefymen ; to superinduce, auflegeii; to 
traduce, uerlaumben. — To conform, ftcf) rioOten nod), attyafien; 
to deform, entftcHen; to iufarm, benacbridbtigen, unterrtcbten; to 
perform, auSiiben ■ to reform, uevbeffern, Unebergeftaften ; to trans- 
form, umh)'a«beti!, Munieftaften. 



214 



to asl4,fvagen, finbern. Co rail for, verlangen, to draw out, orbnen, nttf- 
to ask a favour, urn forbevu, begefyren, jWlen;an3$ieben,Def>nen. 

etne ^efaUigfeit bitten. bejieUen. to draw up, enttoerfen, 

to ask after, fragen to call in, fyereinrufen. auffefcen, abfaffen. 

nad), fid) eifttnbigen. to call off, abrufen, to draw upon, auf 3e- 
to ask for, forbern. obl;alten. manbeu giet;eu (einen 

to ask of, erl)etfd)en, to call on (a pers.) QBecbfel). 

begebren. Semanben antufen, auf; to fall in with, be- 

to break, brecften. forbern. gegnen. 

to break away, fid) to call out, ftevauSfor* to fall out, answer- 

$ertbei(en,fid)logrei$en, bcrn, berauSvufen. au^fatlen. 

toeglaufen. to call up, aufvnfen. to lly about, fid) tter- 

to break forth, J)er? to call upon (to) any breiten. 

ttoibvecben. one, fid) auf Soman* to fly at, fterfaUen fiber, 

to break from, fid) ben berufcn. fid) auf 3emaub toerfen. 

entreifjen, fortftunnen. to call to account, to fly off, toegfliefoen. 
to break in, einbrecfoen, Stccbenfcbaft forbern. to fly out, au$bred)en. 

einbvingen. calling,S3erufm.<&tanbm.to give, geben. 

to break into,au$bred)en to ctit, fcbneiben. to give away, toeggeben. 

iminit®ett>atteiHbringen.to cut away, abfd)nei* to give in, eingeben,etn? 
to break off, abbred)en, ben, tt>egfrt)neiben. reicben (eine ©d)rtft). 

fid) trennen. to cut down, abbauen, to give out, befannt 

to break out,au$bred)en. nteberl)auen, fallen. mad)en, auSgeben, 

to break through,burd)= to out off, abfdjneiben. au$tf)eilen. 

bredjen. to cut out,au6fd)neiben, to give up, aufgeben. 

to break up, aufbrecben, auSbauen. to give way, nad)geben. 

abbredjen, fid) trennen. to cut up, $erfd)neiben, to go, geben. 
to break with, aufgeben auffd)neiben, gerlegen. to go about, umgeben. 

(bie §reunbfd)aft), fid) to draw, jie^en to go abroad, auf SReifen 

befrred)en. (jeid)nen). gel)en; vucbbar toerben. 

to call, rufen, nennen, to draw away, toeg* to go against, n?iber- 

Jjeifen. jiefyen. ftcfyen. 

to call after, nad)mfen. to draw back, jurucf* to go ahead, ttortodrtS 
to call away, ah ober netjmen. gefyen, $ortfd)ritte 

tvegrufen. to draw in, etnjiel)eu, mad)en. 

t o call back, juvurfrufen; anlocfen, einlcfen. to go along, fortgefyeu, 

jurucfnebmen. to draw near,ftd? naljetn. toeiter geben. 

to call down, fyeiuntcr* to draw off, abjieben, to go astray, irre 

rufen. ablenfen, abbringen. geben, fid) t>ertrre«. 



— 215 — 

to go by, voiubeigef/eii;to go on, ftutgeben, to look out, fief) umfefyen. 

ftcb ridjten nad). fmtfahren. to look over, Durdjfeljen, 

to go by the name, to look about, ftcb burcbgeben. 

beifen, ben Stamen umfeben {r\ad)). to look up, auffeljen, 

fubren. to look after, Sldjt auffebauen. 

to go by the iustruc- gcben (auf). to put off, ablegen. 

tion, Die £ebre, 93or? to look back,$urucffeben. to put to trouble, iDiube 

fdjvtft befolgen. « « « upon,ern>dgen. tterurfacben. 

to go down, binabgeben, to look down, berab* to set out, afrretfen. 

lltttergeben, oerfallen. feben. to take an advice, 

to go in, binetngeben, to look for, ftcb urn* folgen (l)at.). 

btneintreten. feben (nad)). to take up, in Slnforudj 

to go off, ab-'toeg- uber to look into, unterfucben. nebmen. 

fortgeben. to look upon, anfeben, to take upon one's self, 

to go without, entbebren. tyalten fiir. ouf fid) nefcmen. 

Your brother's behaviour did not prepossess (eiuuebjuen) me 
in his favour. He is disposed to do all the mischief (©cfcaben) 
he can. The other day he threw a stone at the window of 
my parlour, and broke two panes of glass. Tell him, he is a 
very illbehaved (uiigegogen) (and) mischievous (frbabenfrofy) boy, 
and if he does not endeavour to reform, he will expose himself 
to the contempt of his fellow-creatures. Why is your sister so 
sad ? I really cannot tell, but I suppose she is a little indisposed 
(untVD-fyl, UHpd(Mi(fc); or perhaps disappointed (imjjgefttmnit, lit. 
getaiifcfct) at not having succeeded in her plan. Tell her, I am 

Idioms: 

QBoran benfen igie ? what are you thinking of? — ffiorauf 
benfen ©ie tmmei? what do .you cast about? — 2fio benfen 
€ie bin? what do you think? @r benft nut tmmer an jtd) , he 
regards only his own interest. — <Sie benfen gevabe toie id), 
you are of my way of thinking. — £>a6 f>abe id) mir ivobl 
gebacbt, I thought as much. — dx benft auf 3bt 33evbetben, he 
conceives your ruin. — @r bat ftcb balb an ba£ StUma geivohnt, 
he soon acclimatised. — (§v bat ftcb an ibn getoobnt, he grew 
familiar with him. — 9lafy unb nad) geh)6l)nt man ftd) an 2UIe$, 
by degrees one gets accustomed to every thiug. — 2)aS $tnb 
ifi feinem 93ater trie au$ benSlugen gefebnitten, the child resemMes 



— 21(» — 

very sorry for it , but I advise her to compose herself (ft# 6e- 
nilgai). You must not interpose (meddle with) in things that 
do not concern you, and I advise you to mind your own business 
(fur ftcfc fdbft formal). What is that to you fcun}ef)cn) ? I hope 
you will not behave rudely towards me. Repose a little , you 
will be fatigued. — May I beg of you the favour to copy that 
letter for me ? I would not put you to that trouble, but I have 
no time to lose, as I am going (tin £3co,riffe fein) to set out 
for England. — What do you advise me to do, for I am. in 
great embarassment f^irleflenfyctt) ? — If you would take my 
advice, you would not undertake that business. — Let us go 
another way (nuberS) to work (§u 5Bcife gefycn). An Idea strikes me 
((StroaS einfrtllcn), what do you think of it? Give me your idea 
freely (fete aftetuuug net fyeicntojViijeH). — I am now come to the 
resolution (befdjltejjeu) of following (befolgen) your advice. — 

Idioms: 
very much his father. — Qfx toill mix £anb in bie^ucjen jireueu, 
he wants to impose on me (to cast a mist in my eyes. — 
£ct$ jh'cbt in tie SUiijen, that strikes the eye. — 2>ie 9£al;rbeit 
biefeg ^abeS fvnincjt in bie Slucjen, the truth of this sentence is 
evident. — @r fe£t alle 0£ucfftcbten auS ben Slugen, he disregards 
every thing. — (§x leo,t bie «£> a nb in ben (Sdjoujji, he is idling. — 
(§6 flefit mit ibm auf bie Steige, he is going towards his end 
(decline).. — (Sv jjefyt miv an bie «§anb, he assists me. — (§x bat 
e6 in fctnen <§anben, he has it in his power. — (§x jietfte e3 itjj.n 
$u«£>dnben, he delivered it (handed it over) into his hands. — 
£>aS (apt fid) mit^anben cjreifen, the thing is plain, palpable. — 
3htf etijene £anb (Saujt), at one's own risk. — @ie muflen ibnt 
auf bie «£>dnbe fct;cu, you must keep an eye on him. — (§x bat 
feine Jpdnbe tm Spiele, he has a hand in it (a finger in the 
pie). — 6ie mitffen biefe ©elegenfyeit ntdjt au$ ben £dnben IdjfeH, 
you must not let this opportunity escape. — 3d; Ijabe ba$ ©elb 
jeJ3t nid,t jur (or bet ber) «£>anb, I have not the money at my 
disposal now. — @c bietet mir bie^anb, he lends me a helping 
hand. — 3uv &a«fc nehmen, to take at hand. — (§x gretft mil 
beiben £>dnben $u, he suatches At it (he seizes it) with avidity. 



— 217 — 

He asked a favour of me. Did he ask after your son? What 
did he ask for? He asked for a guinea. — I broke from him. 
The clouds are breaking away (ftcfc w$ieJ?cii). — When he heard 
that news he broke out into exclamations (Inut nuffc&reteii). He 
was inclined (ijntetgt fciu) to break off the match (Jpeivatfy). — 
That rude fellow always breaks in upon our conversation; and 
very often he falls into a passion (fetbenfc&aftHd) merfcen) , and 
breaks out into bad language. — The criminal tried to break 
out of prison. — The sun breaks through a cloud. — Call 
after that man. Did any one call me down ? He called for (uer* 
tangen) some wine. Will you call for me this afternoon ? Call 
in that man, I have to tell him something. — I hope you will 
not call in question , what I just told you. — You call off my 
attention. — I called on you this morning but did not find you 
at home. They came to a quarrel and finally he called him out. 
He calls me to account. — The tailor cuts out a coat. The 

idioms: 
— Set jut £anb ! be quick! — Grr nimmt e$ gut £anb, he takes 
it at hand. — @r feat e£ au3 ben #anben gelegt, he has laid it 
aside. — @ie fiat e3 aug fveier £anb getfian, she has doue it by 
hand (at her own free will). — 9iefjmen @ie ifyn betm SBorte, 
take him at his word. — 9Hit SBorten fyielen, to play on words 
(to make puns). — (§x faflt mil unmet- inS SBort, he always 
interrupts me. — <Sie nefjmen mit bag SJB'prt toon bev 3unge, you 
take the word out of my mouth. — @te laffen mid) jo gar nicfit 
jn SBorte fommen, you do not let me sjjeak. — <Sie vebet Ifjnt 
ba$ Sjtort; she pleads for him. — gaffen Sie Die Sadje genait ing 
51 it g e, fix your eyes upon it. — SSetlieten Sie u> ntd)t an$ ben 
Shtgen, do not lose sight of him. — 2)a$ fyringt in bte SUtgen, 
that strikes the eye. — (Sx fyat 33erttauen $u Sluten gefajH, you 
have won his confidence. — $ie2Borte fliefjcn tote £onigfetm oon 
feinen Sitofcen, the words come out of his mouth as sweet as 
hooey.— JDte ftreube jliefjt auS bem£ev$en, joy flows out of the 
heart. — $>te Shrdnen floffen thm auS ben Slug en, tears flowed 
from his eyes. — £iefe$ ©erf ift auS fetner fteber gejloffen, this 
work has come out of his peu. 



— > 1 % — 

cook cuts up a goose. — The gardener cuts down a tree and 
cuts away the branches (3$dflO- — He drew me aside and 
asked me ; "why do you draw away my friends ?" — My friend 
draws near us. — The general draws out his army and leads 
(anfufyreii) them against the enemy. — Did he draw up a wri- 
ting (@d)tift). — My brother gave away all his money and 
now he has nothing to live upon (hjcihmi) — He laboured hard, 
but gave up at last. That merchant gave up his effects to his 
creditors. — What are you going about? I am going abroad 
(in bie gvemte). — It goes against me. — Go along! If you 
go on that way you go astray. — You will go away from us 
and we shall see you no more. — He goes by his friend's 
name. I go by your instructions. — Go down and see what is 
the matter. — Go into the country to hear what news is in 
town. — Gold goes in at any gate except Heaven's. — Take 

Theme: Look for the different meanings of the following 
vtrbs with their prepositions, and employ them in sentences! 

53efteben in » , au$ einer 8acbe. 33ringen, fubren, 
tiagen, jieben eine ©adje uber (finen on?, in*, auf*, fiber 
(Ace); au$;, bon*, nad)*, jit*; an b er£anb fufjren; aufbem 9tucf en 
tragen, urn cine @acbe bringen. — 8 rag en, forfdje n nadj*, urn*; 
ltd) erfunbigen bet*, n<tcb*; etiva* evfragen, erf orfeben son*; 
forfeben in*, uber. — gorbern, fie ben, bitten won; Grinen 
bitten, anfteben um*, fur; bet en, flefjen gu*, um*; lverben, 
ficb befterben ic. bet-, urn.- £offen §u*, auf*; warten auf*, 
mit*; etroaS er marten oon*. — (Slauben an?; ettt>a$ glauben 
son*; trauen, uertrauen, ficb »erlaffen auf* ; SSertrauen baben 
$u;; erfenneu, Fenuen ettvaS an*, au$*; unterfebetben etroaS »on*, 
unter*; unterfebeiben unter ober jtoifeben. — ©eben etiuaS 
um*, fur?, gegen*, an ^; net; men ericas con-, mit*, in*, auf-, 
ju*; emipfangen, eifjatten, erlangen etn?a3 »on*, burcb*. 
Scbicfen, fenben (Sinen nod);, $u*, am, <£itb umtben, ricb* 
ten, febren son;, ju*, nad)*, gegen*, an-, ©tellen, legen, 
fefcen, bdngen etwaS obcr fid) $u*, an*, neben*, auf*, uber*, 
unter*, »ot*, binter«, jtoifdjen*; aufjietlen ett»a$ an (Dat.), 
auf-, neben u. Ex.: 3cb bcinge ben S^el «•» bie2Banb,an einen 9iagel x. 



— 219 -~ 

heed you find not what you do not seek. — Take heed of m 
ox before, an ass behind, and a rogue (Scfturfe) on all sides, 
— Put your finger in the fire and say it was your fortune. — 
Put off your armour, and then show your courage. — Thought is 
now communicated with rapidity (@d)nefligfett), and even by the 
power of lightning (£Mi£). — The latter part of a wise man's 
life is taken up in curing the false opinions and prejudices which 
he had contracted (amietymen) in the former. You must never 
put off (auffcfyiebeh) for to-morrow, what you can do to-day. 

As I walked along the road I fell in with an old acquain- 
tance of mine. My money fell out of my hand. The news of 
the defeat of the Spanish (©patiier) flies about. When she met 
her husband she flew to*) him. He gave away all the money he 
had about him. She gave up her plan. I looked for you all day 
long, and could not find you. Look after your little brother. For 
shame she looked down (Me 3Utgeu iuiteifd;lageu). He looked 
down upon us.**) Look in as you come back. I looked into that. 
My window looks out (gefyt) on the river. I look on (betrcidj* 
ten) him as an honest man. When I passed his house, he looked 
out of the window. I want to look out for a new house. He is 
looking over his lesson. Look up, if you please. — Life is half 
spent before we know what it is. — When an envious man hears 
another praised, he thinks himself injured. — I remember when 
I was a little boy (says Swift) , I felt a great fish at the end 
of my line (2higelf$mtr f) which I drew upf ) almost on the ground 
(£*o&ni m.), but it dropt in (tyinetltfallen), and the disappointment 
vexes me to this very day, and I believe, it was the type of 
all my future disappointments (getaufdjre £offuung). 

When your companions get drunkf f) and fight, 
Take up your hat and wish them good night. 

*) Sluf u)n suetlen. **) SWit 33evad)tunfl atlfe^en. 
t) £nauf$iefyen. If) Bid) fcetrinfen. 



2?0 



125. 

FORMATION OF SUBSTANTIVES, ADJECTIVES, ADVERBS, 
& INTERJECTIONS, ^tlbunt) ber #aupt*, (Sigen f c&af t 0* 
93efdjflffenl)ett§* nub @mpf htbu n <j3 roorter (Saute). 

I. Substantives £ Adjectives 

are derived (mostly from other substantives) either by the help of 
Prefixes or Affixes (Suffixes) : 

a) Prefixes are: be, exit (ant) erj, Qe, mi#, tin, «r. 

be (=bet) English be, forms Adj. from Subst.j as, behenb. 
(=bei ber £anb, at hand) quick, nimble; bereit (old Germ, 
redi) ready. 

C«t (ant) Goth. and= entgegen,against,contrary (Lat. contra), 
forms Subst.; as, Slntltfc, countenance; and Adverbs; as, entjiuei, 
asunder, in two. 

crj 1 ) (Engl, arch) denotes the first; or superiority; as, 
©rjengel, archangel; ©rjbtfdjof, archbishop. 

0e 2 ) (Goth, ga) forms Subst. and Adject (in the latter 
case it has no distinct signification; as, getedjt, just; getreu, 
faithful); denotes 1) union, joining ; as, ©efdbrte, companion, 
®efd)ir>ifler, brothers and sisters. 2) It forms Collectives ; as, 
©ebiifcb, bushes; ©efirdud), shrubs. 3) Nouns, expressing acti- 
vity, or a repeated action; as, ©efc&rei, cry ; ©efyrdct), dialogue; 
or a performed object ; as, ©efang, in. song; ©ebdube, n. building ; 
also an instrument to perform an action; ©etoefyr, u. gun; 
©enter), m. smelling. 

tit if? 3 ) (Engl, miss and dis, from miffen, to want, Goth, 
mis, Uebel) denotes something incomplete, defective, wrong, 

Themes: 

1) Form words by means of the prefix ctjfrom ©no, el, Sifd)of,3$ater, 
<£>erjog, Stmt, $riefler, <Bcr)eltn. Grin (§ r g I u 9 n e r ifi ein groper Sugner k. 

2) Form words by means of the prefix gc (as ©ebliit) from the 
Verbs: Iduten, prangen, tonen , ^(aubcrn, gunfen, raffetn, prdgen, 
fyrecr)en, fcbcjffen, beten, bteten, feljen, raufdjen, ljoren ; and from 
the Nouns : SBolfe, ©arm, Staffer, Saifen, Wlauex, 93ruber, ©traud), 
2)?utf>, 33ein, fteber, SBetter, ©tern, S3erg, fttugef, £of§. Form sentences 
like: Grin iuieberl)olte3 unb banernbeS Sleeken nennt man @edcr)je te. 

3) by means of mif? from: Slernte, Satyr, ©unft, £on , £aut, 
©eftalt, j?lcutg,*gmui, ©ilDuna., JBraud), SWutlj. — Form from these 



— 221 — 

false or bad; as, SWijjgunft, envy, ill-will; aRijjttergnugen, dis- 
pleasure, dissatisfaction; Sftifjiton, dissonance; mip&ettig, dis- 
cordant, at variance. 

lift*) (E ugl. uti, im, OldGerm.ano, ofyne, Fr ench, n i, n e) 
signifies contrary, negation; something unnatural, wicked, 
nauseous; as, Unbanf, ingratitude; unbanfbar, ungrateful; un^ 
benfbar, unimaginable ; Uuftnn, nonsense; Unmenfcfo , monster, 
cruel man; unmenfcfylid), inhuman. 

UV°) (Goth, us = au$; synon. with et , see page 206) 
denotes origin, beginning or production; as, ttrfyrung , origin, 
source; urfprumjtid), original, primitive; Urfuube, deed, docu- 
ment; Urdltern, ancestors; Urafyn , great-grandfather ; Urloelt, 
primeval world. 

Note: cv, mi$, Utt, ttV have always the fonical accent, 
be, ent and ge are always without the accent. 

b) Affixes (.Suffixes) forming Substantives are: ailfc, atfy (at), 
d>en, &e, e, et, el, er, lyeit, id), id)t, ia, inn, ina,feit,lein, 
Una,, net, tri#, vid), fal, fd>aft, fel, tf)mn, una., ntf). 

ant> (very likely the ending of the Pres. Partic.) denotes 
an acting person; as $etfanb (i. e. ber <$eilenbe), Saviour. 

atf) (at) utl) and &e, also cnfc> and uttfr have no distinct 
signification, they are sjnon. with c and f)eit (see farther), 
and correspondent with the Engl, ty, age; as, ^eimot^, home; 
Sieratlj m. and 3ierbe, f. ornament; Slrmutfj, poverty; Sugenb, youth; 
tie feeiraxi) , marriage; (Memeinbe, corantunity , parish; ber £eu« 
niiinb, renown, fame. 

Themes: 

new formed Nouns similar Sentences like the following : 

(Bin unfreuitbli$e3 $erfiditnip nennt man 3)? i g» er hdltn if, Wlip 
beiratf) if* erne unpaffenbe £eiratfj. 2Ba$ tft ein 2Jiifjafyr? 

4) Derive Nouns by the help of «n from: 2Bitfe, Siefe, 9Jube, $edjt, 
©ebulb, (Sinn, ©laubc, £anf, (Sbre, griebe, £eil, SSerjtanb. 

5) by the help of uv from: ©ebirge, ©efcf)idjte, ©runb, <Bad)e, @nfel, 
Sbeil, ftorm, ©cift, £eber, Jlunbe, tfraft. Urg rof water fieipt ber 
-SBater be$ ©refttmters. fB&ae i)e\$t bemnad) Urenfel? 



— 222 — 

d»etl, leitl, 8 ) Itttfl 7 ) (Eugl. kin, iug, liog, ock, eo^el) 
form diminutives; as, ba& fidmmdjen, lambkin; ©dnSlein, gos- 
ling; <§uhncben, chicken; <£>dbnlein, cockerel. Note: ling sig- 
nifies a person of the kind of its primitive word, or dependency, 
inferiority, and in the contrary to ev, it denotes an object 
which is depending or suffering ( s 13afjt»itdt, passiveness); as, 
ber Sitngling, thejouth; Stealing, favorite; SBeidjling, weakling, 
effeminate man; Sogling, pupil; Sebrling, apprentice (from 
£ebrer, teacher); gludjtling, fugitive, deserter. 

C 8 ) (E ng 1. n e s s, t h) forms feminine Nouns from Adjectives 
(they all take the softness [Umlaut] if possible); as, ©rejje, 
greatness, size; &reue, faith; @cbtt>dd)e, weakness. 

eioreret 9 ) (latin, ia, French, i e) forms femin. Nouns, 
is joined to words ending in et\ and signifies 1) repeated 
actions, frequently with a despicable meaning,- as, Me £eu? 
ctyelei (from ber £eucr)ler), hypocrisy, simulation; bie 8d)meicbelei, 
flattery; 3iererei , affectation; 2) establishment, estate, busi- 
ness, habit; as, Die 93dcferei, bake-house; Sdgerei, huutsmanship, 
(rangership); <Sfla»erei, slavery; gdnberei, territory. 

el 10 ) (Old Germ, il, Engl, ard, ian) forms masculine 

Themes : 

6) Form Nouns by means of letlt, djett, cld)CU from the follo- 
wing Nouns: £nabe, ©raben, 2)ocfe , Socfe, ©lode, 33rob, 93rett, 
Sraten, Dfen ic. (See page 43). 

7) By means of ling a) from Nouns: %au$ , Singer, 9>ieft, 3uc6t, 
2)ichter, ©runt), £anf, £of, 83ein, %u$ ; b) from Verbs : abfommen, 
au£fd)it)eifen, bucfen, bdmmern, leljren, licben, ftnben, faugen, fdjmet* 
Urn, fe&en, abfenbern, jieljen, taufen. — 5Ba$ ifi ein ftingerling? 

8) Form Nouns by means of e dfr Ct; as, ber ^ranfe, ein .Kratifer; 
from the following Adjectives: albern, alt, arm, blinb, bumm, 
falfd), feig, frei, freinb, fromm, grob, labm , reid) , rob, tobt, trdge. 
Sentences on them: as, ber tfranfe fuhlt ftd) ungludlid). (Ein 
jtranfer ift ju beflagen. (See page 39). 

9) By means of et: anftebeln , betteln, frommeln, fliigeln, tdnbetn, 
dffen, betriigen, ftidcn, prafylen, reimen, brennen, fodjen. ©drtner, 
©erber, Cruder, $fufd)er, gdrber, 93ud)balter. 

10) By the help of the Affix el from bcden , beben, ftofjen , giirten, 
fctylagen, fyenfen, fcbliepen, jhcben, flingen, flo^fen, weifen. — Explain 
these formed words ; as, (Sin r S)edtl tfi ein £>ing, nwtnit man bed*. 



— 223 — 

Substantives from Verbs, and signifies a tool or instrument; 
as, ber £ebel, lever; $etfel, cover, lid; £ammel, mutton ; £im-- 
mel, sky, heaven. 

er, tier") (Old Germ, ari, Engl, ator, eer, ic, ian) 
forms masc. Nouns, signifying character or habit, tools; as, 
ber .fie{3er, heretic; SWder , painter; Sdjafer, shepherd; @dttfer, 
drunkard; SBibber, wether; jammer, hammer; Seurfjter, candle- 
stick (or he that lights); JKebner, speaker; 8d)u(bner, debtor; 
©rjdhler, narrator. (See page 46). 

tmt n ) (in) (Engl, ess, i x) forms femin. Nouns; as, bie 
©djdfetuin, the shepherdess. (See page 49). 

f)eit, M ) fctt (Goth, ha ids, Engl, hood, head, cor- 
resp. with ness, a nee, euce, ableness, ship, dom, ful- 
ness, ibility, i ty) form 1) femin. Subst. from other Nouns,. 
denoting a person, object, being; as, bie ©ottbett, Divinity; 
SJienfdjbeit (3Renfdj(u$fett) , humanity; ©eiftlicbfeit, clergy; 2) 
Nouns from Adjectives; as, @6ttlid)Feit, godliness; Jtlugbeit, 
prudence; 93ertraulid)Feit, familiarity ; 2lbfd)eultcbfeit, abominable- 
ness; SlUgemeinbeit, generality; §eud)tigfeit, wetness; ftaffdjbeit, 
falsehood; 'Dunfelbeit, darkness. 

wffr ,s ) (Goth, ass u s, i n-assu s, Engl, ness) forms 
(mostly neuter) Nouns from Verbs (derived by the help of be, 
er, yet), and Adjectives, and denotes a quality or state, an 
action or event; as, ba$ ©ebddjtnif}, memory; £tnberni#, hin- 
derance; bie Stnficvnt^ , darkness; ba$ aSerbdltnijj , proportion; 
bo3 33erjeidjnifj, list. 

Themes: 

11) Form Nouns ending in er and tlttt from the following Nouns : 

ftteifd), ed)(op, <Seil, ©djnitt, Berlin, 9Bien, $rag, Sang, ©tabr, 
£aubel, @unbe, ^fatre, 93ilb, £fige, S'ifdj, ©arten ; bauen, geben, 
fyrccfye"/ retten, fefyen, ffricfen, trinfeit. Example, from geben: ber 
©eber, bie ©eberinn :c. 

12) By means of tyett: Waxx , 9Wenfd). £>unfel, 3Btlb, befd)eiben, a\U 
totffenb, befefyaffen, eigen, fauf, rob, fattft, falfrt), feig, albern, bofe. 

13) By means of tttf? from the following words: gleicr), voiiti, ge* 
fyeim, fetinen, drgern, erlauben, begraben, fummern , fauten, bi(beH r 
gefteben, gebenfen, vermacfeen, oerberben. 



— 2i4 — 

rid}/ to- id)* and f^l 1 *) have n() d'st'net signification: rid) 
generally denotes persons or animals of the mascul. gender ; as, 
fcer gdbnricr), ensign; ber ©dnfertd) , gander; ber ©utljcri^ , ty- 
rant; \)a$ Dtetftcr; C^eiftg), brushwood, copse; baSJMjridjt (tfefc 
rig), sweepings; ber^ettig, radish; t>a^ 31dt^fct , riddle; ber 
<StcVfel, stopper, cork: bag tteberbleibfet, rest, remainder. 

fal (fel, for Adjectives felt 9 5 Old Germ, salic) forms 
Subst. from other Nouns and Verbs, and denotes state (Suffonb); 
as, bag gdjicffal, destiny; Die Srubfal, tribulation, adversity; 
ba3 Sabfal, refreshment, comfort. 

fd)aft,")t{)um, Vtid), (old Germ, scaf, tuom, Engl, 
wick, rick, ric, dom, ship) denote a quality, or dig- 
nity, dominion, jurisdiction or condition; as, bie 2lmtmannfcr)aft, 
bailiwick; bie SNeifterfcfyaft, mastership; bie ^aufmannfcfjaft, body 
of merchants; bag ©igrhum, bishopric; bagJtonigreid), kingdom; 
bie Otitterfc^aft, knighthood, equestrian order; getbenfdjaft, pas- 
sion; (fobfdjaft, inheritance; ftreun&fdjaft, friendship. 

UtiQ, 16 ) (old Germ, unc, unga, Engl, ing [by bur- 
ning, burcr) 33eibreunung] ance, ancy, eduess, ion, men t) 
forms femin. Subst. from active Verbs, and from Adjectives, 
and denotes activity, or something which is produced by an 
action; as, He (Startling, strengthening (starching); Ghrfrifcftung, 

Themes: 

14) By the help of fel, (as, from fatten, bag Oiatbfel) from fhe 
Verbs fjatfen, tnengen, feilen, einfcfyieben, anbdngen, itberbteiben, 
jbvfcn, fcr)aben, fdjreiben. 

15) By means of fdjdft, from the words: fenar , befamit, bercit, 
23ote, SBrief, ©ruber, 23urgc, tfamerab, £)iener, 5)orf, (£rbe, Ijtnter* 
laffen, leibeigen, $i(ger, uerlafjen, eigen, ftreunb, geinb, ©raf, <£err iq. 

16) By means of uitfl, from the words: abf)anbeln , abdnbern, cruf* 
muntern, aujjern , beetntrdcfjrtgen, beffern, belr-erfftelligen , bdmr.tern, 
einigen, erinnern, f orb era, fitttern. 2Batb, £ol$, £ur, 2ftarf. 

We say instead of: bag 93aterlanb uerrbcibigen: 93errfjeibi; 
gutig beg SSaterlanbeg; how can we ex press in one 
Nouu: bie SBelt erfrtjaffen , ben Sugrief befcfydmen, bie ©efuubbeit 
fcbioddjen, bag ©ebdcfjtiiij} ftdrfen, ben ©filler belebren, bag Unfraut 
auSrotten, bte Sitnber befebien ftrf), ber Sa& entfteiit? 



— 225 —, 

refreshment; 9Jtifd;urif| , mixture; Safeiing, loadings lading: G?tv 
jietyumj, education; 93emetfung , observation; Stemming, reckon- 
ing; 2t6nbung, resentment; sCorfdjung, providence; aSorftelfutig, 
representation; Drbnung, order; 93efrciung, deliverance; Stbnei= 
gung, disafFectedness. 

j\B. Besides these derivations we can form a Substan- 
tive from every Verb; as, lieben, bte Stebe, to love, the love; 
qe&eii, t)a$ ©e&en, ber ©ang, to walk, the walk. Also every 
part of speech may be taken substantively, and then it is 
written with a Capital letter; as, bag 2Benn unb ba3 §lber ic. 

II. Adjectives 

are formed by the Affixes (9?acf)ft{ben) : bav, Clt, cm, fcflft, itb,id)t, 
tfdfr, Ul, lid), fam, $io. (fug). 

brtf 1 ) (Old Germ, pari, from beran, trngen, to carry, 
(corresponding with the Eng], full [denoting abundance], and 
able) derives Adjectives from Substantive?, and denotes abi- 
lity, possibility to produce, capacity; as, fiucfotbav , fruitful; 
banfbar, thankful; 2) from Verbs; as, belvegbar, moveable, 
from betvegen , to move; furc&tbar , formidable (from furdjten, 
to fear, derived from ^uvcftt, fear); gentepbar, eatable. 

fam 3 ) (G o t h. sama, Lat. simul, sim il is, En gl. same) 
corresp. with the Engl, some, ious [denoting plenty] and we, 
and signifies similarity, sometimes inclination, capability ; as, 
fcebacfytfam, considerate; graufam, cruel; aufmcrffom , attentive; 
arfreitfam, laborious; geitmttfam, violent; totrffam, efficacious. — 
Compare: furd)tfam , timid, timorous and furdjtbar, formidable; 
acfytfam, attentive, mindful; adjtbar, respectable, honourable; 
emfcftnbfam, sentimental, susceptible; em^nbbar, perceptible; 
fyetlfam, wholesome, salutary; fyeilbav, curable etc. 

Themes: 
1) Form derived Adjectives ending in bftt from Brnudjen (braudj- 
bar), bet)neu, T?6ren, fdjiffen, t^etlen, fdjmeljen, bemerfen, bejttingen, 
auffdjiebcn. Sentences : 2£a$ man braucfyen Fann if} braudfybar, \va$ 
ift bemnad) tl>eitbar ic? 
2) Which Adjeclives may be formed by the help of fam from 
the following Verbs? aufmerfen, biegen , beforgeit, erftnbett, ent- 
fatten , grauen ? and from the Nouns dr Adj.: £ugenb , $urdjt, 
gjlufye, SBunber, ©etvalt, fatt, felteit, gleicfc, lauge, bebacbt.; 



ifl 3 ) (Goth, eigs, ags) forms Adj. I) from Verbal-Sub- 
stantives, like the Engl, y, ally,ently, ous; as, mddjtig, mighty ; 
gmtjtig, favourable; luftig.airy; bhimtg, flowery (full of flowers): 
Ijabfudjtig , covetous; 2) from Pronouns ; as, meinig , mine ; 
beintg, thine; 3) from Numerals; as, einig, united, sole ; eui$ig, 
only; 4) from Verbs; as, fdumig (from fdumen), slow, tardy; 
bvummig, grumbling ; 5) from Adverbs ; as, iefcig, present; balbig, 
speedy, early; bar.bgretjlicr), palpable; reutg, penitently; 6) from 
Prepositions; as, sorig, former; ubrig (from uber), resting. 

feltg (Old Germ, salic, saelec, from sal, salida, 
saelde, ©liuf) corresp. with the Engl, ous, ful, fully, and 
denotes abundance; as, glucffelig , prosperous; mubfelig, pain- 
ful; leutfelig, affable; rebfeltg,talkative;fetnbfetig,hostile,malevolent. 
lo$*)(EngI. less) denoting want; as, rcertfilog, worthless; 
forg(o$, careless; acbtungStoS, regardless. 

tfdf)*)( (Goth. isks,OI d Germ, is c, Engl, is h, ishly, 
CI* V a ^ s0 & J j cal, added 1) to Substantives sig- 
nify origin, coming from, also similitude and tendency to 
character; as, tyimmlifd), heavenly, celestial; irbifrfj, earthly; 
muftfalifd), musical ; fidbtifd) , town-like. These two endings require 
that the vowel is softened, except, if added to proper names; 
as, franffurtifcr), magbeburgifcr), letyjtger, fjambnrger, that which is 
original from Leipsic, Hamburgh. 

Note. These Adjectives are formed from the names of 
the inhabitants, and not from the similar names of countries; 
we must therefore say correctly : franjofifcr) , French (from 

Themes: 

3) Form Adject, ending in i$ from Q3(ut, £tft, Saft, Sleifcf), 2Binb, 
£aar, ©ift, 2Salb, ©erg, (Sumpf, £acfen (^acfig), 2um*>en, ftaben, 
Sletfen, <Sci)atten, Jlnocrjen, SftolFen , Stfarbe (narbig), £ifce, ©rube, 
2Bille, SRube, ©ute, $arbe, ©nabe, getjoren, abfdjtagen. 

4) Form Adject, with the ending Io$ from Strbeit, Srob, fflwDen, 
SMenft, @bre, ©eifi, ©erdufcr), ®t\)a\t, ©efefe, @runb,tfor*>er, ©cblaf, 
2Bef;r f Stoecf. — Sentences: 9BaS ebne (£vfoIg ifl, bag ifl erfalgloS, 
mt hint ©Item mebr bat, ber ift — ? 2Ber ift btenftlo*? 

5) Form Adject, by means of tfd) from 33aier, SSauer, ©icbter, 
©rjxnbcr, Jtnedjt, fiaune, iDiiptvauen, $rabler, (Sturm, Ungar, ©fla»e, 
alter 93ater, atte 2flobe, Spott, 53ibel, 31benblanb. 



^Tanjofe), and not franfreicbifri) ; not ntfcldnbifdj , but ruffffd), 
Russian; exceptions make : englifcf), English; fdjottlanbifdj, better 
fdjottiftf), Scotch; tnttanifc^, better inbtfdj, ns we ought to say 
Snbter and not 3nbianer ic — 2) Added to Verbs ifcf} denotes 
something personal and alive (and differs from ig , which de- 
notes rather something abstract and not personal; as, arg? 
iDdftnifcf), suspicious; fyottifdj, satirical, ironical; neibifd), envious; 
ifinbiftij, childish. 

IVote I. tfcf) differs from ltdfr; the former signifies some- 
thing odious and despicable; the latter has the notion of a 
pood quality; compare, finbifd), foolish like a child, and Ftnb* 
licfy, childlike, filial ; Ijerrifd), imperious, domineering, and berr= 
licb, excellent, magnificent; in the same way differ fyoflid) and 
fycftfd); tr-ettlid) and treibifdj ; launtg and launifd) jc, the former 
denote laudable, whilst the latter defective or odious qualities. 

Note 2. tfcf) expresses the same with Adjectives , as et 
With Nouns; compare: $51ner, a man from Cologne., and tbU 
ttifd)e$ ©after ; 3anFer, quarreler, and jdnfiftfj, quarrelsome. 

ltd)") (Goth, leiks, old Germ, lih, lich, from the 
?old subst. lih, i. e. £eib, ©eftalt, figure, from that ga-leiks, 
gleid), Engl, equal, corresp. with ably , illy , icalty , ary) 
^denotes like the Engl. like y ly, ish 1 ) likeness, similarity ; as, ntdnn? 
1idh, manlike, manly; Fcnig(id)*) royal, kingly; furfUtdj, prin- 
cely, princelike; mog(td) , possible ; bctuSttd), domestic; beutttd), 
express,distinct;geti)6f)nlicb, aceustomarv. It has frequently a di- 
minutive power, and generally forms Adverbs from Verbal- 
Substantives (always giving the softness); as, cirmltd), 
poorly; toeibiidj, feminine, female; 2) the kind and manner 
(Slrt unb IBeife); as, funft(icr), artificial; munb(id), orally, verbally, 
by word of mouth; fcfyriftlid) , written, by writing; bilbltd), 

Themes: 
From 93ruber we form bruberlidj. What words from : SSater, 
.ftinb, 3ugenb, 33rtef, SPerfon, ©djanbe, 93egier, ©ucfofiabe, Grrfiaunen . 
fcfctoarj. roctfi, na§, Franf, bitter, aft, arob, runb, etoicj, eigen (eiqent* 
lidj), gelegen, often, Orbnung, fennen, bebarren, bebagen, fdjmerjen, 
taugen, erfreuen, uben ? 



*) Observe the difference between : et* fofitfl(t<$fr &u«fprud) 
(verdict, decision), and ber 33efebl (command) beS Jloiiia^. 

15 



— 228 — 

figurative. Note: Compare the difference between, jfiljrlidj, 
3 early, annual, every year, and jaforig , a year old, lasting 
a year; taglieft, daily, and tagig, a day old; geiftig, spiritual, 
and geifUicb, cleric.il, ecclesiastical; jeitig , timely, ripe, and 
jettlid), temporal* — In the same way lid) differs from bar 
and font; compare, ebrlicl), honest; ebrbar, honorable, and ebr* 
[am, respectable ; fi'trdbterlid) , dreadful; furcbtbar, formidable, 
terrible ; -ftttlid), moral; ftttfam, modest ; hmnberlid), strange, odd ; 
ttnmberbar, wonderful etc. It forms 3) Adjectives and Adverbs 
from Verbs denoting either activity,' as, taugliri) (from taugen) 
fit, proper; erfieulid) (from freuen), delightful, or passivity, 
possibility (generally from Pres. Participles, where t> is changed 
into t) ; as, bojfentlidj (l)offenD, from boffen), it is to be hoped, 
ivefentltcJ) , essentially; erfenntlid), discernible, grateful. — 
Note: licb differs from bar, the former has an active meaning, 
whilst the latter a passive signification; compare, empftnblirfj, 
sensible; (entyfhtbfam, sentimental); em^ftnl'bar, perceptible; lefer? 
lid), legible, (cine leferlidje <§anDfd}rift), leSbar, fit to be read; 
nuclide), useful; nu§bar, is to be used, fit to use. — 4) Adverbs 
from Substantives & Adjectives ending in tl, where the lettert is 
inserted; as, namentlict) (from Stamen), especially, namely, by 
name; gelegenttid), occasionally, by and by. 

td)t 7 ) (Old Germ, oht, aht, eht [Engl, ly]) = artig 
of the kind, denotes (equal to ltd)) similarity; as, lvotlicbt = 
wotlctrtig, similar to wool; jleinidjt, resembling stone, stony. 

l)af£ 8 ) (Go th. h afts, from baften, l^abcti, corresp. with the 
Engl, ing, ful) denotes an adhering to (Shiljaften), and a 
being united (33erbunbenfein) with the subject expressed in the 
primitive word^ and forms Adjectives from Verbal-Substan- 
tives or names of persons and animals, and from other 
Adjectives; as, efelljaft, disgusting; bo$baft, malicious; metjler* 

Themes: 

7) Form Adjectives ending in id)t from &aar, <§>ol§, Stein, Witty, 
VltM, £orn, Setg , £alg, $ed), SSein, 2Bafjer, Del. Sentences: 
22ag tfafe a^nlicb ftebt, tji fdftd)t jc. 2Ba* iji bemnad) boljtdjt ? — 

8) What Adjectives ending in fjflft may be derived from ©e* 
febmacf, $ebler, Safter, Mangel* SBortbetl, Sdjaubcr, ©enjurj, STOeifier? 
Sentences: 9Ber Sngenb Ijat (beftfot), tji tugenbbaft *c. 



— 229 -* 

f)aftj masterly; fchambaft, bashful: nmunbaft, manly, stoutly; 
efdbaft, asslike, asinine. Compare the difference between, eruftyaft, 
earnest, grave, and ernftlid), fervent, eager; glaubfyaft, cre- 
dible, authentic; g(aublid), probable, likely; glanbig, believing, de- 
vout; (jerjljaft, tjevjlidj; lafterbaft, lajlerlidj; fcbmerjfyaft (more in a 
bodily), fcbmerjlicb (merely in a spiritual sense), mannfyaft (brave 
like a man) ,ntdnitlid),the nature of a man. — Note: ernjtycift ap- 
plies to persons, ernjHid), to things • ernfifjaft ift eine $erfon, ernjtttdj 
bev Senvetd ^reproach). 5)cv recfttftfjaffeite SRenfcfj ijt gtattbbaft; 
2)ie 23cgeben^eit (event) ifi glaublirt). Tex religifife SWenfdj ift g(au= 
big. We say : ein fd)meid)lerifd)cr SHcnfdj, and ein fdjmeicbelbafte$ 
(Scfyreiben. 

en, etli 9 ) (Goth, ein, old Germ, in, Latin in us, 
Engl, en) denote the matter out of which any thing is made; 
as, eifein, made of iron; ebven (eftern , old Germ, erin, (£r,$, 
ore), brass; iiben (from (Srbe, earth), earthen; (but irbtfd), earthly, 
terrestrial, contrary to fjimmlifd), celestial). Compare the diffe- 
rence between fretuiij , tletuicfyt, ftetnent ; ivoHcn, nuUlig, ttjollidjtj 
see page 31* 

on i) and Ot(t) form, like the Engl. Participle in ijig and eit, 
Participles which are at the same time used as Adjectives; 
as, lobenb, praising; geliebt, loved. 

III. Adverbs, (Steben^ or Umftcint>6todrter) 
differ in that from the Adjectives, that (he former qualify an Adjective 
or a Verb (they belong to the Predicate, answering the questions 
itUO? how? tt>0? where? n?fllin? when? and remain unaltered), 
whilst the latter qualify a noun, and consequently always tigree 
with it in Gender and Number. Every Adjective may be used in 
its simple form as an Adverb. Examples: ex frfjreibt fcfrtfh, fpielt gut, 
beffer, am beflen ic.;*) auf3 bejle; im gevingfien nirf)t, not the least 

Theme: 
9) Derive Adjectives euding io on from: ^>aV»ter, Sflarmor, ©laf5, 
(glafern) ; $bott, 33etn, 93»d)c, (£rbe, £utf), ©ammt, SaumiuoHe, 
SUabaftev, Sdjilbfrote. — Sentences: feibcn nennt man, WaS aud 
Scibe gemacbt ijl, was nennt man tbonern ? 



*) There is a great difference between: ein fchon gebecftci : £ifd), 
a table nicely covered (Adv , and no Comma between fefyoit 



— 230 — 

A few Adverbs are used without the word attl: as, aa§erft, utmost* 
ndcbjl, uext; jungfi, lately; balbigft, early, speedily; gutigft , most 
kindly; tnnigffc, bccbjt, at the most; bojlidjjt, most politely; gebm'famjty 
most obediently. They have their place either immediatelj r before 
the Adjective or Verb which they modify, or follow the Verb, In 
a simple sentence; as, etn fyocbfi angenefymer Xag; cin feljt liebenS? 
iritrbigeS Slftdbdjen; t>a$ $inb fcfyldft ruf)icj jc. — Adverbs are formed t) 
from Adjectives j generally in the Genitive case; as, recfytS, on the 
right; Unfg, on the left; ndcbtfcnS, by and by; ubrigen^, besides; some- 
times the Adjective is joined with a Preposition; bet roeitetn,. by far; 
uberall, everywhere; gerabeauS , straight on; Furjum, in short. 2) 
from Substantives in the Genitive, SJiorgenS, in the morning; 5(benb#, 
in the evening: Feine3tt»eg3, by no means; mtttletttfeile, meantime; aUent* 
balben (= an alien ^alben [Seiten]), everywhere; or Subst. joined 
with Prepositions; gttrud; (from SRucfen, back), back; untcrn>ege$, under 
road; jn>ar, it is true (from zi ware, in SBahrfyeit , in truth); 
{fberbaupt, in general. — Note: beute (from hiu tagu) to day, an* 
better (from hiu jar u) this year, have their original in: an btefem 
$age, in btefem Sabre. 3) from Pronouns; as, fo, so, as; bin, fyer, 
b/ier, bann, then; benn, for, etc., and their compounds bafoer, bobin, fro? 
Ijer, see page 128. — Not*. Only a few Adverbs are derived from 
Verbs; as, geftftteige, not to mention (from fdjtoeigen, to be silent); 
b,alt (id) Ijalte bafus), indeed, methinks; gelt? obsol. for nicbt toabr? 
is it not? Imper. from gelten, and nur (from ni ware, new r are = todre 
e3 ntcbt) only. 

Observ. 1. Adverbs are derived by the help of the endings: 
lid), littflS and ttmrtS. Examples: fveilicb, certainly; toabrttcb, 
truly; neuttd), the other day; btinblingd, blindly; jdfylingS (gdb* 
UngS) steep; einnxirtd', inward; IjimmehvdrtS , towards heaven; 
and by adding the Substantives Ding, Sail, £albe (Seite), 
Sftal, Wla$, £betl, 2Beg, SBeilc, SBeife, which nouns are 
used like Suffixes. Examples: allerbtngS, certainly; gleicbfall^ 
iu the same manner; oberbalb (Adv.), above; einmal, once; 
ufttnate, often; etnigermapen, in some measure; aHerftitf, on all 



and gebecfter) and ein fdjoner, gebetfter Sifcb, a beautiful, covered 
{laid) table. Compare: »iele, geltenbe SWenfdjen, and ttielgeltenbe 
S&enfdjeii ; ttenigf, bebeutenbe SSucber, and n>entg, bebeutenbe 85udjet. 



— m — 

sides; grcjjtentbeiia, mostly ; Uwetotyfl, by no means; eitifhueilen, 
in the meantime; tbeiltoeife, partly; fdjergtoeife, by way of jest. 

Observ. I. As the adverbial idea of a sentence was formerly most 
frequently expressed by the Gen it. case, many Adverbs there- 
fore have retained the characteristic letter 3 of that case; 
as, bevettg, jietg. Even Substantives of the femin. gender or 
used in the plural number, take, contrary to the rule, $ at 
the end, when, for the sake of forming Adverbs, they are 
compounded with Adjectives or Pronouns. Exampl.: meinerfeitS 
(bie (Seite), on my part; biegfeits, on this side; aUerbtngS (bte 
£>inge), by all means; oergebeng, in vain etc. 

Observ. 2. For farther Rules and Observations on the Adverb, 
see Part 11. 



COMPOUND B9J7NS AND ADJECTIVES.*) 

1) Nouns are compounded with other Nouns, Adjectives, Verbs 
or Particles, but the ©runbwort or last part, must always 
be a Noun; as, tier Stijeinjirom, bag ftritbjabr , bag ©dbreibpapiet, 
Da^ Sluglanb. Sometimes the words are merely put together, 
as, bag ©eratfjetoobl, at random ; ber 9lafel»eig, .ftartenfunftfiutf. 

2) Adjectives and Adverbs are either compounded by joining 
primitives together; as, baumftarf , Hwaberfcbon , aUerliebfi; or 
the first is a derived, and the second a primitive word ; as, uetbtenft* 
t>ou*, or both words are derivatives; as, t>crnunfttt»tDvioj, against 
reason. The ©ruubtourt (second part) must always be an 
Adjective, but the SSejiimntuitgdtoort (first part) may be either 
an Adjective; as, bunfelrotlj, dark red; or a Substantive ; as, 
btmmelblau, sky-blue; tfyier&finlicb, animal-like, or with Par- 
ticles ; as, mitfdjulbig, angene^m k. 



*) With the word£anb,as first part of the compound C©eftimmung6- 
tuort) we form the compounds: .^anbarbeit, .£>anbtud), [Jjpanbbe* 
toeguug, £anbgetb, ^anbbitdb ic? What words may in a similar 
way be formed from Slbenb, Jlinb, Sanb, papier, 93ater, Ubr ? 

Form Compound Nouns with the SBeftimmunggiuort Slbenb 
from the following words: S3rob (2lbeHbbroD), 2(nbad)t, <Segen, 
@onne, ©peife, ©tdnbdjen, 2Btnb, ©tern, <$iinmcl, $efucb, @«fell= 
fd?aft, 2td)t, 8anb, »6tbe. 






232 



Si o t e ; In compounding two Substantives, the letters i 
or c are sometimes inserted, for the sake of euphony; as, 
^vdut^gam, 9}i.db>i'gall, $ag--e4ebner , day-labourer. In other 
cases the first part of the compound (SBeftimmungSwort) stands 
in the plural; as, ©oitevbucb, dictionary; £cebterfcbu(e, school 
for girls. — What we have already observed with regard to 
the $ in forming an Adverb, frequently takes place with 
compounds of Substantives, as well as of Adjectives, and 
the SBeftimmumjgitaut takes the Genitive-forms c$ (3) or etl (tl). 
Examples: £agc£licbt, daylight; ^er^en^angft, auxiety of the 
heart; gurftettf)ut, 2)ienfcbeiifmtiit> :c. These Genitive-signs must 
be inserted 1) when two similar sounds meet together (in 
order to avoid harshness); as, ©ebutt^tag (not ©ebmttag), 
birthday; 2) when the ^eftimmungeuwt is already a compound 
word; as, Slnbacfytsbud), a book of devotion (prater); SBcib- 
nad)tefVfi, Christmas-holyday ; or if it be derived by means of 
the Suffixes a tj), he it, feit, ing, it tig, fcbaft, tbum, ungj as, 
gvemit»fcbaft^ien|i , service of friendship ; (sigentbumSrecbt , law 
of property; ©eftimmungstoort it. The same is true of Adjec- 
tives; as, lieben$tyRvt»ig; lebenSfrob, happy, etc. 

Tlieines; 
J) Froni lpcthlpn we form ivdblbat, 9Bdhlbavfett. What Adjectives and 
Nouns may be formed from bebnen, effen, encgen, fyalten, <£l)Xt, 
lenfen, nit^en, reijen, fcbd|$en, ftiafen, fcben, tbeilen? 

2) From avbeiten we form arbeitfam,2lrbeitfanife!t. What Adjectives and 
Nouns from uufmcvfcn, beiet>en, bebiiten, bie^en, btlben, tmibeii, 
emyjtnbcn, entbnltcn, fefyweigen, Silte, ftnueu, forgeu? 

3) From ©cnnfjen we form gennfjenloS, ®ett>iffenloj!gffit. What words 
from (£bve, guvrbt, ©efubl , ®ebanfe, (Sct;ot, ®ott, Siebe, tU% 
Siegel, 9ta)t, <£cblaf, ©cft.im, ScfyaDeu, Sinn, <2prge, <3praii)e, $at>e(, 
Siigel, benutfjt? 

4) We form ftablgitht from the words ©tabl and grim. What 
compound Adjectives may be formed from grau df Slfcbe, gelb; 
<§cbu)efel; b(au-'3ut>igo; fd)toai>'$ecb, = 9tabeu; n)eip*<Scbnee, ^Miidj, 
-Silte, -<£>age(; gritn^eev, '2Rein, s®ni8, ;£mavagb? 

5) Form compound Adjeetives ending in hH'ith or nntvbig with 
anfcfyauen (anfcbauentftvevth), anbetcn, beipdnen, baffen, »evabfctyeucn, 
lieben, loben, tabeht. 



— 233 .— 

IV Interject ions ((Smp fin bang el an te). 
They are originally natural sounds, which stand in no connection 
with other parts of speech. As exceptions may be regarded the 
words driven (from ad)) . to groan; fcuffen (from puff), to cuff, and 
SBelj! woe, from ioefo. 

The Interjections most in use are: 1) of joy: adj! ah! o Sreube, o 
joy! fyeifa, huzza! jud)bet ! ah! ha! ©ottlob! God be praised. 2) of 
grief and sorrow: acb! ah! leiber! alas! toe& mtc ! ah me! oh! o! oh! 
3) of threat and aversion: fort! away! roeg! tveg bamit! avaunt! 
9ld)tung ! have a care! ^fui ! fie! 4) of applause: munter ! eheer up! 
frifcfy ! eourage! red)t f o I well done! 5) of astonishment: atyal aha! 
tier SaufenD! good luck! o £immel! o heaveus ! Der T>au$ ! zounds. 
6) of acclamation: Ijotfa ! hallo! Ijeba ! heigh! bet ! hey! fyorcr;! hark! 
flefy! behold! f;6rt! I say! 7) of despite and contempt: fcfui! fie! fy! 
pish! tush! \mt)l pshaw! etfcr) ! bo! 8) of salutation: Jpeil! all hail ! 
loillfommen ! welcome! 9) of appeasing and requesting silence: 
Stufje! peace! ©tide! hush! hist! fcfyloeig! hush! 10) of reflecting : 
Ijml hem! ad)! hun ! 11) of Imitation: bauj ! bounce! Fracfo I crack! 
fulfil slap! ritfd)! snap! — Note! Most of these Interjections, 
except those which are only imitations of sounds , are forms of 
Substantives, Adjectives and Verbs which are used as Interjections; 

Themes at page 232: 

6) Form compound Adj. ending in either a r m, re i cr), or o oil, from 

©efcfymacf (gefd)raacfool(), 9Jnfrrud), ©ebeutung, £dnbe, SBein (mein-- 
reicfo), ©inn, ^reuben, 3af)J, £>bft, 33erbienji, <Stein. 

7) $Ba3 bie Sorm einer ®abel Ijat, nennt man gabelforutig; trie 
nennt man ba$, toaS tie gorm fyat, yon einer ©lode, 33irne, Jtugel, 
eiues 93anb'e$, £)ad)ee, Stalls ic. 

8) Out of what words are compounded the following Adjec- 
tives: bieberljerjig . Faltblutig , blaptuangtg, bereitiointg , neugierig, 
blobjlnnig, menfd)enreid), notfybiirftig, dfyrenbefrdn$t, flurmfeft, fampf* 
begierig, arbeitslujiig , borngefd)mucft , afynenreid), altersfcfynmd) , in* 
fyaltgfcfyiver, ebrenooll? 

9) 9Ber ober roaS fdfjtg $uv S3efferung ifi, foeipt befierungafdbig; ioie 
fyeifjt man t>a$, \va8 fdbig tfi, ju atbetten, jur ftufnaljme, jur BiU 
bung; beS SluSbrucfs , etne3 SlmteS, eine$ SXcnjiea, be$ (Frlrtnen* 
einet ©fc^d)*- 



2M 



sis, biao ! well done! fort ! aw»j! fdjioeig! hush! frifd? auf ! cheer' 
op! bait! step !.&eil ! hail! ©lutf auf Igood luck! nurflicr)? reullj! dear me!*) 
Observ. Interjections neither govern a case, nor are they 
governed by any other word; they may therefore be joined 
with every case; as, O Sbor! £> ber $bov ! D bem Sboren (viz. 
lann eg nicbt fctyabeu, it cannot hurt the fool); £5, ben 'Shore* 
(viz. fenne tcb, I know the fool). Exceptions are: root>l ! rjetl! 
which are joined with the Dative; as,beil mix, bir! happy me, 
you! toobl mir! well forme! ando! ad)!pfut! which are some- 
times joined with the Genitive ; as, D beS Xboren ! $fui ber ©cbanbe! 
£) Dap fie ewig griinen blicbe 
£>te fcbone 3eit ber golb'nen Siebe. (@rt)iU|j? r.) 
9ld), A beg Sebeng fdjonfie geier 
@nbigt aucfo ben ScbenSmai. (^ filler.) 
2)a$ 51 d) folgt maiicbmal auf bag Jj>a, 
2)enn <2d)mer$ unb greube toecbfeln ja. 

3)et<&auptmann unb ber 53 a uer. 
2>er 83auer: £err ^auptmann, art)! h>a$ mad)t mein armev <Sobn? 

Sttan fcbrieb mir jungjl, er fei in einer Scblacbt geblieberi. 
JDer «§attptmahn : @t, greunb! bag bat ein fiugner (Sud) gefct)riebenj 

gr bltcb nid)t, benn er lief baoon. ($feffe(.) 

•) The following expressions which may be called 8d)allnad)* 
abmungen, imitations of sounds or rather Alliterations and As- 
sonances, are frequently occurring in the conversational lan- 
guage (similar to English expressions: topsy-turvy, in 33er* 
nmrung; pell-mell, SMailfpiel, to stand the wear and tear [of 
training, Slbnufcung]), and it will be advisable to become ac- 
quainted with them: 

Untev 5) ad) unb Sad) bringen, to 3n @aug unb SBrauS leben, to 

bring under shelter. revel and riot, to play the jolly 

gang unb gabe, current. good fellow. 

Jpad unb s Mad , tag-rag and bob- ©cbcilten Unb roalten, to dispose of. 

tail, crew, snobs. @cbritt unb Xxitt, every step and pace. 

3Me £itUe unb pile, plenty. Ueber ©tort unb # 1 o d bringen, 

.filing unb .filang or uber Stod 5 unb ©tein ftningen, over 

$ Mit Sang unb .ftlang, with ringing hedge and ditch. 

of bells. Sing unb 8ang, sing-song. 

jfriall unb %ail, all on a sudden, Soil unb Sdll feitf, to be dead- 

suddenly. drunk. 

2ug unb^rug, trickery and fraud, 9luf ®egen unb@fegen, on (all) ways. 

lying and deceit. 28eber ii)eg nod? <8teg rotffen, not to 

Sftit 51)Uttft m$ Maui jU ©runbe kouw the way. 

gefcen, every living soul lost, mit unb breit, far and wide. 



APPENDIX. 



I. LIST OP NOUNS BELONGING TO THE WEAK 
DECLENSION (see page 39 A 52). 

a) Masculine Nouns ending in c : 

SBatfce, bard, scald. «£>ciDe, heathen, pagan. $fafe, parson. 

SBube, boy, lad. £>irte, herdsman, pastor.^iabe, raven. 

SJiirge, bail, security. 3unge, youth, appren- 9tcippe, black horse. 
galfe, falcon. lice. 9iiefe, giant. 

©atte, husband. .Rnabe, boy. ©djurfe, rascal. 

©efctbrtc, companion. .Knappe, esquire. ©cfyulje, shooter, archer, 

©eljitlfe, assistant, niate.£aie, layman, \ novice, ©flase, slave. 

@6&e, idol. iJieffe^nephew. 2Baife,Jorphan. 

£afe, hare. ty&fyt, god-father. 3euge, witness. 

b) Monosyllabic df Polysyllable masculine Nouns: 

©urfdb, lad. ©efefl , companion, <§dj>enf, cup-bearer. 

S)ufat, ducat. fellow. 

gel$, rock. ©epattev, god-father, 

ftittf, finch. ©veif, griffin. 

®ecf, fool. Sump, scamp. 

^$fau, peacock. 



©cfyelm, rogue, knave. 
©d*ulj, bailiff, magi- 
strate. 
8pa(3, sparrow. 
Stehimefc, stone-mason. 



II. LIST OF NOUNS TAKING C IN THE NOM. PL. (see page 55), 



*2lat, eel. 

*9lar, eagle. 

Slbt, abbot. 

*9lrm, arm. 

Sift, bough. 

33acb, brook. 

Salg, skin. 

©all, ball. 

£3avt, beard. 

83aud), belly. 

©erg, mountain, hill. 

&i§, biting, bite. 

©lief, look. 

SBlib, lightning. 

SBlotf, block. 

©Off, buck, he-goat. 



A) Primitives. 

a) Masculine Noun 

93rud), breach. 
S3ufc6, bush. 
(Stjor, choir, chorus. 
Qa&jS, badger. 
!l)ainm, dam, dike. 
£>ampf, steam. 
©arm, gut. 
2)ieb. thief. 
©ienft, service. 
*Dod)t, wick. 
*2)old), dagger. 
*55om, dome, cupola. 
SDrctbt, wire. 
2)uft, vapor, scent. 
2)unfi, vapor, steam. 
@ib, oath. 



s:*) 

%a\l, fall. 
fteinb, enemy. 
%loi), flea. 
Slud), curse. 
grofrt), frog. 
§ucb$, fox. 
©ang, walk. 
©aft, guest. 
©reiS, old man. 
©runD, ground. 
©up, casting. 
£cun, grove. 
•£>al3, neck. 
$elm, helmet. 
4?erb, hearth. 
-£>ieb, stroke. 



*) They all take the softness , except these marked with an 
Asterisk (*). 



— 236 



£trfch, stag. 
J^of, court. 
*£orft, eyry. 
*^>oct, shield. 
*^uf, hoof. 
Jlafott, boat, 
^amfti struggle. 
Mau^, bargain. 
Jtetm, germ. 
.Keld), cup. 
.ftern, kernel, 
.Knecfyt, servaut. 
.Knopf, button. 
j?lo£, clod. 
tflofc, block. 
jtrcunpf, cramp. 
j^ranj, wreath. 
tfreiS, circle. 
ttropf, craw, wen. 
jUucj, pitcher. 
^u§, kiss. 
*SacbS, salmon. 
Saitf, course. 
*2aut, sound. 
Sftarft, market. 
*2>Mci), salamander. 



9lrt, axe, hatchet. 
SBvcmt, bride. 
Sriift, breast, 
gauft, fist. 

©ruft, grave, vault. 
$iuft, gap, cleft. 



tyapfk, pope. 
*$cuf, park, warren. 
*$fab, path. 
^>^«9, plough. 
^fropf, cork, stopper. 
tyian, plan. 
*$0l, pole. 
*i>ulS, pulse. 
*9>unft, point, dot. 
*£hiarj, quartz. 
*£luaft, tuft, tassel. 
diatl), counsel. 
9taum, space, room. 
Oieim, rime. 
dii$, rent, cleft. 
@arf f sack, bag. 
©cfyelm, rogue. 
Sc&erj, jest, joke. 
©cblup, shutting, close 
©cfymiet), smith. 
**Stfmft ( rascal. 
*Sc&uT), shoe. 
©cftjveif, tail. 
(Scblxmr, oath. 
<5eim,slime; honeycomb. 
(Spiep, spear. 
*<Sporn, spur. 

b) feminine Nouns 

Jvraft, power. 
Suft, air. 

Sufi, joy, pleasure. 
Sftacfyt, power. 
2>iacjt>. maid. 
9fiad)t, night. 



sprung, spr ng, leap. 
©toil, stable, stall. 
©tamm, stock/ stem. 
Stern, star. 
©tricb, stroke, dash. 
*£aft, time, measure. 
*Xag, day. 
£an$, dance. 
*$hron, throne. 
Jraum, dream. 
*Xufdj, flourish (of 

trumpets). 
SBogt, bailiff. 
SBtnl), wind. 
2Birrt>, host. 
9Bi&, wit. 
SBolf, wolf. 
3aljn, tooth. 
• 3aum, bridle. 
3aun, fence, hedge. 
3opf, pigtail. 
3foe<f, aim. 
Siveig, branch. 
3werg, dwarf. 
, 3tt>irn, thread. 
Bwtft, quarrel. 



9iaht, seam. 
S^otl), need, 
©cfynur, lace, string. 
@djnmlft,bombast,tumor. 
SBurft, sausage. 
3unft, guild. 



c) Neuter Nouns*): 



poison. 
$aax t hair. 
£ar$, resin. 
£eer, army. 
£eft, hilt, haft. 
#irn, brain. 



Slf}, ace. 

S3eet, (garden) bed 

SBetl, hatchet. 

33ein, leg. 

33oot, boat. 

SSrob, bread. 

(5bor, high altar, chair. .Knie, knee 

@q, ore. ^reuj, cross. 

gell, skin. £oo«, lot. 

gcft, feast. SRahl, meal. 

$(ie§, fleece. 2ftaf, measure 

*§lop, raft. iWeer, sea. 

©a$, gas. 



ffllebl, flour. 
9ie&, net, caul. 
Del, oil. 
Defyt, ear (eye of 

needle. 
*^ult, desk. 
9ied)t, right. 
9fte&, roe, doe. 
SJetd), empire. 
*9?o^r, cane. 
Stop, steed. 
©alj, salt. 



*) All these neuter Nouns take c in the pi. without giving 
softness; except: glefl, 9tobr <fc (Sbor. 



the 



@$n>etn, pig. 
Seil, rope 
<8ieb, sieve. 



©erudj, odour, smell. 
©efdjmaif, taste. 
©efancj, song, 
©etuimi, gain, win. 
©ettnnuft, winnings, 

price. 
©enufji, enjo3ineut. 
Slbcnb, evening, 
©ebvaud), use. 
.flcnig, king. 
pfennig, penny. 
Oiettig, radish, 
bungling, youth. 



©ebein, bone. 
©ebet, prayer. 
©ebt|s, teeth, bridle-bit. 
©ebitfcf), thicket. 
©ebot command. 
©eDtfht, poem. 
©efojj, vessel. 
©efedjt, fight. 
©efuhl, feeliug. 
©cljoij. wood. 
*©elctg, banquet. 
©epdcf, luggage. 



237 — 



Stncl, play, game. 
©ti'tcJ, piece. 
Xan, cable. 

B) D erivativee. 

a) masculine Noun 

©cbmetterling, butterfly. 

gdljnricfc, ensign. 

(S'ntend), drake. 

*£eid)nam, corps. 

53efefol, command. 

33eleg, voucher, docu- 
ment. 

Q3cricfot, report. 

93efd)eit», rescript, in- 
formation. 

Skfudj, visit. 

93etvag, amount. 

Q3eir>et$. proof. 

b) neuter Nouns: 

@erid)t, tribunal, dish. 
©evucfyt, rumour, 
©efcfyenf, present. 
©efdjdft, business. 
©efrfjopf, creature. 
©efe$, law. 
©efyinnft, web, spun. 
©efprdcb, discourse, 

dialogue, 
©cftttn, constellation. 
*@efud), suit, request, 
©etoolf, clouds. 



ffierft, wharf. 

$BilD, game, venison". 

3iel, aim, end. 



Gmtfcfylujii. resolution. 
(Sntivutf, project. 
(Sigup, effusion, 
(trtvag, produce,incorne. 
5lbfd)ieD, dismission, 

farewell. 
Slntrag, offer, proposal. 
Sluftrag, commission. 
2lu£gang, exit, issue. 
33ovfd)lag, proposal. 
SSottrag, delivery. 
SSorjug, preference. 



©ettmrj, spice. 
£inbevm6, obstacle. 
©ilDnip, likeuess. 
93itnDnif$, league. 
@leid/nip,parable,siinile. 
3eugnip, witness. 
(§rgebnijji, result. 
aSergetc^nt^, list. 
Srfjicffal, destiny. 
Scbeufal, malkin, 
monster. 



c) fern i n in e Nouns: 

Sinjlernifj, darkuess. ^enntntp, knowledge. Sftuhfcii, difficulty, 
iBefugnip, competence, 3BUDuifj, wilderness. misery. 

privilege. Stubfal, tribulation. 



III. LIST OP NOUNS WHICH TAKE CV IN THE PLUHAL. 



JDotn, thorn. 
©eifl, spirit, 
©oft, God. 
l l etb, body. 



SlaS, carrion. 
9lmt, office. 
J 43ab, bath. 



a) masculine Nouns: 

Ort, place. ' <2tnmfj, nosegay. 

SRanb, edge. 33ottmmb, guardian. 

SRetcbthum, riches. 9Balb, forest. 

(Stvaurt), bush, shrub. s 3Burm, worm. 

b) neuter Nouns: 

2kett, board. (£i, egg. 

'I\icb, roof. %adj, shelf. 

2)tng, thing. %a% cask. 



— 238 — 



fall, field. 
®elb, money. 
(Semadb, apartment. 
©emutt), mind. 
©efpenft, ghost. 
©eroatiD, garment. 
©IteD, limb. 
©rab, tomb, 
©rag, grass. 
@ut, property. 
^aupt, head, chief. 



•from, horn. 

Mxant, herb. 

Samm, Jamb. 

£anb, country. 

Ziet, song, air. 

Sodb, hole. 

(®afl>anahf, repast. 

*JWaul, mouth. 

9ieft, nest. 

$fanb, pawn, pledge. 

SRab, wheel. 



*Rei3, twig. 
Kinb, horned cattle. 
6cfcett, log. 
©djtlb, sign. 
©djwert, sword. 
$hal, valley. 
$rumm, lump, wreck. 
93olf, nation (folks). 
5BammS, doublet,jacket. 
2Beib, woman, wife. 
2Bort, word. 



IV. NOUNS OF DIFFERENT GENDERS AND FORMS, BUT 
THE SAME SIGNIFICATION. 



ber Skcfen and bic S3acfe, cheek, 
ber T)acfyt and tad £od)t, wick. 
ber barren and bte Starve, cart, 

wheel-barrow, 
ber ^olben and bte fiolbe, club, butt- 

end of a gun. 
fcer SWitttoed) and bte SWitrwixfce, 

Wednesday. 



ber $unft and ba3 'punr'tum, dot, 
full-stop. 
berOuafi and bie Quafte, tassel, tuft. 
ber Quell and bte Quelle, fountain. 
ber >Hi§ and bte SRt&e, crack, chink, 
ber @palt and bie Spalte, slit, cleft. 
ber @patren and tie @parre, spar, 
rafter. 



ber Seifien, shoe- and bie Setfte, ridge, ber Xucf and bte £ucfe, malice. 

maker's last, ledge, ber 3in3 and bte -Sinfe, rent, in- 

ter ^>foften and bie ^fofte, post, pale, terest. 



V. NOUNS OF THE SAME FORM, BUT DIFFERENT SIGNI- 
FICATION, ACCORDING TO THE DIFFERENT GENDERS. 

ber 33cmb, bond, volume, binding 

ber Skuer, peasuut, builder; 

ber SJuctel, back, humpback ; 

ber 53unb, league, turban; 

ber (Sbot, chorus, quire; 

ber (£rbe, heir ; 

ber ©etfjel, hostage 3 

bte ©ift, gift, donation; 

ber £aft, hold; 

ber «§ar5, name of a mountain; 

ber £etbe, heathen, pagan ; 

ber £ut, hat; 

ber liefer, jaw, jaw-boue; 

ber Jtotlj, mud, dirt ; 

ber Jlunbe, customer; 

ber Setter, leader, guide; 

ber Sofyn, reward, compensation 



ba£ Q3anb, ribbon, 
bad ^Bauer, cage. 
bie 93ttcfel, knob, stud. 
tad &unb, bundle. 
tad CSl;or, chair, chancel. 
tad @rb.e, inheritance, patrimony. 
bie ©eijjel, whip, lash. 
tad ©ift, poison, venom. 
bte $aft, imprisonment; tad «§aft, 
(Insect), day-fly. 
tad £ar$, resin. 
bie «£>etbe, heath, field, 
bie £ut, heed, guard, protection. 
bte liefer, gill (of a fish). 
Had .Sotb, cottage, hut. 
bie Jhutbe, knowledge (news), 
bte Setter, ladder, scale. 
tad SoJJH, hire, fee. 
bie aJUnbel, almond, mangle. 



ber iWanbel, gland; 

bie 2ttarf,mark(t 6 2ot&, half ounces); tad SDlaxf, marrow, pith 

Der SRafi, mast; bie SRafl, mast, fattening. 



— 239 ~- 



ber SWeffef, measurer; 

ber Sdjauer (©djauber), shuddering; 

ber ®d)tlb, shield, buckler; 

ber <Scf)ltmlft swelling, bombast; 

ber See, lake; 

bet @proffe,sprout,shoot (offspring); 

bfe ©teuer, contribution, tax; 

ber ©rift, tag, pin, peg; 

bet Xfftil, part, volume 5 

ber $J)or f fool; 

ber 33erbienfl, reward, profit; 

bie 9Bebr, defence, bulwark; 

ber 3eug, stuff, matter; 



baa SWeffer, knife. 

bad ©djauer, shower, shelter. 

bad ©ctnlb, plate, sign. 

bad ©d)rouljt (©efdjfculji), tumour. 

bie ©ee, sea. 

Dit ©iprejfe, step, rundle. 

bad ©teuer, rudder, steerage. 

bad ©ttft, convent, found cathedral* 

bad %i)dl t portion, share. 

bad £r/or, door^ gate. 

ta$ 93erbienft, merit. 

bad 9Bcf>r, dam, dike. 

bad 3eug, materials, instrument, tool. 



VI. SUBSTANTIVES, WHICH HAVE IN DIFFERENT 
MEANINGS DIFFERENT FORMS OF THE PLURAL. 



ber 

bad 



i93anbe, volumes. 
93anbe, ties (of friendship). 
SBdnber, ribbons. 
!33dnfe, beuches, forms. 
93anfen, banks. 

ber Sogen, arch, arc, bow, sheet. I ®»V n [ ^n arches 
' ' 9 1 33ogen, sheets (of paper). 

4 Sette, beds. 



i ©anb bonrf > vo,ume - 
S ' ribbon. 

tik 33anf, bench, bank. 



bad Sett, bed. 

bad 3)tng, thing, matter. 

bad @efid)t, sight, face. 

bad &orn, horn. 

ber Saben, shutter, shop. 

bad 8i#t, candle, light. 

bad Sanb, land, country. 

ber SWartn, man. 

ber Dxt, place, spot. 

bie ©an, pig. 



ber 
bad 
ber 

bad 

5S i **«• 



shield. 



7 • sign, 
pin. 

convent, 
fool, 
gate. 

bad Xud), cloth. 



I S3etten, bedding. 
I £)inge, matters. 
J dinger, things. 

* ©eftdjte., apparitions. 

* ©eftdjter, faces, countenances. 
isomer, horns of beasts. 
(<£>urne, different kinds of horn. 
|£aben, shutters. 

i Sdben, shops. 

ISicfote, tallow or wax candles. 
Sicbter, lights. 
J Sanbe, lands. 

* Sdnber, countries 
[ SJiinn.ejr, men. 
T&tairaen, vassals. 
JDrte r places. 

rDerter, villages, locals. 

J ©due, pigs. 

I ©ajjjen, wild boars. 

I ©cr/i(be> shields. 

'©cbilber, signs of houses (inns). 

J ©tifte, pins, tags. 

{ ©tifter, foundations, convents. 

i Xfyoren, fools. 

I Xt/ore, gates. 

iSudjer, cloth(s) of linen or silk. 

jSudje, woollen cloths (diff. kinds). 



— 240 — - 



bag Sfrrt, word. 

bee Soil, iuch, tax. 

ber $ufj, foot (measure). 



( $?ovtf, words in connexion. 

i SBcrter, single words. 

I 3olle, inches. 

i 3Mle, taxes. 

itfrfje, (as measure). 

igfijje, feet. 



VII. NOUNS ADMITTING NO PLURA L IN GERMAN, BUT 
BOTH NUMBERS IN ENGLISH. 



2>ev Slnfcfyeiu, appear 

a nee. 
M Vlnfefjen, the au 

thority. 
bie SlnFunft, arrival. 
bev ^Ivcjtoofyn, suspicion, bag £eben, life, 
bev 93ea,inn, beginning, bie Siefa, love, 
ber 53unb, alliance. bag Sot), praise, 

ber S5rucf, pressure. bev Sofyn, reward. 
bie (frfyre, honour. bie ^radjt, splendour 

t>a3 (5'lenb, misery. bev dtatl), advice. 

t>a8 (S'ntjucfen, rapture, bev 9ianb, spoil, 
bev Qhnpfang, receipt, bev Satib, sand. 



bie glud&t, flight, 
bie ftuvcfct, fear. 
bie ©nabe, mercy. 
bet ©ram, grief. 
bag ©emuvmel, mur- 

mering. 
bag ©litcf, fortune. 



tie ®unft, favour. bev Saufdj, exchange. 

bev £ab«v (Swift), dis- bev $ob, death. 

pute, quarrel. bev Svoft, consolation. 

bev Samntev,lamentatiou. bag Uncjlitcf, misfortune. 
bev Jhimmev, sorrow, bag Unfvaut, weeds. 
bag Unvecbt, wrong. 
bev Untevvic&t, instruction, 
bev Uvlaub, leave, per- 
mission, 
ber SBevbacht, suspicion, 
be* •SSerbvufj, vexation. 
bag ^erlangen, desire, 
bev $evftant>, under- 
standing. 



bev €>cr/ein, appearance. 

bev <£d)mucf, ornament, bie 33ovftct)t, precaution. 



bev @tur$ t fa i'- 
bev ©tvanb, strand. 
bev (Btveit, contest, 
bev Sabel, blame, re- 
prehension- 



bev 95afm, false idea, 
bev 3anf, quarrel. 
ba8 3eug, materials, 

apparatus, 
bev 3n>ano., constraint. 






VIII. NOUNS WHICH ABE USED ONLY IN THE PLURA L 
IN GERMAN. 



2>ie Slljnen, ancestors, 
bie Scinfleibev, <§ofen, 

trowsers, pantaloons. 
bie SSvieffcbaften, papers, 

letters. 
bie S31attevn, small-pox. 
bie (Sinfitnfte, revenues, 

dues. 
Die @ltevn, pareuts. 
bie Saften, days of 

fasting, Lent. 



bie ftufjftapfen , foot- 
steps. 

bie ©ebvubev, brothers. 

tie ©efctUfiftev, brothers 
and sisters. 

bie fe'efdUe, rent. 

bie ©iiebmapen, limbs. 

bie <£>efen, barm, yeast. 

bie Soften (Unfoften), 
expenses. 

bie £eute, people, folks. 

bie s J)tafevn, measles. 



bie Sftolfen, whey. 

bie Dftevn, Easter. 

Die ^ngften, Whit- 
suntide. 

bie aidufe, intrigues. 

bie (gefjvanfen, bounds. 

bie ©povteln, fees. 

bie Svummev, ruins. 

bie 2Beibnacfyten, Christ- 
mas. 

Die 3eitldufte, events, 
periods. 



— 241 — 



> ft % 




> © ft a? \ 




> 3 ft -« 


O 89 ft © 




« P re © \ 




o 58 re © 


P ** P 5 




P r ? 3 \ 




P *> P 3 


TO TO TO C" 

*"* ** *« £T 

' ? " r 




S . . 3 1 




*'♦>'..., 
£ ♦» w . 

5 © * 

a 1 * 
1 * 

3 re 






E* I 

S3 'P I 




re 

© r 




p 






3 S 




3 




•0 


► 


2: ^ % » 


■* 






«% to to i^/ , 


«• s* « JT 


re 




/ '53 


JJ 3 O) to 


£ W M W 

S3 


t» 


o w « n i 


r 


£ w £ w ? i 
« £ % «s 3 • 

5* <Sb 


68 B & & 






cr «r or ia 

» -3 S. x 


SS* 53' g= S3> 

-^y^ "ii* -is** ~c? 

f» o o «» 
« n n *t 




•f* «« « o 
rj «* « rt 




a 3 ® ° 

fib Ck ~* S3 re 
' f $ * | 








W 


i2 ££ £? «2 








*3 S « S3 • 


S3 S3 5= S3 




r* o o f* 




S3 « « $3 


CO CO CO CO 




« S3 S3 S3 ^ 




CO tO CO CO 


TO TO TO TO 




- - • - *>• 




TO TO TO. TO 


? ? a a 




S3 S3 S3 S3 




* * <fc> • 






> O © 2 




> D ft 2 






« p re © 




« P re © 






P P P 3 




P P" p 3 






2 O O a 




S S 2 • 






? ;? S3 « 




a a a . 






S3 S3 S3 -s 




a a a ! s 










p 

01 






cr <sr «sr »» 
to' 2 2 ^ 




w cr <? W 2 

f^ *^ TO ^-^ S3 






to a « — 


•o 


a 3 <* ^ =t 






3?a»a 




S -a 9 s ? 






S3 2 S to 

« 9 a 1 


53 

> 


S3 5.8 
f f f ? 
9 a a 






OS Gf? C$ C5S 

•t ^ t-j rt 

O © O O 




S. to' to ^ S 3 

- <" ^ TO 1 

-<=» c» «p ^ 2. 

2 2 2 f 2. 






£ c B « 

Q o o o 

a S3 a S3 












sf « « g ts 

S3 ro 



a 



50 
O 

Q 

O 
f 

o 
fe5 






5 

a 



CD 

o 



•-a 

IT 1 



CO 



55 
c« 






242 — 



X. DECLENSION OF PROPER NAMES. 

Proper names are declined either with, or without the Article. 

1) With the Article the word remains unaltered in all cases of 
the singular, and in the plural they take sometimes e; as, Die 
£ut>tr>ige , bie Slbolpfye*. all other words ending in the sing, in 
a, t, X, el, en or et are in all cases of the plural (except 
the Dat. which always ends in n) alike: as, Norn. bie<Senefa, 
Gen. ber £.encfa, Dat. ben ©enefa'n, Ace. bie Senefa. 

Feminine names, if they do not end in cfceit ; as, .^anncfoen, take 
in plural ett or 'n. Example: Sing, bie SBilfielmine, PL tie WitytU 
minen, bie Sba'ri, bie SWina'n, 5lbetbetben. 

NB. Names of countries, rivers, mountains, towns or villages 
are usually declined like Common names. In order to avoid* 
harshness, the word (Stabt or 2)ovf is put before names oft 
towns and villages in the Gen. and Dat. cases; as, bie ©tab 
58urjburg, Gen. ber @tabt SBftrjburg; bed ©orfeS $rabn>tnfel. 

2) Without the Article are declined those names which are of 
Latin and Greek origin. Thej r may be declined either after 
the Latin; as, SJSault ^riefe , or after the German; as, @ali>* 
mo'S <2cr)riften, ^bdbrw-S gabeln jc. 

Observ. 1. There is no difference between masc. and femin. Proper 
names with regard to declension, and the latter take the 
same sign in the Gen. ($,'$ or e$) : as, £annchen$, 93ertba'$. 

Observ. 2. An Apostrophe (') must be given to every single proper 
name before the $ in the Gen. Siug. ; as, Sof-ann'S unb @lifa? 
beth'g 33ud)er, John and Eliza's books. 

Exam pies: 
Singular. 



N. 


griebrid), 


SRaitnty, 


•Sophie, 


ber Slbotyl), 


Die SDtlbelmine. 


G. 


Sriebricfc'-s, 


^atin^'-S, 


©opbienS, 


be-3 Slbotyb, 


ber 3Bi(belmine. 


D. 


griebrid), 


Stannty, 


©ophie, 


bem 2lbofyfc, 


ber SBilbelmine. 


A. 


gnebticb, 


Stannty, 


©optoie, 
Plural. 


ben Siboiph, 


tit SSilbetmine. 


N. 


ftriebrtche, 


91annty'n, 


©opfyten, 


bie 9lb»lp^e, 


bie 2Bilbelminen. 


G. 


ftriebricfoe, 


^iannty'n, 


Soften, 


ber Slbel^e, 


ber $Bilbelminen, 


D. 


gricbridjen, 


Stannty'n, 


@opbten, 


ben Slbotyben, 


ben ©ilbetminen. 


A. 


^riebricbe, 


9iannr/n, 


6ophten, 


bie 2lbotybe, 


bie 2Bilf>e(minen. 



— -24 J -4 

XI. ADJECTIVES 

WHICH GOVERN THE DATIVE (of person) : *) 



abgcncioit, disinclined. 

obfyelb, unfavourable, 
disaffected. 

abtrunuig, rebellious, 
faithless, recreant. 

dbnlid}, equal, similar. 

cmgebDten. inborn, inn ate 

angeerbt, inherited, he- 
reditary. 

Qticje^ortg, belougingto. 

angelegen, important, 
attended to with care, 

atigemeffcu, suitable. 

angenefym, agreeable to. 

angefiommt, imparted by 
inheritance. 

anfjangig, adherent. 

anfldnbtg, becoming, de- 
cent, agreeable. 

anftojjig, offensive, 
scandalous. 

drgerlicb, vexatious, 
apprehensive. 

bangc, afraid. 

bebenflid), dubious, sus- 
picious. 

begreiflicfy, conceivable. 

bebaglicb, pleasing. 

bebultltd), helpful. 

beliebig, agreeable, to 
one's liking 

betvufjt, conscious. 

Hi *T n n 'l attached. 
jugetbetn, \ 

feanfbar, thankful. 

bienlicfy, serviceable. 

bienftfrar, obliging. 

ctgen, own, proper. 

etgentfyumtid), proper. 

eintrdgltcb, profitable. 

entbebrtid), not wanted. 



ergeben, devoted. 

erinnevlidj, present to 
recollection. 

erlininfdjt, desired. 

gebeibltdj, prosperous. 

geborfam, obedient. 

.gcldufig, fluently. 

gekgen, convenient. 

gemdfj, accordiug. 

gemein, commonly. 

geneigt, inclined. 

geftdnbtg, confessing. 

getreu, faithful. 

gettJQtbfcn, to be a 
match for. 

geivogen, favourable, 
kind. 

gleid), equal. 

gleidjgultig, indifferent. 

gndbig, gracious. 

gunftig, favourable. 

fyeilfam, wholesome, 
salutary. 

btnberltcb, hindering. 

bolt), kind, favourable. 

Idfitg, burdensome. 

lieb, dear. 

nacfytbetlig, disadvan- 
tageous. 

naije, near. 

uotljig, necessary. 

notbtoenMg, needful. 

recbt, right. 

fdjdbltdj, injurious. 

fd)dfcbar, valuable. 

fcfoimvf(itf), insulting. 

fd)meid;>elbaft, flattering, 

febmcrjbaft, painful. 

fdjrecfltd), terrible. 

fdmlbig, guilty. 

fcbttrinblig, giddy. 



treu, true, faithful. 

treuloS, faithless. 

trojUtcfo, consolable. 

triiglicb, deceitful. 

libel, evil, ill. 

uberflitfjtg, superfluous. 

ubevlegen, superior. 

unau6jief|lid}, insuppor- 
table. 

unertrdglid), intolerable. 

ttneriuartet, unexpected. 

untertfydmg, submissive. 

unwevgefjltd), lasting, 
not to be forgotten. 

unyerljofft, unhoped for. 
uMttiberfteblicb.irresistible. 

unjeittg, unripe. 

Oeranttoortlicb, answer- 
able. 

tterbtnblidj, obliging 

yerbunben, obliged. 

yerbddjtig, suspicious, 
suspected. 

ttcrberblid), destructive. 

oerbrtefjlid), tiresome. 

yerbafH, hateful. 

verftdubUd) , intelligible. 

yenyewbt, related. 

VDrtheilbaft, profitable. 

toertb, valuable. 

tyiberiidj, disgusting. 

toiberfyenftig, obstinate, 

nuberwdrttg, adverse. 

lyibrig, nauseous. 

imllfommen, welcome. 

tyobl, well, happy. 

jugdnglicfj, accessible. 

jugebadjf, dedicated. 

jugetban, attached, 
addicted. 

juttdglid), conducive. 



*')" For Adjectives governing the GENITIVE see page 202. 



— 244 — 

XII. VEKBSS 

WHICH REQUIRE THE PEIiSON IN THE A C C U S A T I V R 
GOV 'EHN THE T H J N G(if itbe mentioned) IN THE GEM TI V E.*) 

QnFlavien, to accuse. entfetjcw, to displace, ubevftebcn , to deliver 
belebien, to instruct. remove oue from of, to relieve one 

berauben, to rob, to his office. from. 

deprive of. enttocfynen , to disuse, ubevjeugen, to persuade, 

befd)ulbigen, to accuse, to wean. convince. 

to charge with. lobnen (ber 2J}ul)e), to »erftd)ern, to assure of. 

eittbinbeti, to disburden, be worth one's while, ttettvei fen, to banish* 

to release one from, loSfytedjen, to acquit. nutrbigen, to hold 
entlafYen, to dismiss mafyften, to remind. worthy, to deign, 

entlebigen, to dispense. uberfut)icn, to convict, jeiben, to accuse of. 

XIII. LIST OF REFLECTIVE VERBS WHICH HAVE THE 

PERSON WITH THE ACCUSATIVE, * REQUIRE THE THING 

(OBJECT) IN THE GENITIVE CASE. 

ftdj annebmen, to inter- ffd) beftnnen, to re- ftd) erbarmen, to pity. 

est one's self for. member. ftd) erinncrn,to remember. 

ftd) bcbienen, to make fid) entailment, to forbear, ftd) erttcfyren, to prohibit. 

use of. ftd) entbalten, lo abstain fid) freuen, to rejoice at. 

ftd) befleigigen, to apply from. ftd) getrcften , to hope 

one's self to. ftd) entftnnen, to remem- with confidence. 

ftd)begeben, to renounce, ber, to recollect. ftd) ruljmen to boast of. 
ftd) bem-adjtigen, to take ftd) entfd)lagen, to di- ftd) fcftamen, to be 

possession of. vest one's self. ashamed of. 

ftd) bemeiftevn, to seize, ftd) entbredjen, to forbear, ftd) tterfeben, to mistake. 
ftd) befd)e«bett, to assign, ftd) cntleDicjcn, to acquit ftd) toetgertt, to refuse, 
one's self of, to divest. to deny. 

XIV. VERBS WITH THE DATIVE CASE. 

a) 

o&t)etfen,tohelp,rejmedy.nad)al)men, to imitate, ttorflehen, to superintend. 

anflauern, to way-lay. nadjetfern, to emulate. nnberfyred)en, to con- 

oufivarten, to wait on. nad)benFew, to reflect. tradict. 

ou^b/dfcit, to help out. nadjgelben, to follow. h)ibevftel)en, to withstand. 

au3tt>eid)en,togiveway. nadbfleUen, to lie in jitboren, to attend, listen 

beipfiid)ten, to agree. ambush. jufefyen, to look on, to 

beifhmmen, to consent to.borarbeiten, to prepare gaze at. 

beifteben, to assist. work. jutrinfen, to drink to, 

elnfieljen, to enter upon, ttorbeugen, to prevent. to toast. 

b) 
afterreben, to backbite, btenen, to serve. folgen, to follow. 

begegnen (fetn), to meet.brobcn, to threaten. gebordjen, to obey, 
banfen, to thank. fludjen, to curse, swear.gleicben, to resemble. 



*) For Verbs governing tbe genitive see page 202. 



245 — 



belfen, to help. fd)meid)ein, to flatter. tueicfeeit, to yirld. 

tjulDicjen, to do homage.yeuern, to check wiilfafyren, to comply 

!dd)f(n, to smile. trauen, to trust. with. 

Iettcf)ten, to light. frozen, to he insolent, 'roinfen, to wink, heckon. 

Irbnen, to lean, to lend. r-erftdjent (3d) wetftdvere tuoblrooUen, to wish well, 
ttiifcen, to be of use. 3(}neu, I assureyou). guttorfommen, to prevent, 

fcocben, to knock. ttergeben, to pardon. to be before-hand. 

fd)aben, to hurt, injure, roafjrfagea.to prophesy. 

c) 

dngefycren, to belong. 
anbaiigen, to adhere. 
anfteben, to be fit. 
ouffallen, to appear 

remarkable, surprise. 
ctnfjic0en, to rise up. 
dbneln, to be similar. 
beifallen, to occur. 
beifommen, to reach. 
blriben, to remain, 
einfallen, to fall in, occur, 
entfabren, to slip off 
entfallen, to be forgotten, 
entflieben, to fly. 
entgefyen, to escape, 
entfommen, to get off. 
entlaufen, to run away. 
entfetgen, to renounce. 
entfyrfdjen, to answer. 

d) 

ftd) anmagen, to usurp, ftcfj benfen, j to ima- ftcb afltttje geben, to take 
to arrogate. fid) einbilben, 1 gine. pains with. 

ftcb augbebingen, iomakeftcberbitten.tobeg, toask ftct) r-ornebmen, to re- 
conditious. for, to request. solve, to intend. 

ftd) getraucn, to dare. jtd)»orflellen,to conceive. 

e) (The Dative is connected with the following Impersonal 
Verbs which have a neuter sense). 



entfyringen, to spring 

awaj', to take rise. 
entfteben, to originate in 
entto ad) fen, to outgrow. 
entir>eirf)en, to go off. 
entttifeben, to steal away 
erfefceinen, to appear. 
feljlen, to miss, to fail 
fel)lfcb(agen, to miscarry 
fronimen, to be of use. 
gefaflen, to please. 
gefyoren, to belong. 
geliiigeit, fo succeed. 
gentigen, to be enough. 
gleicfyen, to resemble. 
glitcfeu, to prosper. 
fefleii, to cost. 
mangeln, to want. 
mipfaUen, to displease. 



mifjglficfen, to fail. 
niipiingeii, to go amis-?. 
Tiad)arten,to take after. 
obliegen, to apply to. 
paffen, to fit, to suit. 
fd?cinen, to appear. 
fein, to be. 

r-erunglucfen, to miscarry, 
ttorfommen, to come 

before, to seem. 
toetben, to become. 
toiberfafyren, to happen. 
jufaUen, to fall to, to 

fall to one's share, 
jujiteien, to flow to. 
jugefjoren, to belong, 
jufommen, to come to. 
jujio&en, to happen 

suddenly. 



eg abut mir, my heart forebodes. 
eg begegnet mir, I meet. 
eg beliebt mir, I like, I choose. 
eg befyagt mir, it agrees with. 
eg beliebt mir, it pleases me. 
eg befommt mir, it agrees, 
eg bauert (ttdbrt) mir lange, it is long. 
eg beud)t (bdud)t) mir, methinks. 
eg eignet mir, it behoves. 
eg efelt mir, 1 loath it. 
e$ entfdttt mir, it slips out of my 
memory. 



eg faflt mir (cutf, ein), it strikes 

me, occurs to me. 
eg feblt mir, 1 want. 
eg frommt mir, it is of use. 
eg gebridjt mir, I am wanting 
eg gefdllt mir, I like, am pleased. 
eg gebt mir gut, 1 am well. 
eg gebubrt mir, it is due to me. 
eg gebort mir, it belongs to me. 
eg gelingt mir, 1 succeed. 
eg gentigt mir, I am contented with. 
eg gerdtb mir, 1 succeed. 



246 



eg geieicfyt mir, it extends. 

eg ge$iemt mix, it behoves. 

eg gliicft mir, I succeed. 

eg grauet mir, I Iiave a horror. 

eg graufet mir, I shudder. 

eg grduelt mir, I have au aversion. 

eg fontmt mir geleger,,$u2tatten,barauf 

ati.it is convenient to me, it is 

of use for me, I mind. 
eg fojiet mir, it costs. 
eg (.apt mir (c(ut, fd)led»t), it sits 

well, (badly) on me. 
eg leucbtet mir (ein, in bie Slugen), 

it imports tae. 
eg mangeit mir, I want. 
eg roiff&U-t mir, I dislike. 
eg fd)aM mir, it injures me. 
eg fdjeint mir, it appears to me. 
eg fcfyaubevt mir, I shudder. 
eg fcbfthibelt mir", 1 am giddy. 
eg frMmmert mir »or (ben Siagen), 

it glitters to me. 



eg fdjfdgt mir (ein, fefjl), I prosper; 

it miscarries, 
eg frtjmecft mir, I like. 
eg fctyioebt mir (»or Den 9lugen), it 

waves (before my eyes), 
eg fttjt mir, it is hidden. 
eg fietot mir, it suits, 
eg ftojjt mir (aufj, I meet with. 
eg tl;ut mir teib, toefy, roohl, to be 

sorry for, to hurt one, to do well. 
eg trdumt mir, 1 dream. 
eg yerfcbldgt mir (9lid)tg), it is in- 
different to me, it matters not. 
eg mdbrt mir ($u lange), it is too 

long for me. 
eg rciberftefot mir, it won't go 

down with me. 
eg trivl) mir ju £beil, it falls to 

my share, 
eg mirb mir fibel, I grow ill. 
eg ttmrmt mir (im ilopfe) r 1 am 

piqued at it. 
eg jiemt mir, it becomes me. 



XIV. VERBS WITH THE PERSON IN THE ACCUSATIVE. 



fid) cmfcbicfen, to prepare. 
ftd) anffd)nnngen, to rise. 
fid) bei ! anfe'n,to thank for 
ftd) fceftuben, to be. 
ftd) beflei^igcn, to apply 

one's self, 
fid) begeben, to resign, 
ftd) bef)elfen,to makeshift 
ftd) bemdd)iigen,to usurp. 
fid) beftnnen, to reflect. 



a) Reflective verbs. 

ftd) betoerben, to solicit. 

jtd) entdufjern, to ab- 
stain from. 

ftcr) entbred)en,to forbear. 

ftd) entbalten, to abstain. 

ftd) entfd)Uepen , to re- 
solve. 

.fid) entftnnen, to re- 
member. 

ftd) erbarmen, to pity. 



ftd) erbolen, to recover. 
ftd) freuen, to rejoice. 
ftd) getrofien, to trust in. 
jtd) gidmen, to grieve. 
ftd) frf)dmen , to be 

ashamed. 
ftd) febnen, to long. 
fid) unterfieben, to dare. 
|td? miberfefcen, to resist, 
ftd) ttmnbern, to wonder. 



b) Impersonal verbs. 



eg befdllt mid), it befalls me. 

eg befrembet mid) , it surprises me. 

eg belongt mid), it concerns me. 

eg betrifft mid), it touches me. 

eg betn'ibt mid), it grieves me. 

eg bauert mid), I pity. 

eg bunft mid), me thinks. 

eg burftet mid), I am thirsty. 

eg entjucft mid), I am enraptured. 

eg freut mid), 1 am glad, I rejoice. 

e$ friert mid;, I am cold. 



eg gebt mid) an, it concerns me. 

eg geluflet mid), I desire, list. 

eg gemabnt mid), it seems, appears 
to me. 

eg jjereut mid), I repent of it. 

eg hungert mid), I am hungry. 

eg jammert mid). I am moved to pity. 

eg jucft mid), it itches. 

eg fummert mid), I care. 

eg Idc&ert nfld) , I have an inclina- 
tion to laugh. 



— 247 — 



eg nimmt mid) QBunber, I wonder. 
eg reuet micb, I repent it. 
eg fcbaubert mid), I shudder, 
eg fcfildfert mid), I am sleepy. 
eg fcbmer^t mid), it afflicts me. 
eg jitd)t mid), I have a pricking. 



eg verbriejji mid}, it grieves me. 

eg »evlangt mid), 1 long. 

eg ivanbelt mid) on, I have a fie. 

eg touubert mid), I wonder. 

eg jiel)t mtd) an, it interests me. 



XV. LIST OP VERBS, WHICH GOVERN THE ACCUSATIVE 
IN ENGLISH, AND THE DATIVE IN GERMAN. 



^o abdicate, entfagen.*) 
to adjure, ben @ib $u* 

fcbieben. 
to adjoin, angrenjen. 
to advise, ratten. 
to aid, belfen. 
to allow, erlauben. 
to answer, anttoorten. 
to anticipate, juuor- 

Fammen. 
to applaud, 33eifallgeben 
to approach, lid) n&bern. 
to ascend, gelangen, 

geb>n (big ju). 
to assist, beifteben. 
to assure, oerftdjern. 
to avoid, augn)eid)en. 
to become, anfiet)en. 
to believe, gtauben. 
to boot, nit£en. 
to brave, frozen. 
to congratulate, ©luil 

munfcben. 
to contend, (be)flreiten. 
to contradict , toiber* 

fpred)en. 
to counsel, ratten. 
to counteract, juwiter? 

fyanbeln. 
to credit, tvauen. 
to curse, tlucben. 
to damage, fd)aben. 



to defy, Xxofy bieten. 
to dislike, abgeneigtfein. 
to displease, miijfaUen. 
to disserve, fd)aben. 
to dissuade, abratfyen. 
to distrust, mifitrauen. 
to doubt, jmeifeln. 
to encounter, begegncn. 
to emulate, nacbeifcm. 
(to endue, oerleiben.) 
.to equal, gleid)en. 
to escape, entfd)liipfen. 
to evade, augroeicben. 
to face, bie ©time bieten. 
to fit, anpajfen. 
to flatter, fd)meid)eln. 
to follow, foljjen. 
to forego, verjicfjten auf. 
to gainsay,roiberfared)en 
to grieve, Summer »er- 

urfad)en, 
to harm, @d)afcen ju= 

fuflen. 
to help, belfen. 
to hurt, fcfyaben. 
to importune, lajh'g 

fallen. 
to indulge, nad)l)angen. 
to imitate, nadjafymen. 
to light, leurt)ten. 
to meet, begegnen. 
to match, gletd)!ommen. 



to obey, gel)ord)en. 
to oppose, ftd) roiber* 

fe&en. 
to obviate, tiorbeugen. 
to pain, @d)metgen »er* 

urfad)en. 
to pardon, f ei^eitjcn. 
to permit, erlauben. 
to pledge, verpfdnben. 
to precede, »oi*angel)en. 
to prejudice, 9tad)tt)eil 

bringen. 
to remedy, abfyelfen. 
to renounce, entfagen. 
to reproach, ttorU'erfen. 
to resemble, gleidjen. 
to resist, tt>ibcrftet)en. 
to satisfy, genvgen. 
.to serve, bienen. 
to succeed, folgen (auf) 
to thank, banlen. 
to threaten , broken. 
to trace, ber ©put 

nacbgeben. 
to trust, trauen. 
to undergo, fid) unter* 

gieben. 
to waylay, aujlaueni. 
to withstand, ttuber* 

fiefjen. 
to wrong, Unred)t i!)un 



*) Example: @r entfagt fcem Jfyrone, he abdicates. (£x gtaubt mtt 
he believes me. 



24s — 



XVI. LIST OF VERBS WHICH ARE CONJUGATED WITH fetlf, 

to Bie IN GKR.V1AN, AND WITH to have, t)abi\i IN 

ENGLISH. 

aMueidjen, to deviate.*) gefonnen fein, to iuteud. reifen, to travel. 
cuiffteben, to rise. gelingen, to succeed. (ctbieifen , to set out, 

augatten, to degenerate, gencfen, to recover. to depart, start.) 

begegnen, to meet, hap- gleiten, to glide, to slip, (burdjueifen, to pass 

pen, befall. Ijeilen, to heal. through.) 

betoegen, rntfen, to move, fyungern, to be hungry, fcbleicfyen, to slink, 
bleiben.to remain,tostay.(»evi)ungevn, ) to fcfyreiten, to step. 
beiften, to burst. hungers fteiben.j slarve.)fd}U)inunen, to swim. 

burjten, to be thirsty, fargen, to be penurious, [cbroiubeln, to be giddy. 
(verbiuften, to die of flettcm, to climb. fecjetn, to sail. 

thurst.) fommen, to come. finfen, to sink. 

eilen, to hasten. (anfommen, to arrive.) jkben, to stand. 

(berbeieilen, to run to.) (DajfttifcftcnftMnmen, to fieigen, to mount. 
einDringeu, to penetrate, interfere.) (emvorfteigen, ( to as- 

ehifc&lafen, to fall asleep. (entfonunen, to escape. |binaufjieigen, \ cend.) 
eitotl>en, to blush, to (ubeveinfommen,toagree.)(6inunterftcigen, to des- 

redden. (umfommen, to perish.) cend.) 

erfefycinen, to appear, (juvueffommen, to come fpringen, to jump. 
fab/ten, to drive. back.) #evben, to die. 

fallen, to fall. friecben, to creep. ftolpcrn, to stumble. 

(»erfallen, to decay.) lagern, to encamp. fubeln, to be slovenly. 

fliegen, to fly. lanben, to land. seifdgen, to pursue. 

jKiefyen, to flee. loufen, to run. mfcbirunben.to disappear. 

ftiejkn, to flow. (ablaufen [3cttJ, to ueiivelfen, to decay. 

folgen, to follow. expire.) werjagen, to despair. 

gebeiben, to prosper. (cmflanfen, to swell, oermtnDern, { to sub- 
gefyen, to go. to increase.) fid) legen, j side. 

{bineingeben, j, . .(auSlaufen, to run out, wtoeiUn, to stay. 
eintreten, | '''to set sail.) toarbfen, to grow. 

(uorubevgefyen, to pass. uadjlaffen, jtcb legen, to luanbeln, to wander, 
fpajieven gcben, to walk.) subside. walk. 

gelangen, to come. nacbftnnen, to meditate, metcften, to yield, give 

bctfyin gelangen, (o attain, reiten, to ride, to go way. 
gefebeben, )' ha on horseback. jurnen, to be angry. 

(id? ereignen, ) ° * l)e 'vennen, to run. jurueffebren, to return. 

XVII. LIST OF VERBS WHICH ARE REFLECTIVE IN 
GERMAN, BUT NOT IN ENGLISH. 

ftd) abonntren^osubscribe.jicb abfonbern, tvennen, jtd) annel)men, to take 
fid) antyeifebig madben, to depart from. care of. 

to engage. fid) dnbern, to change, ftd) anmafjen, to presume, 

jtd) abgeben, to meddle fid) angreifen, to strive. usurp. 

with. fid) anbaUen,tu cling to. fidj anfkengen, to la- 

ftcf> abnutfyen, to struggle, ficb anfyangen, to stick bour, strain. 
fid) abbdrmen, to Jan- to, clog. ficb dvgern, to fret, to 

guish, pine. be vexed, angry. 



*) Examples: 3d) bin a&gefotdjen, I Have deviated. 3d) Dm ifytti 
begegnet, 1 have met him. (See page 104.) 



2*9 — 



fid) aufbrdngen, to in- 
trude on, thrust. 

fid) aufhalten, to live, 
reside. 

fid) auffralten ubev, to 
mock at, rail at, 
to find fault with. 



fid) bercidjecn, to grow 
rich. 

fid) berufen auf, appeal to 

fid) befdjweven bei, com- 
plain to. 

fid) beftnnen, to think, 
consider. 



fid)aufl)eitern,tobrighten,fid) befprect;en, to parley. 

to cheer up. ftd) befiieben, to strive, 

fid) auflofen, to dissolve, fid) beffern, to reform, 

fid) aufmad)en nad), to amend. 

make for, set forth, fid) betruben, to be 
fid) aufoHcfeln, to unwind afflicted, 

fid) audlaffen iiber, to fid) beweibeu urn, to 

enlarge upon. app'y for, to court. 

fid) au^rubeu , to rest, fid) rfitt bercerbeii, to 

fid) dufjein, to declare. compete, 

fidbau^eicbnen, to excel, fid) bejieben auf, refer 

fid) baDen, to bathe. to, relate to. 

fid) balgen, to wrestle, fid) freunDfrfjaftlid) gegen 

fight. 3emant> $eigen, to 

fid) bdumen, to prance, befriend one. 



rear. 
fid) bebaufen, to 

decline, 
fid) bebicnen, to make 

use of. 
fid) beeilen, to hasten, 
fid) lwobin begeben, to 

repair, resort to. 
ficfr begnugen, to be 

contented with, 
fid) bebelfen, to make 

shift with. 



fid) briijlen, to boast, 
hank, bridle, perk, strut. 

fid) bud'en, to stoop. 

fid) einbtlben, to ima- 
gine, faucy. 

fid) einlaffen auf, to en- 
gage in, enter into. 

ftd) einmifd)en, to inter- 



pose, to interfere. 
fid) einfd)iffen, to embark, 
fid) einfd)leid)en, to 
creep iu. 

fid) befennen, to profess, fid) einfd)rdnfen, to re- 
fid) beflageu, to corn- trench. 

plain of. fid) eintouvjeln, to take 

ftd) befummcrn.to care for. root 
ftd) belaufen, to amount, ftd) emijflren, to revolt, 
fid) beindd)tigen, to seize fid) emVort)eben, to arise, 
upon. fid) entbloOeu, to dare, 

fid) bemciftern, to master, to be so bold. 

subdue. fid) entfalteu, to unfold, 

fid) bemuben, to eudea- to blow. 



vour. 

fid) benehnten, betvagcn, 
to behave. 

fid) bequemcn ju, to con- 
form to. 

fid) betatben fiber, to 
consult about, deli- 
berate upon. 



fid) entferncu, to divert 

from, leave, go away. 
ftd) enttoatteu, to abstain 

from, refrain, forbear, 
ftd) entleiben, to commit 

suicide, 
ftd) entfageu.to renounce, 
fid) entfcibetDeir fiir, to 

decide on. 



ftd) eutfd)Uegen,to resolve, 
determine, fix upon. 

.fid) entfd)ulbtgen, to apo- 
logize. 

fid) entfe^en iiber, to 
shudder at. 

fid) ent^ieb^n, to abstain 
from. 

fid) ent^unben, to take 
fire, inflame. 

ftd) etbarmen, to com- 
miserate, pity. 

fid) crbieten, to offer. 

fid) erbitten (affen, to be 
prevailed upon. 

fid) eibopen, grow angry. 

fid) mignen, to chance, 
happen, occur. 

fid) erfreuen, to rejoice 
at, in. 

ftd) ergeben, to surrender, 
to be addicted to, 
(etner2eibenfd)afr,yield). 

fid) bavein evgeben, to 
submit, consent to. 

fid) ergo^en, to be de- 
lighted. 

fid) erbeben, to rise, 
stand up. 

fid) vtS$Uct) erl)cben, to 
start up. 

fid) erbolen . to recover. 

fid) erinnetu , to recol- 
lect, remember. 

fid) erfdften, to catch cold. 

fid) erfldren, to be ex- 
plained. 

fid) erfut)nen, to make 
bold, dare. 

fid) erfunbtgcn, to in- 
quire after, for. 

fid) eriuanncn, to take 
courage. 

fid) eiftrecfen, to stretch, 
extend. 

fid) fort^atfen, to pack 
away. 

ftd) freuen, to rejoice, 
be happy. 

ftd) fugen, to conform, 
suit, comply with. 

fid) mitbe fiibleu , to fe«l 
tired. 



— 2>0 — 

fid) furdjten, to fear, fid) fanuneln, to gather, fid) mpjiicbten, to engage, 

to be afraid. ftd) fdbdmen, to be asha- undertake, (pledge). 

ficb geberten, to behave, rued of. fid) tterrecbiien, to mis- 

to make gestures. ftd) fdjicfen, to behove, calculate. 
ftd) gereuen Idffen, to suit, to accommodate. ftd) ocrfammeln , to as- 

repent, ftd) fdjlagen (ein &uetf), semble. 

ftd) getrauen,to presume, to fight (a duel). ftd) serfdjtuoren, to plot, 

dare. ftd) fadjte fcapoti fcftleicfcen, conspire. 

ftd) gqtemcn, to become. to steal away. ftd) oerfieilen, to dis- 

ftd) gtdmen , fjdrmen , to ftd) trennen, to part semble. 

be grieved. with, separate. fid) vertragen, to agree. 

ftd) gutlid) tbun, to feast ftd) febtiein to long for. ftd) oenvenben fur, to 

upon. ftd) fe^en, to sit down. intercede. 

fid) t)erab!nffen f to con- ftd) ffcreiteit, to dispute, fid) uerimutbern, to won- 

descend to. fid) itbergeben, to vomit. der at. 

fid) berauSnefyrani , to ftd) unUDclfen, to cloud, fid) oorbereiten , to pre- 

presume. fid) umfetyen Jtad) , to pare for. 

fid) bingeben. to indulge. look out for. fid) tnu-neljmen, to intend, 

<td) trrcn, to be mistaken, fid) nnterfangen, to pre- resolve, design, pur- 
fid) fummern, to care for. sume. pose. 
fid) lagertt, to camp. fid) unterbalten, to con- fid) ttorftetfen, to imagine. 
fid) legen(8turm), to abate, verse with. fid) (berau$)tvagen, to 
(\id) nteDerlegen, to lie fid) unterfd)eit>en, to venture out. 

down.) differ from. fid) (berunOludijen, to 

fid) (ebnen, to lean, re- fid) uiitctiDerfen, to submit, tumble about. 

cline on. fid) uerbevgen, to abscond. fid) toegbegeben.to remove. 

ficrjloSmacben.to shuffle off. fid) »erbef|ern,to improve.fid) roegfcbletdjen, to slink 
}idj mifdjen in, to inter- fid) tteibeugen uor, to away, steal away. 

fere, meddle with. bow to one. fid) weigern, to refuse, 

fid) nafyen, to advance, fid) serbinDen , to coin- fid) roenDen, to apply to 
fid) ndfyren, to feed on. bine, consort. one. 

fid) netgcn, to bow, ftd) oerDienen (UrtwaS), ftd) h>iDerfe£en, to resist, 

incline. to earn. oppose, 

fidjntebcvlafien.tosettlein.fid) oevDient madjen urn, ftcbroinben, to wind, wring. 
fid) niefcevfetyen, to sit to deserve of, merit of. fid) toinben tint, to twine. 

down. fid) »ercinigen, to join, fid) rounDern, to wonder, 

fid) offnen, to open. unite, coalesce. be astonished. 

fid) paaren, to couple, fid) serbeiratben, to marry. ftd) ganfett, to quarrel. 

pair. fid) oerirren,to go astray .fid) jieren, to mince,be coy. 

fid) rcmfen, to scuffle, fid) tteriaffen auf, to rely, )i^ jugcfelicn, to join. 
fid) regen, to stir. depend on, trust to. fid) jurittfjieben, to retire, 

fid) tid)ten nad), to con-fid) vermefjren, to increase withdraw, retreat. 

form to. fidj oerminbern, to de- ftd) jerftreuen, to scatter. 

fid) ritbmen, to boast of, crease, diminish. fid) jufammenjicljen, to 

glory in. fid) r>ermifd)en, to bleud, contract, shrink, 

mingle, mix. 






— 251 — 

Table II. 

THE CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS. 

1) ^flbeit,*) to Have, (Principal forms: fyaben, fjatte, Qefoabt.) 

Present tense. ©egenroartige &il. 
(Continuing, bauernbe.) 

Indicative, cjewtffe 2lrt. Subjunctive, tuigerotfye 2lrt. 

Sine l *% fyabe, J have, tcb babe, 1 may have, or if I have. 

2 t)u haft, thou hast. Du babeft, thou may st have,or if thou « 
er, fte, e$, man I he, she, it, one ern\ babe, he may have, or if he have. 

3 (ber SRannj bar, i (the man) has (hath). 

pi. i tt>ir baben, we have. toirbaben, we may have, or if we have. 

'^ibr babet {i}abt),\ ye or yQU have ibr babet, you may have, or if you have. 

fte baben, they have. fie baben, they may have, or if they 

3 (Me Scanner babett), (the men have). have. 

Imperfect tense, ^numoergangene 3eit. 

(Relative, bejuglicb.) 

id) i)atte, I had. id) batte, 1 might have, or if 1 had. 

hi battcft, thou hadst. bu fyatteft, thou mightst have. 

er batte, he had. er batte, he might have. 

toir batten, we had. toir batten, we might have. 

ibr battel, you had. ibr bdttet, you might have. 

fte batten, they had. fte batten, they might have. 

Perfect tense. 33olIigt>eigaiigenc $tit. 

(Compound, not limited, unbegrenjt jufammengefefcte.) 

id) tfabe gebabt, I have had. id) i)ab( Q^abt, I may have had. 

bu baft gebabt, thou hast had. bu babeft gebabt, thou mayst have had. 

er bat gefyabt. he has had. er \)abi gebabt, he may have had. 

fair baben Qi^abt, we have had. nit baben gebabt, we may have had. 

ibr babt gebabt, you have had. ibr babet gebabt, you may have had. 

fte baben gebabt, they have had. fte baben gebabt, they may have had. 



Note 1. The Student is advised to practise at the same time 
the Interrogative , Negative, and Interrogative-negative forms; 
as, babe id)? have I? id) fyabt nid)t, J have not; fyabt id) nicbt? 
have I not? etc. 

Note 2. In order that this conjugation may not be learnt by 
rote, a suitable Noun may be added; as, iff) fyabe ©ebulb, bu baft 
9ted)t n. 

Note 3« «§aben as an Active verb always governs the Accusative. 



?52 



Pluperfect tense. 
(Compound relative , 

Indicative, floviffe SMrt 



id) batte gebabt, 
bu battefi g^ljabr, 
er (jatte geljabt, 
tvir fatten aefyabt, 
tbr tjattet gebabt, 
fie fatten geljabt, 



I had had. 
thou hadst had. 
he had had. 
we had had. 
you had had. 
they had had. 



bejuglid) jufammengefefcte.) 

Subjunctive, uugeimffe %xt, 
id) batte geljabt, 1 might have had. 
bit bdtteft gebabt, thou mightst have had. 
er fodtte getyabt, he might have had. 
totr batten gefyabt.we might have had. 
iftr bdttet geljabt, vou might have had. 
fie batten gefyabt, they might have had. 



First Future tense. JSutiinfti#t &it. 
(Absolute, unbejuglidb.) 



id) tterbe baben, I shall have, 
bu ttnrft baben, thou wilt have, 
er toirb haben, he will have 

U>ir Werbcn haben, we shall have, 
ifyr toerDet haben, you will have, 
jie iverben baben, they will have. 

Second (Past) Future tense. 



id) lucrbe fjaben, 
bu toerbeft baben, 
er werbe fyaben, 
tt)ir toerben baben 
ifjr roerbet Ijaben, 
fie werben r)aben, 



(that) f shall have, 
thou wilt have, 
he will have, 
we shall have, 
you will have, 
tbey will have. 

3itftinftig uerijangene $eit. 



(Relative, be$iigUd).) 

id) tverbe **& I shall have had. id) iperbe 

bu imrft J J thou wilt have had. bu toerbeft 

er unvb ( % he will have had. er toerbe 

fair toerben ) ^ we shall have had. nnrlverben 

ihj toerbet \ %• you will have had. ibr merbet 

fte luerben ) ? they will have had. fie toerben 



35 (that) 1 shall have had. 
S- thou wilt have had. 
cr he will have had. 
S< we shall have had. 
^ you will have had. 
? they will have had. 



Observ. As for the Conditional present, we maj* say either 



id) tourbe fyaben or id) batte, 
bu rourbejl baben or bu battel 
er toiirbe Ijaben or er fyatte, 
toir luurben baben or nnr fatten, 
iljr icihbet baben or ibr bdttet, 
fie hmrfcen baben or fte batten, 



1 should (or might) have, 
thou woudst (shouldst or mightst) « 
he would (should or might) have, 
we should (would or might) have, 
you would (should or might) have, 
they would (should or might) have. 

And as for the Past Conditional either r 
id) ioiirbe geljabt Ijaben or id) batte gefjubt, I should (would, might) have had etc. 
JNB. These two forms may be used promiscuously, or substituted 
one for another. (See page 81 & 131 ff.) 



Imperative, JBefe&fenbe 2lrt. 
babe have. Ijabet, have, 
babe er,fte, e$, (haben Sie, have.) 

may 
tiem 



)abe er,fte, e$, (baben Sie, have.) 
he,she,itmay baben fte, they mj 
have (or let have, or let tht 

him. hpp havpY hav». 



- V"" — """ "7 

him, her have), have. 
baben n>ir, let us have 

Participles, 
Pres. : (jabenfc, having. P 
Gerund Pres.: \>a$ ^aben, having. 



Infinitive. UnbefHmmte §Itt. 

(®runbform.) 
Pres.: ijaben, to have. 
Perf. : gefyabt haben, to have had, 
Future: Jjaben iterben , to be 
about to have. 



Sftittefworter. 
st: gebabt, had. 
j. .Compound Perf.: ta« ®^flbt« 
tyaben (or inbem, ba man gebabt bat), having had. 






— 233 



2) Scitt, to he, (Principal forms: feitt, but, war, gcipcfeit.) 



Present tense. 



Indicative. 

iff) b:n, 

Du bift. 

cr ift, 

(tec Wann ift), 

wir jtnD, 

ibr feiD, 

fte ftnD, 

(Die 2eute ftnD), 



I urn. 
thou are. 

he is. 

(the man is). 
we are. 
you are. 
they are. 
(people are). 



Subjunctive. 
icb fei, if I b<v>r I limy be* 

Du feiefi, if thou he. 

er fei, if lie he. 



wit feien, 
ibr feiet, 
fte feien, 



id) war, 
Du tuarfl, 
er war, 
wir waren, 
ibr Waret, 
fte Waren, 



icfe bin gewefen, 
Du bifi gewefen, 
er ift gewefen, 
wir ftnD gewefen, 
ibr feiD gewefen, 
fte ftnD gewefen, 



Imperfect tense. 

I was. ich ware, 

thou wast. Du wdreft, 

he was. er ware, 

we were. wit wdten, 

you were. ibr wdrer, 

they were. fie wdren, 



if we be. 
if you be. 
if they be. 



if I were, or 1 might be* 
if thou wert. 
if he were. 
If we were, 
if you were, 
if they were. 



Perfect tense. 



I have been, 
thou hast beeu. 
he has been, 
we have been, 
you have been, 
they have been. 



id) fei gewefen, 
Du feieft geivefett, 
er fei gewefen, 
wir feien gewefen, 
ibr feiet gewefen, 
fte feien gewefen, 



[or if I have been. 

I may 

thou mayst 

he may 

we may 

you may 

they may 



Pluperfect tense. 

[or if I had been. 
icr) war gewefen, I had been. ict) Ware gewefen, I might 

Du Warft geWefen, thou hadst been. Du wdiejl gewefen, thoumightst 
er War gewefen, he had been. er ware gewefen, he might 

Wir waren gewefen, we had beeu. wir wdten gewefen, we might 
ibt Watet gewefen, you had been. ibr wdtet gewefen, you might 
fte Waren gewefen, they had beeu. fte wdren gewefen, tbey might 



First Future tense. 



id) WerDe fein, 
Du wirft fein, 
er witD fein, 
wir WerDen fein, 
ibr werDet fein, 
fie WerDen fein, 



1 shall be. 
thou wilt be. 
he will be. 
we shall be. 
you will be. 
they will be. 



id) WerDe fein, 
Du werDeft fein, 
et roerDe fein, 
wit WerDen fein, 
iljr werDet fein, 
fte WerDen fein, 



(that) I shall be. 
thou wilt be. 
he will be. 
we shall be. 
you will be. 
they will be. 



Examples: 
Indie: 3cb bin jufrieben; id) Wat miiDe, al$ id) fam. 3cf) bin in 
£6ln gewefen. 3d) wat in 33etlin gewefen, aid icf) Die Sftacbticr/t f)6tte. 
Subjunctive: SRan gfaubt, meint, be^an^tet, icr) fei reich; id) fei in 



— 254 — 

Second (Past) Future. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

id) roerbe ^ 1 shall have been. id) roerbe ^ (that)Ishall have been, 

bu roirji J 5 thou wilt have been. bu roerbeji) 5 thou wilt have been, 

er toicb f -^ he will have been. er roerbe f -^ he will have been. 

rotrroerben ) ~ we shall have been, roirroerben / ^ we shall have beeu. 

ibr roerbet \«P you will have been, ihr ioerbet (2! you will have been. 

jteroerben ) ? they will have been. jteroerben - S they will have been. 

Present Conditional: icb rcurbe fein or id) rodre, I should or would be. 
Past Conditional: id) roitrbe getttefen fein or icf) rodre geroefen, I should 

or would have beeu. 



Infinitive. 
Pres. : fein, to be. 
P e r f. : geroefen feiu, to have been. 
Future: fein roerben, to be 
about (to be). 



Imperative, 

fei (feien <Sie), be. 

fei er, he may be. 

feien roir, let us be. 

feiD, be. 

feien fte, let them be,or they may be. 

Participles. 

Pres.: feienb (or ioefcnb), being. Past: geroefen, been. 
Gerund Pres.: ba$ 6ein. being. Past (compound Perfect): Da3 
©eroefenfein (inbem, Da mar. geroefen tfh, having been. 



§. 33$ert>ett, to be, to become, to grow. 

(Principal forms: tpei'friit, iperfce, wur&e, getporfctt.) 

Present tense. 

Indicative, Subjunctive. 

td) roerbe, I am, become, grow, id) roetbe,(if)l be, or that I become etc. 

bu roirji, thou art,becomest,growest. bu roerbeft, (if) thou be. 
er roirb, he is,becomes,grows. er roerbe, (if) he be. 

(bet SBater roirb, the father is, becomes etc.) 
roir roerben, we are,beconie,grow. roir roerben, (if) we be. 
tfjr roerbet, you are,become,grow. ibr roerbet, (if) you be. 
fte roerben, they are,become,grow. jte roerben, (if) they be. 
(bte Jtinber roerben, the children are, become etc.) 

Imperfect tense. 

id) rourbe (orroarb), 1 was (became), id) roitrbe, (if) I were, became. 

bu rourbeji (or roarbji), thou wast, bu roitrbeji, thou wert. 

er rourbe (or roarb), he was. er roitrbe, he were. 

roir rourben, we were. roir roitrben, we were. 

ibr rourbet, you were. ibr rottrbet, you were, 

fie rourben, they were, fte rourben, they were. 



SHiincfyen geroefen. 3c6 rodre glucflicb, roenn tcb gefunb rodre. 3d) rodre 
bet 3l)nen geroefen, roenn id) ©ie ju «£aufe oermutl)et bdtte jc. Future 
Ind.: 3d) roerbe aufmerffam fein. Subj.: SWan fagt, id) roerbe glucflicf) fein. 
3d) ioerbe t« ©ten geroefen fein, efje <5te nad) Berlin retfen roerben n. 



— 255 



Perfect tense. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 

id) bin ... toorben or gctoorben u\, id? fei ... trotben or getoorben, 
I have been, become etc. (if) that I have been, become. 

Pluperfect tense. 

id) war ... loorbeu or getoorbeu, id) toctre ... toorben or geivorben, 

I had been (become). (if) that 1 had been (become). 

First Future. 
td)tt>erbe...luerben,Ishallbeorbecome. id) lverbc ... toerben, if (that) I shall 



bu ttnrfi 
ev tvivb 



iretben, thou wilt be. 
loerben, he will be etc. 



butvcrbefi.. .tterben, 
cc wetbe ... wetben. 



be or become 
etc. 



Second (Past) Future. 

id) toerbe . . . toorbcn or getoorben fein, id) werbe, bu locrbeft, cr (if) that I shall 
I shall have been (become). tocrbe... luorben or have been 

getoorben fein, (become). 

Present Conditional : id) tourbe loerben, or id) nnitbe, I should (would) 

be, become. 
Past Conditional: id) ttnube geioorben (toorben) fcin, or id) toare geivotben 
(loorbeu), 1 should, would have become, 

Imperative. 



toerbe, 
loevbe er, 
toerben nnr, 
ivevbet, 
roerben fie, 



be, become. 

he may be, become. 

let us be, become. 

be, become. 

let them be, become. 



Infinitive. 
Pres.: roerben, to be, become. 
Past: getoorben (toorben) fein, to 
have been, become. 
Future: toevbcn toerben, to be 
about to become. 



Participles. 



Pres.: toerbenb, being, becoming. Past: getoorben, been. 

Gerund Pres: ba6 SBerben, being, becoming. 

Go in pound Perfect: baS ©eworbenfein, having been, become 



Table III. 

THE CONJUGATION OF REGULAR VERBS. 

1. Active Voice. 
Qoben, to praise. 
Principal forms: lobett, lobe, lobte, gelobt. 
Present tense. 

Subjunctive. 

that, or if I praise, 



Indicative 

id) lobe, 

bu lobeft (lobfl), 



1 praise. (bap) id) lobe, 

I am praising. 

1 do praise. 

thou praisest. (bap) bu lobefi, 
et, fte, e$ k. lobet (lobt), he praises, (bap) ec lobe, 
(bet gebrer lobt, the master praises.) 
toit lobett, we praise, (bap) toir lobett, 

iljv lobet,' you praise, (bap) ibt lobet, 

fte lobett, they praise, (bap) fte lobett, 

(bie fieljrer loben, the masters praise.) 



or I may praise. 

(if) thou praise, 
(if) he praise. 

(if) we praise, 
(if) you praise, 
(if) they praise. 



256 — 



Indicative. 

id) lobte, 

bit lobtefi 
er lobte, 
\oir lobtett, 
ttjv lobtet, 
fie lobtett, 



Imperfect tense. 

Subjunctive. 



I I prat^ert 

' J wss praising. 

/I did praise, 
lliou praisedst. 
lie praised. 
we praised 
you praised 
Ihej praised. 



id) lobete., 



bu lobtfteft, 
er lobete, 
toir lobeten, 
tf)t: lobctet 
fte lobeten, 



that, or ifl praised, 
or I might praise. 

(if) lliou praised, 
(if) he praised, 
(if) we praised. 
(if) y ou praised, 
(if) they praised. 



id) babe i\elobt, 

bu baft ^elobt. 
ec bat gelobt, 



Perfect tense. 

I have praised id) babe gelobt or (that, if) 1 have 

bcifjid) gelobt l)abe, praised, or I may 
thou hast praised. Du b,abeft gelobt, have praised etc. 

he has praised etc. er babe gelobt ic. 



Pluperfect tense. 

ify Ijatte aelobt, I had praised. id) bdtte gelobt, 

or baft id) gelobt Ijdtte, 
bu J)attejt cjelobt, thou hadst praised, bit batteft gelobt, 
er l)atte vjelobt, he had praised etc. er bdtte gelobt jc. 



(that, if) I had 
praised, or I 
might have 
praised. 



First Future tense. 



icb loerbe loben, 

bu iiurft loben, 
er loirb loben, 



I shall praise. id) roerbe loben, (that, if) I shall 

or bag id) loben loerbe, praise etc. 
thou will praise, bu loerbeft loben, 
he will praise etc. er toerbt loben it. 



Second (Past) Future tense. 

itlj toerbe gelobt fyaben, I shall have id) loerbe gelobt Ijaben or (that,if)Ishall 
praised. ba|j id) gelobt bflbeutoerbe, have praised. 

bu toirjt gelobt l)abcn ?c. bu loerbeft gelobt baben ?c. 

Present Conditional: icr) ttmrbe loben, or id) lobete, 1 should (would) 

praise. 
Past Conditional : id) voiirbc gelobt Ijaben, or id) t)dtte gelobt, I should 

(would) have praised. 



Imperative. 




Infinitive. 




lobe, praise,. 


Pres. : 


loben, 


to praise. 


lobe er, he may praise. 


Perfect: 


gelobt r)aben, 


to have 


loben roir, let us praise. 






praised. 


lobet(lobt orlobet il)r), praise. 


Future: 


loben ioerben, 


to be about 


loben fte, let them praise. 






to praise. 


(loben 'Bit, praise.) 


Gerund: 


ba^ £oben, 


praising. 



Comp.Perf.: bag ©elobtbaben, having 
(inbem,ba man gelobt ()at), praised. 

Participles. 

Present: lobenfc, praising. Perfect: gelobt, praised. 



— 257 



%. Passive Voice. 
(Mobt toerdctt, l» be praised. 

Present tense. 



Indicative. 

id) toerbe gelobt, 
Du toirji gelobt, 
er n?irb gelobt, 
(Der 3(^|filev iuirb „ 
toiv toerben gelobt, 
tbr n>ert>et gelobt, 
fie lDCfDcn gelobt, 



1 am praised. 

thou art praised. bu WcrDeft 
he is praised. er werCe 
the pupil is praised ) 
we are praised. U)ir toerben 
you are praised, iln n>erbet 
they are praised, fte toerfen 
ii.) 



Subjunctive. 
id) roevbe ^ (if) I be praised, that 
I am praised, 
or I may be 
praised etc. 



(bieiftnbertoerben „ the children are praisn 



icb tt>urTe gelobt, 
tm tonrbeft gelobt, 
er lourbe gelobt, 
toiv tout-ben gelobt, 



Imperfect tense 
I was praised. id) iuftrbe 



thou wast praised. t>u ir-urfceft 
he was praised, er toftvbe 
., we were praised, toiv tourben 
ii)X tonrbet gelobt, you were praised, tbr it>iirt»et 
fte tourben gelobt, - they were praised ft? tourben 



if 1 were praised, 
or I might be 
praised etc. 



id) bin gelobt tr-orben u. f. 
I have been praised 



Perfect tense. 

n>., id) fei gelobt toorben u. 



to., 



(if, that) 1 have been praised, 
or I may have been praised. 



Pluperfect tense. 

td) n>ar gelobt lvotben it. f. it)., id) ware gelobt toorben u. f. n>., 

I had been praised. (if, that) I had been praised. 



tcft toerbe gelobt toerben, 
butoirft gelobt toerben k. 



First Future. 
I shall be teh roerbe gelobt toerben, 



praised. 



(if, that) I shall 
bmr-erbeft gelobt toerben ic. be praised. 



Second (Past~) Future. 

id) toerbe gelobt toorben fein u. f. to., id) toerbe gelobt toorben fein «. f. to., 

(if, that) I shall have been praised. 



I shall have been praised. 

Imperative. 

toerbe gelobt, be praised. 

toerbe er gelobt, he may be praised, 

or let him be praised. 

toerben toir gelobt, let us be praised. 

toerbet gelobt, be praised. 

toerben fte(<Ste)gelobt, they (you) may 

be praised, or let 

them be praised. 



Infinitive. 

gelobt toerben, to be praised. 
gelobt toorben fein, to have 
been praised. 
toerben gelobt toerben, to be 

about to be praised. 
ba6@elobttoerben, being praised. 
Comp. bcie* ©elobttoorbenfein, having 
been praised* 



Pres. 
Perf. 

Put. 

Ger. 



>— 258 



3. CONJUGATION OF VERBS ENDING IN ellt or evil. 
Xabeln, to blame; ttxinfeern, to wander. 

Present tense. 



Indicative. 



id) table, 
1 blame, 

bu tabelft, 
cv tabelt, 
nnr tabeln, 
ibr tabelt, 
ftc tabeln, 



id) tabelte, 

I blamed, 
bu tabelteji, 
cr tabelte, 
toit tabelten, 
it>r tabeltet, 
fie tabelten, 



Subjunctive. 

toantre, id) tabele, toanbere. 

I wander. (if) I blame. I wander. 

nmnberji, bu tableft or tabelefi, loan Ore ji or roanberefi 

ivanbert, ertable or tabele, toanbre or toanbere. 

luanbern, twtr tablenor tabeleu, toanbren or wanbereu. 

lnanbert, it)i tablet or tabelet, wanDiet or toanbcvet. 

iuanbern, ftetablen ortabelen, toaubvenortuanberen. 



roanberte, 

1 wandered 
iwanberteft, 
toanbevte, 
ttanberten, 
ttmnbertet, 
lvanberten, 



Imperfect tense. 

id) tabelte, 

(if) I blamed, 
bu tabelteft, 
er tabelte, 
toir tabelten, 
tbr tabeltet, 
fie tabelten, 



toanberte. 
I wandered. 

toanberteft. 

toanberte. 

toanberten. 

toanbertet 

wanberten. 



Perfect tense. 
id) fyabe getabelt, I have blamed, id) babe getabelt, 1 may have blamed. 

Pluperfect tense. 

id) l)atte getabelt, I had blamed. id) batte getabelt, lmight(orlshould) 

have blamed. 

Future tense. 

id) toerbe tabeln, I shall blame. id) fcerbe tabeln, or bafj id) tabeln toerbe, 

(if or that) I shall blame. 

Second (Past) Future. 

I shall have id) tt>etbe getabelt baben, or baf? id) 



id) toevbe getabelt baben, 



blamed etc. 



getabelt baben luerbe, 
that I shall have blamed. 



Imperative. 

Sing. 2 nd Pers. : tabele or table, blame. 
Plur. 2 nd Pers.: tabelt, blame. 

Participles. 

Present: tabelnb, blaming. 
Perfect: getabelt, blamed. 



2:>9 



4 CONJUGATION OF A COMPOUND, AND SEPARABLE 

VERB. 
31 u f madron; to open. 

Present tense. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

id) macfje auf, I open. id) madje auf, or ba§ id) aufmadje, 

that 1 open, 

bu macfyft auf, thou openest. Du macfyefi auf, or baft bu aufmacfyeft 

er madjt auf, he opens. er macfye auf, or baft er aufmadje. 

ivir macfyen auf, we open. umu madjen auf, or baft totr aufmadjen. 

tf>r madjet auf, you open. ibr madjet auf, or bag ibr aufmadjet. 

fte madjen auf, they open. fie madjen auf, or baft fte aufmacfyen. 

Imperfect tense. 

id) macfote auf u. f. nx, I opened, icb madjete auf, or baft icb aufmarfjtc 

U. f. to , (hat I opened. 

Perfect tense. 

id) fyabz aufgemacfyt u. f. n>., I have id? fyabc aufgcmadjt, or baft id) auf- 
opened. gemadbt fyabt, that I have opened etc. 

Pluperfect tense. 

id) Ijatte aufgemadjt u. f. to , I had id) Ijdtte aufo,emad)t, or bn$ id) auf- 
opened. a,emad)t fydtte, that I had opened. 

First Future tense. 

id) luerbe aufmacfyen, I shall open. id) toerbe aufmadjen , or baft id) auf? 

madfycn toerbe, that I shall open. 

Second (Past) Future. 

id) luerbe aufgcmadjt tjafren, id) iuerbe aufgemad^t Ijaben, or bap ich 

1 shall have opened. aufgemadjt baben lverbe, 

that I shall have opened. 

Vres. Cond. id) trurbe aufmacbcn, or id) madjete auf, 1 should open. 
Past Cond. id) fojjtrfre aufgennubt babcn, or id) bdtte aufgeumcibt, 

I should have opened. 



Imperative. 
mftcbc auf, open, 

macr/e er auf, let him open, 
he may open. 
inad)en n?iv auf, let us open. 
madjet auf, opeu. 

madjen fie auf, they may open. 



Infinitive. 
Pres. : aufmadjen, to opeu. 

Past: aufgemadjt baben, to have 

opened. 
Fut. : aufyumacfyen, to be 

opened. 



or let them open. 

Participles. 
Present: aufmadjenb, opening. Past: aufgetnadjr, opened. 



17 



— 260 — . 

CONJUGATION OF A NEUTER VERB. 
Itanben, to Sand. 

Present tense. 



hi die ali 


pa 


Subjunctive 


id) (anbe, 


I laud. 


id) {anbe, (that, 


t)u fan b efi, 


thou laudest. 


bu laubefi, 


er tanbet, 


he lands. 


er Icmbe, 


ttMr lanben, 


we land. 


roir lanben, 


ibr lanbet, 


you land. 


tt)v lanbet, 


fie lanben, 


they in ad. 


jte lanben, 



Imperfect tense. 
id) lanbete. I landed. id) lanbete, (that, if) I landed. 

Perfect tense. 

id) bin gelanbet, I have landed. id) fei gelanbet, (that, if) 1 have landed; 

Pluperfect tense. 

id) roar gelanbet, I had landed. id) rodre gelenbet, (that, if) I had landed. 

Future tense. 
id) roerbe lanben, I shall land. id) roerbe lanben, (that, if) I shall land. 

Second (Past) Future. 

id) toerbe gelanbet fein, id? iverbe getanbet fein, 

I shall have landed. (that, if) I shall have landed. 



6. CONJUGATION OF REFLECTIVE (PRONOMINAL) VERBS. 
») fid) fvetiett, to rejoice. 

Present tense. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

id) freue mid), I rejoice. id) frewe mid), or bafj id) mid) freue jc, 

t)u freuejl bid), thou rejoicest. bu freuefi bid), ((hat, if) I re- 

er freuet fid), he rejoices. ev freue ftd), joice etc. 

roir freuen unS, we rejoice. roiv freuen un3, 

il)r freuet eud), you rejoice. ibr freuet end), 

jte freuen ftd), they rejoice. fte freuen ftd), 

Imperfect tense. 

id) freute mid), I rejoiced. id) freuete mid), (that) I rojoiced, 

or I would rejoice. 

Perfect tense. 

id) r)abemid)gefreut, I have rejoiced, id) babe mid) gefreut, (that) I have 

rejoiced. 



— 261 



Pluperfect tense. 

Indicative. Subjunctive,. 

id) batte mid) gefreut, I had rejoiced, id) fjcitte mid) gefreut, 1 had rejoiced, 



id) roerbe mid) freuen, 
I shall rejoice. 



or I should have rejoiced, 

First Future tense. 

id) roerbe mid) freuen, 
(that) 1 shall rejoice. 



Second (Past) Future. 

id) iwrbe mid) gefreut Ijaben, id) roerbe mid) gefreut baben, 

1 shall have rejoiced. (that) I shall have rejoiced. 



Imperative. 



freue bid), 
freue er ftd), 
freuen loir un$, 
freuet end), 
freuen fte ftd), 
(freuen ^ie ftd), 



rejoice (thou). 

let him rejoice. 

let us rejoice. 

rejoice (ye), or you may rejoice. 

let them rejoice. 

rejoice.) 



h) ftd) antteibm, to dress one's self. 



Present tense. 



Indicative. 



Subjunctive. 



id) fleibe mid) on, 1 dress myself. id) Fleibc mid) an, 

bu fleibefl bid) an, thou dressest thyself, or bap id) mid) 

er fleibet ftd) an, he dresses himself. anfleibe ic, 

(fie fleibet ftd) an, she dresses herself.) 

toir fletben un$ an, we dress ourselves. 

ibr fleibet eud) an, you dress yourselves. 

(@ie fleiben fid) an, you dress yourself.) 

fte fleiben ftd) an, they dress themselves. 



(if, that) I dress 
myself, or I may 
dress 1113 self etc. 



Imperfect tense. 



id) Fleibete mid) an, 
l dressed myself etc. 



id) babe mid) angefleibet, 
I have dressed myself. 



id) batte mid) angefleibet, 
I had dressed myself. 



id) fleibete mid) an, or baf id) mid) 
anf(eibete,(if) or that I dressed myself. 

Perfect tense. 

id) \)abi mid) angefleibet, or bap id) 

mid) angefleibet fyabe, 
(if) or that 1 have dressed myself. 

Pluperfect tense. 

id) batte mid) angefleibet, or bap id) 

mid) angefleibet Ijatte, 
I should have dressed myself. 






262 



Indicative. 



id) merbe mid) anfleiben, 
I shall dress myself. 



First Future tense. 

Subjunctive. 



id) tverbe mid) anfleiben, or Dap id) 

mid) anfleiben merbe, 
(if) or that I shall dress myself etc. 

Second (Past) Future. 

id) tnerbe mid) angefleibet fyaben, id) rcerbe mid) angefleibet l)aben, or bafj 

I shall have dressed myself etc. id) mid) angefleibet I)aben merbe, 

(if) or that! shall have dressed myself. 

Imperative. 

fleibe bid) an, 1 . • 1P fleiben uur ung an, let us dress our- 

ti s> <ss" rJL ; dress yourself. , 

fleiben @te ftrf) an, S J selves. 

fleibe er fid) an, he may dress fletbet eud) an, dress yourselves. 

himself. fleiben fie ftd) an, let them dress 

themselves. 



CONJUGATION OF AN IMPERSONAL VERB. 



Indicative. 
Pres. eg regnet, it ruins. 
Imp erf. eg regitete, it rained. 
Perf. eg l)at gevegnet, it has rained. 
PJuperf.e^l)ttttc cttue^iiet,it had rained, 
Future eo luivD regnen, it will rain. 
PastFnt.eg mirb fleieo/ it will have 
net haben, rained. 



Subjunctive. 

eg regne, (that, if) it rains. 

eg regnete, (that) it rained. 

egbabe gereguet, (that) it has rained. 
eg l)citte geregnet, it would have rained. 
eg tterbe regnen, (that) it will rain. 
eg roerbe gevegnet (that) it will have 
t)aben, rained. 



[mperat.eg regne 



iet it rain! 



& CONJUGATION OF AN 
VERB WITH 
Indie utile 

Pres.ee beliebt mix, it pleases me. 
eg beltebt bir, it pleases thee 
e3 beliebt ibm, it pleases him. 

(eg beltebt il)r, it pleases her. ) 
eg beliebt line, it pleases us. 
eg beliebt eud), 



IMPERSONAL (PRONOMINAL) 
THE DATIVE. 
Subjunctive. 
eg beltebe mi'r, (that) it may please 

eg beltebe Die, me, 

eg beltebe ibm.tfyr u\ etc. 



thee, him, her 



(egbeliebtSfmen), I 



it pleases you 



eg beliebt il)nen, it pleases them 
linperf ea beiiebte mir, it pleased me. 
Perf eg hat mir beltebt, 

it has pleased me. 
Pluperfeg f)atte miv beltebt, 

it had pleased me. 
Future, eg ifirb mir belieben, 

it will please me. 
PastFut.eg mtrb mir beltebt l)aben, 

it will have pleased me. 



Imperat.eg beltebe 3fynen u\, let (may) it please you. 



eg belt'ebete mil, (if, that) it pleased me. 
eg i;abe mir beliebt, 

(if) it has pleased me. 
eg l)dtte mir beliebt, 

(if) it had pleased me. 
eg rcerbe mil* belieben, 

(if, that) it will please me. 
ee mevbe mir beliebt fyaben, 

(if) it will have pleased me. 



— 263 — 

9 CONJUGATION OF AN IMPERSONAL (PRONOMINAL) 

VERB WITH THE A C C U S AT I V E. 

5lergern, to vex. 

Pics. Indie. e3 dvgrrt mid), t>ict>, ibn, I am, thou art, lie, she is, we, you, 

e3, fte, m\$, eud), fie, they are vexed. 
Pres. Subj. eSavgcre mid), bid), it)ni:. I may, thou mayst, he may be vexed. 
Jmpt-rf Ind &Subj. eg drgerte mtd) u\, I was vexed. 
Perf. Indie. es I) at mid) gedrgert, I have been vexed. 
Perf. :Suhj. eg babe mid) gedrgert, I may have been vexed. 
Plujierf Itidlc. eg I;attc mid) gedrgert, I had been vexed. 
Plnperf. Subj. eg bdtte mid) gedrgert, I should have been vexed etc. 



PERIPHRASTICAL FORMS IN ENGLISH 

which are always rendered in German with the 
simple tenses. 

a. E n e rgy and Posi tiveoess, SBerftdrfle *-Bejal)ung. 
Pres. I do buy, id) faufe. Imperf I did buy, id) faufte. 

b. Negation, 33erneinung. 

Pres. I do not buy, id) faufe nid)t. Imperf. 1 did not buy, id) faufte nicfjt. 

c. Interrogation, $rage. 

Pres. Do 1 buy, faufe id). Imperf. Did I buy, faufte id). 

d. Continuance, gortbauer [befdjdftigt fein]. 

Pres. I am buying, id) faufe. Imperf. 1 was buying, id) faufte. 
Perf. I have been buying, id) babe gefauft. 

e. Intention (being about), 3m 33ecjriffe fein. 
Pres. I am going to buy, id) bin tm Segriffe ju faufen. 
Imnrrf. I was going to buy, id) \vav tm S3egrtffe ju faufen. 

f. Obligation, ©enotbigt fein (beauftragen). 
Pres I am to buy, id) foil, mufj faufen. 

Imperf. I was to buy, id) follte, mufjte faufen. 
Passive Pres. It is to be bought, eg ift git faufen. 

Imperf. It was to be bought, eg Wat $tt faufen. 

g. Ceasing, leaving off, 5lufbcren, fertig fein. 
Pres. I have done buying, id) bin fertig mit faufen. 
Imperf. 1 had done buying, id) wax fertig mit faufen. 

b. Potential Mood, aJioghrt)feitgform. 
Pres. I may (can) buy, id) mag (barf, fann) faufen. 
Imperf. 1 might (could, should) buy, id) morfjte (fonnte, follte) faufen. 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE IRREGULAR 

VERBS. 

Obs, I. Derived and compound verbs are in general conjugated like simple 

verbs, f. i. beburfeii like burfen, au^geben like geben etc. 
Obs. 2. A stroke ( — ) instead of the 2 nd and 3 rd pers. Present tense signifies that 

they are regular. 
Obs. 3. The first person of the indicative and the whole subjunctive of the 

present tense is always regular; the same is true of all those which 

are not given here. 
Obs. 4. An asterisk (*) signifies that this verb is also conjugated in the 

regular form. 
Obs. 5. Those verbs in roman characters are poetical forms. 



Infinitive. 



bacfen, to bake 

bcfeblen, command 

bejleijjen', to attend to, 

to apply one's self 

beginnen, to begin 
beipeu, to bite 
bergen, to hide 
berften, to burst 
beftnnen, (ftd?) to recollect 
befi^en, to possess 
betriigen, to deceive 
betuegett2, to induce, incite 
bietjen, to bend 
bieten, to bid, to offer 

binben, to bind 
bitten, to beg, beseech 
Mafen, to blow 

bleiben, to remain, stay 
bleicfyens, to become pale 
bl'ateil, to roast, fry 
biecfoeil, to break 

brennen, to burn 
bringen, to bring 
benfen, to think 
bingen, to hire, engage 
btefdjetl,* to thrash 



Pres. Indicative. 
2. 3. Pers. 



bu bftrffl. er bddt 
bcfte^lfl, befte^lt 



birgft, birgt 



(beutst, 



bldfeft, 



brdtfi, 
b dd; ft, 



beut) 



bidft 



brat* 
brtdjt 



brifefyefi, brifefct 



Imperfect. 
Indie. Subjunct. 



id) *buf, bitfe 
„ befall, befdble, before 
„ bepijl, beflifte 

„ begann, beg<htne(6nnc) 

» btp, biffe 

„ barg, bdrge 

„ bavjt (borfl) borfte* 

„ befann,befdnne,bejonne 

„ befaf, befdpe 

„ becrog, betroge 

„ beivog, bejeoge 

„ bog, b6ge 

„ bor, bote 

„ banb, bdnbe 
„ bat, bate 
„ MicS, bliefe 
„ blieb, bltebe 
„ blid), bttcbe 
„ brtet, briete* 
„ brad), brdd;e 
„ brannte.* brenitete 
„ bradjte, brddjte 
„ badjte, bdd)te 
„ bung, biinge* 
„ brofd), brofdje (brafd? 
brdfdje) 



Imperf. Part. past. 



bade 

beftebl 

beftetjje 

begtnne 

betpe 

birg 

birft* 

bejtnne 

beft|e 

betriige 

bewege 

biegc 

biete 

(beut) 

btnbe 

bitte 

blafe 

bleibe 

bleicfye 

brate 

brtd) 

brenne 

bringe 

benfe 

binge 

brifeb. 



gebaden 
befofylen 
befliffen 



begonnen 

gebiffen 

geborgen 

geborften 

befonnen 

befeffen 

betrogen 

beiuo gen 

gebogen 

geboten 

gebttnben 

gebeten 

geblafen 

geblieben 

geblidjen 

gebraten 

gcbrodjin 

gebrannt* 

gebradjt 

gebadjt 

gebungen 

gebrofdjen 



Obs. i. ftd) bejleipigeit, to apply one's self to, is regular. 

2. beiDCgen, denoting to move, stir, is regular. 

3. bUidjen, to get bleached, is regular. 



— 265 — 





Pres. Indicative. 


Imperfect. 






Infinitive. 






■ -^—^ — - 


Imper. 


Part, past. 




h 


3. Pers. 


Indie. Subjunct. 






bliligen, to crowd, urge 


— 


— 


id? brang, btdnge 


bringe 


gebrungen 


Mtvfen, to dare 


icb, barf, 


bu barf ft, er 


„ burfte, biirfte 


(no Imper.) 


geburftj 


(the same Beburfcit, to 


barf, wtv biirfen; 








need) 


Conj. id; biirfe 








Cinpfangeit, to receive 


bu empfdngfi, emipfdngt 


„ empftng, empftnge 


empfange 


empfangen 


empfelilett, to recommend 


em^jtefcifr 


enipftcblt 


„ empfaM, empfdble 


emvftebl 


empfcl)len 


fid; „ to take leave 












■em^fin ben, to feel, perceive 


— 


— 


„ empfanb, emvfdnbe 


empftnbe 


emvfunben 


eifliren, to select, to choose 


— 


— 


„ erf or, erf ore 


erfiire 


erforcn 


evtofrtjeil*, to expire 


erlifd;eft 


erlifdjt* 


„ evlofd;, erlofcfye 


erlifd) 


erlofdjen 


etfcfealleit*, to resound 


— 


— 


„ erfd;oll, erfd?oIle 


erfd;alte 


erfdjotlen 


Clf^recfcit, to be fright- 


erfdjrttfft, 


erfd;rictt 


„ erfdjraf, erfdjrdcte 


erfd)rid 


erfefyrocfen 


ened (neuter) 


(if active 


it is regular). 








eru>agett, to consider 


tffeft 


— 


„ ertt>og, ertwoge 


envdge 


ertuogen 


effen. to eat 


»$t 


„ a% ape 


if 


gegeffen 


fn6ie» 5 , to ride, drive 


fd^rfl, 


fdbjt 


„ futjr, fii^re 


fab,re 


gefabreu 


fallen, to fall 


f««ft 


fdllt 


„ ftel, ftele 


falle 


gcfallen 


fangen, to catch 


fdngfl, 


fan fit 


„ ftng, finge 


fange 


gefangen 


fed;ten, to fight 


m& 


w 


„ fodjr, fodjte 


ftd;t* 


gefod;ten 


ftnben, to find 


— 


— 


„ fanb, fan be 


ftnbe 


gefunben 


fledjten, to twist, weave 


m% 


mt 


„ ffocfct, flSc&te 


jlicbt* 


gejlDd>ten 


fliegen, to fly 


— 


— 










(fleugst, 


fleugt) 


„ ftog, ffege 


fliege 


gejTogen 


ffiefeen, to flee 


— 


— 










(fleuchst, 


fleucht) 


„ flob, jtfi^c 


fliebe 


geflofien 


fltefjen, to flow, drop 


— 


— 










(fleussest, 


fleusst) 


„ flop, tWffe 


jliepe 


gefToffen 


freffen, to eat, devour 


friffefl, 


fviit 


„ fraji, frdjje 


frifi 


gefreffen 


fttereit, to freeze 


— 


— 


„ fror, frdre 


friere 


gefcoren 


gdljren, to ferment 


— 


— 


,< Qoljv, gotjre* 


gdb,re 


gegobren 


gebdren, to bring forth, 


gebierft, 


gebtert 


„ gebar, gebdre 


gebdre 


gebcreit 


to give birth 












geben, to give 


giebfi, 


giebt 


„ gab, gdbe 


gtefc 


gegeben 


<jeBieten, to command 


(gebeutst 


gebeut) 


„ gebot, gebfite 


gebiete 


gebotcn 


gebeiljen, to prosper 


— 


— 


„ gebieb, gebielje* 


gebeilje 


gebtetjen 


gcben, to go 


— 


■ — 


„ ging, ginge 


gelje 


gegangen 


gelinqen, to succeed 


— 


— 


„ gelang, geldnge 


gelinge 


gelungen 


Qelten, to be current, to cost 


gipfc 


9»it, 


„ gait, gdlte 


gilt 


gegolteu 


genefen, to recover, to grow 
well 


— 


— 


„ gena#, genafe* 


genefe 


genefen 


geniejjen, to enjoy 


— 


— 


„ genoji, genoffe 


geniefe 


Oenojfen 


<jef(fyel)en, to happen 


jefdjiefyfi, sef$ic$t 


gefd^af), gefdjd^e 


e8 gefd;ebe | 


gefdjetyen 



4. lofd)en, «o extinguish, quench, and auglofdjen, to efface, to blot out, are regular. 

5. All derived or compound worda from fallen arc irregular, except iVt'llfabten, to comply 
with, to gratify, whieh is regular : id; twill fa&tte, genntlfabret. 



266 — 



Infinitive. 




grtVlUUCIl, to win, to gain 
ijiejicii, to pour, to cast 

gletfbcn, to resemble 
glCttCll^, to ?lide, t» slide 
glimmen. to glimmer, 

sparkle 
gVClbeil, to grave, to dig 
greifcit, to seize, gripe 
babciiT, to have 
balten, to hold 

banger. 8 , to be suspended 
Ijauen, to hew, chop 
beben, to heave, to lift 
beifleir, to call, to command 
belfen, to help 

fcifen, to scold, upbraid 

fenuen, to know 
Flimmen, to climb 
flingen, to sound 

fneifen, to pinch, to nip 

fommen, to come 

foimen, can, to be able 

friecfoen, to creep, to crawl 

fur en, to cheose 
laDeil, to lade, load, 

summon 
lilffcit, to let, permit 
Uiufcn, to run 

leiben, to suffer 

leilKll, to Lend 

Icfeil, to read 

liegen, to lie, to be situated 

lltgcn, to lie, to dissemble 

mablen», to grind 

inetOeil, to avoid, forbear 

melfen, to milk 

Uiefjen, to measure 
mogen, may 



geussest, geusst 



gvdbft, grdbt 

tyajt, fjat 

baltft, bait 

bdngft, bdngt 



bilfjt, bilft 



Tin perfect. 
Indie. Subjunct. 



i<i) fann, bu fannjt, er 
fann;Conj.id)f6nneic. 

kreuchst, kreucht 



lAffetf, Idpt 

Iduffl", lauft 



licfeft, iiefet (lief't) 



miffeft mijit 
id; mag, bu magit, er 
mag, nnr mogen 
Conj. id) moge 



id; gcinann, gerodnnc 
» gojj, gfipe 

- glid}. gliebe 
. glitt, glitte 

. glomm, gldmme* 

» grub, gtube 
. griff, griffe 
■> l;atte, bdtte 
. bielt, bieltc 
» tying, binge 

- bteb, biebe* 
. tyob, l)5be 

» bief, biejje 
. fyalf, bdlfc 
» tiff, «tfc 

- fannte, femiete 

. flomm, Homme* 
» flang, flange 

- fniff, fniffe 

• tarn, fame 

» fonnte, fonnte 

• froct), frod)e 

» for, fore 

- lub, lube* 

- Ue& liejje 
. lief, liefe 

. litt, litre 
» lieb, liebe 
. Ia8, Idfe 
» lag, Idge 

• log, loge 

» mieb, miebe 

- molf, molfe* 
» mafj, mdtfe 

» mod)te, modjte 



I m per. 



geiuinne 
giepe 

gleid)e 
gleitc 
g limine 

grabc 

greife 

tjabe 

balte 

t)artge 

baue 

t)ebe 

t)en3e 

bilf 

feife 

fenne 

flimtne 

flinge 

tneife 

fomm 



fried;e 

fiire 
labe 

laufe 
leibe 
leibe 
lies 
; liege 



[luge 

j - 
jmeibe 
imelfe 
I mtf? 

! 



Part. past. 



gciuonnen 
gegoffeu 

geglictjen 
geglittcn 
geglommen 

gegraben 

gegrtffcn 

gebabt 

gebalten 

gebangen 

gebanen 

geboben 

gebeifien 

gebolfen 

gefiffen* 

gefannt 

gcflommeu 

geflungen 

gefniffen 

grfommen 

gefonnt 

gefrodjeu 

geforen 
gelaben 

gelaffen 

gelaufeit 

gelitten 

gelieben 

gelefen 

gelegen 

gelogen 

gemablen 
Igemieben 
jgemolfen 
jgemeften 



gemod)t 



6. bcgleitCU, to accompany, to attend, is regular. 

7. bailbbabcn, to handle, to maintain, is regular 
8-. bdngen, to hang, as active verb, is regular. 

M . umlcn, to paint, picture, is regular. 



267 



Infinitive. 



mitffeix, must, to be com- 
pelled 

nebmen, to take 

licnneil, to name, to call 
^fetfeit, to pipe, whistle 
p Peg en, *» t0 at tend to, 

to foster 
pietfcn, to praise, to extol 
quellen, to spring forth 
rticbeil, to revenge 
ratl)en, to advise 
reiben, to rub, scrape 

reifen, to tear 

tCltetl, to ride, to go on 
horse-back 

reunen, to run 
rtecb/en, to smell 



ttngen, to ring, struggle 
rtniten, to run, gutter 
pufen, to call, cry 

Ifaljen, to salt 

fciufeit, to drink like a beast 

faugen, to suck 
fdjaffen, 'i to create 
faetDen," to divide, di- 
vorce, to separate 

fcbetnen, to shine 
fcfyelten, to scold, chide 
fdjeien, to shear, shave 

fcfyteben, to shove, push 
fd)iefcen, to shoot 
fdjtnben, to flay 

fdjlafcn, to sleep 
fcb,lagen,'3to beat,to strike 
fdjletcben, to sneak 
fcbletfen,'* to grind, whet 
fdjletfjen, to ; s lit 
fd;lief?en, to shut 



Pres. Indicative. 
2. 3. Pers. 



Imperfect. 
Indie. Subjunct. 



quillft, quitlt 
rdtt,ft, rdtb. 

(betetten, to prepare, is 



(reuchst, 



reucht) 



fdufjt, fduft 



fchtltfi, fdjtlt 



fdjldfft fcijfdft 
fd)ldgfi ftyldgt 



tcb mup, bu muft, er (id) mufjte, miijjte 

mup, n.uv miifjen 

Conj. id) mtiffe 

nimmft, ntmmt „ nabm, ndbme 

„ nannte, nenneie 
„ pfiff, vftffe 

„ pxieS, prtefe* 
„ quoit, quelle 

„ riett), rtetbe 

l rteb, rtebe 

„ xi% rtffe 

„ ritt, rirte 

regular.) 

„ rann, rennete 
„ rod), rodje 

„ rang, range 

„ rann, rdnne (rbnne) 

„ rief, rtefe 

» foff. foffc 
.. fog, foge 
„ fd?uf, fd;ufe 
„ fdneb, febjebe 

,, fd)ien, fdjiene 

„ fdjalt, fcr/dtte (fcfyblte) 

„ fd)or, fdjorc 

„ fd)ob, (d)bbe 

„ fdjof, fdjofle 

„ fdjunb, fdjiinbe 

„ fcblicf, fdjliefe 

„ fd)lug. fd)litge 

„ fdjtid), fd)lid)e 

„ fdjliff, fcbltffe 

„ fdjltp, f iiffe 

„ fdjlof, fylbffe 
(schleussest, sehleusst) 



Imper. 



nimm 
nenne 
Pfeife 
plTege 

pretfe 
quill 

ratbe 
retbe 
retpe 
reite 

renne 
riedje 

ringe 
rinne 
rufe 

faufe 
fauge 

fcf,affe 
fd;eioe 

fdjeine 
fdjtlt 
fcfyere 
feb/iebe 
fd)iejje 
fdnnbe 
fdjlafe 
feb/iage 
fctjteictje 
d)leife 
fcfyletfe 
fcb/liejje 



Part, past. 



gemuft 



genommen 
genannt 
gepfiiffen 
gebflogen 

ge^rtefen 

gequollcn 

gerocben 

g era t ben 

gerteben 

geriffen 

gentten 

gerannt 
gerodjen 

gerungen 

geronnen 

gerufen 

gefaljen 

gefoffen 

gefogen 

gefefyaffen 

gefdjteben 

gefebienen 

gcfd)olten 

gefdjoven 

gefd)oben 

gefdjoffen 

geftfjunben 

gefdjlafen 

gefcblagen 

gefcbltcfyen 

gefct;ltffeu 

gefcf/liffen 

gefcfc-loffen 



10. pflegen, to nurse, to bestrow care upon, is regular. 

11. fdjaffen, denoting to effect, provide, furnish, is regular. 
i'2. fd)etben, as a verb active, is regular, 

13. ratb[d)lageil, to take counsel, to deliberate, and bcrathfcr/tagen, to consider, are regular. 

14. fcfyletfen, to demolish, to drag, to draw, is regular. 

17b 



— 268 





Pres. Indicative. 


Imperfect. 




Infinitive. 






— ~ 


Imper. 




2. 


3. Pers. 


Indie. Subjunct. 




fdjltngen, to twine 


— 


— 


id) fct/lang, fdjldnge 


fdjiinge 


fdjmeijjen, to fling 


— 


— 


„ fdjmijj, fdjmiffe 


fdnttetjje 


f<$meljcn, to melt [neut.] 


ftymtljefc 


fdjmilst 


„ fdjmoij, fdjmolje 


fdjmilj 


fdmetben, to cut 


— 


— 


„ fdjnttt, fdjmtte 


fdjneibe 


fcfyntcben, to snort, to 


— 


— 


„ fdjnob, fdmobe 


fdjniebe 


pant for. 










fdjrauben, to screw 


— 


— 


„ febrob, fdjrobe 


fdjraube 


fcftreiben, to write 


— 


— 


„ fcfyrieb, fcfyriebe 


fefcreibe 


fcbreten, to cry 


— 


— 


„ febrte, frtjrtee 


fdjrete 


f*reiten, to stride 


— 


— 


„ fdjritt, fdjritte 


fcr/rette 


f(t/tt>dr.en, to fester 


— 


— 


„ fcbttoi-, fdjtuore 


fdjiudre 


fcbroeigen, to be silent 


— 


— 


„ fdjroteg, fdjroiege 


fdbfaeige 


fcbtoellen, to swell [neut.] 


ftibraillfi, 


f$t»tllt 


„ fd)roott, fd)J»DtIe 


fatoitt 


fd)tt)imnten, to swim 


— 


— 


„ febrcamm, fcr/tudmme 


fcfcwintme 


fcbttinben, to vanish 


— 


— 


„ fc&toanb, fdbtodnbe 


jdjnnnbe 


fdjrotngen, to swing 


— 


— 


„ fdjnjnng, fc&ttdttge 


fd)tt)inge 


fcbttJOren, to swear 






„ fdjroor fcfyttore (also 
„ fdjrour, fd)tr»urc) 


ff^roovc 


feben, to see 


few* 


mt 


„ fab, fd^c 


m 


fenben, to send 


— 


— 


u fanbte,* fenbete 


fenbe 


fettt, to be (see page 253) 










fieben,to boil, seethfneut.] 


— 


— 


„ fott, fotte 


ftebe 


jlltqen, to sing 


— 


— 


„ fang, fdnge 


ftnge 


fmfen, to sink 


— 


— 


„ fanf, fdnfc 


ftnfe 


filinen, to meditate 


— 


— 


„ fann, fdnne 


finite 


fi^en, to sit 


— 


— 


„ faf, fdpe 


ftijc 


flatten, to split 


— 


— 


— — 


— 


fpeten, to spit 


— 


— 


„ fpte, fytee 


fteie. 


fpinnen, to spin 


— 


— 


„ fyatm, fpdrnte 


faimtc 


fpredjen, to speak 


fo«$fr 


fprtcfjt 


„ farad), fprddje 


fpttdj 


fprtefen, to sprout 


— 


— 


. fprof, fproffe 


fprtepe 


fpringen, to spring 


— 


— 


n frrang, fprdnge 


fprtngc 


ftecben, to sting 


m% 


mt 


„ flacf/, jidcr/e 


fitd) 


fteben, to stand 


— 


— 


„ ftanb, ftdnbe 


m* 


fteblen, to steal 


flieblfl, 


jtie^lt 


„ ftabl, ftdfele 


fttebl 


ftetgen, to mount 


— 


— 


„ fiteg, fltege 


fidge 


fterben, to die 


flirbfl, 


fltrbt 


„ flarb, fiurbc 


ftirb 


ftteben, to fly like dust 


— 


— 


„ ftob, ftobe 


fiitbt 


fitnfen, to stink 


— 


— 


„ ftanf, ftdnfe 


fitn!e 


flo^en, to push 


fiojjeft, 


ftoflt 


„ fiiefj, flief?e 


$0$* 


flreicfyert, to strike, touch 


— 


— 


„ firid), ftridje 


fireidjc 


ftretttn, to contend 


— 


— 


„ ftrttt, ftritte 


ftrettc 


tbun, to do 


id) tfyue, bu 


tljttfc er tbut 


„ tbat, tb,dte 


tbue 


tragett, tc carry 


tvdgft, 


trdgt 


„ trug, truge 


tragc 


treffen, to hit 


trip. 


trtfft 


„ traf, trdfe 


triff 


treiben, to drive 


— 


_ 


„ trteb, trtebe 


treibc 


treten, to tread 


trittfi, 


tritt 


., trat, trdtc 


tritt 


trtefen, to drop 


(treufst, 


treuft) 


„ troff, ttdffe* 


tricfe 



— 269 — 





Pres. Indicative. 


Imperfect. 






Infinitive. 


2, 3. Pers. 


Indie. Subjunct. 


Imperf. 


Part. past. 


trtnfen, to drink 


_ ~ — 


id; tranf, trdnfe 


trinfe 


geUmnfen 


tnigcn, to deceive 


— 


* trog, troge 


triige 


gettcgen 


serbteten, to forbid 


— — 


„ fcerbot, cerbote 


tocrbicte 


»erboten 


»erbleicfjcn, to fade 


— — 


„ berbltd), »erbltd)e 


serbletdjc 


berblidjen 


loerberben, to be ruined 

[neut.]' 5 

cerbrtef en, to vex [impers. | 


serbtrbii, serbtrbt 


„ »erbarb, »erbuvbe 


cerbirb 


»erborben 


— _ 


„ serbrop, »erbrojie 


r>erbrtefte 


verbroffen 


»ergeffen, to forget 


»ergiffeft, »ergipt 


„ »crgatj, ttergdjie 


uergip 


yergeffen 


ttergleidjen, to compare 


— — 


M uergltd), »evglict>e 


»erg(eid;e 


»erglid)en 


flerbebleit,* to conceal 


— — 


„ serbobl, sedjofyle 


_ 


»erboblen 


serlieren, to lose 


— — 


„ »erlor, »erlore 


serliere 


serloren 


WClCbfett, to grow 


roacbfejl, todcfySt 


„ nmdjS, nn'idjfe 


n)ad)(e 


geiuadjfen 


iuafdjen, to« wash 


rcdfcbeft, todfdjt 


„ toufd), toiifdje 


toafebe 


geroafd)en 


ttdgen, to balance 


— -_ 


„ toog, tooge* 


tudge 


getuogen 


Jljeben, to weave 





„ toob, i»6be 


_ 


geicoben 


toiegen, to weigh 


— — 


,, toog, tooge 


rotege 


getcogen 


toet^ien, » • to yield,to retire 


— — 


„ raid), md>i 


wetcbe 


gennd)en 


toeifen, to show 





„ aie8, toiefe 


roeife 


geroiefen 


tocnben, 17 to turn [if 





,. roanbte, roenbite 


roenbe 


genmnbt 


neuter or reflective] 










toerben, to petition, to 


roirbft, nnrbt 


„ toarb, tourbe 


toirb 


geiworben 


recruit 










ttfVbeit, to be, become 


(see page 254) 








to erf en, te throw 


totrfft, totrft 


„ vwarf, tourfe 


toirf 


getuorfen 


toinben, to wind 


— 


„ toanb, todnbe 


roinbe 


getounben 


ttnffen, te know 


id) tveifi, bu toeifit, er 
weifj, mx imffen 


„ tvujjte, tmtjite 


toiffe 


getouft 


tooUen, to will 


iS) will, bu hnllji, et 
will, air n>oHen 


„ toollte, fcoltte 


toolle 


get»oKt 


gei^en, to accuse 


— — 


„ jieb, jiebe 


jeibe 


gejieben 


jteben, to draw, to pull 


— — 


., m< iw 


Jiefee 


gejogen 


JWtngen, to cempel 


— — 


„ Seeing, jtodnge 


jtotnge 


gejttntngen 



15. »erberben, to spoil, to corrupt, as active verb, is regular. 

16. ttmefyen, to soak, soften, mollify, is regular. 

17. njenben, as active verb, to turn or to address one's self, to apply to a person, is also regular 



Printed by C. Krii&ci 



comparative tahle or the gold and silver coins of 

THE DIFFERENT STATES OF GERMAAY, EffaifAJftO 
AND AllEBIC.4 



PRUSSIA (^rfiipen). 

Gold: 

Double Frederic d'or 

Frederic d'or 

Silver: 
Piece of 2 Thalers == 60 Sgr. (Stl&civjvofctjeu.) 

— — l Thaler = 30 Sfgr. . . . 

— — 10 Sgr v or 7 3 Thaler 

— — 5 Sgr.j or J / a Thaler . . . 

— - 87»Sff 

— — 1 Sgr. = 1*2 Pfennige . . . 

H a ini> u r gh. 
Mark current of 16 Shillings .... 



SOU TH E H N G E F. 31 A N Y 

(Bavaria, YVarteaibergj Baden, Hessen 

& Frankfurt o/M). 

Crown-Thaler (^toncntbaler) 

Half a crown 

Piece of 3'/ 2 Florins or Guldens . . . 
Floriu or Gulden = 60 Kreuzer . . . 
Half a Florin = 30 Kreuzer .... 

Austria. 
Ducat = 4 Fl_, 41 Kr. (silver) in Austria 
Zwanziger (piece of 20 kr. silver) . . 
Zwolfer 



Euglish inone3' 
-2- s d. 



ENGLAND. 
Gold: 
A Pound or Sovereign = 20 Shillings 

Half a Sovereign 

NB. A Guinea = 21 s. or 12 fl. 36 kr. 
Silver: 

1 Crown 

Half a crown 

1 Shilling = 12 pence 

six pence = 18 kreuzer rh. (rbeinifcb.) 

1 penny = 3 kreuzer rh 

7 2 penny = l 1 /., kreuzer rh 



NORTH- AMEBIC A. 

Gold: 
1 Eagle = 10 Dollars. . . 
VoEagie = 5 Dollars . . . 
7~Eagle = 2 V 2 Dollars . . . 

Silver: 
1 Dollar s= 100 Cents (Dimes) 
7„Dullar ....... 

'/.Dollar • 

1 Cent = 10 Mills. 



10 
11 

C 
3 

*7i 



4 


6 


2 


3 


5 


10 


1 


8 


— 


10 


7 


1-1 





8 




4 


10 


— 


5 


_ 


2 


6 



Prussian 
money. 

Thlr. Sgr. 

i7~~ 



10 
5 

2'/ 2 
i 

12 



Southern 
Germany 
money. 

FJ. Kr. 



16 

®% 

17 

8'A 



i 
37, 



44 
52 

30 

45 

35 

17% 

8V 
3'A 



— 43 



5 



42 

20 
30 

30 



36 

24 
— 12 



20 
25 



10 — 



10 
20 
10 



1 i 13 
-| 21 
- 110% 



54 
57 



58 
29 
36 



23 


42 


11 


51 


5 


55 


2 


30 


1 


15 



- 37% 



. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



003 225 069 5j» 



